The fauna of India and the adjacent countries. Pisces (Teleostomi). Schizothoracinae

PZSI.17.II

1,000

THE FAUNA OF INDIA

AND

THE ADJACENT COUNTRIES

Edited by

The Director, Zoological Survey of India

PISCES

( SECOND EDITION )

VOL. II

TELEOSTOMI : CLUPEIFORMES, BATHYCLUPEI-
FORMES, GALAXIIFORMES, SCOPELIFORMES
AND ATELEOPIFORMES

BY

K. S. MISRA, D. Sc.

ISSUED BY THE ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA, CALCUTTA
PUBLISHED BY THE CONTROLLER OF PUBLICATIONS, DELHI
PRINTED IN INDIA BY THE MANACER, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
PRESS, FARIDABAD, 1976.

<g) COPYRIGHT, 1976,

BY THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

Price.

Pablished in March 1976

Tnland : Rs» 46^50
Foreign : £ S<43 of

6 $ 74

CONTENTS

Page

Editor’s Note . .. v

Introduction . . vii

Systematic Index xix

Class TELEOSTOMI ... 1

Subclass CROSSOPTER YGII . 1

Subclass ACTINOPTER YGII 2

Order CLUPEIFORMES . 6

Order BATHYCLUPEIFORMES .. .. 280

Order GALAXIIFORMES 283

Order SCOPELIFORMES . 285

Order ATELEOPIFORMES .. 377

A field key to Orders of TELEOSTOMI:

CLUPEIFORMES, BATHYCLUPEI-

FORMES, GALAXIIFORMES, SCOPELI-
FORMES and ATELEOPIFORMES of the
Indian Region .. . . 380

References . 406

Alphabetical Index of Vernacular
Names . 415

Alphabetical Index of Scientific
Namf s m • • m «u m 418

EDITOR’S NOTE

The present volume comprising the five orders Clupei-
formes, Bathyclupeiformes, Galaxiiformes, Scopeliformes
and Ateleopiformes, is the second in the Fauna of India
series on Fishes by the late Dr. K. S. Misra, These
fishes are of considerable interest in Indian waters to merit
a separate volume.

Clupeoid fishes play a significant role in fisheries
throughout south-east Asia, but past mis-identifications
have rendered some otherwise valuable biological data less
useful. Though Francis Day’s descriptions in the Fauna
of British India series on Fishes, published in 1889, are
still useful, many diagnostic features essential to modem
clupeoid systematics were not dealt with. I hope that the
present volume fulfìlls these shortcomings and that this
work shall be welcomed by both the ichthyologist and the
fishery biologist. I am aware that a good amount of
critical work on this group of fishes has been published
in recent years. Ihe types of Bleeker, Richardson, Lace-
pede, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Steindachner and Francis
Day have been studied only recently by P.J.P. Whitehead
and his collaborators. The text of the present volume was,
however, written many years ago, hence partly to alleviate
the position, references to the recent important nomen-
clatural changes and additions of new taxa have been given
as footnotes.

Dt. K. S. Misra was fortunate in having his initial
training under the eminent ichthyologist Dr. Sundar Lal
Hora. Dr. Misra expired in March 1969 after a successful
career at the Zoological Survey of India. Unfortunately,
he could not see the proof of this volume and the task
of correcting it was undertaken with the help of my col-
leagues in the Publication Division.

(v)

INTRODUCTION

This volume, being the second edition of the Fauncr
of British India series on Fishes by Dr. F. Day, is the
second series under the Fauna of India on Pisces; the
volume deals with five orders, Clupeiformes, Bathyclupei-
formes, Galaxiiformes, Scopeliformes and Ateleopiformes,
and comprises 169 species (including 6 subspecies) belong-
ing to 28 families and 78 genera. In Day’s volume 68
species belonging to three orders Clupeiformes, Galaxii-
formes and Scopeliformes consisting of 5 families and
21 genera, are recorded. The increase in number of spe-
cies as compared to species mentioned in Day’s volume
is due to the later works on the collections* made by
R.I.M.S. “Investigator” (Marine Survey : 1884—1926);
“Valdivia” (1898—1899); H.E.M.S. “Mabahiss” (John
Murray Expedition : 1933—1934) and the Chilka Lake
Survey (1913 and 1915).

The classification adopted is after L. S. Berg’s “Classi*
fication of fìshes both recent and fossil” Trav. Inst-
Zool. Acad. Sci. U. S. S. R., Leningrad, 5, pp. 87—517,
figs. 1—190, 1940.

The keys are artificial and not strictly phylogeneticaL
They are purely regional in application and deal only with
species, genera, families and other higher taxonomic cate-
gories treated in this volume. A running field key for the
identification of the 169 species (including 6 subspecies)
of the orders Clupeiformes, Bathyclupeiformes, Galaxii-
formes, Scopeliformes and Ateleopiformes is given at
the end.

Subspecies, species and genera are numbered in Arabic
numerals; families, superfamilies, orders and superorders
and classes in capital Roman numerals while subgenera,
subfamilies, suborders and subclasses in small Roman
numerals; their numbers are serially in continuation with
the first volume of the series. Arabic or Roman numerals
precede the respective systematic categories.

*For details regarding the cruises of the important marine ships,
vide, Fauna of India, Pisces, I, p. viii (1969).

(vii)

viii

INTRODUCTION

Classes and orders are in All Caps Roman; subclasses
and subordírs in all Caps Italics; superfamilies and fami-
lies in Cap and Small Caps Roman; subfamilies in Cap
and small Caps Italics; genera, subgenera, species and
subspecies in Antique while occurring above synonymies,
and génera and subgenera in Antique while occurring
in keys.

The species under each genus have been arranged
alphabetically. In the synonymies the first is the original
reference with the type locality, and as far as possible the
name of the institution where the type is deposited is given;
others are with respect to the confines of the Indian region
and beyond. A selection of other references which are
important is also given. Relevant yernacular names of the
species are given along with the standardised Indian ver-
nacular names wherever available, below the specific
synonymy.

Descriptions of the species are based mostly on those
by F. Day and A. Alcock, and wherever necessary either
after original authors or on specimens available in the
collections of the Zoological Survey of India. As regards
i llustrations those copied from other works are duly acknow-
ledged in the legends of the text-figures and plates.
In this connection special thanks are due to Messrs Veb
Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena for their kind permission to
reproduce the following illustrations from their valuable
publication entitled “Deutsche Tiefsee-Expedition” Valdivia
1898-1899 : “Die Tiefsee-Fishche” by Dr. A. Brauer,
1906—1908; pl. iv. figs. 1, 2, 3; pl. vi. figs, 2, 3, 6 and
text-figures, 5a, 6a, 15, 27, 30, 41, 43, 46, 47, 64, 68, 72,
116, 127, 138,144 and 163.

The total number of species dealt with in this volume
is 169 (including 6 subspecies), consisting of 85 littoral,
3 land-locked, exotic and 81 bathypelagic species. All the
littoral or semipelagic species are in the 20°C. isotherm.
Out of the 81 bathypelagic species, 48are in 20°C. and
21 in both 20°C. and 12°C. isotherms. Of the remaining
10 species and 2 subspecies, one species, Nansenia graen-
landicus (Reinhardt) is restricted to 20°C. isotherm and be-
yond 6°C. isotherm in the arctic zone; five species, Goni -
chthys coccoi (Cocco), Malacosteus niger Ayres, Argyro -
pelecus hemigymnus Cocco, A. aculeatus V. and Sternoptyx

INT&ODUCTION

jx

dìaphana Herm. are distributed in 20°C., 12 c C., and
6°C. isotherms, while two species, Cyclothone accli-
nidens Garman and Idiacanthus fasciola Ptrs. have been
recorded in 20°C. and 12°C isotherms and beyond
6°C. in the antarctic zone; one subspecies, Cyclothone
signata signata Garman and one species Argyropelecus
oìfersii (C.) are distributed in 20°C., 12°C. and 6°C.
isotherms and beyond 6 c C. in the arctic zone; Argy-
ropelecus sladenì Regan is restricted to 20 C. isotherm
and beyond 6°C. in the antarctic zone, while another
subspecies, Cycìothone microdon microdon Gthr. is remar-
kable in having been recorded from 20°C., 12°C.

and 6°C. isotherms and beyond 6°C. both in the arctic
and antartic zones. One landlocked species and 2
subspecies are exotic and freshwater viz. 9 S. levenensis
Walker, Saìmo gairdneri gairdneri Richardson and S.
trutta fario L. These have since a long time, been
introduced into the cold climates of the Indian region
^nd are known to breed successfully, subject to
snowfall, at altitudes rangitig from 2438—2743 m.
(8000—9000 ft.) above the sea level and never
below it.

Out of the total 166 (including 4 subspecies) littoral
and bathypelagic species, 33 are endemic to the Indian
region, the rest 133 occurring beyond the Indian
region. All the endemic species are in the 20°C.
isotherm. Of the 33 endemic species, 16 are littoral,
v/z., Ehirava fluviatilis Deraniyagala, Stolephorus mala-
baricus (Day), Gudusia variegata (Day), Ilisha leschenaulti
(V.), I. motius (Ham.), I. sladeni (Day), Gonialosa manmìna
(Ham.), G. modestus (Day), Setipinna phasa (Ham.),
Coilia cantoris Blkr., C. ramcarati (Ham.), C. quadrage-
simalis V ., Thrissocles annandalei (Chaudhuri), T kempi
(Chaudhuri), T rambhae (Chaudhuri) and Galaxias indicus
Day. The remaining 18 of the endemic species are
bathypelagic or abyssal, having been recorded from
depths ranging between 272—2395 metres with
bottom temperatures varying from 11 ‘1°C. to 12-3°C.
They are Alepocephalus edentulus Alc., A. longiceps
Lloyd, A. macrops Lloyd, Narcetes erimelas Alc., Xeno-
dermichthys squamilaterus Alc., Leptoderma affìnis Alc.,
Platytroctogen mirus Lloyd, Aulostomatomorpha phos-
phorops Alc., Triplophos hemingi (McArdle), Bathy-
cìupea hoskynii Alc., Harpodon squamosus Alc., Scope-

*

INTRODUCTIOtf

larchus guentheri Alc., Bathypterois (Bathypterois) atri -
coJor Alc., B. (Hemipterois) guentheri Alc., Myctophum
indicus (Day), Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes) pyrsobolus
(Alc.), Stemonosudis eìongatus (Ege).

Out of the 133 species distributed beyond the Indian
region, 64 are bathypelagic or abyssal and 69 are littoral
or semipelagic. In the 69 littoral species, 9 species viz.,
Macrura ilisha (Ham.), Gudusia chapra (Ham.), Corica
soborna (Ham.), Ilisha filigera (V.) Raconda russelliana
Gray, Setipinna breviceps (Cantor), Coilia reynaldi V.,
Thrissocles purava (Ham.), and Xenengraulis spinidens
J. & S. are restricted to the north of Equator, their range
of distribution being 0°—35°N., 48°—142°E., while the
remaining 60 species extend their range both to north
and south of Equator. Out of the remaining 60 species,
14 species v/z., Megalops cyprinoides (BroussJ, Harengula
vittata (V.), Sardinella jussieu Lac., S. melanpura (C.), S.
perforata (Cantor), S. sìrm (Walbaum), Kowala coval (C.),
Clupanodon punctatus (Schl.), Anchoviella indica (v.Hass.),
Thrissocles baelama (Forsk.), Chanos chanos (ForskJ,
Saurida gracilis (Q. & G.), Synodus japonicus (Houttuyn),
Stolephorus japonica (Houttuyn) are remarkably cosmo-
politan extending from the east coast of Africa eastwards
through the Indo-Pacifìc to the islands of Polynesia be-
yond 180°E., with a distributional range 35°N.—35°S.,
18°E.—149° W. Out of the remaining 46 species,
3 species viz., Elops saurus L., Albula vulpes (L.) and
Trachinocephalus myops (Schn.) are cosmopoJitan extend-
ing their range from the east coast of Africa east-
wards through the Indo-Pacifìc to beyond 180°E. with
the distributional range 35°N.—35°S., 18°E.—149°W.
and in the Atlantic with the range 5°—87°W., 14°—30°N.
Of these 3 species, Albula vulpes ( L.) has been recorded also
from the Mediterranean with the range 36°—3S°N.,
15°E.—5°W.

Of the remaining 43 littoral species, 12 species, viz. y
Sqrdinella dayi Regan, Harengula ovalis (Bennett), Macrura
kelee (C.), Pellona ditchela V., Nematalosa nasus (Bl.),
Anchoviella commersoni Lac., Thrissocles malabaricus (B! J,
T setirostris (Brouss.), Chirocentrus arab (Forsk.), C.
nudus Swns., Saurida tumbil (Bl.) and Synodus indicus (Day)
occur 20°S. or below 20°S. but do not extend eastwards
beyond 180°E., thus showing a distributional range 35°N.—

INTRODUCTION XV

33°S., 28°—180°E. Of the remaining 31 littoral species 4
species viz.y Dussumieria hasselii Blkr., Anchoviella hete-
rolobus (Rupp.), Thrissocles hamiltonii Gray, and T myx-
tax (Schn.) restrict their range between 13°S. and 18°S.
of the Equator with the distributional range 35°N.—18°S.^
39°—180° E.

The remaining 27 littoral species v/z., Dussumieria
acuta V., Sardinella albella (V.), S. clupeioides (Blkr.),.
S. fimbriata (V.), S. longiceps V., S. sindensis (Day), Ma-
crura sinensis (L.), Ilisha brachysoma (Blkr.), I. elongata
(Benn.), I. indica (Swns.), I. kampani (Web. & de Bfrt.), /.
melastoma (C.), I. novacula (V.), Opisthopterus tardoore
(C.), Clupanodon thrissa (L.), Anodontostoma chacunda.
(Ham.), Setipinna taty (V.), Coilia dussumieri V., C. borneen-
sis (Blkr.), Anchoviella tri (Blkr.), Pellona hoevenii Blkr.,.
Thrissocles dussumieri (V.), T kammalensis (BJkr.), T
valenciennesi (Blkr.), Notopterus chitala (Ham.), N. noto-
pterus (Pallas) and Harpodon nehereus (Ham.) extend their
distribution between 2°S. and 10°S. of the Equator, not
occurring beyond 150°E., within the range 35°N.—7 C S.„
38°—140°E.

Out of the 60 species and 4 subspecies which are non~
endemic, bathypelagic or abyssal 19 species viz., Alepoce-
phalus bicolor Alc., A. blandfordi Alc., A. microlepis Lloyd v
Bathytroctes macrolepis Gthr., B. squamosus Alc., Dioge-
nichthys panurgus Bolin, Xenodermichthys guentheri Alc.,.
Yarrella corythaeolum (Alc.), Stomias nebulosus Alc.,.
Chauliodus pammelas Alc., Saurìda undosquamis (Rich.),
Evermannella atratus (Alc.), Bathypterois ( Bathypterois)
insulanrum Alc., Benthosema fibulatum (G. & C.), B.pterotus
Alc., Lampanyctus (JLampanyctus) macropterum (Br.),.
Diaphus ( Lamprossà) coeruleus (Klunz.), Scopelengys
tristis Alc. and Ateleopus indicus (Wood-Mason & Alc.)
have been recorded only from the Indo-Pacific region from
the Cape of Good Hope to the western còasts of Central
America within the distributional range 35°N.—35 C S. 18°
E. —80°W., at depths varying from 343—3931 m., in bottom
temperatures 13 # 3°C. to 2*1°C. Out of these 19 species,
5 species v/z., Alepocephalus microlepis Lloyd, Xenodermich-
thys guentheri Alc., Diogenichthys panurgus Bolin, Bentho-
sema fibulatum (G. & C.) and Scopelengys tristis Alc.,
are restricted to the north of the Equator, their range of
distribution being 0°—23°N., 53°E.—80°W., at depths

Xll

INTRODUCTION

varying from 343—3289 m., in bottom temperatures 17 *2°C
—2 -1°C., while 5 species viz., Yarrella corythaeolwn (Alc.),
Saurida undosquamis Rich., Bathypterois ( Bathypterois)
insularum Alc., Benthosema pterotus (Alc.) and Diaphus
( Lamprossa) coeruleus (Klunz.) extend their range beyond
20° south of the Equator, in depths varying from 457—
2084 m. and temperatures 13-3°C. —3*18°C.; 9 species,
viz., Alepocephalus blandfordi Alc., A. bicolor Alc., Bathy -
troctes macrolepis Gthr., B. squamosus Alc., Stomias nebu -
losus Alc., Chauliodus pammelas Alc., Lampanyctus (Lam-
panyctus) macropterum Br., Ateleopus indicus (Wood-Mason
& Alcock) and Evermannella atratus (Alc.), restrict their
range between 2°—10° south of the Equator in depths
varying from 430—1650 m. and bottom temperatures
12 *12°C.—2 *2°C.

Eight species viz., Bathytroctes microlepis Gthr., Platy -
troctes apus Gthr., Photostomias guerni Collet, Astronesthes
martensii Klunz., Bathylychnus cyaneus Br., Melanostomias
melanops Br., Diaphus (Lamprossa) garmanì Gilbert and
Vinciguerria nimbarius (J. & W.) occur north of the Equator
both in the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Oceans, their range in
the Indian Ocean being 4°—24°N., 39°—94°E., and in the
Atlantic 0°— 39°N., 7°—83°W.

Four species v/z., Gonostoma elongatum Gthr., Polyipnus
spinosus Gthr., Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes) longipes Br.,
and Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson, have been re-
corded north and south of the Equator in the Indo-
Pácific region and north of the Equator in the Atlantic
Ocean within the ranges 33°N.—35°S., 18°E.—178°W.,
and 0°—41 °N., 7°E.—80°W. respectively; one species
viz., Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonap. has been recorded
north and south of the Equator in the Indo-Pacific and the
Mediterranean with the distributional range 20°N.—35°S.,
18°E.—155°W. and 38°13' N., 15°13' E. respectively.

One species Diaphus (Lamprossa) splendidum (Br.)
shows a distributional range 35°N.—20°S., 42°—135°E.,
north and south of Equator in the Indo-Pacific and 3°—
9°S., 7°—9°E. south of the Equator in the Atlantic.

One species Stomias affinis Gthr. has been found north
of the equator in the Indo-Pacific and north and south of
the Equator in the Atlantic within the range 0°—15°N.,
41°—98°E. and 30°N —5°S., 11°E.—87°W respectively.

INTRODUCTION

Xlll

Of the remaining 26 species and 4subspecies, 12species
and 2 subspecies, v/z., Bathytroctes rostratus Gthr., Cyclo -
thone microdon pallida Br., C. signata alba Br., C. obscura
Br., Valenciennellus stelìatus Garman, Argyropelecus affinis
Garman, Astronesthes indicus Br., Diogenichthys laternatum
(Garman), Vinciguerria lucetius (Garman), Hygo-
phum reinhardti (Lutken), Myctophum spinosum (Steind.),
Notolychnus valdiviae (Br.), Diaphus (Pantophos) dumerili
(Blkr.) and Diaphus (Diaphus) lutkeni Br. occur bolh to the
south and north of the Équator in the Indo-Pacific as well
as in the Atlantic, their range of distribution
being 34°N.—40°S., 18°E.—74°W., 44°N.—37°S., 16°E.—
87°W. respectively. Two species viz., Chauliodus sloani
Schn., and Diaphus (Diaphus) rafinesquii (Cocco) occur
both to the south and north of the Equator in the Indo-
Pacific and in the Atlantic and also have been recorded
from the Mediterranean, their range of distribution being
35°N.—29°S., 30°E.—140°W in the Indo-Pacific, 37°N.—
40°S., 16°E.—87°W in the Atlantic and 36°—38°N. r
14°—15°E. in the Mediterranean. One species, Paralepis
elongatus (Br.) shows a restricted range occurring north and
south of the equator in the Indian and Atíantic Oceans, its
range of distribution being 7°1'2'N.—29°S , 30°30'—
85°56'5" E. in the Indian Ocean and 2°36'5" N.—3°55'S.,.
y2T5 u —7°48'5" E. in the Atlantic Ocean.

One species viz. Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) crocodilus
(Risso) has been recorded north of the Equator in the Ara~
bian Sea and the Atlantic and also from the Mediterranean
in the ranges 22°14'25' N., 67° 8'55' E., 39° 39'45' N.„
71 ° 35 / I5 - w and 38 o iy N ? 15 o 13 , £ respeciively.

Out of the remaining 10 species and 2 subspecies, Nan-
senia graenlandicus (Reinhardt) has been recorded from
north and south of the Equator in the índian Ocean and in
the Atlantic sector of the Arctic Ocean within the ranges
4° N.—29° S., 30°—73° E., and 72°N., 40° W respectively;
Cyclothone acclinidens Garman has been recorded from north.
and south of the Equator inthe IndianOcean and Atlańtic
and also from the Atlantic sector of the Antarctic within
the ranges 24°N.—26°S., 41 °—97°E., 37°N.—28°S., 9°E.
—21°W. and 56°3l' S., 14°29' E., respectively; Cyclothone
microdon microdon Giinther has been recorded from north
and south of the Equator both in the Indo-Pacific and the
Atlantic, from the Atlantic sector of the Arctic and also
from the Atlantic sector of the Antarctic in the ranges-

XIV

IN T RODUCTION

H° N .—50°S., 18°E.—90°W., 40°N.—50°S., 18°E.—88 0 W.,
>65°—67°N., 30°—58°W., 53°—62°S., 95°E.—57°W
respectively; Cyclothone sìgnata signata Garman has been
recorded from north and south of the Equator both in the
Indian and Atlantic Oceans and also from the Atlantic
sector of the Arctic Ocean in the ranges 13° N.—30° S.,
48°—97°E., 31°N—37°S., 18°E.—21°W., and 61°2r N.,
.80° 41' W respectively. Sternoptyx diaphana Herm. has
been recorded from north and south of the Equator both in
the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic and also from the subarctic
sector of the Atlantic in the ranges 35°N.—47°S., 18° E.—
115°W., 46°N.—35°S., 16°E.—87°W and 46°N., 56°W.
respsctively; Argyropelecus aculeatus V has been recorded
north and south of the Equator both in the Indian and
Atlantic Oceans and also from the coast of Norway in the
subarctic sector of the Atlantic in the ranges 20°N.—32°S.,
39°—99°E., 32°N.—35°S., 16°E.—87° W and 10°E., 70°N.
respectively; Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco has been
recorded north and south of the Equator both in the
Indian and Atlantic Oceans and also from the Mediterranean
and subarctic sector of the Atlantic in the ranges 12°N.—
30°S., 51°—97°E., 39°N.—35°N., 27°—87°W., 38°N.,

15°E. and 60°—64°N., 1°—7°W., respectively; Argyro -
pelecus olfersìi (C.) has been recorded north and south
of the Equator both in the Indian and Atlantic Òceans,
from the subarctic sector of the Atlantic and also from
■the Arctic ocean in the ranges 9°N.—35°S., 18°E.-—
79°W., 63°N.—3°S., 7°E.—74° W., and 71 °N., 25°E. respee-
tively; Argyropelecus sladeni Regan has been recorded
from north and south of the Equator both in
the Indian ánd Atlantic Oceans and also from the
Atlantic sector of the Antarctic in the ranges 12°N.—
-5°S., 41°—65°E., 12°N.—15°S., 11°E.—20°W. and
»61 °25' 30" S., 53 0 46 ; W respectively; Malacosteus nigér
Ayres has been recorded north and south of the Equatòr
iboth in the Indian and Atlantio Oceans and also from
the subarctic sector of the Atlantic in the ranges
13°N.—10°S., 46°—97°E., 42°N,—33°S., 15°E.—70°W.

respectively; Idiacanthus fasciola Peters has been record-
ed from north and south of the Equator in the Indian and
Atlantic oceans and also in the subantàrctic sectoF of the
Atlantic in the ranges 7°1'2"N—36°23' 4"S., 17°38'1"—130°
E., 6°40'—40°7'N., 7°26'—87°30'W., and 56°3l'S., 14°29'
2"E., respectively; and Gonichthys coccoi (Cocco) has been
recorded from north and south òf the Equator in

INTRODUCTION

XV

the Indo-Pacifìc and the Atlantic, from the subarctic
sector of the Atlantic and also from the Mediter-
ranean in the ranges 34°N.—31°S., 18°E.—71 C W.,
46°N.—38°S., 2°E.—70°W., and 37°35' N., U°10' E.
respectively.

Littoral or semipelagic species occur in waters wilhin
the continental shelf in depths less than 200 metres. Balhy-
pelagic species inhabit waters beyond the continental
shelf in depths below 200 metres. Abyssal species occur
in waters beyond the continental slope in depths
below 2000 metres. Out of the total 81 bathypelagic
species 36 have been recorded both from the bathy-
pelagic and abyssal zones, 3 from the abyssal zone
and 42 from the bathypeíagic zone (200— 2CC0 m.,).
The bathypelagic species are, thus, found to have a
wide vertical range being capable of migrating up-
wards and downwards.

In the total 169 species of íìshes of the Orders
Clupeiformes, Bathyclupeiformes, Galaxiifoimes, Sccpeli-
formes and Ateleopiformes of the Indian region,
85 are littoral or semipelagic, 3 land-locked and exotic
and 81 are bathypelagic or abyssal. The Order Clupei-
formes consists of 78 littoral, 3 exotic and land-locked
and 48 bathypelagic species. The Orders Bathy-
clupeiformes and Galaxiiformes are represented by a
single species in each, of which the former is bathy-
pelagic and the latter littoral.. In the Order Scopeli-
fbrmes 6 species are littoral and 31 bathypelagic or
abyssal. The Ojder Ateleopiformes is represented by
a single bathypelagie species. In other words, out
of the total 169 species dealt with here, 129 belong
to the Order Clupeiformes, 37 to the Order Scopeli-
formes and one each to the Orders Bathyclupeiformes,
Galaxiiformes and Ateleopiformes. Thus the orders
Clupeiformes and Scopeliformes together consists of
166 species, out of which 78 are bathypelagic and
85 littoral and 3 land-locked freshwater. Of the
81 bathypelagic species 17 are endemic to the Indiàn
region while 64 are non-endemic to the Indian reg ; on.
All the 85 littoral species have a rèstricted ráiige in
the Indo-Pacifìc and tropical Atlantic. Bathyclupea
hùskyniì Alc., the single species representing the Order
Bathyclupeiformes and Galaxias indicus Day, the sirigle

XVI

INTRODUCTION

representative of the Order Galaxiiformes are restrict-
ed in their range to the Bay of Bengal and the
littoral districts of Madras, W Bengal and Bangladesh
ìespectively, while the sole species Aíeleopus indicus
Wood-Mason & Alcock of the Order Ateleopifcrmes
has been recorded only from the Arabian Sea, Bay
of Bengal and the Philippine seas.

While the bathypelagic species are not aífected
by such physical barriers as the isotherms, and extend
their distribution in all the five oceans, the littorai
species evince a distributional pattern quite charac-
teristic of them, by not penetrating into the cold
waters of the Atlantic west of the Cape of Good

Hope. The littoral and semipelagic species of the
Indian region extend their range from the Red

Sea and the east coast of Africa, through the Indo-
Pacific eastwards even as far as to the east ccast of
tropical North and South America, but their range
towards the west is restricted beyond the west of the
Cape of Good Hope. This is due to the fact that
the 12°C. isotherm (Plate I) bordering the south-
west coast of Africa beyond west of the Cape of

Good Hope and exte?nding up to 22°S. latitude,.
serves as physical barrier for the free intermingling
of the fishcs of the Atlantic with those of the Indiarv
region. However, it is possible that some of the
species occurring exclusively in 20°C. isotherm may
often extend their range to 12°C. isotherm in the Medi-
terranean and temperate Atlantic as and when sur-
face temperature conditions there become favourable
during summer months of the year.

Among the 17 littoral, semipelagic species extend-

ipg their range eastwards beyond 180°E., Albulq
vulpes (L.), with its type-locality in the Bahama Is.,
Atlantic, is singular in its occurrence in the Indc-
Pacific region. The occurrence of some Mediterranean
and tropical Atlantic species in the Indo-Pacific and
some Indo-Pacific species in the tropical Atlantic
ajid the Mediterranean may be explained (Gunther,
1880; Alcock, 1899, Norman, 1931) by the con-
figuration of the land masses during the Eocene period
when the Mediterranean Sea extended eastwards and'
opened into the .tndian Ocean, and the isthmus of Panama

INTRODUCTION

xvii

was submerged under sea and the Atlantic and Pacifìc
Oceans were continuous, thus making it possible
for an intermingling of the species. Smith (1953) has
suggested that species common to the fndo-Pacifìc and the
tropical Atlantic and the Mediterranean may be “relics
of intermingling, for not very long ago in geological time
conditions were different, and there was almost cer-
tainly a warm water connection between the Indian
and Atlantic Oceans.” Besides, the recent and arti-
ficially constructed Panama and Suez canals may have
to some extent served as connecting passage for a free dis-
persal of species in certain cases.

In the preparation of this volume considerable use
has been made of the vast literature on the orders Clupei-
formes, Bathyclupeiformes, Galaxiiformes, Scopeli-
formes and Ateleopiformes, reference to which may
be made from the generic and specifìc synonymies and
from the “Referenees” given towards the end.

A few explanations for certain terms used are given
below :—

(o) For measurements .—

1. Ttunk is measured from tip of snout to the
vent.

2. Total length is measured from the anteriormost
tip of head (upper or lower jaw as the case may be)*
to end of tail fin (extremity of upper or lower lobe
as the ease may be).

3. Standard letigth is measured from the snout tip
to the posterior edge of hypural.

4 . Head lèngth is taken from the tip of snout to the
posterior edge of opercle including opercuJar
spine wherever present.

5. Snout length is measured from the tip of snout to
the anterior margin of eye.

6. Eye diameter is measured from margin to margin
of the bony orbit.

7. Depth of body is taken as the vertical distance:
through the body at its deepest part.

2—1341 ZSI/71

xviii INTRODUCTION

8. Least height of caudalpeduncìe is the measurement
taken at its narrowest part.

9. LengtJi of caudal peduncle is measured from be-
hind the last anal ray to the posterior edge of
hypural.

10. Width of head is taken at its widest part.

11. Interorbital width is the distance between the eyes
superiorly.

(b) For taxonomic terms .—

1. Orthotype is the type of a genus as indicated or
distinctly implied by the original author.

2. Logotype is the type of a genus selected by the first
“reviser”.

3. Haplotype or monotype is the sole species men-
tioned under a genus and so is an orthotype as
well.

4. Tautotype is a name of a genus identical with the
specific name of the species.

5. Genotype is the single species upon which a genus
is based.

6. Lectotype is a specimen chosen as a holotype from
the cotypes of a species.

The limits of the area on which the marine species are
described in this volume, are as that defined in the
Introduction of the first volume. For the freshwater
species the limits of the areas are the political boundaries
of India, Pakistan, Nepal, Burma and Ceylon.

K. S. Misra, D. Sc.

ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF ÍNDIA

Calcuita, June 27th, 1963.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

PAGES

Series PISCES

III. Class TELEOSTOMI 1

iii. Subclass CROSSOPTERYGII 1

iv. Subclass ACTINOPTER YGII 2

VII. Order CLUPEIFORMES 6

iv. Suborder CLUPEOIDEI .. 7

I. Superfamily Elopoidae 7

XIX. Family Elopidae 8

49. GenusEIops L. 8

115. Elops saurus L. 9

XX. Family Megalopidae 11

50. Genus Megalops Lacèpède 12

116. Megalops cyprìnoides (Brouss.) 12

IL Superfamily Albuloidae 15

XXI. Family Albulidae . 15

51. GenusAlbula Scopoli 15

117. Albula vulpes (L.) .. 16

III. Superfamily Clupeoidae 19

XXII. Family Clupeidae . 19

vi. Subfamily Dussumieriini .. 20

52. Genus Dussumieria Val. 20

118. Dussumieria acuta Val. 21

119. Dussumieria hpsseltii Blkr. 23

53. Genus Ehirava Deraniyagala 25

120. Ehirava fluviatHis Deraniyagala 25

54. Genus Stolephorus Lacèpède .. 27

121. Stolephorus japonica (Houttuyn) 27

122. Stolephorus malabaricus (Day) .. 29

vii. Subfamily Clupejni . 30

55. Genus Harengula Val. 31

123. Harengula ovalis (Benn.) .. 32

124. Harengula vittflta (Val.) . 34

XIX

XX

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

PAGF.S

56. Genus Sardinella Val. .. 35

125. Sardinella albella (V.) 37

126. Sardinella clupeoides (Blkr.) 39

127. Sardinella dayi Regan 40

128. Sardinella fimbriata (V.) 41

129. Sardinella jussieu (Lac.) 43

130. Sardinella longiceps V. 45

131. Sardinella melanura (C.) 47

132. Sardinella perforata (Cantor) 49

133. Sardinella sindetisis (Day) 50

134. Sardinella sirm (Walbaum) 52

57. Genus Macrura van Hasselt 52

135. Macrura ilisha (Ham.) 54

136. Macrura kelee (C.) 57

137. Macrura sinensis (L.) 59’

58. Genus Gudusia Fowler 61

138. Gudusia chapra (Ham.) 61

139. Gudusia variegata (Day) 63 :

59. Genus Kowala Vaí. 65

140. Kowala coval (C.) 65

60. Genus Corica Hamilton .. .. 67

141. Corica soborna Ham. 68

61. Genus Ilisha Rich. 69

142. Ilisha brachysoma (Blkr.) 71

143. Ilisha elongata (Benn.) 72

144. ìlisha filìgera (V.) 75

145. Ilisha indica (Swain.) 76

146. Ilisha kampeni (W. & B.) 78

147. Ilisha leschenaulti (V.) 79

148. Ilisha melastoma (C.) 80

149. Ilìsha motius (Ham.) 81

150. Ilisha novacula (V.) 82

151. Ilisha sladeni (Day) 83*

62. GenusPèllona Val. 84

152. Pellona ditchela V. .. 85

153. Pellona hoevenii Blkr. 86

63. Genus Opisthopteros Gill 87

154. Opisthopterus tardoore (C.) 88

64. Genus Raconda Gray 90

155. Raconda russelliana Grav 90

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

XXI

Pages

viii. Subfamily Dorosomatini 92

65. Genus Clupanodon Lac. 92

156. Clupanodon puncíaíus (Schl.) 93

157. Clupanodon thrissa (L.) 94

66. Genus Gonialosa Regan .. 95

158. Gonialosa manmina (Ham.) 96

159. Gonialosa modestus (Day) 97

67. Genus Nematalosa Regan 99

160. Nematalosa nasus (Bl.) 99

68. Genus Anodontostoma Blkr. .. 101

161. Anodontostoma chacunda (Ham.) 101

XXIII. Family Engraulidae 104

69. Genus Setipinna Swainson .. .. 105

162. Setipinna breviceps (Cant.) 106

163. Setipinna phasa (Ham.) 107

164. Setipinna taty (V.) 109

70. Genus Coilia Gray . 111

165. Coilia borneensìs Blkr. 112

166. Coilia cantoris Blkr. 113

167. Coilia dussumieri V 114

168. Coilia quadragesimalis V. 115

169. Coilia ramcarati (Ham.) 117

170. Coilia reynaldi V. 118

71. Genus Anchoviella Fowler 119

171. Anchoviella commersonii (Lac.) 120

172. Anchoviella heterolobus (Riipp.) 122

173. Anchoviella indica (v. Hass.) 123

174. Anchoviella tri (Blkr.) .. .. 125

72. Genus Thrissocles Jordan & Evermann 127

175. Thrissocles annandalei (Chaudhuri) 129

176. Thrissocles baelama { Forsk.) 130

177. Thrissocles dussumieri (V). 131

178. Thrissocles hamiltonii (Gray) 133

179. Thrissocles kammalensis (Blkr.) 135

180. Thrissocles kempi (C haudhuri) 137

181. Thrissocles malabaricus (BI.) 138

182. Thrissocles mystax (Schn.) 140

183. Thrissocles purava (Ham.) 142

184. Thrissocles rambhae (Chaudhuri) 143

185. Thrissocles setirostris (Brouss.) 144

186. Thrissocles valenciennesi (Blkr.) . . 146

XXII

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

Paoes

73. Genus Xenengraulis Jordan & Seale 147

187. Xenzngraulis spinidens J. & S. . 147

IV. Superfamily Alepocephaloidae 148

XXIV. Family Alepocephalidae 149

74. Genus Alepocephalus Risso 149

188. Alepocephalus bicolor Alc. 151

189. Alepocephalus blanfordi Alc. 152

190. Alepocephalus edentulus Alc. 154

191. Alepocephalus longiceps Lloyd . 155

192. Alepocephalus macrops Lloyd 157

193. Alepocephalus microlepis Lloyd 158

75. Genus Bathytroctes Gunther 159

194. Bathytroctes macrolepis Gthr. 160

195. Bathytroctes microlepis Gthr. 161

196. Bathytroctes rostratus Gthr. 162

197. Bathytroctes squamosus Alc. 164

76. Genus Narcetes Alcock 165

198. Narcetes erimelas Alc. 166

77. Genus Xenodermichthys Gunther 167

199. Xenodermichthys guentheri Alc. 168

200. Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Alc. 170

78. Genus Leptoderma Vaill. 171

201. Leptoderma affinis Alc. 171

XXV. Family Searsidae 172

ix. Subfamily Platytroctinae 173

79. Genus Platytroctes Giinther.. 173

202. Platytroctes apus Gthr. 174

80. Genus Platytroctegen Lloyd .. 175

203. Platytroctegen mirus Lloyd 176

XXVI. Family Dolichopterygidae 177

81. Genus Àulastomatomorpha Alcock 177

204. Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Alc. 178

v. Suborder CHIRO CENTROIDEI 179

XXVII. Famìly Chirocentridae 180

82. Genus Chirocentrus Cuvier 180

205. Chirocentrus dorab (Forsk.) 181

206. Chirocentrus nudus Swain. 183

vi. Suborder CHANOEl 184

SYSTEMATIC INDEX XXlll

PAGES

XXVIII. Family Chanidae 185

83. Genus Chanos Lacépède 185

207. Chanos chatios (Forsk.) 186

vii. Suborder SALMONOIDEI 189

XXIX. Family Salmonidae 189

x. Subfamily Salmonini 189

84. Genus Salmo L. 189

3. Salmo gairdnerii gairdnerii Rich.. 190

208. Salmo levenensis Walker 192

4. Salmo irutta fario L. 193

XXX. Family Microstomidae 194

85. Genus Nansenia Jordan & Evermann 194

209. Nansenia groenlandìcus (Reinhardt) 195

viii. Suborder STOMIATOIDEI 196

V. Superfamily Gonostomoidae

(Heterophotodermi) 197

XXXI. Family GonostomidAe 197

86. Genus Gonostoma Rafinesque 198

210. Gonostoma elongatum Gthr. 199

87. Genus Cyclothone Goode & Bean 201

211. Cyclothone acclinidens Garman 203

5. Cyclothone microdon microdon

(Gthr.) 205

6. Cyclothone microdon pallida Br. 207

212. Cyclothone obscura Brauer 209

7. Cyclothone signata signata Garm. 211

8. Cyclothone signata alba Br. 213

88. Genus Víncíguerria Goode & Bean 214

213. Vinciguerria lucetius (Garm.) 215

214. Vinciguerria nimbarius (J. & W.). 217

89. Genus Valenciennellus J. & E. 219

215. Valenciennellus stellatus Garm. 219

90. Genus Yarrella Goode & Bean 220

216. Yarrella corythaeolum (Alc.) 221

91. Genus Triplophos Brauer 223

217. Triplophos hemingi (Mc Ardle) 223-

XXIV

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

PAGES

XXXII. Family Sternoptychidae .. .. 225

92. Genus Sternoptyx Herm. .. 225

218. Sternoptyx diaphana Herm. .. 226

93. Genus Argyropelecus Cocco . 229

219. Argyropelecus aculeatus V. 230

220. Argyropelecus affinis Garm. 232

221. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco 234

222. Argyropelecus olfersii (C.) 236

223. Argyropelecus sladeni Regan 238

94. Genus Polyipnus Giinther 240

224. Polyipnus spinosus Gthr. . 241

VI. Superfamily Stomiatoidae (Lepidophoto-

dermi) .. . 243

XXXIII. Family Stomiatidae 243

95. Genus Stomias C. 244

225. Stomias affinis Gthr. 245

226. Stomias nebulosus Alc. 247

96. Genus Photostomias Collett 249

227. Photostomias guernei Collett 249

XXXIV. Family Chauliodontidae 251

97. Genus Chauliodus Schneider 252

228. Chauìiodus pammelas Alc. 253

229. Chauliodus sloani Schn. 255

VII. Superfamily Astronesthoidae (Gymno-

PHOTODERMl) .. .. 257

XXXV. Family Astronesthidae 258

98. Genus Astronesthes Richardson 259

230. Astronesthes indicus Rt. 260

231. Astronesthes martensii Klunz. 262

99. Genus Bathylychnus Brauer . 263

232. Bathylychnus cyaneus Br. 263

XXXVI. Family Melanostomiahdae 265

100. Genus Melanostomias Brauer 266

233. Melanostomias melanops Br. 266

101. Genus Malacosteus Ayres 268

234. Maìacosteus niger Ayres 268

SYSTEMATIC INDEX XXV

Pages

XXXVII. Family Idiacanthidae 271

102. Genus Idiacanthus Peters 271

235. Idiacanthus/asciola Ptrs. 272

ix. Suborder NOTOPTEROIDEl 274

XXXVIII. Family Notopteridae 275

103. Genus Notopterus Lacèpède 275

236. Notopterus chitala (Ham.) 276

237. Notopterus notopterus (Pallas) 278

VIII. Order BATHYCLUPEIFORMES 280

XXXIX. Family Bathyclupeidae 280

104. Genus Bathyclupea Alcock .. 281

238. Bathyclupea hoskynii Alcock 281

IX. Order GALAXIIFORMES 283

XL. Family Galaxiidae 283

105. Genus Galaxias Cuvier 283

239. Galaxias indicus Day 284

X. Order SCOPELIFORMES 285

XLI. Family Synodidae 286

106. Genus Harpodon Le Sueur 286

240. Harpodon nehereus (Ham.) 287

241. Harpodon squamosus Alc. 290

107. Genus Saurida Val. 291

242. Saurida gracilis (Q. & G.) 292

243. Saurida tumbil (Bl.) 294

244. Saurida undosquamis (Rich.) 296

108. Genus Synodus Scopoli 297

245. Synodus indicus (Day) 298

246. Synodus japonicus (Houttuyn) 299

109. Genus Trachinocephalus Gill 301

247. Trachinocephalus myops (Schn.) 302

XLII. Family Scopelarchidae 304

110. Genus Scopelarchus Alcock 304

248. Scopelarchus guentheri Alc. 305

XLIII. Family Evermannellidae 306

111. Genus Evermannella Fowler 306

249. Evermannella atratus (Alc.) 307

XXVI

SYSTEMATIC INDEX

PAGE5r

XLIV. Family Sudidae 308

xi. Subfamily Chlorophthalmini 309

112. Genus Cblorophthalmus Bonaparte 309'

250. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonap. 310

xii. Subfamily Paralepidini . 313

113. Genus Paralepis Cuvier . 313

251. Paralepis elongatus (Br.) 314

114. Genus Stemonosudis Harry 316

252. Stemonosudis elongatus (Ege) 316

xiii. Subfamily Bathypteroini 317

115. Genus Bathypterois Giinther 318

x. Subgenus Bathypterois Gthr. 319

253. Bathypterois ( Bathypterois ) atricolor

Aic. . . 319

254. Bathypterois ( Bathypterois ) insularum

Alc. .. 321

xi. Subgenus Hemipterois Regan . 322

255. Bathypterois ( Hemipteriiois ) guen-

theri AIc. 322

XLV. Family Myctophidae 324

xiv. Subfamily Myctophini . 325

116. Genus Benthosema Goode & Bean 327

256. Benthosema fibulatum (Gilbert &

Cramer) 328

257. Benthosema pterotus (Alc.) 329

117. Genus Diogenichthys Bolin 331

258. Diogenichthys laternatum (Garm.) 333-

259. Diogenichthys panurgus Bolin 335

118. Genus Gonichthys Gistel 336

260. Gonichthys coccoi (Cocco) 337

119. Genus Hygophum Bolin 339

261. Hygophum reinhardti (Liit.) 340

120. Genus Notolychnus Fraser-Brunner 342

262. Notolychnus valdiviae (Br.) 343

121. Genus Myctophum Rafinesque 345

263. Myctophum indicus (Day) 346

264. Myctophum spinosum (Steind.) 347

SYSTEMATIC ÌNDEX XXVÌI

Pages

122. Genus_Lampanyctus Bonaparte 349

xii. Subgenus Lepidopbanes Fraser-Brunner 350

265. Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes) longi -

pes (Br.) 351

266. Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes) pyrso -

bolus (Alc.) 352.

xiii. Subgenus Lampanyctus Bonaparte 353

267. Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) croco -

dilus (Risso) 354

268. Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) macrop -

terum (Br.) 355

123. Genus Diaphus Eigenmann and Eigen-

mann 357

xiv. Subgenus^Pantophos Jordan & Hubbs 359

269. Diaphus (Pantophos) dumerili (Blkr.) 359

xv. SubgenusJLamprossa Jordan & Hubbs 361

270. Diaphus (Lamprossa) coeruleus

(Klunz.) .. 361

£ 271. Diaphus (Lamprossa) garmani G ilb. 363

272. Diaphus (Lamprossa) splendidum

(Br.) 365

xvi. Subgenus Diaphus Eigenmann &

Eigenmann 367

273. Diaphus (Diaphus) lutkeni (Br.) 367

274. Diaphus (Diaphus) rafinesquii (Cocco) 369

xv. Subfamily Neoscopeuni 371

124. Genus Neoscopelus Johnson 371

275. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson 372

xvi. Subfamily Scopelengini 374

125. Genus Scopelengys Alc. 374

276. Scopelengys tristis Alc. 375

XI. Order ATELEOPIFORMES 377

XLVI. Family Ateleopidae 377

126. Genus Ateleopus Temminck & Schle-

gel 377

277. Ateleopus indicus Wood-Mason &

Alcock 378-

III. Class TELEOSTOMl

Endoskeleton bony, sometimes cartilaginous. Mem~
brane bones of head well developed. Skull hyostylic,
sometimes amphistylic. Skull with sutures. Endocra-
nium ossified. Optic nerves forming solid chiasma or
not forming solid chiasma. Plato-quadrate not fused
with endocranium. Fin rays with pterygials. 4 pairs
of gill arches ; 5th pair modified into tooth-bearing lower
pharyngeal. Gills with outer edges free ; their bases
attached to bony arches. A single lateral gill opening on
either side of pharynx covered by operculum or a single
ventral gill opening in pharynx. Heart divided into
auricle, ventricle and arterial bulb. Arterial bulb either
muscular with numerous valves or thin with a pair of op-
posite valves. Branchial septa reduced .Branchial lamelhe
with double row of b anchial rays. No spiracle. No
intestinal valve. No mctitating membrane. Air bladder
or lung. No cloaca except in Nerophis aequoreus (L.).
No pterygopodia but some with gonopodium. Ova
small. Mostly oviparous ; a few viviparous.

Lower Devonian to recent.

The class TELEOSTOMI is divided into two subclasses..

CROSSOPTER YGII and ACTINOPTER YGII
Key to suhclasses of class TELEOSTOMI

1. Radials of paired fins arranged
biserially (fossils except order
COELACANTHIFORMES, not
yet found in the Indiaìi rè-

gion) CROSSOPTÈR ÝGII

2. Radials of paired fins not arrang-
ed biserially (mostly living, found

in the Indian region) ACTINOPTERYGII

iii. Subclass CROSSOPTERYGII

Endocranium usually.divided. Parasphenoid without
ascendent processes. Pineal foramen present or absent.
Clavi^le. Squamosal with jugal sensory canal. Internali

2

TELEOSTOMI

nares. Radial of paired fins biserial. A pair of large
gular plates. No branchiostegal rays. Caudal fin hete-
rocercal, diphycercal, hetero-diphycercal or gephyrocercal.
Scales rhombic or cycloid, inverted by a layer of enamel-
like ganoin.

Lower Devonian to recent; not recorded in the Indian
region.

iv. Sub-class ACTINOPTER YGIl

Skull with many or a few endochondral bones. No
squamosal. Supraoccipital present or absent. No jugal
sensory canal. No internal nares. Maxillary united or
free with ectopterygoid and preopercular. Inter-
operculum present or absent. Each radial bearing many
or single dermal fin ray ; 1 or 2 rows of radial ossified.
Pectoral radials directly attached to scapulo-coracoid
cartilage or to scapular and coracoid, or indirectly attached
through cartilaginous plate and ossified rods
to scapula and coracoid. Clavicle present or abesnt. Pel-
vics weli developed, vestigial or absent. Branchiostegal
rays present. A single gular plate rarely prèsent or ab-
sent. Caudal fin heterocercal or homocercal. Scales
ganoid or non-ganoid; if ganoid without middle cosmine
layer. Lepidosteid tubules either in scales or skeleton or
totally absent.

Middle Devonian to recent.

The subclass ACTINOPTERYGII is divided into 34 orders.

Key to orders of subclass ACTINOPTERYGII

1. Air bladder totally absent 3

2. Air bladder present (except in

superfamtly Alepocephaloidaé
of order CLUPEIFORMES;
in some species of ANGU-
ILLIFORMES where air bladder
may be absent; in some species
of suborder STROMA TOIDEI
of order PERCIFORMES; in
suborder AMMOD YTOIDEI of
order PERCIFORMES ; and in
some species of order TETRO-
DONTIFORMES), 11

3. Skull mainly cartilaginous . ATELEOPIFORMES

4. Skull mainly bony . 5

KEY FOR ACTINOPTERYGII

3

5. Gill openings confluent as a

single transverse slit .. SYMBRANCHIFORMES

■ 6 . Gill openings separate as two
lateral slits. 7

7. Pelvic fins modified into a true

sucking disc GOBIESOCIFORMES

8 . Pelvic fins not modified into a

true suking disc 9

9. A sucking disc (modified spino-
us dorsal) on top of head ; body

not covered with bony plates ECHENEIFORMES

10. No sucking disc on top of head;

body covered with bony plates PEGASIFORMES

1 1. Physostomous 13

12. Physoclistic 23

13. Body cylindrical, greatly elon-

gate. 15

14. Body neither cylindrical nor

greatly elongate 17

15. A distinct caudal; pelvics pre-.
sent; body not eel-like; air

bladder always present GALAXIIFORMES

16. No distinct caudal; pelvics ab-

sent or rudimentary; body eel-
like; air bladder absent or pre-

sent ANGUILLIFORMES

17. Weberian ossicles present CYPRINIFORMES

18. Weberian ossicles absent 19

19. Photophores always present (ex-
cept in genus Scopelengys and
family Synodidae) air bladder

present or absent .. SCOPELIFORMES

20. Photophores always absent (ex-

cept in suborder STOMl -
ATOIDEl of order CLUPEI-
FORMES) 21

21. Pelvics thoracic; always physo-

stomus .. BATHYCLUPEIFORMES

22 . Pelvics abdominal (except in
genus Raconda where they are
absent); rarely physoclistic (as
in genera Argentina and Op-
isthoproctus )

CLUPEIFORMES

21. Head asymmetrical ; both eyes
on one side; no air bladder in
adult

PLEURONECTIFORMES

4

TELEOSTOMI

24. Head symmetrical; eyes normal;
air bladder present or absent in
adult 25

25. A non-labyrinthic suprabranchial

organ OPHIOCEPHALIFORMES

26. No non-labyrinthic suprabran-

cliial organ 27

27. Pectoral fìns divided into distinct

upper and lower portions 29

28. Pectoral fins not divided into

upper and lower portions (except
in genus Dicrolene of Family
Ophidiidae, genus Lepidotrigla
of Fahiily Triglidae and Family
Cirrhitidae of order PER-
CIFORMES) 31

29. Upper portion of pectoral elon-
gate and wing-like and lowerpor-
tion devoid of free filamentous

rays DAC T YLOPTERIFORMES

30. Upper portion of pectoral nei-
ther elongate nor wing-like; lo-
wer portion of free filamentous

rays POLYNEMIFORMES

31. Anterior vertebrae 1-4 immov-

ably united S YNGNATHIFORMES

32. Anterior vertebrae normal 33

33. Lateral muscles highly vaseular
and dark red; warm blooded;
scales on the anterior part of

body forming corselets THUNNIFORMES

34. Lateral muscles not highly vas-

cular and dark red; cold blooded;
no corselets .. 35

35. No post-temporal .. 37

36. Post-temporal present (either
large, small or replaced by liga-
ment)

37. No spines before dorsal fin

38. Free spines before dorsal fin

39. Orbitosphenoid present .

40. Orbitosphenoid absent

41. Vertical fins with true spines

42. Vertical fins without true spines

39

CHAUDHURIFORMES

MASTACEMBELIFORMES

41

43

BERYCIFORMES

LAMPRIDIFORMES

KEY FOR ACTINOPTERYGII

5

43.

Dorsal fin with spines (except in
families Cepolidae and

Coryphaenidae and sub-

orders OPHIDIOIDEU AMMOD -
YTOÌDEI and TRÍCHIUROIDEJ
of order PERCIFORMES and
families Triodontidae, Ostra-
CIIDAE, TETRODONTIDAE, Dl-

odontidae and Molidae of
order TETRODONTIFORMES

45

44.

Dorsal fin without spines

61

45.

An exoskeleton of bony rings

GASTEROS ÍEIFORMES

46.

No exoskeleton of bony rings

47

47.

Gill openings restricted

49

48.

Gill openings wide (except in
suborder CALLION YMOIDEI of
order PERCIFORMES)

53

49.

Mesethmoid present

51

50.

Mesethmoid absent

BATRACHOIDIFORMES:

51.

Upper ribs present

TETRODONTIFORMES

52.

No ribs

LOPHIIFORMES

53.

Anal very long, 2/3 of the
total lengih of fish and equal to
second dorsal (when present)

55

54.

Anal short, or if Iong not equal
to second dorsal

57

55.

14 anal spines; single dorsal rer
duced to 10 spines

notacanthiformes

56.

No anal spines; two dorssls
withcut spines

MACRURIFORMES

57.

Three anal spines, remole from
soft anal; body covered vvith
spiny scales

ZEIFORMES

58.

Anal spines continuous with
soft anal or if remote only^ 2
spines; body not covered wìth
spiny scales

59

59.

Pelvic fins always abdominal

MUGILIFORMES

60.

Pelvic fins mental, jugular or thor-
acic and sometimes abdominal

PERCIFORMES

61.

Pelvic fins abdominal

63

62.

Pelvic fins jugular

GADIIFORMES

63.

Anal very long; caudal tapering;
pelvic fins with 8—10 rays;
bathypelagic

HALOSAURIFORMES

3-

1341 ZSI/71

TELEOSTOMI

'í

64.

65.

< 66 .

Anal short; caudal not tapering;
pelvicfins with 6—7 rays; pelagic
or littoral

Lateral line present

Lateral Iine absent

65

BELONIFORMES

CYPRINODONTIFORMES

VII. Order CLUPEIFORMES

Phy.o tomous (except in genera Argentina and Opis-
thoproctus). Supraoccipital separated or not from fron-
tals. Upper jaw with maxillaries and premaxillaries; pre-
maxillaries single or paired. A single gular plate present
or absent. Ectosteal and endosteal parts of the articular
present or absent. Mesethmoid single or paired. Vomer
(except in family Osmeridae) single. Mesocoracoid pre-
sent or absent. Ánterior vertebrae distinct; vertebral centra
ossified or rarely unossified.' No Weberian ossicles.
Fins without fulcra. Dorsal and ventral ribs. Lepi-
dosteii tubules absentin scales and bones. Scales cycloid.
Lateral line present or absent. Fins without true spines.
Adipose fin present or absent. Pelvics when present
abdominal. Luminous organs (photophores) present or
absent. Caudal fin homocercal.

Middle Triassic to recent.

The order CLUPEÍFORMES is divided into 6 sub-
orders.

Key lo suborders of order CLUPEIFORMES

1. Photophores present (in double

rows) STOMIA TOIDEI

2. Photophores absent or when
present, as in superfamily

Alepocephaloidae of suborder
CLUPEOIDAE not in double
rows 3

3. Adipose fin present

4. Adipose fin absent

5. Dorsal fìn situated in caudal
region of body

SALMONOIDEI

5

7

6 . Dorsal fin situated in trunk re-

gion of body 9

7. Body elongate, narrow; anal
fìn short (less than 40 rays); cau-
dal bifurcate; dorsal fìn always

prísent CHIROCENTROIDEI

KEY FOR ACTINOPTERYGII

7

&. Body neither elongate nor narrow;
anal fin very long (more than 100
rays); caudal not bifurcate;
dorsal fin present or absent NOTOPTEROIDEI

9. Mouth small, terminal; gill-
membranes entirely united be-
low; accessory branchia! or-
gan present CHÀNOIDEI

10 . Mouth large, not terminal;* gill-
membranes entirely separate be-
low; accessory branchial or-
gan absent CLUPEOIDEI

iv. Suborder CLUPEOIDEI

Gular plate present or absent. Photophores absent,
or when present not arranged in constant series. Air blad-
•der present or absent, connected or not with the ear. No
adipose fin. Pectoral radials in one or two rows. No sup-
rabranchial organ. Upper jaw bordered by both maxi.-
llaries and premaxillaries or by only premaxillaries. Largest
otolith in sacculus. Mucous canals on head. No pre-
<lentary bone. Oviducts.

Lower Cretaceous to recent.

The suborder CLUPEOIDEI is divided into 4 super-
families.

Key to superfamiìies of suborder CLUPEOIDEI

1. Abdomen smooth, non-keeled 3

2. Abdomen serrated or keeled or

both Clupeojdae

3. Gular plate present Elopoidae

4. Gular plate absent 5

5. Eye moderate with well-develop-
ed adipose lids (non-deep sea

forms) Albuloidae

6 . Eye large without adipose lids

(deep sea forms) Alepocephaloidae

T. Superfamily Elofoidae

Gular plate. No photophores. Air bladder not con-
nected with ear. No adipose fin. Pectoral radials in one
or two rows. No suprabranchial organ. Upper jaw bor-
dered by maxillaries and premaxillaries. Branchiostegals
23-35. Young passing through a metamorphosis. Comp-
lete lateral line.

8

TELEOSTOMI

Fossil genera from Lower Cretaceous.

The superfamily Elopoidae is divided into 2 families-

Key to families of superfamily Elopoidae

1 . Scales small (L.l. above 90);

anal short (less than 20 rays) Elopidae

2. Scales large (L. 1. below 50);

anal moderate (more than 20

rays) Megalopidae

XIX. Family Elopidae

Body elongate, compressed. Head scaleless. Cleft
of mouth oblíque, maxilla extending beyond post~
orbital margin. Margin of upper jaw formed by prema-
xillaries and maxillaries. Two supramaxillaries. Gular
plate. Villiform teeth in jaws, vomer, palatines, ptery-
goids and tongue. Pseudobranchia. Branchiostegals 27-35.
Gill membranes free, separated. Pectoral radials in one
row. A single dorsal fin; origin opposite or beyond pelvics.
Anal behind ends of inner margin of dorsal. No adipose
fin. Pelvics with 10-16 rays. Small cycloid scales*
Lateral line complete.

Fossil genera from Lower Cretaceous.

The family Elopidae is represented by a single
genus.

49. Genus Elops Linnaeus

1766. Elops Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1 ed. 12 p. 518 (type, E. saurus L. t .
monotypic).

1803. Mugilomorus Lacepède, Hist. nat., Poiss , 5, pp. 397, 398 (type,.
M. anna-carolina Lac.-Elops saurus L., monotypic).

1815. Trichonotus (nec Schneider, 1801) Rafinesque, Analyse de
la nature , p. 88 (type, Mugilomorus anna-carolina Lac.).

Body elongate, compressed, scales thin, small. Cleft of
mouth oblique; maxilla extending beyond postonbital
margin. Gular plate present. Eye with well developed
adipose lid. Abdomen neither keeled nor serrated
Pelvic origin opposite to dorsal origin. Anal short.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal deeply forked. Pseudobran-
chiae present. Branchiostegals 27-34. Young passing.
through metamorphosis.

ELOPIDAE

9

Distribution .—Red Sea, Arabia, East and South
coasts of Africa, Mauritius, Madagascar, India, Pakis-
tan, Sri Lanka, the Andamans, Malay Peninsula, Indonesia,
Philippines, China, Japan, Queensland and Hawaii.

115- Blops saurus Linnaeus
(Pl. I, fig. 2; Text-fig. 1)

1766. Elops saurus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat ., 1, ed. 12, p. 518 (type
locality: Carolina).

1775. Argentina machnata Forskàl, Descript. Animaì ., pp. xiii,

68 (type locality: Djedda, Red Sea).

1839. Elops indicus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal., 2, p, 292 [on Jina -
gow Russell, Fish Coromandel, 2, p. 63, pl. 179, 1803
(type locality: Vizagapatam].

1846. Elops saurus Val«nci«nnes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 365 (Mass-
auah, Red Sea, Mauritius, Pondicherry, Coromandel).

1846. Elops purpurascens Richardson, Ichth. China Japan , p. 311
(type locality: Chinese seas).

1849. Elops capensis Smith, ///. Zool. S. Africa Fish., pl. 7 (type

locality : Cape of Good Hope).

1850. Elops machnata Schlegel, in Siebold's Fauna Japonica Pisces,

pts. 10-15, p. 241, pl. 109, fig. 2 (Soùthwest coast Japan;
Korea).

1865. Elops saurus Kner, Reise Novara Fische , p. 338 (Madras).

1868. Elops saurus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 470
(Zanzibar, Djedda, Penang, China, Cape of Good Hope).

1878. Elops saurus Day, Fish. India, p. 649, pl. 166, fig. 1 (tropical
and subtropical seas).

1889. Elops saurus Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 401 fìg.
125 (tropical and subtropical seas).

1905. Elops saurus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comni.,
23 (1903), p. 53 (Honolulu).

1909. Elops machnata Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 3, p. 39
(Madras).

1909. Elops hawaiensis Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 3, p. 39
(type locality : Hawaii).

1909. Elops australis Regan, Ánn. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 3, p. 39 (type
locality : N. S. Wales).

1913, Elops machnata Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 4.

1915. EIops indicus Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 413 (Chilka
Lake).

1917. Elops saurus Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 93.
(Tuticorin).

10

TELEOSTOMI

1926. Elops saurus Oshima, Annot. Zool. Japan., 11, p. 2. (Hai-

nan).

1927. Elops hawaiensis Whitby, J. Pan-Paeifìc Res. Inst. , 2 (1),.

p. 3 (Fiji).

1929. Elops saurus Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p. 354
(Travancore).

1931. Elops saurus Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrfs Univ., (1) p. 12
(China).

1933. Elops indicus Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci ., (C) 5, p. 82 (Ceylon).

1938. Elops machnata Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 21 (Malacca,
Penang, Singapore).

1941. Elops saurus Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (J00) 13, p. 524.

1941. Elops machnata Herre, Mem. lndian Mus ., 13, p. 333 (Anda-
mans).

1949. Elops saurus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 382.

1952. Elops saurus Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1, (3), p*

29 (Fusan).

1953. Elops saurus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 370.

1953. Elops saurus Smith, Sea Fish. South Africa, p. 86, fig. 100
(The Cape, Mossel Bay, penetrating most tidal rivers).

1955. EIops saurus Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind &
Makran, p. 13.

1955. Elops machnata Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon. p. 21.

Vernacuìar names.— India: Shonas, Chirya, Ghonos, Marathi;
Ullahti, Tamil; Jallugu, Jinnagow, Telugu. Pakistan: KìnarhaL
Sri Ianka: Mannava , Ranava, Singhalese: Manna, Tamil.

Thxt-fig. 1.—Lateral view of Elops saurus L.

B. 27-35; D. 20-25(4/16-21); P. 17-19; V.6 : A.3/15-
17; C. 19; L.l.94-102; L.tr.12/14.

Body elongate, subfusiform. Abdomen wide, smooth.
Dorsal and ventral profìles nearly horizontal, of almost
equal curve. Head 4.5-5.0, depth 5.0-6.5 in totallength.
Eyeswith adipose lid, 4.5-5.0 in head, equal to snout and

megalopidae 1 V

interorbital. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla extending
beyond postorbit. Length of gular plate § of the length
of lower jaw. Teeth numerous, villiform in both jaws,
continued along the anterior edge of maxilla; on vomer in
a triangular patch and on palatine about 10 rows. Single
dorsal fìn, origin nearer to caudal base than to snout
end. Pectorals low, moderate, a little more than half
head. Pelvics moderate; origin opposite or slightly before
dorsal origin. Anal shorter than dorsal, origin midway
between pelvic and caudal origins. Caudal deeply lobed
in its posterior three-fourths. Scales small, a few
rows forminga sort of sheath todorsal, anal and caudal;
11-12 rows of scales between lateral line and pelvìc base.
Lateral line distinct, complete. Lower gill rakers 13-14.
Vertebrae 65^-69^.

Silvery, fins yellowish with greenish tinge.

Tt attains 812 mm in length and weighs 13-6 kgms.
It is a good sporting fìsh, ascending tidal rivers; flesh
good.

Distribution.— India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea,
Arabia, Cape of Good Hope, East and South coasts of
Africa, Madagascar, Mauritius, Malay Peninsula, Indo-
nesia, the Philippines, China, Korea, Japan, Brisbane, New
South Wales, Hawaii; in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°
N.—35 C S., 18 C E.—155°W in the Indo-Pacific=(25°N.,35°S.,
18°-102 E. in the Indian Ocean+35' N.—27' S., 103° E.
—155°W in the Pacific Ocean).

XX. Family Megalopidae

Body obiong, elongate, compressed. Head scaleless.
Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending to the postor-
bital margin. Two supramaxillaries. Gular plates.
Villiform teeth in jaws, vomer, palatines, pterygoids
and tongue. No psuedobranchiae. Branchiostegals
23-27. Gill membranes free, separated. Single dorsal
fin. Pectoral radials in 2 rows. Anal not behind ends of
inner margin of dorsal. Scales large, cycloid. Complete'-
lateral line.

Paleocene to recent.

12

TELEOSTOMI

The family Megalopidae is represented by a smgle
genus.

50. Genus Megalops Lacépède

1802. Megolops Lacépède, Hisí. nat. Poiss. y 5, p. 289 (type, M.

filamentosus Lac.-Clupea cyprinoides Broussonet, mono-
typic).

1878. Bńsbania Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Waìes , 2, p.
241 (type, B. staigeri Castelnau, monotypic).

1896. Tarpon Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., 47(1)
pt. 1, p. 409 (type, Megalops atlanticus V. monotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales large. Clefí of
mouth moderately oblique; maxilla extending to the pos-
torbital margin. Gular plate present. Eyeswith narrow
adipose lids. Abdomen neither keeled nor serrated. Pel-
vic origin opposite to dorsal origin. Anal moderate.
Adipose fìn absent. Branched tubes in lateral line.
Caudal deeply forked. No pseudobranchiae. Branchios-
tegals 23-27. Young passing through metamorphosis.

Distńbution .—East and South coasts of Africa, Zan-
zibar, Natal, Madagascar, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
Burma, Malay Peninsula, Indonesia, Thailand, the Philip-
pines, China, Formosa, Japan, Australia, Melanesia,
Mirconesia and Polynesia.

116. Megalops cyprinoides (Broussonet)

(Pl. I, %. 4)

1782. Clupea cyprinoides Broussonet, Ichth., pl. 9, (type locality:
Óceans between the Tropics).

1803. Megalops fiiamentosus Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p.424,458,

pl. 13, fig. 3 (type locality: Port Dauphin, Madagascar).

1822. Cyprinodon cundinga Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 254, 283
(type locality: salt water estuaries of the Ganges).

1843. Megalops setipinnis Richardson, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., 11,
p. 493 (type locality: Port Essington & Coburg Penin-
sula).

1846. Megalops indicus Valenciénnes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 388,
pl. 42 (type locality: Port Dauphin, Madagascar; Mauritius;
Bouru; Coromandel; Pondicherry; Malabar; Alipey;
Cannanor; Panimbang; Java; Tahiti; Tanna).

1850. Megalops macrophthalmus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 1,

p. 421 (type locality: Batavia, Java).

1851. Megalops kundinga Jerdon, Mad. J. Lit. Sci. , 18, p. 146.

1865. EIops apalike (nec Lac. ) Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 228 (Mala-
bar).

MEGALOPIDAE

13

1866. Megalops macropterus Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., 3, p.

284 (type locality : Java, Sumatra, Singapore, Bintang,
Celebes, Amboina).

1868. Megalops cyprinoides Giìnther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. y 7, p. 471
(Zanzibar; Shire River; Madras; Bengal; Penang; Java;
Sumatra ; Amboina; Formosa; Aneitum; Cape York;
Port Essiagton).

1878. Megalops cyprinoides Day, Fish. Jndia , p. 650, pl. 159, fig. 3
(East coast of Africa, freshwater and estuaries of India,
Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, China, Polynesia).

1878. Brisbania staigeri Castelnau, Proc • Linn. Soc. N. S. Waìes ,
2, p. 241, pl. 3 (type locality: Brisbane river, Queensland).

1880. Megalops cyprinoides Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S,

Wales, 4, p. 383 (Port Darwin).

1889. Megalops cyprinoides Day, Fauna Brit. Ittdia , Fish., !, p.

402, fig. 126 (Indian and Pacific Oceans, waters and estu-
aries of India, Ceylon, etc., occasionally captured in rivers,
but much more commonly found in tanks ).

1907. Megalops cyprinoides Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus., 1 , p. 221 (Ak-
yab).

1913. Megalops cyprinoides Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -

Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 5, fig. 4.

1915. Megalops cyprinoides Ogílby, Commercial Fish. Fisher.

Queensland , p. 46, (Brisbanc).

•1915. Megalops cyprinoides Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p.
417 (Chilka lake).

1916. Megalops cyprinoides Raj, Rec. Indian Mus., 12, p. 252

(Madras).

1929. Megalops cyprinoides Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 33,
p. 355 (Travancore).

1929. Megalops cyprinoides Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5,
p. 34.

1931. Megalops cyprinoìdes Chu, Biol. St. Johńs Univ ., p. 12
(China).

1933. Megalops cyprinoides Deraniyagala, Ceylon. J. Sci., (C), 5,
p. 83.

1936. Megalops cyprinoides Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 8 (Siam).

.1938. Megalops cyprinoides Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p, 21 (Pen
ang, Singapore).

1941. Megalops cyprinoides Fowler, BuII. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 519.

1941. Megalops cyprinoides Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 334
(Andamans).

11949. Megalops cyprinoides Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 383

14

TELEOSTOMI

1952. Megilops cyprinoides Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1»

(3), p. 29. (Fusan).

1953. Megalops cyprinoides Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 371.

1953. Megalops cyprinoides Herre, Check List. Philippine Fish.>
p. 55 (Philippines).

1953. Megalops cyprinoides Smith, Sea Fis /:. South. Africc. p. 86,.
fig. 101 (Natal, Algoa Bay).

1955. Megatops cyprinoides Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 23 (estuaries).

Vernacular namer. — India: Cunnay, Nanchil , Velathan ,
Malayalam; Naharm , Punnikowa , Pania kai , Vorsa , Orissa;
Moran kendai , Marua , Tamil; Kundinga, Telugu; Standardisecf
nam2: Kannangi. Burma: Nya-tan-youet, Nya koonya. Sri
Lanka : Illeya , Mareva, Singhalese.

B.23-27; D.2/14-19; P.14-16; V.10-11; A.2/21-2 6;

C. 19; Ll. 37-42; L.tr. 5-6/6.

Body oblong, slightly compressed. Ventral profile slightly
more arched than dorsal. Head 4.3-5.0, depth 4.5—5.0 in
total length. Eye with adipose lid, 3.3—3.5 in head, about
half a diameter from end of snout and also apart. Cleft of
mouth oblique; with gular plate. Teeth villiform in jaws,
vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue. A single dorsal
fin; origin nearer to caudal base than to snout end; last
dorsal ray elongated, reaching caudal base. Pectorals 3/4
in head. Pelvics moderate; origin opposite or slightly
before dorsal origin. Anal larger than dorsal; origin
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal. Caudal
deeply forked. Scales large, 6 rows between lateral line
and pslvic base. Lateral line complete with branched
tubes. Lower gill rakers 30-31.

Dark blue above, silvery below; dorsal, caudal and
upper parts of pectorals black, the rest of fins hyaline.

It attains 600 mm in length; occasionally captured'
in rivers and tanks; the flesh is poor and bony.

Disíribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.-
East and South coasts of Africa, Natal, Zanzibar, Mada-
gascar, Mauritius, Malay Peninsula, Penang, Singapore,
Indonesia, Siam, Philippines, China, Formosa, Fusan,
Port Darwin, Brisbane, Queensland, Melanesia, Micro-
nesia, Polynesia; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C^
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35° N.—34°

ALBULIDAE

15

S. 26 C E.—170° W in the Indo-Pacifìc = (25 N.—34 S., 26°—
142 E. in the Indian Ocean-f-35 5 N.—27 S., 101° E.—170’
W. in the Pacific Ocean).

II. Superfamily Albuloidae

No gular plate. No photophores. Air bladder not
connected with ear. No adipose fin. Pectoral radials-
in one row. No suprabranchial organ. Upper jaw
bordered by premaxillaries. One supramaxillary. Scales
cycloid. Young passing through metamorphosis. Upper
cretaceous to recent. Lateral line complete.

The superfamily Albuloidae is represented by a single
family Albulidae.

XXI. Family Albulidae

Body elongate, abdomen flattenèd. Head scaleless.
Cleft of mouth horizontal. Upper jaw formed by pre-
maxillaries. Maxillaries edentulous. Two supramaxil-
laries. No gular plate. Villiform teeth on jaws, vomer
and palatines; coarse blunt teethon pterygoids, sphenoid
and tongue. Gill membranes separated, free. Pseudo-
branchiae. Branchiostegals 12-16. Vertebrae 42+28.
Single dorsal fin; origin before pelvics. Pectoral radials
in one row. Anal small. Caudal deeply forked. Scales
cyloid, moderate. Lateral line complete.

Paleocene to recent.

The family Albulidae is represented by a single genus.

51. Genus Albula Scopoli

1763. Albtda Gronow, Zoophyl. Gronoviana. .Animal. y p. 102
(typ^, Clupea macrocephala-Esox vulpes L. y designated by
Desmarest, Encyclop. Hist. nat. Chenu , 19, p. 309., 1874;
inadmissible).

1777. Albula ScopoJi, Jntrod. nat. Hist. y p. 453 (type, Esox vulpes
L.).

1801. Albula Schneider, . Syst. Ichth. Bloch, p. 432 (type, A. con
orhynchus BJ. Schn.-Esox vulpes L., monotypic).

1803. Butyrinus Lacèpède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 45 (type, B. ban-
anus Lac., monotypic).

1815. Gìossodus Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. nat., 1, p. 48 (type,
Argentina glossodonta Forsk.).

16

TELEOSTOMI

1829. Butirinus Cuvier, Regne Animal., ed. 2, p. 329 (type, But -
yrinus bananus Lac.).

1847. Buturinus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 316 (type,

Butyrinus bancmus Lac.).

1861. Conorhynchos (nec Bleeker, 1858, Motschoulsky, 1860) Gill,
Cat. Fish. E. Coast N. America , p. 55 (type, Butyrinus
vulpes Storer).

1899. Atopichthys Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool ., 24,
p. 326 (type, A. esunculus Garman).

Body elongate, slightly compressed, scales small. Head
moderateiy compressed. Mouth small, horizontal;
maxilla extends onlv to mterior margin of orbit. Snout
pig-like. One supplemental bone. Gular plate absent.
Eye moderate, with well developed adipose lid. Abdomen
neither keeled nor serrated. Pelvic origin behind dorsal
origin. Pectorals low. Anal short. Adipose fìn ab-

sent. Caudal deeply forked. Simple tubes in lateral

line. Gill-rakers very short. Young passing through

metamorphosis.

Distribution. —S. Africa, Goree, W. Africa, Red Sea,
Zanzibar, Natal, Mauritius, India, Pakistan, Mediter-
ranean, Indonesia, Cochin-China, the Philippines, Sri
Lanka, Malay Peninsula, Japan, Korea, Queensland,
New South Wales, Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia,
Hawaii, and Brazil.

117. Albula vulpes (Linnaeus)

(Text-fìg. 2)

1758. Esox vulpes Lirmaeus, Syst. Nat., 1, ed 10, p. 313

(type locality : Bahama Islands).

1775. Argentina glossodonta Forsktl, Descript. Animal. , p. 68
(type locality: Djedda, Lohaja, Red Sea).

1801. Esox argenteus Schneidcr, Syst . Ichth. Bloch , p. 395 (type
locality: Australia, New Zealand).

1801. Clupea brasiliensis Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch , p. 427
(type locality: Brazil).

1801. Albula conorynchus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bìoch., p. 432
(type locality: Antilles).

1803. Argentina bonuk Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, pp. 365, 366
(type locality: Arabian Sea).

1803. Cìupea macrocephala Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, pp. 426,
460 (type locality: Martinique).

1829. Glossodus forskalii Agassiz, Spix. Pisc. Brasil. p. 49 (type
locality: Bahia, Brazil).

ALBULIDAE

17

1846. Albula parrae Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss. y 19, p. 245 (type
locality: Martinque, Bahia, Rio Janeiro).

1846. Albula neoguinaica Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 19, p. 254
(type locality: New Guinea).

1846. Albula seminuda Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 253-
(type locality: New Guinea).

1846. Albula erythrocheilos Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p,
254, pl. 574 (type locality: Friendly Is.).

1846. Albula forsteri Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 256
(type locality: Tahiti).

1854. Albula rostrata Gray, Cat. Fish. Gronow , p. 189 (type locality:
American Ocean, Indian & Mediterranean Seas).

1868. Albula conorhynchus Giinther, Cat. Fish. JBrit. Mus ., 7, p. 468.

1878. Albula conorhynchus Day, Fish. India , p. 648 (Red Sea, Seas
of Africa, India, Malay Archipelago and America, also the
Pacific).

1889. Albula conorhynchus Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 401
(Coasts of India and all the tropical and subtropical seas).

1893. Albula conorhynchus Kent, Great Barrier Reef p. 302 (North
Queensland).

1913. Albula vulpes Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archi-
pel 2, p. 7, fig. 5.

1916. Albula vulpes Raj, Rec. Indian Mus., 12, p. 253 (Madras).

1922. Albula virgata Jordan & Jordan, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10,
p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 1 (type locality: Honolulu).

1928. Albula vulpes Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mus., 10, p. 27. (Ta-

hiti, Honolulu).

1929. Albula vulpes McCulloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5, p. 35.

1931. Albula vulpes Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ., p. 13 (Shores
of all tropical seas).

1933. Albula vulpes Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C) 5, p. 81
(Ceylon).

1938. Albula vulpes Fowlerj List Fish. Malaya, p. 22 (Penang, Sin-
gapore).

1941. Albula vulpes Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 529.

1949. Albula vulpes Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 384.

1952. Albula vulpes Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1, No. 3, p.

29 (Koje Is., Korea).

1953. Albula vulpes Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 371.

1953. Albula vulpes Herre, Check List Philippine Fish ., p. 57.

1953. Albula vulpes Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 85 (South of
Natal, Alagoa Bay).

18

TELEOSTOMI

1955. Albula vulpes Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceyìon t p. 23
(coastal waters and estuaries).

Vernacular nam?.S?A Lanka : Vauva , Miya ỳ Singhalese.

Text-fio. 2.—Lateral view of Afbufa vulpes (L.)

B. 14-16; D.3-4/14-15; P.16-18; V 9-11; A. 3/6; C.17;
L.l. 70-80; L.tr. 8-9/9-11.

Body elongate, subfusiform, slightly compressed,
with abdomen smooth and flattened; both profiles equally
convex. Head 4.2—5.0, depth 4.8—6.5 in total length.
Eyes4.0— 6.0inhead, 1.8—2.3 in snout, 1.0 —1.5 in interor-
bital, with well developed adipose lid. Mouth inferior, cleft*
horizontalinferior ; maxilla almost reaching to below front
edge of eye. Villiform teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines;
granular on pterygoids, sphenoid and tongue. Single
dorsal fin, origin nearer to snout end than to caudal.
Pectorals low, nearly half of head. Pelvics

small, below last half of dorsal; origin nearer to anal
origin than to pectoral base. Anal shorter and much
smaller than dorsal; origin much nearer to caudal
than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply lobed. Scales
cycloid, small; 9-11 between lateral line and pelvics;
23-28 predorsal scales. Lateralline complete with simple
tubes. Gill rakers 8+8—12.

Silvery : olivaceous above with faint, dark streaks
along rows of scales; black spot on tip of snout.

It attains 900 mm in length and is a game fish; flesh
palatable.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Mediterra-
nean, Red Sea, Zanzibar, Natal, South Africa, Mauritius,
Malay Peninsula, Singapore, Indonesia, Cochin-China, the
Philippines, Korea, Japan, North Queensland, New South

CLUPEIDAE

19

Wales, Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia, Hawaii, Tahiti,
Brazil and Antilles; in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°N.—29 S.,
30 E.—149° W. in the Indo-Pacific=(25° N.—29° S.,
26°—140' E. in the Indian Ocean +35°N.—27°S., 103°E.
—149° W. in the Pacific Ocean); 18°—23° N., 74 C W in the
Atlantic.

III. Superfamily Clupeoidae

No gular plate. No photophores. Air bladder connect-
ed with ear. No adipose fin. Pectoral radials in one
row. No suprabranchial organ. One or two supramaxil-
laries. Lateral line absent, or when present traversing
only the anterior 2-5 scales. Scales cycloid, sometimes
with pectinated edge.

Cretaceous to recent.

The superfamily Clupeoidae is represented by 2 families.

Key to families of superfamily Clupeoidae

1. Upper jaw prominent, projecting
over lower jaw; maxilíaries much

elongated Engraulidae

2. Upperjawnot prominent and not
projecting over lower jaw; max-

illaries not much elongated Clupeidae

XXII. Family Clupeidae

Body elongate, compressed. Head scaleless. Cleft
of mouth small. Upper jaw formed by premaxillaries
and maxillaries. No gular plate. Teeth present or
absent. Pseudobranchiae. Gill membranes separated,
free from isthmus. Branchiostegals 6-20. Single dorsal
fin present or absent. Pelvics present or absent. Anal
moderate or long. Lateral line ceasing after 2-5 scales.

Lower Cretaceous to recent.

The family Clupeidae is divided into 3 subfamilíes.
Key to subfamilies of family Clupeidae

1. Abdomen serrated 3

2. Abdomen not ssrrated Dussumierjiní

3. Toothless Dorosomatini

4. Toothed Clupeini

20

teleostomi

vi. Subfamily DUSSUMIERIINI

Abdomen non-serrated, round. Dorsal origin nearer
to caudal base than to snout end or nearer to snout end
than to caudal. Without enlarged scales at caudal base^

Key to genera of subfamily DussUMlERUNl

Dorsal origin nearer caudal
base than snout tip 3

2. Dorsal origin nearer snout tip

than caudal base Stolephorus

3. Lateral line scales less than 40
(35-38); enlarged scales at base

of caudal Ehirava

4. Lateral line scales more than 39
(40-56); no enlarged scales at

base of caudal Dussumieria

52. Genus Dussumieria Yalenciennes

1847. Dussiimieria Valencknnes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 46T
(type D. acuta V., monot'ypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales thin large, deciduous,
no enlarged scales at base of caudal. Cieft of mouth
moderate; maxilla extends to anterior margin of eye.
Two supplemental bones present. Pseudobranchiae
iarge. Branchiostegais 14-20. Guiar plate absent. Giii
mambranes free from isthmus and free from each
other. Eyeswith well deveioped adipose lid. Abdo-
men rounded, non-serrated. Pelvic origin opposite to
dorsal origin. Anai short. Adipose fin absent. Cau-
dal deeply forked; lateral line absent.

Distribution .—South Arabia, Gulf of Suez, India,
Sri Lanka, Burma, Malay Peninsuia, Indonesia, China,
Formosa and Queensland.

Key to specìes of genus Dussumieria Valenciennes

Lateral line scales 40-42; depth
of body 5—51 times in total
length D. acuta

Lateral line scales 52-56; depth
of body 5§—61 times in
total length D. hasseltii

CLUPEIDAE

21

118. Dussumieria acota Valenciennes
(Text-fig. 3)

1847. Dussumieria acula Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss.f 20, p. 467
pl. 606 (type locality: Bombay; Coromandel).

1849. Dussumieria elopsoides Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. ( Mcdura ),
22, p. 12 (type locality: Madura Straits near Kammal and
Surabaya).

1851. Dussumieria acuta Jerdon, Madras J. Lit. Sci ., 18, p. 145.

1865. Dussumieria acuta Day, Fis/t. Malabar , p. 226 (Malabar).

1868. Dussumieria elopsoides Bleeker, Versl. Meded. Akad. Wet.
Amsterdam , (2) 2, p. 300 (Waigi).

1870. Dussumieria acuta Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond ., p. 701

(Andamans).

1878. Dussumieria acuta Day, Fish. India , p. 647, pl. 166, fig. 4.

(from Sind through the seas of India to the Malay Archi-
pelago).

1889. Dussumieria acuta Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 369,
fig. 123 (from Sind through the seas of India to the Malay
Archipelago).

1912. Dussumieria acuta Jenkins, Rec.Indian Mus ., 7, p. 60 (Chil-

ka Lake).

1913. Dussumieria acuta Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 21 (Java).

1917. Dussumieria acuta Hornell, Madras Fish. Bulf. , 11, p. 93
(Tuticorin).

1929. Dussumieria acuta Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 33, p.
355 (Travancore).

1929. Dussumieria acuta Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan ., 15, p.

33 (Ceylon).

1930. Dussumieria acuta Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia ,

(1929), p. 598 (Hong Kong).

1931. Dussumieria acuta Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John’s Univ., p. 14.

1931. Dussumieria elopsoides Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrís Univ ., p.
15.

1933. Dussumieria acuta Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. (C), 5, p.
82 (Ceylon).

1933. Dussumieria acuta Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency ,
p. 160 (Bombay).

1935. Dussumieric ccuta Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia ,

87, p. S0 (Bangkok).

1936. Dussumicria acuta Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 12 (Singc-

ra).

1938. Dussumieria acuta Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 24 (Sin-
gapore, Penang.).

4—1341 ZSI/71

22

TELEOSTOMl

1941.

Dussumieria acuta
p. 570.

Fowler, Bull. U. S.

nat . Mus., (100) 13,

1941.

Dussumieria acuta
(Andamans).

Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p.

334

1949.

Dussumieria acuta

Misra, Rec. Indian

Mus., 45, p.

384.

1953.

Dussumieria acuta

Misra, Rec. Indian

Mus., 50, p.

372.

1953.

Dussumieria acuta
(Philippines).

Herre, Check List Philippine Fish .,

p. 60

1955.

Dussumieria acuta
and Makran , p.

Anonymous, Mar.
18 (Coasts of Sind

Fish. Karachi,
and Makran).

Sind

1955.

Dussumieria acuta

Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,

p. 28 (coastal waters Ceylon).

Text-fig. 3,—Lateral view of Dussumieria acuta V. (After F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India: Opul-dah , Andamanese ; Charlay ,
Malayalam; Kanat, Marathi; Poonduouringa, Tamil; Marrawa ,
Telegu; Standardised name: Pana-Thondon. Sri Lanka : Thondaya,
Tondaya, Singhalese.

B. 14-15; D. 3/12-17 ; P.14-15 ; V.8; A. 3/13-14/1
C. 21; L.l. 40-42; L. tr. 11/12; Predorsal scales 27.

Body elongate, compressed, abdomen smooth. Ventral
profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head 5.0-5.5,
depth 5.0-5.2in total Iength. Eyes 4.0 in head, 1.0 to 1.5 in
snout and greater than interorbital ; adipose lid narrow,
margina]. Cleft of mouth moderate, maxilla not reaching
to below anterior margin of eye. Jaws subequal. Small
fìxed teethinjaws, villiform patches on palatines. ptery-
goìds and tongue, but none on vomer. A single dorsal
fin; origin more than an eye diameter, nearer to
caudal origin than to snout end and before pelvic origin.
Pectorals low, 1.8 in head. Pelvics small ; origin much
nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal small,
far behind the end of the inner margin of dorsal; origin

CLUPEIDAE

23

equidistant between pelvic and caudal origins. Caudal
deeply forked. Scales moderate, deciduous. Lateral
line absent. Gill rakers 11-22, lanceolate, 1.5 times
longer than eye.

Steel bluisb grey above becoming silvery shot with
purple on sides and below ; lower fins whitish.

It attains 177 mm. ìn length and is good eating.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—South Ara-
bia, Malay Peninsula, Penang, Singapore, Indonesia,
'Siam, Hong Kong, China, Philippines, Melanesia; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 25 C N.—7°S., 45°—140°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(4°—25°N., 45°—100°É. in the Indian Ocean
+22°N. —-7°S., 100° —140°E. in th e Pacific Ocean).

119. Dussumieria hasseltii Bleeker*

(Text-fig. 4)

1851. Dussumierìa hasseltii Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. India, 1, p.

422 (týpe locality: Batavia, Cheribon, Samarang, Sura-
baya).

1870. Dussumiería elopsoides (nec Bleeker ) Day, Proc. zooì. Soc.
Lond ., p. 701.

1878. Dussumieria hassellii Day, Fish. India , p. 647, pl. 166, fig 5
(from Canara and the Coromandel coast of India to the
Malay Archipelago and China).

1889. Dussumieria hasseltii Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p.

399 (from Canara and the Coromandel Coast of India
to the Malay Archipelago and China).

1913. Dussumieria hasseltii Weber & de Beaufort, Fìsh. Indo-Austral.
Archipel., 2, p. 23.

1915. Dussumieria hasseltii Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus., 3, p.
134 (Cape York).

1917. Dussumieria ìtasseìtii Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 92
(Tuticorin).

1924. Dussumieria hasseftii Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.,
30, p. 39 (Calicut).

1929. Dussumieria hasséltii Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5, p
37 (Queensland).

1931. Dussumieria hasseltii Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John’s Univ., p. 1

1936. Dussumieria hasse'ltii Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam., p. 13 (Gulf
of Siam).

*Now considered conspecific with D ussumieria acuta Valenciennes,
1847 (vide Whitehead et. al, 2966, Zool. Verhandl. Leiden. 84,
p. 31) ed.

24

TELEOSTOMI

1936. Dussumieria hasseltii Hora & Mukerji, Rec. Indian Mus.,.

38, p. 18 (Maungmagan, Burma)

1937. Dussumieria hasseltii Herre & Myers, Raffles Mus. Bull.,

13, p. 12 (Malacca).

1941. Dussumieria hasseltii Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100)13,

p. 572.

1941. Dussumieria hasseltii Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 334
(Andamans).

1949. Dussumieria hasselti Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 384.

1953. Dussumieria hasselti Misra, Rec. Indian. Mus , 50, p. 372.

1953. Dussumieria hasselti Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p.
60. (Philippines).

1955. Dussumieria hasseltii Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 29 (coastal waters of Ceylon)

Text-fig. 4. —Lateral view of Dussumieria hasseltii Blkr. (After F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India: Mannethi, Kanarese; Kola koyan,
Malayalam; Mada kandai, Thondon , Tamil; Murava, Telegu;
Standardised name: Thondon.

B. 15-20; D.4,13-16; P.14-16; V.8; A.3,12-13/1; C.19;
L. 1.52-56 ; L. tr. 12/13 ; Pfedorsal scales 24.

Body elongate, slightly compressed; abdomen smooth.
Ventral and dorsal profìles evenly convex. Head 4.5—
5.0, depth 5.6—6.3 in total length. Eyes 4.0—4.2 in
head, 1.1 in snout, greater than interorbital ; adipose
lid moderate. Cleft of mouth moderate, almost horí-
zontal ; maxilla almost reaching below front margin. of
eye. Jaws subequal. Small fìxed teeth in jaws, villi-
form patches on palatines, pterygoids and tongue,
but none on vomer. Single dorsal fìn ; origin nearer
to caudal base by an eye diameter than to snout end.
Pectorals low, 1.8—2.0 in head. Pelvics small ; origin much
nearer to anaí origin than to pectoral base. Anal small y

CLUPEIDAE

25

behínd end of inner margin of dorsal; origin nearer to
caudal base than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked.
Scales moderate, deciduous. Lateral line absent. Gill
rakers 12+19—26, lanceolate, half of eye diameter.

Dark greenish blue above, silvery below ; a golden
lateral band from opercle to caudal ; pectorals, pelvics
and anal white, except fìrst ray of pectoral ; dorsal yel-
lowish green ; caudal shot with blue, green and gold.

It attains 203 mm. in length and is good eating.

Distribution. —India, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Malay Penin-
sula, Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Philip-
pines, Formosa, China, Cape York, Queensland; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 22 C N—13°S„ 75°—140°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(l 3°N.—13°S., 75°—140°E. in the Indian
Ocean+22°N.—7°S., 101°—123°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

53. Genus Ehirava Deraniyagala

1929. Ehirava Deraniyagala, Spolìa Zeylan., 15, p. 34 (type, E.
fluviatilis Deraniyagala, orthotypic).

This genus resembles Dussumieria in almost every res-
pect, except that there are two enlarged scales at base
of the caudal fin and there are 6 branchiostegals only
which distinguish it from Dussumieria.

Distribution .—Sri Lanka.

120. Ehirava fluviatilis Deraniyagala
(Text-fig. 5)

1920. Ehirava fluviatilis Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan., 15, p. 34,
pl. 14 (type locality: Piliandera, Kalutara S., Panadura,
Digela, Kehelvatta, Kelaniya; type in British Museum).

1933. Ehirava fluviatilis Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C) 5, p. 82
(Ceylon).

1949. Ehirava fluviatilis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 385.

1953. Ehirava fluviatilis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 372.

1955. Ehirava fluviatilis Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 28 (rivers and estuaries of Ceylon).

26

TELEOSTOMl

Vernacuìar names.— Sri Lanka : Ehirava, Gan ehinma, Ahiravoy
Gan Ahirava, Singhalese.

Text-fig. 5. —Lateral view of Ehirava fluvìatifis Deraniyagala

(After P.E.P. Deraniyagala)

B.6; D.13; P.12—14; V.8; A.15; C.19; L.l. 35—38;
L. tr. 6—7; Predorsal scales 15.

Body elongate, slightly compressed; abdomen rounded,
smooth. Ventral profile a little more convex than dorsaí
profile. Head 4.5, depth 5.8 in total length (3.6—4.2,
4.8—5*0 in standard length). Eye 3.5 in head, 1.4 in
snout; adipose lid thin but well developed in adult. Cleft
of mouth rather oblique, moderate; maxilla extending to
the anterior margin of eye, serrated in lower edge. Lower
jaw prominent. Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to cau-
dal base than to snout end. Pectoralbase 1.7 in head.
Pelvics moderate, nearly equal to pectorals; origin before
dorsal origin, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base.
Anal base almost equal to dorsal base; origin nearer to cau-
dal base than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked. Scales
moderate, deciduous. Lateral line absent. Gill rakers
25—27, slender, tuberculate slightly longer than"branchial
filaments.

Vertex green with about six large melanophores arranged
in a ring in the interorbital space followed by a V-shaped
pattern on parietals with apex directed posteriorly. Body
iridescent, nearly pink.

It attains 50 mm in length. It is found in rivers and
estuaries upto 15 miles from sea and is good eating.

Distribution : Sri Lanka; in the mean annual isotherm.
of 20° C. in Lat. 6° —7° N., Long. 79° 59' E. in the Indiaa
Ocean.

CLUPEIDAE

27

54. Genus Stolephorus LaeépècJe

1803. Stolephorus Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 381 (type, Athe -
ritxa japonica Houttuyn, designated by Jordan & Gilbert,
BuII. U.S. nat. Mus ., 16, p. 272, 1883).

1851. Spratelloides Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind ., 2, p. 214 (type,
Clupea argyrotaeniata Blkr., orthotypic.)

1935. Gikhristella FowJer, Proc. Acad nat. Sci. Philad., 87,
p. 365 (type, Spratelloides aestuarius Gilchrist, orthotypic).

Body elongate, moderately subcylindrical. Scales mode-
rate, thin, deciduous. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla
extending only to anterior margin of orbit. Two supple-
mental bones present. Pseudobranchiae. 6 branchioste-
gals. Eyes without adipose lid. Abdomen non-serrated.
Pelvic origin a little behind dorsal origin. Anal short.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal deeply forked. Gill membra-
nes free from each other and from isthmus. Gill rakers
long.

Distribution .—Red Sea, S. Africa, Madagascar, Mauri-
tius. India, Singapore, the Indonesia, Philippines, China,.
Korea, Japan, Queensland, Melanesia, Polynesia and
Hawaii.

Key to species of genus Stolephorus Lacépède

1. Lateral linescales 40-50; eye
4*0—4 *5in head; pelvic origin

behind dorsal origin .. S. japonica

2. Lateral line scales38; eye 3-3
in head; pelvic origin slightly

before dorsal origin S. malabaricus

121. Stolephorus japonica (Houttuyn)*

1782. Atherina japonica Houttuyn, Verh. Holland. Maatsch. Haa -
slem, 20, p. 340 (type locality: Japan).

1846. Clupea gracilis Schlegel, in Siebold's Fauna Japonica , Pisces,
p. 238, pl. 108, fig. 2 (type locality: South-east coast of
Nagasaki).

1909. Spratelloides gracilis Giinther, J. Mus. Godeffroy , pt. 16,
p. 384 (Fiji).

1913. Spratelloides gracilis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 20, fig. 12 (Celebes, Macassar; Banda;.
Batjan; Temate).

1928. Spratelloides japonicus Mori, J. Pan Pacific Res. Inst ., 3, p.
3 (Fusan).

*Atherina japonica Houttuyn is a nomen dubium ( vide Whitehead,
1963, Bull. zool. Nomencl. , 20(4), pp. 281—284) and hence the species-
bears the name Spratelloides gracilis (Temm. & Schl.)— ed.

:28

TELEOSTOMI

1933. Spratelloides gracilis Hardenberg, Treubia , 14 (2), p. 215
(Temiang S., Lingga Archipelago, Sumatra.

1936. Stolephorus japonicus Herre, Field Mus. nat. Hist. Publ.,

353, Zool. Ser., 21, p. 33 (Tahiti).

1937. Spratelloides gracilis Gruvel & Chabanaud, Mem. Inst. Egy -

pte , 35, p. 4 (Gulf of Suez).

1938. Stolephorus gracilis Fowler, List Fish . Malaya , p. 24 (Ma-

laya).

1941. Stolephorus japonicus Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 567 (Philippines; Susak; Japan; Tahiti, Society
Is., Kagoshima, Japan).

1955. Spratelloides japonicus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish.
Ceylon , p. 28 (coastal waters of Ceylon).

B.6; D. 13—14; P. 11-12;V.8; A.13—14; L.l. 40—45;

L. tr.8; Predorsal scales 13.

Body elongate, moderately compressed; abdomen
rounded, smooth. Dorsal and ventral profiles more or
less equal. Head 4.8, depth 7.0 in total length (4.0 and
6.0 in standard length). Eyes 4.0—4.5 in head, 1.0 in
snout. No adipose lid. Cleft of mouth oblique, small,
maxilla reaching front border of eye or a little behind.
Teeth absent or very minute, deciduous, on jaws, vomer,
pterygoids and tongue. Single dorsal fin, origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal end. Pectorals low,
1.5 in head. Pelvics small; origin below 10th dorsal
ray, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal
equal to dorsal; origin nearer to caudal base than to pel-
vic origin. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. Scales
moderate, deciduous. No lateral line. Gill rakers 18+
26—28, twice gill filaments, smaller than eye.

Dark brownish above, silvery below, with a silvery
lateral band.

It attains 94 mm. length.

Distribution .—Sri Lanka.—Red Sea, Malaya, Indonesia
the Philippines, Japan, Korea, Lord Howei, Polynesia,; in
the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 35° N.—18° S., 32° E.—155° W. in
the Indo-Pacific=(4°—30° N., 32° —100° E. in the Indian
Ocean+ 35° N.—18° S., 103° E.—155° W. in the Pacific
Ocean).

CLUPEIDAE

29

122. Stolephorus malabaricus (Day)*

(Text-fìg. 6)

1873. Spratelloides malabaricus Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. y p.
240 (type locality: Malabar).

1878. Spratelloides maìabaricus Day, Fish. lndìa , p. 648, pl. 161
fig. 5 (Western coast of India, in rivers and esturaries).
1889. Sprateìloides malabarìcus Day, Fauna Brit. Indìa, Fish., I,
p. 400, fig. 124.

1949. Stolephorus malabaricus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 385.
1953. Stolephorus malabaricus Misra, Rec. Indiait Mus., 50, p. 372.

Text-fig. 6.— Lateral view of Stolephorus malabaricus (Day)./(After

F. Day)

B.6; D. 13—14; P.13; V.8, A.18—19; L.l. 38; L.tr. 9.

Body elongate, moderately compressed; abdomen
rounded, smooth. Dorsal and ventral profìles more or
less equal. Head 4.5—5.5, depth 5.2, in total length. Eyes
3.3 in head, 1.1 in snout. No adipose eye lid. Cleft of
mouth oblique, small; m xilla almost reaching front
edge of eye. Teeth small, deciduous; sometimes on jaws,
vomer, pterygoids and tongue. Single dorsal fin; ori-
gin nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pectorals
low, a little less than head. Pelvics small; origin slightly
before dorsal, equidistant between anal origin and pectoral
base. Anal longer than dorsal; origin nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal base. Caudal deeply forked. Scales
moderate, deciduous. Lateral line absent. Gill rakers
18+28, finely lanceolate.

Light yellowish, green above; a silvery stripe along the
side; abdomen silvery; upper caudal lobe with a bluish
posterior edge; some fine black points along the back;
upper edge of eye dark green.

It attains 76 mm. in length and is found in rivers and
estuaries.

♦Now placed under the monotypic genus, Dayella Talwar & White-
head {vide Talwar & Whitehead. 1971, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist.
<Zoo!.), 22 (2), p. 63). ed.

30

TELEOSTOMI

Disíribution. —India; in the mean annual isotherm of
20° C. in Lat. 11° N., Long.76° E. in the Arabian Sea.

vii. Subfamily CLUPEINI

Abdomen keeled, serrated. Dorsal fìn present or
absent. Pelvics present or absent; fin rays reduced to sevenj
or six. No enlarged scales at caudal base.

1 .

2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

8 .

9.

10 .

11 .

12 .

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18 .

Key to genera of subfamily CLUPE1N1

Anal one, continuous
Anal two, divided (second deta-
ched as two enlarged connected
rays).

Anal moderate (rays 14—22);
jaws equal or subequal; pelvics
well developed

Anal long (rays 35—95); lower
jaw prominent ; pelvics small
or absent

Lateral line scales less than 50
(39—49)

Lateral Iine scales more than 79
(80—110)

Dorsal origin before pelvic
origin

Dorsal origin opposite pelvic
origin

Upper jaw without median
notch

Upper jaw with distinct median
notch

Last 2 anal rays enlarged
Last 2 anal rays not enlarged
Pelvics absent
Pelvics present » ;

Dorsal fin present

3

Corica

5

13

7

Gudusia

9

Kowala

11

Macrura

Sardinella

Harengula

15

17

Opisthopterus

Dorsal fin absent

Raconda

Occipital ridges converging be-
hind or parallel; oral edge of
upper jaw with a toothed bone
between maxillary and premaxi-
llary Pcliona

Occipital ridges subparallel be-
hind; oral edge of upper jaw
with a ligament between max-
illary and premaxilíary llisha

CLUPEIDAE

31l

55. Genus Harcrgula Vdenciennes

1847. Harengula Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 277 (type,

H. latulus W.—Clupea maerophthalma Ranzani, designated
by Gill, Proc. Accd. nat. Sci. Phiiad ., p. 36 (1861).

1849. Cìupalosa Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. 22, p, 12 (type, C. bulan
Blkr., monotypic).

1866-72. Paralosa Bleeker y Atl. ìchth. Ind L Neel. t 6, p. 111 (type,
Alausa melanura V., nec Clupea melanura C., mono-
typic).

1896. Lile Jordan and Evermann , Bull U. S. nat. Mus., (47), pt.

I, 428 (type, Clupea i tolìfera Jord. & Gilb., mono-
typic).

1923. Wilkesina Fcwler & Bean, Proc. U. S. nat. Mus. y 63, p. 63
(type, Harengula fijiensis Fowler & Bean, orthotypic).

1933. Herklotsella Fcwler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad ., 85, p. 246
(type, Harcngula dispilonotus Blkr., orthotypic).

Body more or less oblong, compressed. Scales moderate.
Cleft of mouth more or less oblique; maxilla extends only
to a little beyond anterior margin of orbit. Supplemental
bone present. Lower jaw prominent. Fine teeth in jaws.
Upper jaw without median notch. Pseudobranchiae.
Branchiostegels 6. Opercle with radiating striae. Eyes
without adipose lid. Abdomen keeled and serrated.
Pelvic origin opposite to dorsal origin. Anal single, short,
lasttwo anal rays notenlarged. Adiposefin absent. Caudal*
forked.

Distribution .—Red Sea, Arabia, Reunion Is., S. Africa,
Zanzifcar, Madagascar, Seychelles, India, Pakistan, Sr
Lanka, ;he Andamans, Nicobars, Singapore, Indonesia,
China, ihe Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Korea, Queens- -
Iand, Melanesia and Micronesia.

Key to species of genus Harengula Valencicnncs

1. Lateral line scales 38—41;

postventral scutes 12—13; anaí

as long as dorsal H. vittata

2. Lateral line scales 42—45; posì-
ventral scutes 13—14; anal

shorter than dorsal H. ovalis

32

TELEOSTOMI

123. Harengula ovalis (Bennett)*
(Text-fig.7)

1830. Clupea ovalis Bennett, Mem. Life of Raffles, p. 690 (type,
locality: Sumatra).

1835. Clupea punctata Riippell, Neue Wirbelth., Fische, p. 78, pl.
21, fig. 2 (type locality: Red Sea).

1835. Clupea quadrimaculata Riippell, Neue Wirbelth., Fische , p. 78,
pl. 21, fig. 3 (type locality: Mossaua).

1847. Sardinella lineolata Valenciennes, His. nat Poiss., 20, p. 272
(type locality: Trincomale, Ceylon).

1847. Harengula bipunctata Valenciennes, His nat. Poiss., 20, pp.
(216) 298 (type locality: Massaua).

1847. Harengula arabica Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 298
(type locality: Mohila).

'1847. Meìetta obtusirostris Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, pp.

(276) 375 (type locality: Seychelles).

1847. Meìetta venenosa Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, pp

(277) 377 (type locality: Seychelles).

1853. Harengula moluccensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds, Ned. Ind., 4, p.
609 (type locality: Ternate, Amboina, Ceram).

1853. tìarenguìa punctata Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. 25,
p. (18) 49 (Nagasaki).

1863. Harengula spilura Guichenot, Notes le Reunion, 2 , p. 16
(type locality: Bourbon).

1868. Clupea moluccensis Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p.
427 (Molucca Sea; Ceylon).

1878. Clupea kunzei Day (nec. Bleeker), Fish. India , p. 636, pl. 163,
fig. 1 (Ceylon, Andamans and Nicobars to the Malay
Archipelago; the example figured was from the Andamans).

1889. Clupea kunzei Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 372 (Ceylon,
Andamans and Nicobars to the Malay Archipelago).

1911. Harengula kunzei Kendall & GoJdsborough, Mem. Harv.

Mus. Comp. Zool., 26, p. 243 (Fiji, Suva).

1912. Clupea kunzei Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 7, p. 59 (Puri, Orissa).

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) moluccensis Weber & de Beaufort,

Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 81, fig. 28.

1929. Cìupea (Harengulá) moluccensis Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan.,
15, p. 43 (Ceylon).

1931. Harengula moluccensis Chu, Bìol. BuII. St. John's Univ.,
1, p. 13, (Hong Kong).

1937. Harenguìa punctata Gruvel & Chabanaud, Mem. Inst .
Egypte, 35, p. 3 (Suez Canal).

*Clupea ovalis Bennett, 1830 is a nomen dubiutn ( vide Whitehead,
1969,/. mar. biol. Ass. India, 9(2), p. 230); this species is now
jdentified as Herklotsichthys punctatus (Rùppell, 1837). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

33

1938. Harengula ovalis Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 26. (Singa-

pore).

1939. Harengula punctata Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 41, p. 329

(Andamans).

1941. Harengula ovalis Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 589.

1941. Harengula punctata Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 334.

1949. Harengula punctata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. f 45, p. 385.

1953. Harenguìa punctata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. f 50, p. 374.

1953. Harengula punctata Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. f p.

72 (Philippines).

1953. Harengula ovalis Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 91 (Dur-
ban).

1955. Harengula ovalis Munro. Mar. Freshwater Fish. CeyIon f
p. 25 (coastal waters of Ceylon).

Text-fio. 7.—'Lateral view of Harengula ovalis (Benn.) (After F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India: Kanat f Marathi. Sri LAnka : Silinda ,
Kolamura Salaya f Korrumburua , Ehalamura , Singhalese.

B.6; D.17—19; P. 15—16; V.8; A. 17—19; C.20;
L.l. 42—45; L.tr.10—12; Predorsal scales 14.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles more or less equally convex.
Head 4.5—4.6, depth 4.5—4.7 in total length. Eyes 3.0—
3.2 in head, about a diameter in snout, 0.6 in interorbital.
Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique, moderate;
maxilla reaching a little beyond anterior margin of orbit.
Teeth on jaws, palatines, pterygoids and tongue, but none
on vomer. Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end
than to caudal base. Pectoral base nearly 2.0 in head.
Pelvics a little smaller than pectorals ; origin behind

34

TELEOSTOMI

dorsal origiti and equidistant between anal origin and pec-
toral base. Anál equal to dorsal; origin a little nearer
to pelvic origin than to caudal base. Caudal deeply
forked. Lateral line absent. Scales in regular rows. Ab-
dominal scutes, preventral 18, postventral 13—14. Gíll
rakers 14+31—38, finely lanceolate, one third as long
as eye.

Bluish along back becoming silvery white, shot with
purple on sides and below.

It attains 160 mm in length.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka—Suez Canal,
Red Sea, Arabia, S.Africa, Seýchelles, Indonesia, the Phili-
ppines, China, Japan, Melanesia, Micronesia, Suva,
Polynesia; ín the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 32 3 N—29° S.
30°—180°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(25 N.—29 S.,30°—102°E.
in the Indian Ocean+35'N.—16^S., 103"-180'E. in the
Pacific Ocean).

124. Harengula vittata (Valenciennes)*

1847. Clupeonia vittata Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 352
(type locality: Vanikoro).

1847. Alausa melanura Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p.

441. (type locality: New Guinea, Amboina, Vanikoro,
Bourbon).

1876. Clupea (Alausa) melanura Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost.
Asien , 1, p. 405 (Bankgok).

1878. Cìupea meìanura Day, Fish. India , p. 641 (seas of India and
the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Clupea meìanura Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 378 (seas
of India and the Malay Archipelago).

1891. Harengula melanura Sauvage, Hist. nat. Madagascar , Poiss.,
p. 492, pl. 48, fìg. 4 (Reunion, Zanzibar).

1913. Clupea (.Harengula ) melanura Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.
Indo-Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 72.

1928. Harengula vittata Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mus ., 10, p. 31

(Samoa).

1941. Harengula vittata Fowler, Bull. U.S.nat ., Mus., (100) 13, p. 596.
1949. Harengula vittata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p., 386.

1953. Harengula vittata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 374.

1953. Harengula vittata Smith, Sea Fish. South Africa , p. 91 (as
far south as Durban).

*Now considered a synonym of Sardinella melanura (Cuvier, 1829)
(vide Whitehead, 1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2,
p.66). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

35

B.6; D.15—17; <P.13—15; <V.8; A.18—19; <C.19;
L.l. 38—41; L. tr. 10—13.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profìle. Head
5, depth 5 in total length. Eyes with very narrow adi-
pose lid, 3.0—3.5 in head, 1.0 in snout, 0.7 in interorbital.
Lower jaw prominent, longer than upper. Cleft of mouth
obìique , moderate; maxiìla reaching beyond anterior mar-
gin of orbit. Teeth very fine, on jaws, palatines, ptery-
goids and tongue, but none on vomer. Single dorsal
fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal base.
Pectorals low, moderate, | in head. Pelvics small, less
than | of pectoral; origin equidistant between pectoral
base and anal origin, opposite or slightly before dorsal
origin. Anal base a little longer than dorsal base; origin
equidistant between caudal base and pelvic origin. Caudal
deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales in regular
rows. Abdominal scutes, preventral 17, postventral
12—13. Lower gill-rakers 45—60.

Back blue shot with purple; a fine yellow line di-
viding it from the silvery sides and abdomen; a blue spot
on opercle; outer third of caudal lobes black.

It attains 140 mm in length.

Distributìon .—India, Pakistan, Burma.—S. Africa,
Zanzibar, Indonesia, Thailand, Melanesia, Micronesia,
Samoa, Polynesia; in the mean annual i sotherm of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 25°N.—
29°S., 30°E.—170°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(15°N.—29°S.,
32°—98°E in the Indian Ocean+13°N.—12S°., 100°E—
170°W. in the Pacific Ocean).

56. Genus Sardinella Valenciennes

1847. Saidinella Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 28 (type,
S . aurìta C.V., desígnated by Giíl, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci.
Philad., p. 35, 1861).

1847. Clupeonia Valenciennes, Hist. nat . Poiss ., 20, p. 345 (type,
Ciupanodon jussieu Lac., logotypic).

1849. Amblygaster Bleeker, J. lnd. Archipel. , 3, p. 73, (type, A.

cìupeoides Blkr ., monotypic).

1858-61. Sardinia Poey, Mem. Hist. nat. Cuba, 2, p. 310 (type,
S. pseudohispanica Poey, monotypic).

36

TELEOSTOMI

Body more or less oblong, well compressed. Scales
large. Cleft of mouth more or less oblique; maxilla ex-
tends to postorbital margin. Supplemental bone pre-
sent. No distinct median notch in upper jaw. Jaws sub-
equal. Pseudobranchia. Branchiostegals 6. No teeth in
jaws. Eyes with small adipose lid. Opercle
without radiating striae. Abdomen keeled and serrated.
Dorsal origin before pelvic origin. Anal single, mode-
rate, last 2 rays enlarged. Adipose fìn absent. Cau-
dal forked. Gill rakers fine, numerous, small.

Distribution. —Mediterranean, Red Sea, East and
South Àfrica, Mauritius, Madagascar, Zan^ibar, Seychel-
les, Arabia, Persian Gulf, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, the
Andamans, Burma, Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia,
Thailand, Indo-China, China, ihe Philippines, Formosa,
Australia, Micronesia and Polynesia.

Key of species of genus Sardinella Valenciennes

1. Ventral scutes sharp, keeled and

exposed 5

2. Ventral scutes little evident, less

exposed 3

3. Maxillary reaching eye; 18
preventral and 16 postventral
scutes; lateral line scales

47 S. clupeoides

4. Maxillary not reaching eye;

17-18 preventral and 14-16
postventral scutes; lateral line

scales 42-43 S. sinn

5. Lower gill-rakers 130-250 7

6. Lower gill-rakers 31-80 9

7. Depth of body 3 -8 in total length;
eye 3 -7-4-0 in head; lower gill-

rakers 130 S. dayi

8. Depth of body 5 -0 in total

length; eye 4-5 in head; lower
gill-rakers 180-250 S. ìongiceps

9. Lower gill-rakers 35—38; ab-

dominal scutes 26 S. meìanura

10. Lower gill-rakers 58—80; ab-

dominal scutes 27—33 11

11. Depth of body 4 -5—5 -0 S. sindensis

12. Depth of body 3-3—4*1. .. 13

CLUPEIDAE

37

13. Anal ,base longer than dorsal
bàsé; (Jepth of body 4 *1 in total

lepgth. . S. jussieu

14. Ánal base equal to or smaller
than. dorsal base; depth of body

3 *3—3 -9 in total length 15

15. Pelvic origin nearer to anal orig-

‘in than to pectoral base; lower
gill-rakers 80 S. fimbnata

16. Pelvic origin nearer to pectoral

base than to anal origin; lower
giH-rakers 58—65 17

17. Depth of body 3 *3—3 *5 in total
length; anal base equal to dor-

sal base S. albella

18. Depth of body 3 -9 in total
length; anal base slightly smaller

than dorsal base S. perforata

125. Sardinella albella (Valenciennes)

(Pl. T, fig. 3; Text-fìg. 8)

1847. Kowala aìbella Valenciennes, Hist. tiat. Poiss ., 20, p. 362,
pl. 602(type Iocality: Pondicherry).

1852. Sardinella brachysoma Bleeker,* Verh. Bat. Geth 24, p. 19
(type locality: Batavia).

1855. Harengula hypselosoma Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. índ. y 8*
p. 427 (type locality: Amboina).

1868. Clupea albella Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. y 7, p. 424
(Pondicherry).

1878. Clupea brachysoma Day, Fish. India, p. 635, pl. 163, fig. 3
(East coast of Africa, Seas of India to the Malay Archipe-
iago).

1889. Clupea brachysoma Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1. p. 371
(East coast of Africa, Seas of India to the Malay Archipe-
lago).

1910. Clupea brachysoma Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus. y 5, p. 131
(Karachi).

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) brachysoma Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.

Indo-Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 70, fig. 25 (Java, Sumatra,
Borneo, Amboina, Banka).

1917. Sardinelìa brachysoma Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. y (8)
19, p. 381 (Madras).,

1935. Clupea brachysoma Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat Sci. Philadelphia,
87, p. 90 (Bangkok).

*Sardinella brachysoma Blecker, 1852 is considered distinct from S.

albella (Val.) and is recorded from India ( vide Whitehead, 1969,

J. mir. biol. Ass. India , 9 (2), p 232); there is no definite record of

S.aibella from India. Ed.

5—1341 ZSI/71

38

TELEOSTOMI

1941. Sardinella albella Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 605.

1949. Sardinella albella Misra, Rec. ìndian Mus., 45, p. 386.

3953. Sardinella albella Misra, Rec. índian Mus., 50, p. 375.

3953. Sardinella brachysoma Herre, Check List PhUippine Fish.,
p. 66. (Philippines).

1955. Sardinella albella Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 25 (coastal waters of Ceylon).

Day)

Vernacular names .— India : Pedi, Kanarese; Currudden toaddy,
Malayalam; Patulda, Marathi. Sri Lanka : Karlau, Hadalla, Sudaya,
Singhalese.

B.6; D.17—20; P. 14—17; V.8;A. 18—22; C. 20; L.l.
44—48; L.tr. 11—13; Predorsal scales 15—18.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more arched than dorsal profile. Head 4.8—
5.2, depth 3.3-—3.5 in total length. Eyes with broad adi-
pose lid, 3.0 in head, 1.0 in snout, 0.8—1 in interor-
bita.1. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique,
moderate; maxilla reaching midorbit. No teeth on jaws.
Single dorsal fin; origin much nearer to snout end than
to caudal base. Pectorals low, § of head. Pelvics small,
little more than half of pectorals; origin behind dorsal
origin and nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin.
Anal base equal to dorsal base; origin nearer to caudal
origin than to pelvic origin; last 2 anal rays rather prolonged
Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales
regularly arranged, edges crenulated. Abdominal scutes,
preventral 17—18, postventral 12—13. Gills rakers 30+
-60—65, slender, longest equals gill fìlaments and eye.

CLUPEIDAE

39

Dark greenish above, becoming silvery on sides and
1>elow; bases of scales a little darker; caudal fin dark
tipped.

It attains 188 mm length.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma.—East coast
of Africa, Indonesia, Thailand, Hongkong, the Philippines;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal
and logitudinal range of 25°N. —7°S., 38°—123°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(10°—25°N., 38°—98°E., in the Indian Ocean
+22°N.—7°S., 100°—123°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

126. Sardinella clupeoides (Bleeker)

1849. Amblygaster clupeoides Bleeker, J. Ind. Archipel., 3, p. 73
(type locality: Macassar) (error in spelling).

1907. Clupea okinawensis Kishinouye, J. Imp. Fish. Bur., 14, p. 96,
pl. 19, fig. 2 (type locality: Okinawa, Riu Kiu).

1913. Clupea ( Amblygaster ) clupeoides Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.

Indo-Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 63, fig. 23 (Java, Sumatra,
Bintang, Celebes.)

1933. Sardinella clupeoides Deraniyagala, CeylonJ. Sci. (C) 5, p. 83.

1938. Sardinella clupeoides Fowler, List. Fish. Malaya, p. 31
(Penang, Singapore).

1941. Sardinella clupeoides Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat Mus., (100) 13,
p. 619.

1949. Sardinella clupeoides Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 387.

1953. SardineUa clupeoides Herre, Check List. Philippine Fish.,
p. 66.

1953. Sardinella clupeoides Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 375.

1955. Amblygaster clupeoides Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 26 (Coastal waters of Ceylon).

Vernacular name .— Sri L^nka : Galhurulla, Singhalese.

B.6; D. 17—19; P. 16—17; V.8; A. 16—18; C.20;
L.1.40— 43; L.tr.ll—12; Predorsaí scales 14—18.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled; post
ventral edge not strongly serrated. Dorsai and
ventral profiles nearly equally convex. Head 5.0, depth
5.1 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose lid, 3.5—
4.0 in head, 1.1. in snout, 1.0 in interorbital. Lowerjaw
prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique, small; maxilla

40

TELEOSTOMI

not reaching to front margin of eye. Teeth on palatines^
pterygoids and tongue, none on vomer and jaws. Single
dorsal fìn; origin nearer to snout and than to caudal base.
Pectoral low, nearly half in head. Pelvics small, § of
pectoral; origin rather equidistant between anal origin and
pectoral basé, behind dorsal origin. Anal base equal
to dorsál' base; origin nearer to caudal base than to
pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent.
Scales in regular rows. Abdominal scutes in groove,
prevental 15—16, postventral 12—14, poorly developed.
Gill rakers 17—22+32—33.

Dark blue green above, silvery below.

It attains 270 mm in length.

Distribution *.—Sri Lanka.—Malaya, Indonesia, the Phi-
lippines, Hongkong, Japan, in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C. with the /latitudinal and longitudinal range of
26°N.—7 C S., 80°—127°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(5°N. 80°—
100°E. in the Indian Ocean+26 c N.—7 C S., 103°—127°E. in
the Pacific Ocean).

127, Sardlnella dayi Regan

1917. Sardinella dayi Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19, p. 381
(type locality: Karwar, India).

1924, Sardinella dayi Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 30, p. 36
(Calicut).

1941. Sardinella dayi Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 604,
fig. 16. (specimen figured was from Mauritius.)

1949. Sardinella dayi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 387.

1953. Sardinella dayi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 375.

B.6; D. 16—18; V.8; A. 19—20; L.l. 38—44; L.tr.12—13;
Predorsal scales 12—17.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral and dorsal profiles more or less equal. Head
5.5, depth 3.8 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose
lid, 3.7—4.0 in head, 1.0 in snout, greater than interorbital.
Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla
reaching nearly midorbit. Single dorsalfin; origin much
nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pectoral low,

§ in head. Pelvics small, § in pectorals; origin be-
hind dorsal origin, slightly nearer to pectoral base than

*Recently reported from India (vide Bennett, 1965, J. mar. biol.
Ass. India , 7 (1), p. 208). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

41

to anal origin. Anal base slightly longer than dorsal
base; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base.
Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales not
deciduous, in regular rows. Abdominal scutes, preventral
16—17, postventral 12—14. Gill rakers 68+130, finely
lanceolate, equal to eye.

Slaty brown above becoming pale to whitish on sides
and below.

Tt attains 156 mm in lengths

Distribution— Tndia.—Mauritius; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C. in Lat. 14°N.-20°S., Long. 57°—74°E.
in the Indian Ocean.

128. Sardinella fmibriata (Valenciennes)

(Text-fig. 9)

1847. Spratella fimbriata Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss, 20, p. 359
pl. 600 (type Iocality: Malabar).

1850. Kowala lauta Cantor, J. As. Soc. Bengal y 8, p. 1279. (typs loca-
lity: Penang).

1865. Spratella fìmbriata Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 233 (Malabar).

1878. Clupea fìmbriata Day ( partim ), Fish. India , p. 637, pl. 161,
fig. 3 (Red Sea, seas of India to the Malay Archipelago;
the example figured, life-size, was from Vizagapatnam).

1889. Clupea fimbriata Day (partim) y Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1,
p. 373 (Red Sea, seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) fimbriata Weber & de Beaufort (partim ),
Fish. Indo-Austral. Arch ., 2, p. 75, nec. fig. 26 (Java,
Sumatra, Banka, Borneo, Bali, Celebes, Ambon).

1916. Clupea fimbriata Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull., 9, p. 114.

1917. Sardinella fimbriata Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. f (8) 19,

p. 382. (Akyab, Orissa, Malabar).

1929. Clupea fimbriata Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p.
355 (Travancore).

1931. Sardinella fimbriata Chu, Biol. Bull. St. JohrCs Univ. t 1,
p. 14 (Hainan; China).

1933. Clupea fimbriata Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency ,
p. 160 (Bombay; Sind).

1936. Sardine lla fìmbriata Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 9 (Siam).

1941. Sardinella fìmbriata Fowler , Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,
P 609.

42

TELEOSTOMI

1949. Sardinella fimbriata Misra, Rec. Indìan Mus., 45, p. 387-

1953. Sardinella fimbriata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus', 50, p. 375.

1953. Sardinella fimbriata Herre, Check List Philipptte Fish., p.
66 (Philippìnes).

1955. Sard nella fimbriata Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish . Ceylon 9 .
p. 26 (CoastaJ waters).

Text-fig. 9.—Lateral view of Sardinella fimbriata (V.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacuìar names.-^ India: Charee-addee , Hindustani; Pedi,.
Kanarese; Cuttary Charlay, Malabar; Pedwa, Washi, Marathi;
Poonduringa, Chalai , Tamil; Kowal Telegu; Standardised name '•
Chala mathi. Pakistan : Kich-uklouar. Sri Lanka : Gol salaya.
SinghaJese.

B. 6; D. 18—19; P.15—16; V.8.; A. 16—21; C.20; L.l.
45; L. tr. 11—12; Predorsal scales 12—15.

Body rather elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled,
serrated. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile.
Head 4.5—5.2 , depth 3.7 in total length. Eyes with broad
adipose lid, 3.3—4.0 in head, 1.1 in snout and 0.9 in interor-
bital. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique;
maxilla reaching beyond anterior margin of eye. Teeth
on palatines and tongue, none on vomer and pterygoids.
Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to
caudal base. Pectorals low, | of head. Pelvics small,
nearly half of pectorals; origin below middle of dorsal,
nearer anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal base equal
to dorsal base; origin equidistant between pelvic origin
and caudal base. Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line
absent. Scales regularly arranged in rows. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 16—17, postventral 12—13, Gill rakers-
43+ 80.

CLUPEIDAE

43*

Bluish green, sides silvery; dorsal fin with numerous
fine black dots, and a black mark at base of its anterior
rays; caudal with bluish reflections and tipped with dark-

It attains 140 mm in length.

Distribntion :—India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka v
Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, Tonkin, China, the Philip-
pines; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the lati-
tudinal and íongitudinal range of 25°N.—7°S., 62° —I23 3 E.
in the Indo-Pacific=(4°—25°N., 62°—98°E. in the Indian
Ocean-|- 19°N.—7°S., 103°—123°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

129. Sardinella jussieu Lacépède*

1803. Clupanodon jussieu Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss., 5, pp. 469,.
474, pl. 1!, fig. 2 ítype locality : Mauritius).

1847. Clupeonia fasciata Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p.
349 (type Iocality: Bourbon).

1849. Clupea gibbosa Bleeker, lnd. Archipel., 3, p. 72 (type
locality: Macassar).

1852. Spratella tembang Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 774
(type locality: Macassar; Batavia).

1878. Clupea fimbriata (part.) Day (nec. Val.), Fish.India, p. 637.

1878. Clupea tembang Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,.
2, p. 264 (Port Darwin).

1889. Clupea fimbriata (part.) Day (nec. Vaí.), Fauna Brit. India,
Fish., 1, p. 373.

1909. Clupea gibbosa Giinther, J. Mus. Godeffroy , pt. 16, p. 381
(Ponape, Samoa, Tonga, Society Is., Fiji).

1913. Clupea (Hirengulá) fimbriata (part) Weber & de Beaufort,.
Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 75, fig. 26.

1917. Sardinella gibbosa Regan, Antt. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19, p.
383 (Ganjam, Madras).

1929. Sardinella fasciata Mc Culloch, Austral. Mus. Mem., 5, p. 38.

1929. Sardineìla jussieu Fowíer, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

p. 592 (Shanghai).

1930. Sardinella jussieu Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia ,

p. 59 8 (Hong Kong).

1934. Sardinella jussieu Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad .,86,
p. 411 (Natal, Philippines).

*Jussieu Lacépède is a nomen dubium (vide Whitehead, 1967,
Bull.-Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2 p. 54); and is replaced by
S.gibbosa Bleeker, 1849. ed.

44

TELEOSTOMI

J935. Clupea ( Harengula ) gibbosa Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci.
(C) 5, p. 82 (Ceylon).

1941. Sardinella jussieu Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
611 .

1949. Sardinella gibbosa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 387.

1953. Sardinella gibbosa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 375.

1953. Sardinella gibbosa Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 67,
(Philippines).

1953. Sardinella jussieu Smith, Sea Fish. South, Africa, p. 92 (Natal).

1955. Sardinella jussieu Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p.
26 (coastal waters).

Vernacular name *—Standardised name : Choodai.

B.6; D. 18—19; P.15—16; V.8; A.16—19; C.20; L.l.
45; L. tr. 12; Predorsal scales 14—16.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral and dorsal profiles equally convex. Head 5 -8,
depth 4«1 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose lid, 3 *3
in head, 1 -0 in snout and a little longer than interorbital.
Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla
reaching midorbit. No teeth. Single dorsal fìn; origin
much nearer to snout than to caudal base. Pectorals low,
nearly equal to head. Pelvics small, nearly half of pectorals;
origin equidistant between anal origin and pectoral base,
and behind dorsal origin. Anal base longer than dorsal
base; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base.
Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales regularly
arranged. Abdominal scutes, preventral 17—19, postven-
tral 12—14. Gill rakers 28+63, lanceolate, 1 *4 in eye.

Brown above, silvery white below; muzzle dusky; dark
spot at base of dorsal fin anteriorly; other fins whitish.

ít attains 178 mm, in length.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka.—Durban, Mauritius,
Bourbon, Madagascar, Malaya, Indonesia, Hongkong,
the Philippines, Queensland, Micronesia, Polynesia; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 34° N.—29°S.,30° E,—170°W.
in the Indo-Pacific=(13°N.—29°S., 32°— 131°E. in the
Indian Ocean+34°N.—16° S., 103°E,—170° W. in the
Pacific Ocean).

CLUPEIDAE

45

130. Sardinella longiceps Valenciennes
(Text-fig. 10)

i 847. Sardinella longiceps Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss. t 20,
p. 273 (type locality : Pondicherry).

1847. Sardinella neohowii Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p.
274 (type locality : Cannanor, Malabar).

1847. Alausa scombrina Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 442
(typi locality: Cannanor, Malabar).

1865. Sardinella neohowii Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 220 (Malabar).

1868. Clupea longiceps Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 428
(Cochin).

1868. Clupea scombrina Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. , 7, p.
448 (Cochin).

1878. Clupea longiceps Day, Fish. India , p. 637, pl. 161, fig. 2.

1889. Clupea longiceps Day, Fauna Brit. India. Fish., 1, p. 373
(Sind, down the Western coast of India, more rarely on
the Eastern, Ceylon, the Andamans to the Malay
Archipelago).

1910. Ciupea longiceps Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 131 (Karachi).

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) longiceps Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.

Indo-Austral. Archipel. , 2, p. 82 (Java, Bali).

1917. Sardinella longiceps Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19,
p, 379 (India, Muscat, Mombasa).

1917. Clupea longiceps Hornell, Madras Fish. Bnll., 11, p. 92
(Tuticorin).

1924. Sardinella longiceps Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 30,
p. 36 (Calicut).

1924. Sardinella longiceps Hornell & Nayadu, Madras Fish t . Bull .,
18, p. 129 (Madras).

1929. Clupea longiceps Pillay, J. Bombaynat. Hist. Soc ., 33, p. 355
(Travancore).

1929. Clupea ( Harengus ) longiceps Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan,
15, p. 44, pl. 18, fig. 11 (Ceylon).

1933. Sardinella longiceps Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. t (C) 5,
p. 83 (Ceylon).

1933. Clupea longiceps Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency , 27,
p. 160 (Bombay).

1941. Sardinella longiceps Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus. , (100)
13, p. 603.

1941. Sardinella longicfps Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 334
(And?irapj! x

TELEOSTOMI

46

1949. Sardinella longiceps Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 388.

1953. Sardinella longiceps Misra, Rec. ìndian Mus., 50, p. 375.

1953. Sardinella longiceps Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p.

68 (Philippines).

1955. Clupea longiceps Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind &
Makran , p. 14.

1955. Sardinella longiceps Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 25 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 10.—Lateral view of Sardineìla longicepsV aj. (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names. — Indja : Tarli multhi, Kanarese; Charlay, Pay -
charlay, Malayalam; Haid, Marathi; Standardised name : Nalla
mathi. Pakistan : Lee-gur , Baluchistan; Lonar, Sind. Sri Lanka:
Pesalaya, Singhalese; Pechalai , Pesalai, Tamil.

B. 6; D. 16—18; P. 15—17; V. 8; A. 13—16; C. 17;
L. 1. 45—48; L. tr. 12—13; Predorsal scales 13—15.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally cońvex. Head 3 -7—
4 ’2, depth 5 -0—5 -2 in total length. Eyes with adipose
lid, 4 *5—5 -0 in head, about 1 -0 in snout, 0 -6 in interorbital.
Lower jaw projecting beyond upper. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxillary reaching beyond front margin of eye,
2-5 in head. No teeth. Single dorsal fin; origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pectorals
low, more than half in heid. Pelvics small, more than half
of pectorals; origin a little nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin, and behind dorsal origin. Anal base equal
to dorsal base; origin e<juidistant between pelvic and caudal
base. Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent.
Scales non-deciduous. Abdominal scutes, preventral 18,
postventral 13-14. Gill rakers 158+200, setiform,
little longer than gill fìlaments, 1 -0—1 -5 times eye.

Slaty above, pale to whitish below; a large greenish-
gold spot on the upper margin of opercle and preopercle;
fins pale.

CLUPEIDAE

47

It attains 204mm. in length and large quantities ©f oil
are made from them in Malabar.

Distribution .—India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Mombasa
Arabia, Seychelles, Indonesia, Indo-china, Philippines;
in them^an annual isotherm of20'C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 25 3 N.—7'S., 39°—123 C E.
in the Indo-Pacific=(25 N.—4°S., 39°—92°E. in the
Indian Ocean+14 N.—7°S., 108°—123°E. in the Pacific
Ocean).

131. Sardinella melanura (Cuvier)

1829. Clupea melanura Cuvier, Regne Animal., 2, ed. 2, p. 318
(on Lacépède).

1847. Clupeonia commersoni Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20,
p. 350 (type locality : Bombay).

1868. Clupea atricauda Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 2, p. 426 (type
locality : Ceram, Ambiona, Port Blair).

1870. Clupea atricauda Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 701 (An-
damans).

1872. Clupea ( Harengula ) sundaica Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. Ind.

Neerland ., 6, p. 105, nec. figure (type locality : Java,
Celebes).

1878. Clupea atricauda Day, Fish. India, p. 636, pl. 164, fìg. 5
(Andamans to the Malay Archipelago; the example fìgured
was from Port Blair).

1889. Clupea atricauda Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 372
(Andamans to the Malay Archipelago).

1911. Clupea ogura Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo , 2, p. 384.
pl. 30, fig. 2 (type locality: Futani, Chichijma, Bonin Is.),

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) atricauda Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.
h\do-Austral. ArchipeL , 2,. p. 80 (Java, Nias, Bali, Celebes,
Ambon, Ceram, Halmahera).

1917. Sardinella melanura Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19,
p. 384.

1917. Clupea atricauda Hornell, Madras Fìsh. Bull., 11, p. 91.

1928. Sardinella melanura Fowíer, Menu Bishop. Mus , 10, p. 30

(Tahiti, Papeete, Suva, Society ls., Nukahiva).

1929. Clupea atricauda Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33,

p. 355 (Travancore).

1933. Clupea ( Harrenguia ) melanura Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci
(C) 5, p. 82 (Ceylon).

1936. Sardinella melanura Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 10 (Siam).

1937. Sardinella melanura Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Phiìadel-

phia, 89, p. 130 (Bangkok).

1941. Sardinella melanura Fowler, Bull. V. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,
p. 614.

48

TELEOSTOMI

1941. Sardinellci melanura Herre, Mem. Indian Mus. , 13, p. 33
(Andamans).

1949. Sardinella melanura Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 388.

1953. Sardinella melanura Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 375.

1953. Sardinella melanura Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p 68
(Philippines).

1953. Sardinella melanura Smiíh, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 92
(Delagoa Bay).

1955. Sardinella atricauda Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi. Sind
& Makran , p. 14 (Coasts of Sind & Makran).

1955. Sardinella melanura Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 26. (coastal waters).

Vernacular names .— India : Keeri-charlay, Malayalam; Chalai ,
Salai, Tamil. Pakistan: Polli , Karachi. Sri Lanka : Salaya ,
Singhalese.

B. 6; D. 15—18; P. 13—15; V 8; A. 18—21; C.
19; L. 1. 38—40; L. tr. 10—12; Predorsal scales 11—16.

Body oblong, compressed, abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 5 -0,
depth 4 -0—5 -0 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose
lid, 3 «0—3 -5 in head, 1 -0 in snout, 0 -7 in interorbital.
Lower jaw longer than upper. Cleft of mouth oblique;
maxillary reaching one third of eye. No teeth. Single
dorsal fin, origin nearer to snout end than to caudal
base. Pectorals low, 1 -4—1 -5 in head. Pelvics
small, 2-1—2-2inhead; origin nearly equidistant between
pectoral base and anal origin. Anal base slightly longer
than dorsal base; origin slightly nearer to caudal base
than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked. Lateral
line absent. Scales rounded. Abdominal scutes, pre-
ventral 16, postventral 10. Gill rakers 16—18+
35—38.

Neutral slaty to bluish above; sides and abdomen
silvery; abluespot on opercle; outer third of caudal lobes
blackish.

It attains 208 mm in length.

Distribution .—India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—East coast
of Africa, Mauritius, Madagascar, Malaya, Singapore,
Indcnesia, Siam, Bangkok, the Philippines, Japan, Micro-
nes Uì, Polynesia; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C.

CLUPEIDAE

49

with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 34 C N.—
25°S., 32°E.—149°W. in the Indo-Pacific=+25°N.—
25°S., 32°S., 32°—100° E. in the Indian Ocean+34°
N.—18°S., 101 °E.—149° W., in the Pacific Ocean).

132. Sardinella perforata (Cantor)*

1849. Clupeonia perforata Cantor, J. As. Soc. Bengaì , 18, p. 1278
(type locality : Penang Sea, Malay Penninsuíá, Singapore,
Sumatra).

1868. Harenguìa ( Spratella) kowala Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Ams -
terdani , (2) 2, p. 294 (type locality : Rio Bintang). |

1913. Clupea ( Harengula ) perforata Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.

Indo-Austral. Archipel. y 2, p. 74 (Java, Sumatra, Banka,
Borneo, Celebes, Amboina).

1913. Clupea perforata Weber, “ Siboga ” Exped. , Fische , 57, p. 8
(Lumbok; Macassar).

1917. Sardinella perforata Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. t (8) 19,

p. 382 (Persian Gulf, Malay Archipelago).

1928. Sardinella perforata Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mns. f 10, p. 30
(Samoa).

1936. Sardinella perforata Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 10 (Gulf
of Siam).

1938. Sardinella perforata Fowler, List. Fish. Malaya , p. 31 (Penang,
Singapore).

1941. Sardinella perforata Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus ., (100)
13, p. 607.

1953. Sardinella perforata Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. r p. 69
(Philippines).

1955. Sardinella perforata Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon y
p. 25 (coastal waters).

B. 6; D. 17—19; P. 14—15; V 8; A. 18—20; L. 1.
43—44; L. tr. 12—13; Predorsal scales 14.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Head 5 -2,
depth 3-9 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose lid,
3*7—3*8 in head, greater than snout or interorbital.
Lower jaw not prominent. Cleft of mouth slightly ob-
lique; maxilla reaching £—J in eye. No teeth.
Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to
caudal origin. Pectorals low, 1 *2—1 *3 in head. Pelvics
small, 2*0 in head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin and behind dorsal origin. Anal base slightly

*Now considered a junior synonym of Sardinella albella (Val.,
1847) (vide Whitehead, 1960, J. mar. biol. Ass. India , 9(2)
p. 233). Ed.

50

TELEOSTOMI

smaller than dorsal base; origin nearer to caudal base
than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked. Lateral
line absent. Scales adherent; axillary pelvic scales 4/5
of fin. Abdominal scutes, preventral 17+8, postventral
14. Gill rakers 30+58—60, finely setiform, 1 -8 in eye.

Black brown above, silvery white on sides and below;
dark spot at bases of front dorsal rays.

It attains 150 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution .—Sri Lanka.—Persian Gulf, Malaya,
Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, the Philippines, Amoy,
China, Samoa, Polynesia; in the mean annuaì isotherm
of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
27°N.—12°S., 51 C E.—170°W. in the Indo-Pa c ific=(5°—
27°N., 51°— 100°E. inthe Indian Ocean+24 N.—7 C S.,
101 °E.—170° W. in the Pacific Ocean).

133. Sardinella sindensis (Day)

(Pl. I, fig. 1; Text-fig. 11)

1878. Clupea sindensis Day, Fish. India, p. 638, pl. 163, fìg. 2 (type
locality : Karachi; type in the Zoological Survey of
India; the example figured, life size, was from Karachi).

1889. Clupea sindensis Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 374
(seas of the Seychelíes, Sind and Bombay).

1910. Clupea sindensis Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 131
(Karachi).

1917. Clupea sindensis Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 91
(Tuticorin).

1917. Sardinella sindensis Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19,
p. 383 (Sińd , Bombay, Amboina, Formosa).

1929. Clupea sindensis Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33,
355 (Travancore).

1933. Clupea sindensis Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency,
p. 160 (Bombay).

1941. Sardinelìa sindensis Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 611.

1949. Sardinella sindensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 389.

1953. Sardinella sindensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 375.

1955. Clupea sindensis Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind Sc
Makran, p. 14 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

CLUPEIDAE

51

Vernacular rtames .— India : Jirai, Kanarese; Vatta Kantti , Malaya-
lam; Kanat % Marathi.

Tskt-fig. 11. —Lateral view of Sardinella sindensis (Day) (After

F. Day)

B. ò;D. 16—19; P. 15; V 8; A. 18—21; C. 21; L.l.
41—44; L. tr. 11; Predorsal scales 11—12.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral proíìles more or less equally convex.
Head 4 -5—5 -0 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose
lid, 4 -2 inhead, 1 *2in snout, 1-0 in interorbital. Lower
jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth obiique; maxilla reach-
ing little beyond anterior margin of eye. Single
dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin. Pectorals low, 1 -8 in head. Pelvics small,
3 *6 in head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin and behind dorsal origin. Anal base Ionger than
dorsal base; origin nearer to caudal base than to pelvic
origin; last 2 rays prolonged. Caudal deeply forked.
Lateral line absent. Abdominal scutes poorly developed,
preventral 17—19, postventral 12—15. Lower gill
rakers 58—66.

Deep bluish grey above becoming silvery spot with
gold on sides and below;, lines along rows of scales in
upper third of body; small dark shoulder spot; dark
spot at base of front dorsal rays; upper part of dorsal
and ends of caudal Iobes blackish.

It attains 203 mm in length; littoral, euryhafine.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan.—Indonesia, Formosa;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20 c C. with the lati-
tudinal and longitudinal range of 25°N.—4°S., 62°-
128 C E. in the Indo-Pacific—(8°—25 C N., 62°—78°E. in
the Indian Ocean+25°N.—4°S., 120°—128°E. in the
Pacific Ocean).

52

T-ELEOSTOMI

134. Sardinella sirm (Walbaum)

1792. Clupea sirm Walbaum, Artedi Pisc. y 3, p. 38 (on ForskaJ,
Descript. Animal.,p. 17, 1775 (type locality : Arabia).,

1835. Clapea sirm Riippell, Neue Wirbelth., Fische, p. 77, pl. 21,
fig. 1 (type locality : Red Sea, Massaua).

1847. Sardinella leiogaster Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20,
p. 270 (type locality : Trincomalee, Ceylon).

1854. Sardinella leiogastroides Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Indie, 7,
p. 255 (type locality : Manado, Celebes).

1872. Clupea pinguis Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (4) 10, p.
425 (type locality Misol).

1878. Clupea leiogaster Day, Fish. India, p. 636 (Ceylon to the
Malay Archipelago).

1889. Clupea leiogaster Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 372
(Ceylon to the Malay Archipelago).

1913. Clupea (. Amblygaster) leiogaster Weber & de Beaufort, Fish.
Ìndo-Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 61.

1917. Clupea leiogaster Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 91
(Tuticorin).

1931. Sardinella leiogaster Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John’s Univ.,

(1), p. 14 (Hongkong).

1933. Sardinella /eiogaster Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C),
5, p. 83 (Ceylon).

1938. Sardinella sirm Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p. 32 (Serangoon,
Singapore).

1941. Sardinella sirm Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
616.

1949. Sardinella sirm Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 389.

1953. SardineUa sirm Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 375.

1953. Sardinella sirm Herre, Check List Philippines Fish., p. 70
(Philippines).

1955. Sardinella sirm Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon, p.
26 (coastal waters).

Vernacular names .— Sri LankA : Hurulla , Singhalese; Kirimeen
chalai, Tamil.

B. 6; D. 17—19; P. 16—18; V. 8; A. 17—20; C. 17;
L. I. 42—43; L. tr. 10—12; Predorsal scales 15—16.

Body elongate. compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated,
dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 4 -6—
5*2, depth 5-5—6-0 in total length. Eyes with adipose
lid, 3 -3—4 -2 in head, 1 -0—1 -5 in snout, 0 -7—0 -8
in interorbital. Lower jaw prominent. Cieft of mouth
oblique: maxilla almost reaching front margin of eye.

CLUPEIDAE

53

Single dorsal íìn; origin nearer to snout end than to
caudal base. Pectorals low, 1 -5—1 -6 in head. Pelvics
small, 2‘6—2-8 in head; origin nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin and behind dorsal origin. Anal base
longer than dorsal base; origin nearer to caudal
base than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply forked.
Lateral line absent. Scales deciduous. Abdominal scutes
poorly developed, preventral 17—18, postventral 14—
16. Gill rakers 25+43, slender, one and a half in eye.

Dark bluish green above, silvery white on sides and
below; a longitudinal band on the upper half of body
with 13—20 deep blue spots.

Tt attains 294 mm in length.

Distribtition. —India, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea, Arabia,.
Zanzibar, Malaya, Indonesia, Hong Kong, the
Philippines, Micronesia, Polynesia; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 22 N.—12°S., 38°E—170°W. in the Indo-
Pacihc=(22°N.—5°S., 38°—100 E. in thelndian Ocean+22°
N.—12 C S., 103°E.—170°W. in the Pacific Ocean).

57. Genus Macrura Van Hasselt*

1823. Macrura (Macroura Meuschen, 1778 in mammáls; Macrourus
Bloch, 1786 in fishes; Macrurus Schneidér, 1801 in fishes
not involved) van Hasselt, Alg. konst. Letterbode , 21, p.
329; type, Clupea kelee C., monotypic; fids. Fowler, Bull.
U. S. nat. Mus. (100) 13, p. 626, 1941; admissible

according to Art. 36, Rec. of the International Commission
of Zoological Nomenclature).

1916. Paralosa (nec. Bleeker) Regan, Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p.

167 (type, P. durbanensis Reg ., monotypic) (inadmissible).

1917. Hilsa Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19 , p. 303 (type,

Paralosa durbanensis Reg.).

1934. Tenualosa Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad ., 85 p. 246
(type, Alosa reevesii Richardson, orthotypic).

Body oblong, well compressed; scales large. MaxiIIa
extending to postorbital margin. Supplemental bone
present. Jaws subequal. Upper jaw with distinct
median notch. Eyes with adipose lid. Branchiostegals
5. Abdomen keeled and serrated. Dorsal origin before

♦Whitehead (1965, Bult. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), 12 (4), p. 128>
considers these fishes under the genus Hiìsa Regan, 1917 and does
not consider Macrura van Hasselt as a senior synonym of fíifsa. ed~

6—d341ZSI/71

54

TELEOSTOMI

p^lvic origin. Anal single, moderate, last 2 anal rays
not enlarged. Adipose fin absent. Caudal deeply
forked. Pseudobranchiae. Close-set, numerous, fine gill
rakers. Enlarged scale at caudal base absent.

Distribution. —Aden, Zanzibar, South and East Iraq.
Persian Gulf, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma, Malaya,
Thailand, Indonesia, China and Formosa.

Key to species of genus Macrura van Hasselt*

1. Lateral transverse scales less
than 16; 17-18 preventral and

11-13 pnstventral scutes . . 3

2. Lateral transverse scales more

than 16 (17-19) ; 16-17 pre-

ventral and 14-15 postventral

acutes . . • M. ilisha

3. Parietal ridges expanded and
striated; length of head 41 times

in total length . . . . M. kelee

4. Parietal ridges narrow and covered
with smooth skin; length of head

5-51 times in total length . M. sinensis

1^5. Macrura ilisha (Hamilton)

(Text-fig. 12)

1822. Clupanodon ilisha Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , p. 243, pl. 19,
fig. 73 (type locality : Ganges estuaries, Patna, Goalpara’,
Calcutta, Dhaka-Dacca).

1829. Clupea palasah Cuvier, Regne animal , 2, ed. 2, p. 320 (on
Palasah Russell, Fish. Coromandel ., p. 77, pl. 198, 1803),
(type locality : Vizagapatam).

1847. Alaitsa palasah Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss 20. D 432
(Bombay). ’

1865. Alaitsa palasah Day, Fish. Malabar,p. 235 (Malabar).

1865. Alausa palasah Kner, Reise Novara Fische , p. 331 (Ceylon).

1868. Clupea paìasah Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7 , p. 445
(Ganges, Cochin).

1873. Clupea palasah Day, Rep. Freshwater Fish. India & Burma
p. 22 (Indus, Cauveri, Hoogli, Irrawaddi).

*Whitehead (1965, Buil. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Zool. , 12 (4), p. 127)
recognises two subgenera of Hilsa viz., Hilsa Regan ( H. ke/ee) and
Temtaìosa Fowler {H. iìisha and H. toli). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

55

1878. Clupea ilisha Day, Fish. India , p. 640, pl. 172, fig. 3 (Persian
Gulf ascending the Tigris, the coasts of Sind, India and Bur-
ma, passing up the large rivers to breed, also in the Malay
Archipelago; Day collected them as high as Delhi and
Hamilton recorded them from Agra and Cawnpore).

1889. Cìupea ilisha Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 376, fìg.
115.

1896. Clupea ( Alosa ) ilìsha Steindachner, Ann. Hofmus Wien, 11,
p. 228 (Rangoon).

1907. Clupea ilisha Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus'., 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

1910. Clupea ilisha De, Rep. Fish. East Bengal & Assam, p. 18
(Eastern Bengal and Assam).

1913. Clupea ilisha Southwell, Rec. Indian Mus., 9, pp. 88, 296
(Monghyr, Buxar, Calcutta, Diamond Harbour).

1916. Clupea ilisha Raj, Rec. Indian Mus ., 12, p. 252 (Tanjore).

1916. Clupea ilisha Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull ., 9, p. 115.

1917. Hilsa ilisha Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19, p. 306
(Persian Gulf to Burma).

1917. Clupea ilisha Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 92 (Tuti-
corin).

1937. Hilsa ilisha Shaw & Shebbeare, J. roy. As. Soc. Bengal,

(Sci .), 3, p. 13, fig. 4 (Sarahat).

1938. Hilsa ilisha Hora, Rec. Indian Mus., 40, p. 147 (Putla,

Nawabgunge).

1940. Hiìsa i/isha Hora & Nair, Rec. Indian Mus ., 42, p. 35 (East
Bengal).

1940. Hilsa ilisha Prashad, Hora & Nair, Rec. Indian Mus ., 42,

p. 529 (Chandipore, Goalundo).

1941. Macrura ilisha Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,

p 633.

1943. Hìlsa ilisha Hora & Misra, J. roy As. Soc. Bengal, (Sci.), 9,
l,p. 2(Iraq).

1949. Hilsa iíisha Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 389.

1953. Hilsailisha Misra ,Rec. ìndian Mus., 50, p. 347.

1955. Clupea ilisha Anonymous. Mar.Fish Karachi, Sind & Makran,
p. 15 (Sind and Makran).

1955. Tenualosa ilisha Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 25 (coastal waters).

1960. Hilsa ilisha Menon, Rec. Indian Mus., 54, p. 141
(Habanian.)

56

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 12. —Lateral view of Macrura ilisha (Ham.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names .— Indta : Hilsa, Bengal; Pala, Marathi; Ilisha y
Orissa; Oolum , Tamil; Palasah , Telegu; Standardised name: Hilsa,
Palla . Bangladesh : Hilsa. Pakistan ; Palo, Pulla, Sindhi. Burma :
Nya-thaAouk.

B. 5; D. 18—19; P. 15; V 9; A. 19—22; C. 19; L. 1.
46—49; L. tr. 17—19.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 4 -2—
4 *5, depth 3 -5—3 -7 in total length. Eyes with broad
adipose lid, 4 -5—7 *0 in head, 1 *0—1 '5 in snout, 1 -5
in interorbital. Lower jaw not projecting beyond the
upper. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla reaching midor-
bit to postorbit. No teeth. Single dorsal fin, origin nearer to
snout than to caudal base. Pectorals low, 1 -7 in head.
Pelvies small, 2*8 in head; origin nearer pectoral base
than to caudal origin and below the anterior half of the
dorsal. Anal base equal to dorsal base; origin nearer
to caudal base than to pelvic origin. Caudal deeply for-
ked. Latéral line absent. Scales in regular rows. Ab-
dominal scutes, preventral 16—17, postventral 14—15.
Lower gill rakers 120—220.

Silvery shot with gold and purple; row of spots
along upper third of body, most distinct behind the
upper third of opercle in young but spots disappearing in
adults.

It attains 482 mm. in length and is good eating; littoraL
euryhaline.

Distribution .—India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Burma,
Sri Lanka.—Iraq, Persian Gulf; in the mean annualiso.therm
of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
6°—35° N., 48°—98° E. in the Indian Ocean.

CLUPEIDAE

57

136. Macrura kelee (Cuvier)

(Text-fig. 13)

1829. Clupea kelee Cuvier, Régne animal., ed. 2, 2, p. 320 (on
Kelee Russell, 1803, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p. 75, pl. 195
upper fig. (type locality : Vizagapatnam).

1847. Clupeonia blochii Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p.

353 (type locality: Tranquebar).

1852. Aiausa kanagurta Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., 24, pp.

13, 34 (type locality : Batavia, Muntok, East Jndies).

1866. Alosa malayana Bleeker, Ned. Tijds. Dierk ., 3, p. 294 (type
locality : Java, Sumatra).

1878. Clupea kanagurta Day, Fish. India , p. 640, pl. 162, fig. 4
(East coast of Africa, Sind, coasts of India to the Malay
Archipelago).

1889. Clupea kanagurta Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 377
(East coast of Africa , Sind, coasts of India to the Malay
Archipelago).

1906. Clupea durbanensis Regan, Ann. Natal Govt. Mus., 1,
pí. 4 (type locality : Durban Bay).

1913. Ciupea (Alosa) kanagurta Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -
Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 67.

1924. Hilsa blochiì Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 30, p. 3
(Bombay).

1927. Harengula kanagurta Paradice & Whitley, Mem. Queensìand
Mus., 9, p. 76, pl. 12, fig. 1 (Sir Edward Pellew Group).

1929. Clupea kanagurta Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p. 355
(Travancore).

1929. Clupea ( Alosa ) kanagurta Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan.,
15, p. 39 (Ceylon).

1929. Harengula kanagurta Wu, Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China,
5, (4), p. 17, fig. 13 (Amoy).

1936. Hilsa kanagurta Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 12 (Siam, Singora,
Bangkok).

1938. Hilsa blochii Fowler, List. Fish. Malaya, p. 27 (Penang,
Seletar, Serangoon).

1941. Macrurakelee Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 627.

1945. Hilsa kanagurta Smith, Bull . U. S. nat. Mus., 188, p. 46 (Siam).

1949. Hilsa kpnagurta Misra, Rec. lndian Mus., 45, p. 390.

1953. Macrura kelee Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 90, fig. 109
(Durban).

1955. Clupea kanagurta Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi , Sind &
Makran, p. 15 (Sind and Makran).

1955. Macrura kelee Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish . Ceylon, p. 24
(coastal waters).

58

TELEOSTOMi

Text-fig. 13. —Lateral view of Macrura kelee (C.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India : Koli meen , Tamil; Keelee , Koii
meen, Telegu; Standardised name : Keelee. Sri Lanka :
Seriya , Koiya , Kattu massa, Singhalese.

' B. 5; D. 3/15; P. 16; V 8; A. 3/17—18; C. 19; L. 1.

42—45; L. tr. 13—14; Predorsal scales 10—15.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral proíìle more convex than dorsal proíìle. Head
4 *2, depth 3 -2—3 -5 in total length. Eyes with broad
adipose lid, 4 -0 in head, 1 -0 in snout, 1 -0 in interorbital.
Lower jaw scarcely projects beyond the upper. Cleft
of mouth oblique, maxilla extending to below hinder
third of orbit. No teeth. Single dorsal fin; origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pectorals low,
1*5—1*7 in head. Pelvics small, 3-0 in head; origin
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin and behind
the middle of dorsal. Anal base longer than dorsal base;
origin nearer to caudal base than to pelvic origin.
Caudal deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales re-
gularly arranged. Abdominal scutes, preventral 16—
18, postventral 11—13. Gill rakers 50+95—130, seti-
form, equal toeye; gill filaments 2-2 in gill rakers.

Bluish green above, gold dotted with purple on sides
and below; row of about six or eight oval spots ìrt
line from behind upper edge of opercle along side;
upper edge of dorsal with dark mark.

It attains 178 mm. in length and is good eating, thcugh
bony; an excellent bait.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Aden, Zanz:-
bar, South Africa, Malaya, Amoy, Indonesia, Siam, Micro-
nesia;in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 25° N.—29° S.,

CLUPEIDAE

59

30°—135° E. in the IndoPacific=(25° N.—29° S., 30"
—100° E. in the Indian Ocean+24 0 N.—7°S., 101° -135"
E. in the Pacific Ocean).

137. Macrura,sinensis (Linnaeus) #

(Tepct-fig. 14)

1758. Clupea sìnensis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. % ed. 10, 1, p. 319 (type
JocaJity : China).

1847. Alausa toli Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 435 (type
locality : Coromandel, Pondicherry).

1878. Clupeatoli Day, Fisli. India, p. 641, pl. 162, fig. 2 (from
Bombay tlirough the seas of India to the Malay Archipelaga
and China; the exampìe figured life-size was from Bom-
bay).

1889. Clupea toli Day, Fauna Brit. ìndia , Fish., 1, p. 377 (from
Bombay through the seas of India to the Maíay Archipelago
and China).

1910. Clupeatoli De, Rep. Fish. East. Bengal and Assam , p. 1&
(Chittagong)

1913. Clupea ( Alosa) toli Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-AustraL
Archipel., 2, p. 64 (Java, Sumatra, Formosa).

1917. Hilsa toli Regan, Atm. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19, p. 306 (India).

1929. Clupea toli Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. t 33, p. 355
(Travancore).

1929. Clupea (Alosa) toli Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan., 15, p. 39
(Ceylon).

1931. Hilsa toìi Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ. (1), p. 14(China).

1932. Clupea ( Alosa) toli Chevy, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China 19°

note, p. 9 (Cochin China; Cambodia).

1936. Hilsa toìi Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 12 (Nontaburi).

1938. Hilsa sinensis FowJer, List Fish. Malaya, p. 28 (Penang, Singa-
pore).

1941. Macrura sinensis Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,.
p. 631.

1949. Hilsa toli Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 390.

1953. Hilsa toli Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi , Sind and Makran,
p. 15 (Sind and Makran).

1955. Tenualosa sinettsis Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceyìon,
p. 24 (coastal waters).

♦Whitehead (1965, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. ( Zool .), 12 (4), p. 143)
identified this species as Hilsa (Tenualosá) toli (Valenciennes, 1847>
since Linnaeus descriptìon of Clupea sinensis is too vague for a
positive identification to be made. ed.

-60

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 14. —Lateral view of Macrura sinensis (L.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names. — India : Palpedi, Kanarese; Oolum,
Malayalam; Bing, Marathi; Ullam, Tamil; Ullam, Telegu;
Sandardised name: Bhing. Pakistan : Palla, Sind. Bangladesh :
Nur hilisha, Chittagong. Burma : Doung danna , Arracan,
Sri Lanka: Ulla, Singhalese.

B. 5; D. 16—19; P. 14: V 8; A. 18—21; C. 24; L.
I 39—40 : L. tr. 13—15; Predorsal scales 16.

Body oblong ? compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
5 -0—5 -5, depth 3 -5—4 -0 in total length. Eyes with
broad adipose lid, 4 *2—7*5 in head, 1 -0 in snout, 1 -0
in interorbital. Lower jaw rather projecting beyond the
upper. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla extending to
hind part of eye. Ńo teeth. Single dorsal fin; origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pectorals
low, 1*3 in head. Pelvics small, 2-1 in head; origin
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin and below
middle of dorsal fin. Anal base equal to dorsal base;
origin nearer to caudal base than to pelvic origin.
Caudal deeply forked, 1 -2 times length of head. Lateral
line absent. Scales in regular rows. Abdominal scutes,
preventral 17—18, postventral 11—13. Lower gill rakers
70—95.

Silvery, spot with yellow and purple; dark shoulder
^pot in young.

It attains 912 mm. in length and is good eating; littoral,
euryhaline.

Distribution .— India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Malaya,
Indonesia, Thailand, Cochin-Chira, Cambcdia, Takao.
Formosa, China; in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C.

CLUPEIDAE

61

wìth the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 25° N.
—7°S., 62°—120 # E. in the Indo-Pacifìc=(6°—25° N—
62°100E. in the Indian Ocean+24 c N.—7°S., 103°—
120°E. in the Pacifìc Ocean).

58. Genus Gudusia Fowler

1911. Gudusia Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad.y 63, p. 207
(type, Clupanodon chapra Ham., orthotypic).

Body oblong, well compressed. Scales very small.
Maxilla extending to middle of orbit. Supplemental bone
present. Eyes with adipose Iid. Abdomen serrated and
keeled. Dorsal origin a little behind pelvic origin. Anal
single, moderate; last anal rays not enlarged. Adipose
fin absent. Caudal deeply forked. Lower gill-rakers
200 or more.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma and Malayasia
Key to species of genus Gudusla Fowler

1. Anal fin longer, 24-29 rays; caudal
equal to head, lobes subequal; cross

bars on sides G. varìegata

2. Anal fin shorter, 21-24 rays; caudal
longer than head, Iower iobe longer;

no cross bars on sides G. chapra

138. Gudusia chapra (Hamilton)

(Text-fig. 15)

1822. Clupanodon chapra Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, pp. 248, 383
(type locality: Upper parts of the Ganges).

1832-34. Clupea ìndica Gray, ///. Indian. Zool. Hardwicke, 2, pl. 92,
fig. 1,2 (type locality: India).

1832-34. Clupea champil Gray, ///. Ind. Zool. Hardwicke, 2, pl. 92,
fig. 5,6 (Indjan Ocean).

1847. Alausa microlepis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss, 20, p. 439.
(type locality : Bengal).

1853. Alausa microlepis Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., 25, pp. (74),
146 (Calcutta).

1868. Clupea indica Gíinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 444
(Ganges, Assam, Cachar).

1868. Clupeachapra Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 447

(Bengal).

1869. Clupea chapra Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond p. 385

(Orissa).

1878. Clupea cftapra Day, Fish. India , p. 639, pl. 161, fig. 1 (fresh-
water of rivers and tanks of Sind and throughout India as
far south as the Kistna River but absent from the Malabar
coast and Madras).

62

TELEOSTOMI

1889. Clupea chapra Day, Fauna Brit. lndia> Fish., 1, p. 375.

1907. Clupea chapra Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

1910. Clupea chapra Jenkins, Rec. Ind an Mus. $ 5, p. 140 (Monghyr).

1910. Clupea chapra De, Rep. Fish. East. Bengal and Assam , p. 17
(Eastern Bengal, Sylhet).

1912. Clupea suhia Chaudhuri, Rec. Indian Mus. y 7, p. 437, pl.

38, fig. 1 (type locality : River Gandak in Saran, Bihar;
type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1917. Gudusia chapra Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 29, p. 307
(Northern India, Sind to Assam).

1933. Clupea chapra Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency , p.
170 (Bombay).

1937. Gudusia chapra Shaw & Shebbeare, J. roy. As. Soc. Bengal r

Sci ., 3, p. 12 (Siliguri Bazar).

1938. Gudusia chapra Fowler, List. Fish. Malaya , p. 26 (Penang,

Malaya).

1941. Gudusia chapra Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
634 (Ganges river, India).

1949. Gudusia chapra Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 391.

1953. Gudusia chapra Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 377.

Vernacular names .— Tndia : Coori, Bengali; Gobri,

Kanarese; Gudua , Oriya.

B. 5; D. 3/13; P. 13; V 8; A. 3/18—21; L. 1. 80—110;
L. tr. 33—35; Predorsal scales 28.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profìle more convex than dorsal. Head 4 -3—
4 *5, depth 3 -5—4 in total length. Eyes with broad
adipose lid, 3 -5—4 -0 in head, 0 -6 in snout, 1 -0—1 -2
in interorbital. Lower jaw not projecting over the upper.

CLUPEIDAE

63

Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending to midcrbit.
No teeth. Single dorsal fin, origin nearer to caudal
base than to snout end. Pectorals low, 1 *6 in head.
Pelvics small; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin and a little before dorsal origin. Anal base Ionger
than dorsal base; origin nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin. Caudal deeply forked, lower lobe the
longer; smaller than head. Lateral line absent.
Scales smooth, small. Abdominal scutes, preventral
18—19, postventral 8—10. Lower gill rakers 200 or
more.>

Silvery spot with gold; back and caudal edge dark;
a dark spot, somelimes absent, on the shoulder.

It attains 203 mm in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distributìon.^- India, Pakistan, Burma, Malaya;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 5°—25°N., 62°—100E° in the
Indian Ocean.

139. Gudusia variegata (Day)*

(Text-fig. 16)

1869. Clupea va iegata Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 623 (type
locality: Irrawaddi river and its branches : type in the
Zoological Survey of India).

1878. Clupea variegata Day, Fish. India , p. 639, pl. 161, fig.4 (Irra-
waddi and its branches).

1889. Clupea variegata Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., p. 375.

1890. Clupea variegata Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. nat.

Genova , (2) 9, p. 350 (Irrawaddi).

1910. Clupea variegatà Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 138
(Mandalay).

1917. Gudusia variegata Regan, Atm. Mag. nat. Hist., 29, p. 308.

1924. Gudusia variegata Myers, Amer. Mus. Nov., (150), p. 1
(Burma).

1929. Gudusia variegata Prashad & Mukerji, Rec. Indian Mus.,
31, p. 209 (Myitkyina).

♦Srivastava (1968, Fish.es Eastern Uttar Pradesh , p. 6) described a
new species, Gudusia godanahiai from Gorakhpur, Uttar Pradesh,
which Talwar & Whitehead (1971, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. ( Zool .)
22 (2), p. 70) considered conspecific with Gudusia vàriegata (Day)
thereby extending the distribution to India. ed.

TELEOSTOMI

64

1941. Gudusia variegata Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus (100) 13,

p. 635.

1949. Gudusia variegata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 391.
1953. Gudusia variegata Misia, Rec. Indian Mus 50, p. 377

Text-fig. 16.—Lateral view of Gudusia variegata (Day) (After

F. Day)

B. 5; D. 3/12—15; P. 17; V 8; A. 3/21-26; C. 17;
L. 1. 90; L. tr. 35;

Body oblong compressed; abdomen keeled, semted.
Ventral profìle a little more convex than dorsal profile.
Head 4-5—4-6, depth 3-0 in total length. Eyes with
broad acfìpose lid, 4 -0—4 -5 in head 0 -7 in snout, 1 -0 in
interorbital. Lowerjaw not prominent. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla reaching to midorbit. No teeth.
Single dorsal fìn; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal
base. Pectorals low, 1*5 in head. Pelvics small,
2*4 in head; origin equidistant between pectoral base and
anal origin and a little before dorsal origin. Anal base
longer than dorsal base; origin nearer to pelvic base than
to caudal base. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head.
Lateral line absent. Scales smooth, small. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 18, postventral 10. Lower gill rakers
over 200.

Silvery glossed with gold andbronze; a dark humeral
spot; a row of about 18 bars across back descending short
way over sides; dorsal with a basal black band in its pos-
terior half; caudal tipped black.

It attains 178 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

CLUPEIDAE

65

Distribution .—Burma; in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 16°
— 20°N., 96°—98°E.

59. Genus Kowala Valenciennes*

1847. Kowala Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ,, 20, p. 362 (type,
Clupea kowal Riipp., tautotypic).

1850. Clupeoides Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind ., 1, p. 272 (type,
C. borneensis Blkr., monotypic).

Body oblong, well compressed, scales thin large.
Maxilla extending to middle of orbit. Supplemental
bone present. Eye with adipose Iid. Abdomen keeled
and serrated. Dorsal origin opposite pelvic origin. Anal
single, moderate ; last anal rays not enlarged. Adipose fin
absent. Caudal deeply forked.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma,
Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, the Philippines,
China, New Guinea and Tahiti.

140. Kowala coval (Cuvier)**

(Text-fìg. 17)

1829. Clupea coval Cuvicr, Régne Animal , 2, ed. 2, p. 318 (on
Kowal Russell, 1803), Fish. Coromandel , 2, p. 70, pl. 186,
upper fig. (type locality : Vizagapatam).

1847. Kowala thoracata Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 363
(type locality : Pondicherry ; according to Regan the
type is in the Paris Museum).

1852. Rogenia argyrotaenia Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p.
457 (type locality : Muntok; Batavia).

1866-72. Clupea ( Harengula ) kowal Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. Ind. Neer-
land., 6, p. 109 (Canton).

1868. Clupea lile Giinther (nec. Val.), Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p. 450.

1878. Clupea lile Day, Fish. India , p. 638, pl. 162, fig. 1 (seas of India
and Burma to the Malay Archipelago; the example figured,
life-size, was from Bombay).

1889. Clupea lile Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., I, p. 374.

1907. Clupea lile Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus ., 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

♦Whitehead (1967), Bull , Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool .), Suppl. 2, pp.
52—72, treated the gcnus Kowala Val., 1847, a junior synonym of the
genus Sardinellu Valenciennes, 1847, and treated the species, Kowala
thoracata Val., 1847 under the monotypic genus ÌEscualosa WhitleY.
1940. ed.

♦♦Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool. Suppl. 2, p. 70).
considers Clupea coval a nomen dubium and replaced it by the name
Escualosa thoracata (Val., 1847). ed.

€6

TELEOSTOMI

1910. Clupea lite Jenkíns, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 131 (Karachi).

1913. Clupeoides liìe Weher & de Beaufort, Fish . Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 57, fig. 22 (Java, Pinang, Singapore, Banka).

1913. Clupea ( Harenguìa ) thoracata Weber & de Beaufort,

Irkdo-Austral. Archi&eL, 2, p. 78 (Penang : Pondicherry).

1922. Kowala thoracata Regan, Aw- Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 10, p.
588 (Karachi to New Guinea).

1928. Clupeoides lile (Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mus., 10, p. 31

(Western India to East Indies and Tahiti).

1929. Clupeoides lile Deraniyagala, Sppìia Zeylcn ., 15, p. 36

(Ceylon).

1933. Kowala thoracata Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C) 5, p.
82 (Ceylon).

1933. Clupeoides lile Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p.25.

1936. Clupeoìde,s lìle Hardenberg, Treubia , 15, livr. 3, p. 230.
1936. Clupeoideslile Suvatti, In^ex Fish. Siam, p. 11 (Siam, Bangkck)

1940. Clupeoides lile Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42, p. 9 (Mergui).

1941. Kowala coval Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (ÌCC) 13, p.

638.

1949. Kowalacoval Misra,Jtec. Indian Mus.,45 t p. 392.

1953. Clupeoides lile Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 73,

1955. Clupea lìle Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind & Makran,
p. l4(coasts ofSind and Makran).

1955. Kowala coval Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylor,V.2A
(coastal waters).

Text-fig. 17.—Lateral view of Kowala ccval (C.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names. — India : Berza, KanareSe; Bhitgi,
Marathi. PakistAn f: Mittoo, Sri Lanka : Silinda, Sudu,
Sudaya , Singhalese; Vellai schudai, Tamil.

B. 6; D. 12-15; P. 13; V 8; A. 17-20; L. 1. 38-
41; L. tr. 9—10; Predorsal scales 16.

CLUPEIDAE

67

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profìle. Head
5 -0—5 *5, depth 3 -5—3 *7 in total length. Eye with
broad adipose lid, 3*0—3*2 in head, 0-6 in snout and
interorbital. Lowerjaw slightly longer. Cleft of mouth
oblique, maxilla reaching to midorbit. Teeth on ptery-
goids, palatines, tongue and vomer. Single dorsal
fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal base.
Pectorals low, 1 *3 in head. Pelvics small, 1 -8 in head;
origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin, opposite
dorsal origin. Anal base longer than dorsal base; origin
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base. Caudal
deeply forked, longer than head. Lateral line absent.
Scales moderate, smooth, in regular rows. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 16—19, postventral 10. Lower gill
rakers 32, longer than gill-fìlaments, shorter than half
eye.

Golden shot with purple; a brilliant silvery band along
the side as deep as one scale; caudal bluish, tipped black
a brilliant bronze coloured spot on occiput.

It attains 102 mm. ín length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—
Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Cochin-China, the Philippines,
Melanesia, Tahiti; in the mean annual isotherm of 20"C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 25°N.—
18 C S., 62°E.—149° W. in the Indo-Pacific=(6°—25° N.,
62°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean+23 c N.—18 C S.,
101 C E.—149°W. in the Pacific Ocean).

60. Genus Corica Hamilton

1822. Ctfr/c^Hamilton, Fish; Ganges, pp. 253, 383 (type, C. soborna
Ham., monotypic).

1855. Clupeichthys Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 9, p. 274
(type, C. goniognathus Blkr., monotypic)

Body moderately elongate, abdomen slightly com-
pressed serrated, serrations commencing behind the
pectorals. Scales moderate. Maxilla extending to an-
terior margin of orbit. Eyes without adipose lid. Bran-
chiostegals 6. Gill rakers 19-22. Abdomen keeled
and serrated. Dorsal origin opposite to pelvic origin.
Anal moderate, as two fins, the second fin formed by thicken -
ed elongated rays. Adipose fìn absent. Caudal forked.

68

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Malaya, Indonesia, Thai-
land.

141. Corica soborna Hamilton

(Text-fìg. 18)

1822. Corica sobortia Hamilton, Fìsh. Ganges, pp. 253, 383 (type
locality: Ganges river).

1832-34. Corica guborni Gray, ///. Indian Zool Hardwicke,2,p\.91,
figs.7, 8 (India).

1852. Spratella pseudopterus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned.Ind ., 3, P.
432 (type locality : Pamangkat, S. W. Borneo).

1878- Corica sobornaDay, Fish. India,p. 642, pl. 162, fig. 5 (Orissa
andBengal; the example figured life-size, wasfrom

Orissa).

1889. Corica soborna Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 378

(Orissa and Bengal).

1910. Corica soborna De, Ijpp. Fish^ East. Bengal & As&cm, p. 18
(Tripura, Assam, Eastern Bengal).

1929. Corica soborna Hora, Mem. Indian Mus ., 9, p. 188.

1941. Corica soborna Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,

p. 644.

1949. Corica soborna Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 392.

1953. Corica soborna Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 377.

Text-fig. 18.—Lateral view of Corica soborna Ham. (After

F. Day)

Vernacular name .— India : Cutwaal alise, God-haee, Oriya.

B. 6; D. 15—16; V 8; A 2/12—13+ií; L. 1. 40—42;
L. tr. 10.

Body moderately elongate, compressed; abdomen
keeled, serrated; thorax non-serrated. Ventral and
dorsal profiles more or less equally convex. Head 5 *2
—5 -5, depth 5 *0—5 -5 in total length. Eyes 3 -5 in

CLUPEIDAE

69

head, equal to snout. Lower jaw slightly prominent.
Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla reaching to midorbit.
Teeth on jaws, palatines and tongue. Single dorsal
fin, origin midway between snout end and caudal base
Pectorals low, 1 4 in head. Pelvics moderate, 1 -8 in
head; origin nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base
and before dorsal origin. Anal base longer than dorsal
base; divided as 2 fins, second formed by 2 thickened
rays, much longer than the rays of the fìrst anal; origin
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base and opposite
posterior end of dorsal base. Caudal deeply forked, a
little longer than head. Lateral line absent. Scales
moderate. Abdominal scutes, preventral 10—11, post-
ventral 7—8. GiII rakers 22, longer than gill filaments.

Brownish shot with silver, with a light lateral band.

It attains 50 mm in length and is good eating; littoral,.
euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan.—S.W. Borneo, Thai-
land, in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 1°—26 C N., 85°—
111° E. in the Indo-Pacific=(19°~~26 L N., 85°—93° E.
in Bay of Bengal +1°—11°N., 100°—111°E. in the
Pacific).

61. Genus Ilisha Richardson

1839. Platygaster (nec . Latereille, 1809, Schilling, 1829, Dunieril
&Bibron, 1844) Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animals , 2,p. 294
(type, P. africamis Swns., logotypic; inadmissible.)

1846. Ilisha (Gray) Richardson, Ichth. China Japan,V. 3C6 (type,
I. abnormis Rich., monotypic).

1913. Zunasia Jordon & Metz., Mem Carnegie Mus ., 6 (1),

P. 7 (type, Pristigaster chinensis Basilewsky, orthotypic).

1934. Euplatygaster Fowler, Proc. Acaci. nat. Sci. Philcid ., 85,
p. 246(type, Pellona brachysonxa Blkr., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed. Scales large. Maxilla
extending to middle of orbit. Two supplemental bones
present. Edge of upper jaw with a Hgament extending
from lateral end of premaxillary to prominent middle of
maxillary. Eyes with rudimentary or well developed
adipose lid. Occipital ridges subparallel or diverging
behind. Gill rakers not very numerous. Abdomen
keeled and serrated. Dorsal origin opposite to pelvic
7—1341 ZSI/71

70

TELEOSTOMI

origin. Anal single, long. Adipose fìn absent. Caudal
deeply forked.

Distribution. —East Africa, Zanzibar, India, Sri Lanka,
Pakistan, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Indonesia, Cochin-
China, the Philippines, Formosa, China, Japan, and Korea.

Key to speceis of genus Ilisha Richardson

1. Lateral line scales 70 . . 7. leschenaulti

2. Lateral line scales 40-53 . . 3

3. Dorsal entirely over anal; origin
opposite anal origin; depth of

body 5 -2 to 5 -5 in total length. /. sladeni

4. Dorsal not entirely over anal; ori-
gin before anal origin; depth

of body 3 -2 to 4 *7 in total Iength 5

5. Dorsal origin nearer to caudal ori-

gin than to snout end . . I. novacula

6. Dorsal origin nearer to snout end

than to caudal base or midway
between them 7

7. Anal origin clearly behind pos-

teríor end of dorsal base . . 9

8. Anal origin not behind posterior

end of dorsal base . 11

9. Lower gill rakers 20—24; anal
rays 40—41 ; depth of body

4 -0 to 4 -2 in total Jength I. motius

10. Lower gill rakers 16; anal rays
46—51; depth of body 3*2

to 3 -5 in total length I. brachysoma

11. Depth 3 *2 to 3 *7 in total length . 13

12. Depth 4 *2 to 4 -7 total length 15

13. Anal rays 46—50; lower gill
rakers 18—19 ; pelvic origin
nearer to pectoral base

than to anal origin I. filigera

14. Anal rays 39—40; lower gill
rakers 22—24; pelvic origin
midway between pectoral

base and anal origin I, indica

15. Dorsal origin midway between
snout end and caudal; base
anal originjust below posterior
end of dorsal base or a little

before it. /• elongata

CLUPEIDAE

71

16. Dorsal origin nearer to snout

end than to caudal base;
anal origin below middle
ofaorsal base 17

17. Depth of body 4 >3 total length;
pelvic origin nearer to pectoral

base than to anal origin /. melastoma

18. Depth ofbody4-7 in total length,
pelvic origin midway between
pectoral base and anal

origin. .. I. kampeni

142. llisha brachysoma (Bleeker)*

1852. Pellona brachysoma BJeeker, Verh. Bat. Gen ., 24, p. 22
(type Iocality : Batavia).

1878. Pellona brachysoma Day, Fish. India,p. 645, pl. 164, fig.

2 (seas of India to the Malay Archipelago; the example
figured was from Cochin).

1889. Pellona brachysoma Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., I, p.
382.

1913. Pellona brachysoma Weber&de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 87 (Java, Sumatra, Singapore).

1916. Pellona brachysoma Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull ., 9, P.

113.

1923. Ilisha brachysoma Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (9) 11,
p. 3.

1929. Pellona brachysoma Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 33,
p. 355 (Travancore).

1929. Pellona brachysoma Tirant, Service Oceanogr. Peches Indo -

China, 6°note, p. 121 (Cochin-China).

1930. Ilisha brachysoma Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sc. Philad.

p. 599 (Hong Kong).

1932. Pellona brachysoma Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China ,

19°note, p. 10 (Indo-China).

1933. Clupea ( Harengula) brachysoma Deraniyagala, Ceylon J.

Sci. (C), 5, p.82(CeyIon).

1938. Ilisha brachysoma Fowler, List Fish Malaya , p. 28 (Patani,
Jhering, Singapor e ).

1941. Ilisha brachysoma Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (1C0) 13,
p. 653.

1949. Ilisha brachysoma Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 392.

1953. Ilisha brachysoma Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. f 50, p. 379.

•Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2,
p. 115) treated this sp e ci e s as a junior synonym of Visha
micropus (Val., 1847).

72

TELEOSTOMI

Vernacular rtarnes. —India : Matthi , Malayalam; Pauria Puiee ,
Oriya.

B. 6; D. 16—17; P. 16; V. 7; A. 46—51; C. 17; L*
1. 40-42; L. tr. 15—16; Predorsal scales 14.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral nrofile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
4 -5—4 -8, depth 3 -2—3 -5 in total length. Eyes with
narrow adipose lid, 3*0 in head, 0-7 in snout, 0-5 in
interorbital. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla reaching midorbit. Teeth small, uni-
serial in jaws, slightly longer medianly. Single dorsal
fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal base.
Pectorals low, 1 -3 in head. Pelvics small, 4 -0 in head,.
origin midway between pectoral base and anal origin ana
before dorsal origin. Anai base 3 -0 times longer than
dorsal base, 3 -5 in total length, 2 *5—2 -7 in standard
length; origin nearer ot pelvic origin than to caudal
base, behind posterior end of dorsal base. Caudal
deeply forked, equal to head. Lateralline absent. Scales^
moderate, hind margin smooth. Abdominal scutes,
preventraí 18, postventral 8. Gillraker 14+16, slender*
half eye.

Golden, glazed with purple.

It attains 190 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka.—Malaya, Indonesia,
Siam, Cochin-China, Hong Kong; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20'C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 22°N.—7°S., 76°—114°E. in the Indo-
Pacific=(6°—13°N., 76°—80°E. in the Indian Ocean
_|_14°N.—7°S., 103°—114°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

143. Ilisha elongata (Bennett)

(Text-fig. 19)

1830. Alosa elongata Bennett, Mem. Life Raffies , p. 691 (type
locality : Sumatra).

1833-34. Clupea affinis Gray, III. Indian Zool. Hardnicke, 2, pl.
96, fig 2 (type locality ; India).

1846. Ilisha abnormis ( Gray ) Richardson, Ichth. China Japan ,
p. 306 (type locality ; Chinese Sea).

CLUPEIDAE

73

1847. Pellona grayana Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poìss 20, p.
315 (On Gray).

1847. Pellona vimbella Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20»

p. 317 (type locaiity : Macao).

1853. Pellona schlegelii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. ( Japan ), 25,

p. 18 (type locality : Nagasaki).

1855. Pristigaster chinensis Basilewski, Houv. Mem. Soc. nat.

Moscow, 10, P- 243 (type locality : Gulf of Tschiliensis,
China).

1878. Pellona eìongata Day, Fish. India, p. 643, pl. 164, fig. 3, pl.

165, fig. 1 (seas of India to the Malay Archipelago, China,
and Japan).

1881. Pristigaster ( Pristigaster ) sinensis Sauvage, Buìl. Soc. Phi -

lom. Paris t (7) 5, p. 107 (type locality : Swatow).

1889. Pellona elongata Day, Fauna Brit. Indìa , Fish., 1, p. 380,
fig. 117.

1913. Pellona eìongata Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-AustraL
Archipel ., 2, p. 90, fig. 30.

1917. Pellona elongata Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull. t 11, p. 92
(Tuticorin).

1923. Ilisha elongata Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11, p.
7, (India).

1928. Ilisha elongata Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p.

103. (Bombay).

1929. Pellona elongata Pillay J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 33:,

p. 355 (Travancore).

1929. Pellona elongata Tirant, Service Oceanogr. Peches Indo-
China, 6°note, pp. 120, 174.

1931. Ilisha elongata Chu, Biol. Bull.St. John's Univ ., (1), p. 14

(Amoy, Chefoo, Hongkong, Liao-ho, Ningpo).

1933. Ilisha elongata Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C) 5, p. 82
(Ceylon).

1936. Pellona elongata Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam ., p. 11 (Singora).
1938. Ilisha elongata Fowler, List Fish. Malaya,Y>. 28.

1941. Ilisha elongata Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,

p. 661.

1949. Ilisha elongata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 393.

1952. Ilisha elongata Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric. 1(3), p. 32

(Fusan; West coast of Korea).

1953. Ilisha eìongata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

1955. Pellona elongata Anonymous, Mar, Fish. Karachi Sind &
Makran , p. 17 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

1955. Ilisha elongata Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon, p.

27 (coastal waters).

74

TELEOSTOMI

Vertiacular names. — India: Matthi , Malayalam. Bangladesh: Ram
gasha , Chittagong. Burma : Nga thyngye , Khebowk thyn t Arracan;
Ngapya Burmese. Sri Lanka : Puvalaya, Singhalese ; Puvali , Tamil.

Text-fig. 19.—(a) Lateral view of llisha elongata (Benn.) (After
F. Day) (From Bombay)

(b) Lateral view of same (After F. Day) (From Sind)

B. 6; D. 15—17; P. 15—17; V. 7; A. 40—50; C. 17;
L. 1.46—53; L. tr. 14—16; Predorsal scales 17.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled serrated.
Ventral profile slightly more convex than dorsal profile.
Head 4*7—5*2, depth 4-2—4*5 in total length. Eyes
with adipose lid, 3 -2—4 -0 in head, 1 -0 in snout, 0 -5
in interorbital. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla reaching midorbit. Teeth villiform,
in narrow bands in jaws and palatines, broad band on
tongue and none on vomer. Single dorsal fin, origin
midway between snout end and caudal base. Pectorals
low, 1 -4 in head. Pelvic small, 3 T—4-0 in head; origin
nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base or midway
between pectoral base and anal origin, and before dorsal
origin. Anal base 2 -7 times longer than dorsal base,
3 -7—3 *9 in total length, 3 *0—3 *2 in standard length;
origin just below posterior end of dorsal base or a little
before it. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. Lateral
line absent. Scales deciduous, moderate. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 20—24, postventral 8—10. Gill rakers
8+20, lanceolate, half eye.

CLUPEIDÀE

75

Silvery shot with mother of pearì; fìns yellowish;.
edge of dorsal black tipped.

It grows to 245 mm. inlength; littoral.

D'stribution. —India, ,Pakistan, Sri Lanka—Malaya, In-
donesia, Tha land, Indo-China, Formosa, China, Japan,
Korea; in the mean annual isotherm of 20 C C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°N.—7°S., 62°
—135°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(6°—25°N., 62°—100°E.
in thí Indian Ocean+35°N.—7°W., 101°—135°E. in
the Pacific Ocean).

144. Ilisha filigera (Valenciennes)

(Text-íìg. 20)

1847. Pellona fiíigera Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 322.

(type'locality : Coromandel; Bombay).

1878. Pellona filigera Day, Fish. India , p. 643, pl. 165, fig. 4 (Bom -
bay).

1889. Pellona filigera Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 380
(Bombay).

1917. Pellona filigera Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull. , 11, p. 92

(Tuticorin).

1923. llisha filigera Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. y (9) 11, p. 10
(coasts of India).

1932. Pellona fìlìgera Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China , 19°
note, P. 9 (Indo-China).

1941. Ilisha filigera Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
658.

1949. Ilisha filigera Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 393.

1953. Ilisha filigera Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

1955. Ilisha filigera Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p. 27,
(coastal waters).

Day)

B. 6; D. 18—19; P. 17; V 8; A. 46—50; C. 19; L.
U 50; L. tr. 15—16.

76

TELEOSTOMI

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated;
ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
4 *8—5 -2, depth 3 *7 in total length. Eyes 3 -0 in head,
0 *7 in snout, 0 -3 in interorbital. Lower jaw prominent.
Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla reaching midorbit.
Teeth in jaws, palatines and tongue. Single dorsal
fin; origin nearer snout end than to caudal base. Pec-
torals low, 1*5 in head. Pelvics minute, 6*0 in head;
origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin and much
before dorsal origin. Anal base 3 *2 times dorsal base,
3*4 in total length, 2*6 in standard length; origin be-
fore posterior end of dorsal base. Caudal deeply for-
ked, lower lobe longer than head. Lateral line absent.
Scales moderate, deciduous. Abdominal scutes, pre-
ventral 20—23, postventral 10—12. Lower gill rakers
18—19.

Coppery on back becoming silvery shot with mother
of pearl colouration on sides; dorsal and pectorals black
tipped.

It attains 305 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka.—Indo-China; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinaì range of 6°—18°N., 72°—108°E. in the Irdo-
Pacific=(6°—18°N., 72°—80°E. in the Indian Ocean+
15°N.—108°E. in the Pacific Ocean).*

145. Ilishaindica (Swainson)

1839. Platygaster indicus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animals., 2 , p
294 [on Ditchoee Russell, 1883, Fish . Coromandel , 2 , p. 74,
pl. 192, upper fig. (type locality : Vizagapatam)]

1847. Pellona ditchoa Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20 , p. 313
[on Ditchoee Russell, Fish Coromandel , 2, p. 74. pl. 192,
upper fig., 1803 (type locality : Vizagapatam)]

1868. Pellona ditchoa Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 455
(Java, Zanzibar, E. Africa).

1878. Pellona indica Day, Fish. India, p. 644, pl. 164, fig. 4 (East
coast of Africa , seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Pellona indica Day, Fauna Brit. lndia, Fish., 1, p. 381

(East coast of Africa, seas of India to the Malay

Archipelago).

Iy07. Pellona indica Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus. 9 1, p. 220 (Akyab).

1912. Pellona indica Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 7, p. 57 (Akyab).

1913. Pellona ditchoa Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 88 (Java, Sumatra, Madura, Singapore,
Banka).

CLUPEEOAE

77

1923. Ilisha indica Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11, p. 4
(India, Malay Penninsula, China)

1929. Ilishd indica Tirant, Service Oceanogr. Peches Indo-China ,
6°note, pp. 121, 174 (Cochin China).

1932. Pellona ditchoa Chevey, Inst. Oceangr. Indo-China , 19°
note, p. 10 (Cochin China).

1936. Pellona ditchoa Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 10 (Gulf of

Siam).

1937. Peilona ditchoa Herre & Myers, Raffles Mus. Bull., No. 13,

p. 13 (Singapore).

1938. Ilisha indica Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p. 29.

1941. lììsha ìndica Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
652.

1949. Ilisha indica Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 393.

1953. Ilìsha indica Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

1953. Ilisha ditchoa Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 64
(Philippines).

1955. Pellona indìca Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind
& Makran , p. 17 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

1955. Eupìatygaster indica Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish.

Ceylon , P. 27 (coastal waters).

Vemacular names .— India : Poo na no dah, Andamanese;
Ditchoee, TeJegu. Sri Lanka : As bokka , Venganawa, Singhalese.

B. 6 ; D. 17; P. 16; Y 7; A. 39-40; C. 17; L. 1 . 44;
L. tr. 13—14; Predorsal scales 14—16.

Body oblong, corapressed, abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
4.3 — 4 depth 3*2—3*5 in total length. Eyes with
adipose lid, 2 -6 —3 -0 in head, 0 -6 in snout, 0 -5 in interor-
bital. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique,
maxilla reaching to one third orbit. Teeth obsolete or
absent. Single dorsal. fin; origin nearer to snout
than to caudal base. Pectorals low, 1 -3 in head.
Pelvics small, 3-5 in heád; origin midway between pec-
toral base and anal origin and much before dorsal origin.
Anal base 3 -9 in total length, 2 -7—3 *0 in standard
length; origin before posterior end of dorsal base.
Caudal deeply forked, a little longer than head. Lateral
line absent. Scale edges rather roughened. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 18—20, postventral 9—10. Gill rakers
12+22—24, slender, lanceolate, 2 -3 in eye.

Greenish along back, becoming silvery shot with pur-
ple and gold on sides and below; dorsal fin often tipped
black.

78

TELEOSTOMI

It attains 250 mm in length; littoral.

Dìstribution .—India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—
East coast of Africa, Zanzibar, Malaya, Indonesia, Thai-
land, Indo-China, the Philippines, China; in the mean
annual isothsrm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and long-
itudinal range of 25°N.—7°S., 38°—123°E. in the Indo-
Pacific=(25°N.—5°S., 38°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean
+22°N.—7°S., 101°—125°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

146. Ilisha kampeni (Weber & de Beaufort)

1913. Pellona kampeni Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel. , 2, p. 87 (type locality : Java, Borneo).

1923. llisha kampeni Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11,
p. 5 (Macíras).

1933. Pellona kampeni Hardenberg, Treubìa , Livr., 2, 14, p. 219
(Kumal; Muara Kebas, N. Borneo).

1936. Pellona kampeni Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 11 (Maenam
Tapi below Bandon, Thalesap, Song Khola, Thale Noi).

1941. Ilisha kampeni Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13, p.
654.

1949. Ilisha kampeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 394.
1953. Ilisha kampeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 379.

B. 6; D. 15—16; P. 15; V 7; A. 42; L. 1. ca 44; L.
tr. ca 15.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile a little more convex than dorsal. Head
4*8, depth 4-7 in total length (3*8 and 3-7 in standard
length). Eye 3 -0 in head, 1 -0 in snout. Lower jaw
prominent. Cieft of mouth oblique; maxilla reaching
nearly midorbit. Single dofsal fìn; origin nearer
to snout end than to caudal base. Pelvics shorter than
eye; origin midway between anal origin and pectoral
base, before dorsal origin. Anal base 3 -0 in standard
length; origin just below middle of dorsal base. Caudal
deeply forked. Lateral line absent. Scales deciduous,
thin, smooth. Abdominal scutes, preventral 18—19,
postventral 7—8. Lower gill rakers 20, 3/4 of eye.

Caudal dark edged.

It al tains 160 mm in length.

CLUPEIDAE

19

Distribution. —India, Indonesia, Thailand; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with Ihe latitudinal ar.d
longitudinal range of 13°N.—7°S. 70°—118°E. in the
Indo-Pacifìe=(13 c N., 80°E. in Bay of Bengal+7°N.
—7°S., 110°—118°E. in the Pacifìc Ocean).

147. Ilisha leschenaulti (ValencicnneS;*

1847. Pellona leschenaulti Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20,
p. 311 (type locality : Pondicherry).

1868. Pellona leschenaultii Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7»
p. 459 (Pondicherry).

1878. Pellona leschenaulti Day, Fish. India, p. 646 (Pondicherry).

1889. Pellona leschnaultii Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1,
p. 383 (Pondicherry).

1923. Ilisha leschenaultii Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11,
p. 6 (Pondicherry).

1941. Ilisha leschenaulti Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 651.

1949. Ilisha leschenaulti Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 394.
1953. Ilisha leschenaulti Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

B. 6; D. 21; P. 17; A. 42; C. 27; L. 1. 70.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Depth 4 -0 in total length. Teeth very distinct in pre-
maxillaries and mandibles. Single dorsal fìn; origin
nearer to caudal base than to snout end and partly
opposite to anterior anal rays. Pectorals large, reaching
beyond pelvic base. Pelvics small. Caudal foiked.
Lateral line absent.

Silvery with traces of 10—12 obscure longitudinal
greyish lines.

It attains 510 mm in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India; in the mean annual isotheim of
20°C in 11° N., 79°E. intheBay ofBengal.

♦Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Supph, 2, p. 118)
considered it conspecific with Ilisha elongata (Bennett, 1830). ed.

80

TELEOSTOMI

148. Ilísha melastoma (Cuvier)*

1829. Clupea melastoma Cuvier, Régne Animal., 2, ed. 2, p. 319
[Jangarloo Russell, Fish. Coromandel , p. 73, pl. 191,
1803 (type locality : Vizagapatam)].

1839. Platygaster magaloptera Swainson, Nat. tìist., Animal.,
2, p. 294 (on Jangarloo Russeli).

1847. Pellona dussumieri Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20,

p. 316, pl. 596 (type locality : Malabar; Coromandel).

1847. Pellona micropus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p.
320, (type locality : Coromandel; Bengal).

1849. Pellona russelìii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. 24,
p. 32 (type locality : Batavia, Somarang, Surabaja,
Pasuruan).

1868. Pellona dussumieri Gíinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p.

457.

1878. Pellona megaloptera Day, Fish. India, p. 645, pl. 165, fig. 2
(Seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Pellona megaloptera Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1 , p.
382.

1913. Pellona dussumieri Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aus -
tral. Archipel., 2, p. 92 (Java, Singapore, Sumatra,
Bintaug, Borneo, Ambon).

1916. Pellona megaloptera Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull., 9, p.
133.

1923. Ilisha megaloptera Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. tìist. 9 (9) 11,

p. 10 (India).

1936. Pellona dissumieri Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 10 (Gulf of
Siam, Bangkok).

1941. Ilisha melastoma Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 659.

1949. Ilisha melastoma Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 394.

1953. Ilisha melastoma Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

Vernacular name. — India : Jangarloo, Telegu.

B. 6; D. 17—18; P. 17; Y 7; A. 43—50; C. 17; L. 1.
48—50; L. tr. 14—15; Predorsal scales 21.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.

Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
4 -2—4 -6, depth 4 -3 in total length. Eyes 2 -6—3 -0

in head, 0 -7 in snout, 0 -2 in interorbital. Lower jaw

prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla reaching one-

*Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2,
pp 113-115) has shown that the correct scientific name of this species
is Ilisìta megaloptera (Swainson, 1839). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

81

third orbit. Teeth a few, small, short, low, prominent
in front of each jaw; patch of viíliform teeth on palatines,
pterygoids, none on vomer or tongue. Single dorsaí
fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal base.
Pectorals low, 1 -5 in head. Pelvics small, 5 -6 in head,
less than half eye; origin nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin and much before dorsal origin. Anal base
3 -5 in total length, 2 -8 in standard lenglh; origin belcw
middle of dorsal base. Caudal deeply forked, nearly
equal to head. Lateral line absent. Abdominal scutes,
preventral 19—24, postventral 8—12. Gill rakers 1C+
19—21, twice gill filaments, 1 -4 in eye.

Dull brown above, silvery on sides and below; fins
pale brownish; dorsal and caudal a little darker.

It attains over 300 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Malaya,
Indonesia, Thailand, Cochin-China; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 25°N.—7°S., 62°—128°E. in the Indo-Pacific
=(10°—25°N., 62°—98°E. in the Indian Ocean+10°
N.—7°S., 101°—128°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

149. Ilisha motius (Hamilton)*

1822. Clupanodon motius Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 251, 383
(type locality : Brahmaputra River).

1833-34. Clupea motius Gray, ///. Indian. Zool. Hardwicke, 2, pl.
91, figs. 3-4 (Imiia).

1847. Pellona motius Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 323
(Ganges mouth).

1878. Pellona motius Day, Fish. India, p. 643, pl. 165, fig. 3
(Assam, Bengal and Orissa, descending as low as coast;
the example figured, life size, was from Òrissa).

1889. Pellona motius Day,, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 381.

1923. Ilisha motius Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11, p. 5
(Assam; Bengal).

1941. Ilisha motius Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
655.

1949. Ilisha motius Misra, Rec. ìndian Mus., 45, p. 394.

1953. Ilìsha motius Misia, Rec. ìndian Mus., 50, p. 379.

♦Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2,
p. 115) regarded Clupanodon motius Hamilton as unidentifiable.
Talwar & Whitehead (1971, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), 22 (2),
p. 81) considered Day’s ( nec . Hamilton) motius identical with Ilisha
indica (Swainson, 1839). ed.

82

TELEOSTOMl

Vernacular name .— India : Ursi, Alise, Oriya.

B. 6;D. 16—17; P. 15; V 7; A. 40—41; L. 1. 43-45;
L. tr. 12—13; Predorsal scales 14.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile a little more convex than dorsal profile.
Head 4 -4—5 -0, depth 4 -0—4 *2 in total length. Eyes
3*0 in head, 0 *6 in snout, 0*5 in interorbital. Lowerjaw
prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla reaching
midorbit. Teeth on jaws, tongue and palatines.
Single dorsal fin; origin nearer snout end than to caudal
base. Pectorals low, 1 *8 in head. Pelvics small, a
little less than eye, 3 -8 in head; origin midway between
pectoral base and anal origin and much before dorsal
origin. Anal base 3 *6 in total length, 3 *0 in standard
length; origin just behind posterior end of dorsal base.
Caudal deeply forked, less than head. Lateral line absent.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 15—17, postventral 7—8.
Lower gill rakers 20—24.

Silvery with mother-of-pearl reflections with burnished
lateral band; a dark band along middle of dorsal.

It does not exceed 102 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 90°—27°N., 85°—95°E. in the Bay of Bengal.

150. Uisha novacula (Valenciennes)*

1847. Pellona novacula Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p.
319. (type locality : Rangoon).

1913. Pellona novacula Weber & de Beaufort, Fislt. Indo-Austral.
Archipel. , 2, p. 92 (Java, China).

1923. llìsha novacuìa Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Flìst ., (9) 11,
p. 8 (Java).

1931. Ilisha novacula Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johńs Univ ., p. 14
(China).

1941. Ilisha novacula Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,
p.657.

1949. Ilisha novacuìa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 394.
1953. Ilìsha novacula Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 379.

♦Whitehead (1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl.
2, p. 121) treated it as a junior synonym of llisha elongata (B^nnett,
1830). ed.

CLUPEIDAE

83

B. 6; D. 17—18; P. 16; V. 7; A. 42; L. 1. 45—50;
L. tr. 14—15.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Head 5 *0,
depth 4 *5 in total length (3 -7—4 *0 and 3 *5 in standard
length). Eyes 4*0 in head; equal to snout. Lower jaw
prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla reaching
before hinder half of eye. Teeth on palatines, ptery-
goids and tongue. Single dorsal fìn; origin nearer to
caudat origin than to snout end. Pectorals low, smaller
than head. Pelvics small, smaller than eye; origin nearer
to pectoral base than to anal origin and much before
dorsal origin. Anal base 3*0 in standard length; origin
below posterior half of dorsal. Caudal deeply forked.
Lateral line absent. Abdominal scutes, preventral 23—
24, postventral 10. Lower gill rakers 20, one-third longer
than filaments.

Dark above, s ; lvery below; fins yellowish.

It attains 230 mm in length; littoral.

Distribution. —Burma, Indonesia, China; in the mean
annual isotherm of20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudir.al jange of 22 N.-—7 C S., 96°-114 c E in the Indo
Padfic=(16 c N.—96 C E., in the Bay of Bengal+22°N.—
7 C S., 110°-114 C E. in the Pacific Ocean).

151. Ilisha sladcni (Day)

(Text-fìg. 21)

1869. Pellona sladeni Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond ., p. 623 (type
locality : Irrawaddi at Mandalay, Burma; type in the
Zoological Survey of India).

1878. Pellona sladeni Day, Fish. India , p. 645, pl. 164, fig. 1 (Irra-
waddi as high as Mandalay).

1889. Pellona sladeni Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 383.

1923. Ilisha sladeni Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. t (9) 11, p.
6 (Irrawaddi and Sittang Rivers).

1941. Ilisha sladeni Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 657.
" 1949. Ilisha sladeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus , 45, p. 395.

1953. Ilisha sladeni Misra, Rec. lndian Mus. t 50, p. 379.

84

TELEOSTOMI

B. 6; D. 13; P. 11 ;V 7; A. 44;C.21;L. 1.48;L. tr. 10.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled , serrated.
Ventral proíìle more convex than dorsal. Head 4 - 8 —
5*0, depth 5*2—5*5 in total length. Eyes 4-0—4-8
in head, 1 -0 in snout. Lower jaw very prominent.
Cleft of mouth very oblique; maxilla reaching midorbit.
Single dorsal fin; origin much nearer to caudal base
than to snout end. Pectorals a little less than head. Pel-
vics small, 4*1 in head; origin nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin; much before dorsal origin. Anal
base 3-8 in total length, 3*3 in standard length; origin
nearly opposite dorsal origin. Caudal deeply forked,
less than head. Lateral line absent. Abdominal scutes, prev-
entral 23—24, postventral 10—11. Lower gill rakers 20—22.

Silvery; opercles golden; caudal tipped black.

It attains 340 mm in length; littoral, euryhaline.
Distribution. —Burma, in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
16°—21°N., 96°—98°E.

62. Genus Pellona Valenciennes

1847. Pellona Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 300 (type,
P. orbignyana V., designated by Gill, Proc. Acad. nat.
Sci. Philad. , p. 38, 1861).

1923. Neosteus Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 11, p. 17 (type,
Pellona ditchela V., designated by Norman, Zool. Rec.
Pisces , p. 25, 1923).

This genus diífers from genus Ilisha in having a toothed
bone between the premaxillary and maxillary and in
having the occipital ridges converging behind or parallel.

Distribution .—East and South Africa, Madagascar,
Delagoa Bay, India, Sri Lanka, Burma, Malaya, Indcnesia,
Thailand, the Philippines, Queensland, and Brazil.

Key to the species of genus Pellona Valenciennes

1. Preventral abdominal scutes 23 P. ditchela

2. Preventral abdominal scutes 13 P. hoevenii

CLUPEIDAE

85

152. Peilona ditchela Valenciennes
(Text-fig. 22)

1847 Pellona ditchela Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 314
[on Ditchelee Russell, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p. 72, pl. 188.
1803 (type locality : Vizagapatam)]

1878. Pellona ditchela Day, Fish. India , p. 644, pl. 165, fig. 5
(Coromandel coast; Madras).

1889 Pellona ditchela Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 381
(Coromandel coast).

1923. Neosteus ditchela Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9) 11,
p. 17 (East Africa to Indo Australian Archipelago).

1928. Pellona ditchela Whitley, Rec. Austral. Mus ., 18, p. 214
(Edward Pellew Group, Gulf of Carpentaria).

1933. Neosteus ditchela Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. (C), 5, p. 83
(Ceylon).

1940. Ilisha ditchela Herre, Rec. Indian Mus. t 42, p. 9 (Julia

Island; Mergui Market).

1941. Pellona ditchela Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus. t (100) 13,

p. 648.

1949. Pellona ditchela Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 395.

1953. Pellona ditcheìa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 380.
1953. Pellona ditchela Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 93 (Natal).

1955. Pellona ditchela Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p.
26 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 22.—Lateral view of Pellona ditchela (V.) (After F. Day)

Vernacular names. — Indja : Ditchellee , Telegu; Standardised name;
Ditchelle.

B. 6; D. 18; P. 16; V 7; A. 36—40;C. 19; L. 1.40—44;
L. tr. 14; Predorsal scales 14.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal profile. Head
4 -0, depth 4 -3 in total length. The posterior half of
the occipital ridges parallel. Eyes with narrow
adipose lid, 3-0 in head, 1-0 in snout, 0-5 in

8—1341ZSI/71

86

TELEOSTOMI

interorbital. Lower jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla reaching 1/3 orbit. Teeth uniserial, minute
in jaws, tongue and pterygoid; vomer and palatines eden-
tulous. Single dorsal fin; origin midway between
snout end and caudal base. Pectorals low, 1 -7 in
head. Pelvics small, 4-0 in head, less than eye; origin
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin and an eye
diameter before dorsal origin. Anal base 4 -2 in total
length, 3 -5 in standard length; origin nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal base and below the last one or
three dorsal rays. Caudal deeply forked, a little smaller
than head. Lateral line absent. Abdominal scutes,
preventral 23, postventral 10. Lower gill rakers 27.

Silvery with a burnished lateral band, the upper edge
of dorsal fin rather dark.

It attains 195 mm in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Scuth Africa,
Madagascar, Malaya, Indonesia, Palaw, Gulf of Car->
pentaria; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 17°N.—29°S., 30°
—140°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(17°N.—29°S., 30°—140°
E. in the Indian Ocean+5°N.—7°S., 103°-~135°E. in
the Pacific Ocean).

153. Pelloiia hoevenii Bleeker*

1852. Pellona hoevenii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. 25, p.21 (type
locality: Batavia).

1868. Pellona hoevenii Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 455.

1878. Pellona hoevenìi Day, Fish. India, p. 644, pl. 165, fig. 6
(Coromandel coast to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Pellona hoevenii Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 381
(Coromandel coast to the Malay Archipelago).

1913. Pellona hoevenii Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. lndo-Austral.
Archipel., 2, p. 86, fìg. 29 (Java, Ambon).

1931. Pellona hoevenii Bleeker, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad
83, p. 443 (Singapore).

1936 Pellona hoeveni Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 11 (Siam).

1953. llisha hoeveni Herre, Check List Philippine Fish ., p. 65
(Philippines).

B. 6; D. 17—18; P. 17—18; V 7; A. 33—37; L. 1.
40—45; L. tr. 12—13; Predorsal scales 16.

♦Considered a junior synonym of Pellona ditchela Val., 1847
(vide Whitehead. et. al., 1966, Zool. Verhandl. Leiden , (84), p. 91 ).ed.

CLUPEIDAE

87

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral and dorsal profile equally convex. Head 3 *9,
depth 3 *3 in total length. The posterior half of the
occipital ridges converging hindwards. Eyes with
narrow adipose lid, 2 -7 in head, 0 -6 in snout, 1 *0 in interor-
bital. Lower jaw very prominent. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla reaching midorbit. Teeth on jaws
tongue, palatines, pterygoids and also on accessory bone.
Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to
caudal base. Pectorals low, 1 *7 in head. Pelvics small,
3 *4 in head, smaller than eye; origin nearer to pectoral
base than to anal origin and an eye diameter before dorsal
origin. Anal base 4 *5 in total length,. 3 *6 in standard
length; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base
and about a third below the hind end to dorsal base,
caudal deeply forked, a little smaller than head. Lateral
line absent. Abdominal scutes, preventral 13, postventral.
9. Lower gill rakers 20—23.

Greenish on back, becoming silvery with mother-of-
pearl reflections on sides and below.

Tt attains 180 mm in length; Jittoral.

Distribution .—India, Malaya, Indonesia, Tháiland^
Annam coast, the Phiíippines; in the mean annual L
isotherm of 2Ó°C. with the latitudinal and Ipngitudinal
range of 17°N. —7°N„ 83°—123°E. in the ,Indo~
Pacifìc=(5°—17°N.,83°—100°E. in the Indian Ocern+
1 -5°N.—7°S., 103° 123°E. in the Pacific Ocean.)

63. Genus Opisthopterus Giil

1861. Opisthopterus Gill, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Fhilad.y p. 38^
(type, Pristigaster tartoor C., orthotypic.).

Body oblong, compressed; scales thin, mcderate, deci-
duous. Maxilla extending obliquely to midorbit., Two
supplemental bones present. Eyes without adipose lid.
Pseudobranchiae. Branchiostegals 6. Gill raker$ 20—
30, longer than filaments. Abdomen keeled and serrated.
Pelyics absent. Anal single, very long. Anal origin irr
front of dorsal origin. Adipose fin absent. Caudal
forked.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka„
Klalaya, Indonesia, Siam, Indo-China, Formosa, China,
Pacific coast of Mexico.

TELEOSTOMl

154. Opisthopterus tardoore (Cuvier)

(Text-íìg. 23)

1829. Pristigaster tardoore Cuvier, Régne Animal, 2, ed. 2, p. 321
[on Tartoore Russell, Fish. Coromandel , 2, p. 74, pl. 193,
lowerfig. 1803 (type locality : Vizagapatam)].

1839. Pristogaster indicus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animals ., 2, p. 294
[on Tartoore Russell, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p. 74, pl.
193, 1803 (type locality : Vizagapatam)].

1847. Pristigaster tartoor Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 22,
p. 328 (type locality : Coromandel, Malabar).

1865. Pristigaster tartoor Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 232 (Malabar).

1866. Opisthopterus macrogathus Bleeker, Ned. Tijds, Dierk., 3,

p. 299.

1868. Pristigaster tartoor Giinther Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p.
460.

1868. Pristigaster macrognathus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,
7, p.46l.

1878. Opisthopterus tartoor Day, Fish. India , p. 646, pl. 163,
fig. 5 (from Gwadur in Baluchistan and Sind through
the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Opisthopterus tartoor Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1,
p. 384.

1913. Opisthopterus tartoor Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 95, fig. 31 (Java, Sumatra).

1917. Opisthopterus tartoor Hornell, Madras Fish . Bull., 11, p.
93 (Tuticorin).

1923. Opisthopterus tartoor Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (9)

11, p. 12 (coasts of India).

1924. Opisthopterus tartoor Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.,

30, p. 38 (Calicut).

1929. Opisthopterus tartoor Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.,
33, p. 355 (Travancore).

1929. Opisthopterus macrognathus Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan.,
15, p. 45 (Ceylon).

1932. Opisthopterus tartoor Chevey, Inst. Oceangr. Indochine,

19° note, p. 10 (Indo-China).

1933. Opisthopterus indicus Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C)

5, p. 83 (Ceylon).

1936. Opisthopterus macrognathus Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p.
11 (Gulf of Siam).

1938. Opisthopterus indicus Fowler, List Fish Malaya, p. 30 (Singa-
pore, Patani, Jhering).

1941. Opisthopterus tardoore Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 663 (Hong Kong).

1941. Opisthopterus macrognathus Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42,
p. 9 (Julia Island, Mergui Archipelago).

1949. Opisthopterus tardoore Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 395.

CLUPEIDÀE

89

1953. Opithopterus tardoore Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 381.

1955. Opithopterus tartoor Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind
& Makran , p. 17, fig. 31.

1955. Opithopterus tardoore Munro, Mar . Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 27 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 23.—Lateral view of Opisthopterus tardoore (C.)

(After F. Day)

Vernacular names. — India : Ambattike , Kanarese; Ambatta ,
Malayalam; Poovalai , Thota , Tamil; Kn/// Chapulu , Telegu;
Standardised name : Katti. Pakistan : Kbnr. Sri Lanka :
Maisthre lagga , Panniki lagga , Thottawa , Singhaleseí

B. 6; D. 15—17; P. 14—16; A. 53—66; L. 1. 43—
54; L. tr. 12—15; Predorsal scales 29.

Body elongate, very much compressed; abdomen keeled,
serrated. Dorsal pròfile of head concave becoming
slightly convex on back; ventral profile convex from chin
to anal fin. Head 4*7—5*7, depth 3-6—4*1 in total
length. Eyes without adipose lid, 2 *7—3 -2 in head,
0 *6 in snout, 0 -3 in interorbital. Lower jaw very promi-
nent, projecting over upper. Gleft of mouth oblique;
maxilla reaching J to § eye. Teeth very minute,
single row in jaws and along entire lower maxillary edge.
Single dorsal fin; origin behind middle of body, nearer
to caudal base than to pectoral base. Pectorals large,
equal or a little smaller than head, just reaching or not
reaching anal. No pelvics. Anal long, base 2 *4—2 -6
in total length, 2 -3 in standard length; much before dorsal
origin. Caudal deeply forked, 1 T—1 -4 in head. No
lateral line. Scales deciduous. Abdominal scutes 28—32.
Gill rakers 20—30, smaller than eye, finely lanceolate.

Silvery on sides and greyish above, fins hyaline; caudal
tipped dark.

Tt attains at least 228 mm. in total length; littoral.

90

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—
Malaya, Indonesia, Singapore, Thailand, Indo-
China, Hongkong; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 25°N.—
7°S., 62°—114°E. in the Indo-Pacific =(25°N.—0°55’
S., 62°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean+14°N.—7°S.,
101°—114°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

64. Genus Raconda Gray

1831. Raconda Gray, Zool. Miscell, 1, p. 9 (type R. russeììiana
Gray, monotypic).

1833-34. Apterygia Gray, III. Indian Zool. Hardwicke, 2, pl. 92,
fig. 1, (type , A. ramcarate Gray, monotypic).

This genus diífers from genus Opisthopterus in having
no dorsal fin.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka,

Malay Peninsula, Indonesia, and Cochin-China.

155. Raconda russelliana Gray
(Text-fig. 24)

1831. Raconda russelliana Gray, Zool. Mìscell., 1, p. 9 (type
locality : Saugor Rocks; according to Norman the type
in the British Museum).

1833-34. Apterygia ramcarate Gray, ///. Indian Zool. Hardwicke, 2,
pl. 92, fig. 1 (type locality : Saugor Rocks; according to
Norman the type in the British Museum).

1847. Apterygia hamiltoni Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 20,
p. 333 (on Gray).

1868. Pristigaster russellianus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,
7, p. 462 (Bengal).

1878. Raconda russelliana Day, Fish. India, p. 646, pl. 163, fig. 4.
(Bay of Bengal to the Malay Archipelago, the young
are common in the Sunderbunds).

1889. Raconda russelliana Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 384.

1912. Raconda russelliana Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 7, p. 58

(Akyab).

1913. Raconda russelliana, Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 97, fig. 33 (Sumatra, Singapore).

1923. Raconda russelliana Norman, Ann. Mag. nat. fíist., (9) 11,
p. 16 (Bay of Bengal).

1932, Raconda rusSelliana Chevey, Inst. Oceanagr . Indo-chine, 19°

note, p. 10 (Indo-China).

1933. Raconda russelliana Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency,

p. 160 (Bombay).

1938. Raconda russelliana Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p. 30
(Penang, Singapore).

CLUPEIDAE

91

1941. Raconda russeìliana Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus. t (100)
13, p. 665.

1949. Raconda russelliàna Misra, Rec . Indiań\Mus ., [45, p. 396.

1953. Raconda russelliana Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 381.

1955. Raconda russeìliana Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 28 (Palk Strait).

Tbxt-fig. 24.— Lateral view of Raconda russelíiana Gray

(After F. Day)

Vernacuìar names .— India : Patulda Kanarese; Badasha , Marathi;
IStandardised name : Raconda. Burma : Nya thendoong , Burmese.

B. 6; P. 13; A. 83—92; L. 1. 60—64; L. tr. 12.

Body elongate, strongly compressed; anterior part of
ventral profile very convex , dorsal profile concave above
orbit. Head 6 -2—7 -0, depth 4 *2 —4 -5 in total length.
Eyes 3 -0—3 -3 in head, 0 -8 in snout. Lower jaw project-
ing upwards forming a portion of dorsal profìle. Cleft
of mouth more or less vertical; maxilla reaching below
anterior part of eye or midorbit. Teeth minute, single
series in jaws, patches on palatines, pterygoids and
tongue, none on vomer. No dorsal fin. Pectorals
equal to head, not reaching anal. No pelvics. Anal
very long, base 2 -0 in total length, 1 *8 in standard length.
Caudal deeply forked, lower lobe longer, nearly equal to
head. Scales moderate, deciduous. Abdominal scutes
feeble, 31—38. Lower gill rakers 22—26, less than half
eye.

A narrow, dark bluish band on back; sides yellowish
becoming silvery below; a deep brown or black spot on
shoulder; the young purple with silvery band on sides.

It attains 200 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan; Burma; Sri Lanka.—
Malay Peninsula, Indonesia, Cochin-China; in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-

92

TELEOSTOMI

tudinal range of 0°—25°N., 62°—105°E. in the Indo-
Pacific=(5°—25°N., 62°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean

-f0°=10°N., 103°—105°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

viii. Subfamily DOROSOMATlNl

Abdomen keeled, serrated. Dorsal fin with or without
its last ray produced into fìlament.^ Mouth toothless.
No enlarged scales at caudal base.

The subfamily DOROSOMATINI is represented by 4
genera in the Indian region.

Key to genera of subfamily DOSOSOMATINI

1. Lastdorsal ray prolonged into

a filament ... 3

2. Last dorsal ray not prolonged into

a fìlament. . 5

3. Dentary edge reflected outward in

front of maxillary end; lateral
line scales 44—50 ; transverse

scales 14 —21 . . . Nematalosa

4. Dentary edge not reflected out-
ward in front of maxillary 'end ;
lateral line scales 48—58; trans-

verse scales 17 ... Clupanodon

5. Pelvic origin behind dorsal origin;
lateral line scales 40—42 ; trans-

verse scales 12-15 . . Anodontostoma

6. Pelvic origin a little in front of

or behind dorsal origin ; lateral
line scales 45-65 ; transverse

scales 16-25 . Gonialosa

65. Genus Clupanodon Lacépède

1803. Clupanodon Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss., 5, p. 468 (type,
Clupea thrissa L., designated by Bleeker, Atlas Ichth,
Neerland , 6, p. 112, 1866-72).

1815. Thrissa Rafìnesque, Analyse de la nature , p. 88 (type, Clupea
thrissa L.)

1900. Konosirus Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. nat. Mus ., 23,

p. 349 (type Chatoessus punctatus Schlegel, orthotypic).

1901. Konoshirus Jordan & Snyder, Annot. Zool. Japan , 3, p. 53

(type, Chatoessus punctatus Schlegel).

1931. Nealosa Herre & Myers, Lingnan Sci. /., (10), p. 236

(type Chatoessus punctatus Schlegel, orthotypic).

Body oblong, compressed* Scales large. Mouth tooth-
less. Eye with adipose lid. Maxilla extending to below

CLUPEIDAB

93

anterior part of or middle of eye. Cne svpplcmental
bone present. Gill rakers slender, nnmerons. Afcdcmen
keeled and serrated. Last dorsal ray prolonged into a
filament. Pelvic origin behind dorsal fcase. Anal single,
moderate. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka, China, Philippines,
Indo-China, Formosa, Japan, Korea, and Polynesia.

Key to species of genus Clupanodon Lacépède.

1. Lateral line scales 47-49 ; height of

body 2± —31 in total length fe C. thrissa

2. Lateral line scales 46—51; height

of body 3-3£ in total length C. punctatus

156. Clupanodon punctatus (Schlegel)

1846. Chatoessus punctatus Schlegel, in Siebold’s Fauna. Japonica ,
Poiss.y pts. 10-14, p. 240, pl. 109, fìg. 1 (type locality :
Bays on coast of S. W. Japan).

1846. Chatoessus aquosus Richardson, Ichth. China Japan> p.
307 (type locality : Chinese Sea).

1865. Chatoessus punctatus Kner, Reise, Novara Fische , p. 336
(Madras).

1917. Clupanodon punctatus Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19,
p. 309 (China, Japan).

1928. Clupanodon punctatus Fowler, Metn. Bishop Mus. y 10, p.
32 (Tahiti).

1931. Clupanodon punctata Chu, Biol. Buìl. St. Johrts Univ., p. 15
(Amoy, Chefoo, Swatow, New Chwang).

1941. Ciupanodon punctatus Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 559.

1949. Cìupanodon punctatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 379.

1952. Clupanodon punctatus Mori, Mem. Hugo Univ. Agric., 1,

(3), p. 29 (Fusan, Mokpo, Chemulpo).

1953. Clupanodon punctatus Misra, Rec. lndian Mus., 50, p. 382.

B. 6 ; D. 18; V 8 ; A. 21; L. 1. 46-51; L. tr. 17 : Pre-

dorsal scales 20 —26.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Head 3*2—4*0, depth 3*1—3*4 in standard length.
Eyes with broad adipose lid, 4-6—5-7 in head. 1-1—
1 *2 in snout, 1 - 2—1 *5 in interorbital. Upper jaw
conical, projecting beyond cleft of mouth; maxilla extend-
ing to midorbit; dentary edge not reflected outward in
front of maxillary end. Toothless. Single dorsal fin

94

TELEOSTOMI

with the last ray prolonged and reaching to end of anal
fin or to the caudal; last ray 1 -1—2 -6 in standard length;
origin nearer to snout end than to caudal base. Pec-
totals 1 *6—1 *8 in head. Pelvics moderatc, 2 -4—2 -5
in head; origin behind dorsal base. Anal moderate,
first branched ray 3*6—4-0 in head. Caudal forked,
1 *1 in head. No lateral line. Àbdominal scutes, pre-
ventral 20, postventral 13—15. Lower gill rakers 170,
setiform, equal to giìì filaments, 1 *5 in eye.

Gray or brown above with metaliic bluish reflections
sídes of body and head silvery; each scale on back with
small round dusky basal spot; often a dark humeral blotch
or bar.

It attains 245 mm in total length.

Disíribuíion. —India, China, Japan, Korea, Tahiti;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinaí
and longitudMl range of 35°N.—18°S., 80°E.—149°W
in the Indo-Pacific=(13°N.—80°E. in the Bay of Beneal
+35°—18°S., 114°E.—149°W in the Pacific Ocean).

157. Clupanodon thrissa (Linnaeus)

1758. Clupea íhrissa Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1, ed., 10, p. 318 (type
locality : Indian Ocean).

1846* Chatoessus triza Richardson, Ichth. China Japan, p. 307
(type lòcality : China Sea).

1846. Chatoessus chrysopterus Richardson, Ichth. China Japan,
p. 308 (type locality : China Sea).

1846. Chatoessus macuìatus Richardson, Ichth. China Japan, p.
308 (type locality : Canton).

1902. Clupanodon maculatus Jordan & Evermann, Proc. U. S. nat.
Mus., 25, p. 327 (Formosa).

1917. Clupanodon thrissa Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19,
p. 309 (Formosa, China).

1928. Clupanodon thrissa Fowler, J. Bomhay nat. Hist. Soc .,
33, p. 103 (Bombay).

1931. Clupanodon thrìssa Chu, Bìol. Buìl. JohrCs Univ ., p. 15
(China, Canton, Swatow).

1931. Clupanodon thrissa Fowler, Hongkong Nat, 2, p. 54
(Hongkong).

1933. Clupanodon thrissa Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (Q 5,
p. 82 (Ceylon).

1941. Clupanodon thrissa Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100),
13, p. 557.

1949. Clupanodon thrissa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 397.

CLUPEIDAE

95

1953. Clupanodon thrissa Misra, JRec. lndian Mus., 50, p. 381.

1953. Clupanodon thrissa Herre, Check List Philippine Fish .,
(Philippines).

B. 6; D. 16—18; V 8; A. 22—27; L. 1. 47—49; L. tr.
17; Predorsal scales 16.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Head 3*1—3*6, depth 2*7—3*2 in standard length.
Eyes with broad adipose lid, 3 -4—4 -2 in head, 1 -1—1 *2
in snout, 1 -0 in interorbital. Lower jaw but slightly
prominent, maxilla extending beyond front margin of
eye. No teeth on palate, a very narrow band of minute
teeth in tongue. Single dorsal fìn; last ray prolonged,
2 *8 in standard length; origin much nearer to snout end
than to caudal base. Pectorals 1 -3—1 -6 in head.
Pelvics moderate, 2 *2—2 *7 in head; origin below middle
of dorsal base. Ànal moderate, first branched ray 3 -4—
4 *2 in head. Caudal forked, 1 -0 in head. No lateral
line. Abdominal scutes, preventral 17—19, postventral
10—12. Lower gill rakers 220, fine, setiform, longer than
filaments, 1 *2—2 -2 in eye.

Slaty grey above, silvery on sides and below; 6 dark
blotches on back from behind, shoulder towards caudal,
the first longest, others graduaíly smaller.

It attains 210 mm. in length, littoral.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka, Philippines, Indo-
China, China, Hongkong, Formosa, Japan, New Guinea;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 35°N.—3°S., 72°—135°E.
in the Indo-Pacific=(6°—18°N., 72°—80°E. in the
Indian Ocean+35°N.—3 9 S., 108°—135°E. in the Paci-
fic Ocean.)

66 . Genus Gonialosa Regan

1917. Gonialosa Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19, p. 315
(tyPe, Chatoessus modestus Day, orthotypic).

1931. Indialosa Herre & Myers, Lingnan Sci. (10), p. 238
(type, Clupanodon manmina Ham.,orthotypic).

Body, oblong, compressed, scales small. Mouth
toothless. Maxilla extending to below middle of orbit.
One supplemental bone present. Vertebrae 44—46.
Abdomen keeled and serrated. Last dorsal ray not
prolonged into a filament. Pelvic origin before or behind

96

TELEOSTOMI

dorsal origin. Anal single, moderate. Adipose fìn
absent. Caudal deeply forked.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Burma.

Key to species of genus Gonialosa Regan

1. Lateral line scales 45—47; lateral

transverse scales 16-18 G. modestus

2. Lateral line scales 58-65 ; lateral

transverse scales 21-25 G. manmina

158. Gonialosa manmina (Hamilton)

(Pl. III, fig. 4)

1822. Clupanodon manmina Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, pp. 247,383
(type locality : most of the freshwater branches of the
Ganges).

1822. Clupanodon cortius Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, pp. 249, 383
(type locality ; the Brahmaptra, near Gayalpara).

1878. Chatoessus manminna Day, Fish. India , p. 633, pl. 160,
fig. 2 (fresh waters of Sind, and the districts watered by
the Indus and its branches, also the affluents and main
streams of the Ganges, Jumna, Brahmaputra and Maha-
nuddi. It is spread through the tanks and estuaries of
India and Assam, except the Deccan, Southern and Western
India and Ceylon).

1889. Chatoessus manminna Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., I,
p. 387.

1917. Gonìalosa manmina Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. y (8)
p. 315 (Northern India and Assam).

1937. Gonialosa manminna Shaw & Shebbeare, J. roy. As. Soc.
Bengal, Sci., 3, p. 14 (Northern Bengal).

1940. Gonialosa manmina Herre, Rec. Indicn Mus., 42, p. 1

(Andamans).

1941. Gonialosa manminna Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (1C0)

13', p. 548.

1941. Gonialosa manmina Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 335.

1949. Gonialosa manmìna Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 397.

1953. Gonialosa manmina Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 383.

1955. Chatoessus manminna Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachì ,
Sind & Makran, p. 16 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

1955. Gonialosa manminna Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 29 (coastal waters).

CLUPEIDAE

97

Vernacular names .— Indiá : Khoria , Bengali; Maekundì, Oriya.
Bangladesh : Khoria.

B. 6 ; D. 14—15; P. 15; V. 8 ; A. 22—24; L. 1 . 58—
65; L. tr. 21—25.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile slightly more convex than dorsal profile.
Head 4 * 6 —5 *0, depth 3 * 6 —3 -7 in total length. Eyes
with broad adipose lid, 3*3 in head, 0*9 in snout.
Upper jaw projecting over lower. Mouth transverse,
small subinferior. Toothless. Single dorsal fin;
origin much nearer to snout end than to caudal base or
midway between hind end of anal base and snout end.
Pectorals reaching pelvic base, 1*1 in head. Pelvics 2*0
in head; origin slightly behind dorsal origin and nearer
to pectoral base than to anal origin. Ana! moderate,
base 1 *1 in head; origin slightly nearer to pelvic origin
than to caudal base. Caudal deeply forked 1 *1 times
head. No lateral line. Scales regularly arranged.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 17, postventral 13.

Silvery shot with gold; cheeks purplish; a black humeral
spot.

It attains 279 mm. in length, freshwater, euryhaline.

Distribution . —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, in the mean
anaual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 6°—27°N., 62°—95°E. in the freshwater
and estuaries of Indian region.

159. Gonialosa modestus (Day)

(Text-fig. 25)

1869. Chatoessus modestus Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 622
(type locality : Bassein River as high as Een-gay-gyee
Lake, Burma; type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1878. Chatoessus modestus Day, Fish. India , p. 633, pl. 160, fig. 1
(along the Bassein River as high as the Een-gay-gyee Lake,
also the Salween at Moulmein).

1889. Chatoessus modestus Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fishes, 1, p.
386.

1917. Gonialosa moaesta Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19,
p. 315 (Burma).

1941. Gonialosa modesta Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 548.

1949. Gonialosa modestus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 397,

98

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Gonialosa modestus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 383.

Text-fig. 25.—Lateral view of Gonialosa modestus (Day)
(After F. Day)

B. 6; D. 14—16; P. 16, Y 8; A. 27—28; C. 21; L. 1.
45—47; L.tr. 16—18.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Profile over nape concave, rising to dorsal base; ventral
profìle equally convex with dorsal. Head 4 -8—5 -2,
depth 2 -7—3 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose
lid, 3*1 in head, 0 *5 in snout. Upper jaw projecting over
the lower one. Mouth transverse, small, subinferior.
Toothless. Single dorsal fin; origin much nearer to
snout end than to caudal base or midway between hind
end of anal base and snout end. Pectorals reaching pelvic
base, 1 *1 in head. Pelvics 2T in head; origin before
dorsal origin and midway between pectoral base and anal
origin. Anal moderate, base equal to head; origin nearer to
pelvic origin than to caudal base. C.audal deeply forked
1 T times head. No lateral line. Scales regularly arranged.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 17—18, postventral
11-12.

Yellowish shot with purple.

It attains 134 mm. in length, freshwater, euryhalirre.*

Distributìon. —Burma; in the mean annu'al ìsotherm of
20°C with the latitudinal and longitudinaJ range of 16°—
18°N., “'94°—97°JE. in freshwater. and estuaries of/Burnia;

CLUPEIDAE

99

67. Genus Nematalosa Regan*

1917. Nemataíosa Regan, Attrt. Mag. nat. Hist. t (8) 19» p. 312
(type, Clupea nasus Bl., orthotypic).

Body oblong, compressed, scales moderate. Mouth
toothless. Maxilla short, not extending to even below
anterior edge of orbit. One supplemental maxillary
present. Abdomen keeled and serrated. Last dorsal
ray prolonged. Pelvic origin below dorsal fín. Anal
single, moderate. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

Dìstributìon. —Arabia, Traq, India, Burma, Sri Lanka,
Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, China, Philippines, Queens-
land, New South Wales, Japan.

160. Nematalosa nasus (Bloch)

(Text-fig. 26)

1795. Clupea nasus Bloch, Naturg. ausland. Fische, p. 116, pl. 429,
fig. 1 (type locality : Malabar).

1801. Clupea nasus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, p. 426 (Malabar).

1803. Clupanodon nasica Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, pp. 468,
472 (Malabar).

1833-34. Chatoessus altus Gray, ///, IndianZool. Hardwicke,2 9 pl. 91,
fig. 2 (type locality : India).

1848. Chatoessus nasus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 104
(Pondicherry; Bombay).

1865. dtatoessus altus Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 243 (Malabar).

1868. Chatoessus nasus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 407.

1878. Chatoessus nasus Day, Fish. India p. 634, pl. 160, fig. 4 (seas
of India, to the Malay Archipelago and the Philippine
Is.)

1889. Chatoessus nastts Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 387.

1910. Chatoessus nasus Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, pp. 131, 135
(Karachi : Chilka Lake).

1912. Chatoessus nasus Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus. x 7, p. 60 (Puri).

1913. Dorosoma nasus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel. , 2, p. 24, (Java, Banka, Celebes, Ambon, Ceram,
New Guinea, Australia).

1915. Dorosoma nasus Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 417
(Chilka Lake).

1917. Nematalosa nasus Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 19, p. 313
(Sind: Bombay; Canara; Madras; Calicut; Burma).

*Dr. Gareth Nelson is describing a new species of Nemataìosa,
close to N. nasus. One of Day’s specimens of N. nasus in the
British Museum is this new sp e cies, eX-Canara, BMNH. 1889,
2-1 -1877. Ed.

100

TELEOSTOMI

1929. Chatoessus nasus Pillay, /. Bombay. nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p. 355
(Travancore).

1929. Dorosoma nasus Deraniyagala, Spolia Zeylan., 15, p. 45
(Ceylon).

1931. Clupanodon nasus Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ., p. 15, (Can-
ton, Hongkong, Hainan).

1936. Anodontastoma nasus Suvatti, Index Fish. Saim., p. 14 (Siam).

1938. Nematalosa nasus Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 25 (Singapore).

1941. Nematalosa nasus Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., (100) 13,
P. 555.

1949. Nematalosa nasus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 398.

1953. Nematalosa nasus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 383.

1953. Nematalosa nasus Herre, Check List. Philippine Fish., p. 63
(Philippines).

1953. Nematalosa nasus Smith, Sea Fish. South • Africa , p. 93, (Dur-
ban).

1955. Chatoessus nasus Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind &
Makran , p. 16 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

1955. Nematalosa nasus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 29.

Text-fig. 26.—Lateral view of Nematalosa nasus (Bl.) (After

F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India : Noonah, Pananjaulay, Malayalam;
Kome , Oriya; Muddu candai, Koi meen, Tamil; Kome, Telegu.
Sri Lanka : Suthara koiya, Katu Goiya, Singhalese.

B.6; D 15-17; V. 8; A. 21-24; C. 19; L. 1. 44-50; L. tr.
15-19; Predorsal scales 21.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral and dorsal proíìles equally convex. Head 4.5-5 *0,
depth 3 ’2-3 *5 in total length. Eyes with broad adipose lid,-
3 *7 in head, 0 -7 in snout. Upper jaw projecting over lower.

CLUPEIDAE

101

Mouth small, transverse, subinferior. Toothless. Single
dorsal fin with last ray much prólonged, reaching caidal
base; origin much nearer to snout end than to caudal
base and midway betveen hind end of anal base and
snout end. Pectorals reaching pelvic base, 1*1 in heed.
Pelvics 2*0in head; origin slightly behind dorsal origin,
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal mcde-
rate, base 1 • 1 in head; origin nearer to pelvic base than to
caudal base. Caudal deeply forked 1 *1 times head.
No lateral line. Scales with serrated edges, regularly
arranged. Abdominai scutes, preventral 15, postventral
12. Lower gill rakers 218, setiform, slender.

Griyish green above with steel blue reflections; centre of
each scale in the first row frojn above the darkest forming
horizontal lines; sides and below silvery; a bluish humeral
spot.

It attains 255 mm. in length and is good eating though
bony; ascends tidal rivers; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri lanka.—Irag,
Muscat, S. Africa, Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-
China, China, the Philippines; in the mean annual isotheim
of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
34° N.-29° S., 30° -123* *E. in the Indc-Pacific=(34° N.-
29° S., 30°-100° E. in the Indian Ocean+23° N.-7° S.,
103°-123°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

68. Geaus Anodontostoma Bleeker

1849. Anodontostoma Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. , 22, p. 15 (type, A .
hasseltii Blkr.).

Body oblong, compressed, scales moderate. Movth
toothless. Maxilla short, not extending to middle of orbit.
One supplemental maxillary present. Vertebrae 42; Afc^
domen keeled and serrated. Last dorsal ray not prolonged.
Pelvic origin behind dorsal origin. Anal single, short.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka, Maía>
Peninsula, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, China,
Philippines and Melanesia.

161. Anodontostoma chacunda (Hamilton)

(Pl. m, fìig. 2; Text-fig. 27)

1822. Clupanodon chacunda Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 246, 383
(tyoe locality : Gangetic estuaries).

9—1341 ZSI/71

TELEOSTOMI

102

1823. Gonostoma javanicum Kuhl & v. Hasselt, Algem. Konst. Let -
terbode , p. 329, (type locality : Java).

1849. Anodontostoma hasseltii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen.

22, p. 15, (type locality : Madura Straits near Kammal
and Surabaya).

1852. Chatoessus seìangkat Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., 24, pp. 16, 47
(type locality : Batavia).

1865. Chatoessus chacunda Day, Fis/t. Malabar , p. 242 (Malabar).

1868. Chatoessus chacunda Gíinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p.
411 (Ganges).

1870. Chatoessus chaciuida Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 700 Anda-
mans).

1876. Chatoessus chacunda Mertens, Preuss. Exped. Ost. Asien, 1,
p. 404 (Malabar).

1878. Chatoessus chacunda Day, Fish. India , p. 632, pl. 160, fig. 3
(seas and estuaries of India, Burma to the Malay Archi-
pslago).

1889. Chatoessus chacunda Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 386.

1910. Chatoessus chacunda Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 151
(Karachi).

1912. Chatoessus chacunda Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 7, p. 58 (Akyab).

1913. Dorosoma c/tacunda Weber & de Beaufort, Fis/t. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 25, fig. p. 14.

1915. Dorosoma indicus Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 419
(Chilka Lake).

1917. Chatoessus chacunda Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 92
(Tuticorin).

1917. Anodontostoma chacunda Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 19,
p. 316 (India).

1922. Dorosoma indicus Hora, Mem. IndianMus., 5. p. 754 (Chilka
Lake).

1926. Anodontostoma chacunda Oshima, Annot. Zool. Japan.,
11, P. 2 (Hainan).

1928. Anodontostoma chacunda Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mus., 10, p. 32

(New Guinea).

1929. Chatoessus chacunda Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 35,

p. 355 (Travancore).

1929. Dorosoma c/iacunda Tirant, Serv. Oceanogr. Peches Indo -
Chine , 6° note, pp. 116, 174 (Cochin China).

1931. Anodontostoma chacunda Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johtís Unìv.,
p. 15, (Hainan).

1935. Chatoessus chacunda Sorley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency ,

p. 160 (Bombay).

1936. Anodontostoma chacunda Suvaiti, Index Fish. Siam , p.13 (Siam).

CLUPEIDÁE

103

1938. Atiodontostoma chacimda Fowler, List Fisii. Malaya , p. 25
(Singapore, Penang).

1940. Anodontostoma chacunda Herre, Rec. ìndian Mus ., 42, p. 10

(Mergui market).

1941. Anodontostoma chacunda Fowier, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus .. (100)

13, p. 459.

1941. Anodontostoma chacunda Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p.
335.

1949. Anodontostoma chacunda Misra, Rec. Ittdiatt Mus ., 45, p. 398.

1953. 4nodontostoma chacunda Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 384.

1955. Anodontostoma chacunda Herre, Check List Philippine Fish.
p. 62 (Philippines).

1955. Chatoessus chacunda Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi , Sitid &
Makratiy p, 16 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

.1955. Anodontostoma chacunda Munro, Mar. Freshwater. Fish.
Ceylotty p. 30 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 27,—Lateral view of Anodontostoma chacunda (Ham.)

(After F. Day)

Vernacuìar natnes. — Indja : Kore-paig~dah , Andamanese;
‘ Gubir , Niv Marathi; Muddeeru Telegu. Pakistan : Palli. Bcjkma :
Nga-tey-meey Arracan.

B. 6: DI7-19; P. 15: V. 8: A. 18-21; L. 1. 4C-42; L. ir
12-15: Predorsal scales 10-11.

;Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keelcd, serratcd.
'Ventral and dorsal profiles deep, more or less equally
convex. Head 4*5 to 5 *0, depth 2 -5—2 -6 ìn total length.
Eyes with broad adipose lid, 3-0 in head, 0*6 in snoui,
1 *1 in interorbital. Upper jaw projecting over lowei
Mouth small, transverse, subinferior. Toothlcss. Singit
dorsal fin; origin much nearer to >nout end than to caudal

104

TELEOSTOMI

base and midway between hind end of anal base and sncnt
end. Pectorals equal to head. Pelvics 1 *9 in head; origin
nearer to anal origin than to pelvic base and belcw middle
of dorsal base. Anal moderate, base equalto dorsal base;
origin midway between pelvic and caudal ba^e. Caudal
deeply forked, 1 -2 times head. Scales smcoth edged, in
regular rows. No lateral line. Abdcminal scutes, pre-
ventral 16-17, postventral 11-12. Lcwer gillnkers 83,
lanceolate, 2*5 in gill filaments.

Greyish silvery above becoming golden cn sides and
below; lines formed of spots along rcws of scutes in uppei
third of body; a black humeral spot.

It attains 204 mm. in length; littoral, eui>haline.

Distrìbution —India, Pakistan,Burma, Sri Lanka—Malay
Peninsula, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Hainan, the
Phihppines, Melanesia; in the mean annual isotheim of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
25° N.—7° S., 62°-142° E. in the Indo-Pacific = (25° N.,
62°-100° E. in the Indian Ocean+17° N.—7° S.,' 102°—
142°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

XXIII. Family Ekgraulidae

.. Body elongate or oblong, compressed; abdcmen keeled.
serrated. Snout prominent, overhanging large mcuíh.
Mouth bordered by very small premaxillaries and a very
long, narrow, maxillary with two supramaxillaries. Teeth
uniserial, rarely canine; small teeth cn palatines, vcmer,
pterygoids and tongue. Gill membranes united, free frcm
isthmus. Air bladder connected with ear. Pseudobran-
chiae. Scales thin, cycloid, deciduous. No lateral
line. No adipose dorsal. Long anal. Caudal forked.

Tertiary to recent.

The family EngraIjlidae is represented by 5 genera in
the Indian region.

Key to genera of family Engrallidae

1. Caudal forked, not united with

anal; upper pectoral ray produced

or not produced .. 3

2. Caudal pointed, united with anal;

upper pectoral rays always pro-

duced .. .. .. Coilia

ENGRAULIDAE

105

3. Uppsr pictoral ray producsd

4. Uppcr pcctoral ray not produced

5. Abdominal scutes restricted only
between pectorals and pclvics; no
lateral silvery band; anal short ••

6. Abdominal scutes not restricted
between pectorals and pelvics; no
laterals silvery band; anal long ..

7. Teeth in jaws partly canine

S. Teeth in jaws minute, uniform , - #

Setípinna

5

Anchoviella

7

Xenengraulis

Thrissodes

69. Ganus Setipinna Swainson

1839. Setipinna Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal ., 2, p. 292 (type S.
megalura Swns.—Clupea phasa (Ham.),.

1854. Stethochaetus Gray, Cat. Fish. Gronow , p. 174 (type, S. bigu -
ttatus Gronow, monotypic).

1868. Telara Gtinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p. 400 (type, Clupea
telara Ham., tautotypic).

1868. Heterothrissa Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. t 7, p, 401 (type,
Engraulis breviceps Cantor, monotypic).

Bady elongate, compressed, tapering behind, scales
largs, deciduous. Maxilla extended behind, not reaching
beyond gill-opening. Vertebrae 45—46. Abdomen keeled
and serrated. Upper pectoral ray produced. Pelvic
origin in advance of dorsal origin. Free spine before
dorsal. Anal single, very long, origin just before or in
front of dorsal origin. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked
not united with anal.

Distribution .— India, Bangladesh, Burma, Sri Lanka,
Malaya Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, China, Korea.

Key to species of genus Setipinna Swainson*

1. Anal origin in front of dorsal ori-

gin; lower gill-rakers 13-18; anal
rays 60-80 3

2. Anal origin behind dorsal origin;
lower gill-rakers 15-16; anal rays

51-60 S. taty

3. Anal rays 70-80; lower gUl-rakers

18; lateral line scales 52 S.phasa

4. Anal rays 60-66; lower gill-rakers

12-13; lateral line scales 54-56 S. breviceps

*Babu Rao (1962, Proc. First Aìl India Congress of Zoology ,
Jabalpur, (2), \ 364) described a new species, Setìpinna godavari from
the Godavari estuary which is close to S . taty (Val.) but has a lower
gillraker count (1 q— 11 + 12—16 vs. 14—16+17—20). ed.

106

TELEOSTOMI

162. Setipinna breviceps (Cantor)

1849. Engraulis breviceps Cantor, /. Asìatic. Soc. Bengal ', 18, p:
1288 (type locality : Penang).

1852. Engraulis pfeifferi Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. índ. y 3, p. (408)-
433 (type locality: Pontianak, Borneo).

1834. Stethachaetus biguttatus Gray, Cat. Fish. Gronow t p, 174
(type locality : India).

1878. Engraulis breviceps Day, Fish. India t p. 628 (Bay of Bengal
to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Engraulis breviceps Day, Fauna Brit. India t Fish., 1, p. 392.

1907. Engraulis breviceps Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus. t 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

1913. Setipinna breviceps Weber & de Beaufort, Fish . Indo-Austral.
Archipel. , 2, p. 29 (Sumatra, Borneo, Penang).

1926. Setipìnna breviceps Chabanaud, Service Oceanogr. Peches Indo-
China , 1° note, p. 8 (Cambodia).

1938. Setipimia breviceps Fowler, List Fish. Maìaya t p. 34 (Penang).

1941. Setipinna breviceps Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. t (100) 13,
p. 691.

1949. Setipinna breviceps Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 339.
1953. Setipinna breviceps Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, [p. 384.

B. 16-19; D. 1 + 17; P. 1+13; V. 7, A. 60—66; C. 17;
L .1. 54—56; L. tr. 14; Predorsal scales 25.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated;.
dorsal profìle more convex between head and dorsal fin
than ventral profile. Head 7 -0—7 -2, depth 4 -0—4 *5 in
total length. Eyes with adipose lid, 5 -5—6 *5 in head,.
0*7—1 ’0 in snout, 1 -0—1 -5 in interorbital. Lower jaw
slightly longer. CÍeft of mouth oblique; maxilla truneated
behind, reaching mandibular joint. Teeth small, even.
Single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout than to caudal
base and behind anal origin. Pectorals low, with upper
ray prodpced and reaching to middle or hind part of anal
base. Pelvics small; origin much before dorsal origin.
Anal very long, base equal to half standard length; origin
before dorsal base. Caudal forked, 4 -5 in standard
length. No lateral line. Abdominal scutes, preventral
16--17, postventral 9—ll.Gill rakers 10+12—13, lanceo-
late, 2 *0 times in gill filaments or 1 -0 in eye

ENGRAUUDÀE

m

Greenish yellow above becoming silvery on sides ar.d
below; b®dy with some dark blotches in upper half; verti-
cal with black margins.

It attains 300 mm. in length and ascends estuaries;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribuíion. —India, Bangladesh, Burma.—Malay Penin-
sula, Penang, Singapore, Indonesia, Indo-China; in ihe
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 0°—22° N., 88° — 1 15 C E. in the Indo-
Pacific=(5 N—22°N., 88°—100 C E. in the Bay of Bengal
0°—22°N., 103— I15°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

163. Setipinna phasa (Hamilton)

(Text-fig. 28)

1822. Clupea phasa Hamilton, Fish. Canges, pp. 240, 382 (type
iocality : brackish rivers of Bengal).

1822. Clupea telara Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, p. 241, 382, pl. 2,
fig- 72 (type locality : high up in the Ganges, and in most
of its larger branches and tributary streams).

1839. Setipinna truncata Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animals, Fish., 2,
p. 292 (on Clupea teìara Ham.).

1839. Setipinna phasa Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animals , Fish., 2, p. 292
(on Clupea phasa Ham.).

1848. Engratilis brevifiiis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 54,
(type locality : Bengal).

1848. Ettgraulis telara Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss 21, p. 56, pl.
608 (Ganges mouth; Irrawaddi, Rangoon)

1848. Engraulis phasa Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 59,
(Bengal).

1853. Engraulis telara Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen . 25, pp. 74, 147
(Calcutta).

1868. Engraulis telara Gunther, Cat. Fish . Brit. Mus., 7, p. 410
(Bengal: Cachar; River Hooghly).

1870. Engraulis telara Day, Proc. zool . Soc. Lond., p. 700 (Anda-
mans).

1878. Engraulis telara Day, Fish. India, p. 627, pl. 158, fig. 2 (Orissa
Bengal, Cachar and Burma; Day collected E. telara as high
up as Mandalay; the example figured, life-size, was from
Calcutta).

1889. Engraulis telara Day, Fauna Brit. Jndia, Fish., 1, p. 392.

1910. Engraulis telara Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, p. 140 (Mon-
ghyr).

1910. Engraulis telara De, Rep. Fish. East Bengal & Assam . p. 19
(Eastern Bengal; Malda).

108 teleostomi

1911. Telara telara Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. t p. 220,

(Ganges river).

1926. Setipinna telara Jordan & Seale, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
67, p. 365 (Rangoon).

1941. Setipinna phasa Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 688
(Rangoon; Ganges river).

1941. Setipinna telara Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 335.

1949. Setipinna phasa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 399.

1953. Setipinna phasa Misra, Rec. Indian Mus.„ 50, p. 384.

Text-fig. 28.—Lateral view of Setipinna phasa (Ham.) (After F. Day)

Vemacular names .— India : Phansa, Bengali; Bindi, Bihar;
Tampara, Oriya; Standarised name : Phasa. Burma : Nga pya.
Nga tannet, Nga out pha.

B. 12—13; D.l + 14—15; P. 15; V. 7; A. 70—80; C.
19; L. 1. 52. Predorsal scales 30.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal profìle from head to dorsal fìn more convex than
ventral. Head 6 -0 —1 *0, depth 4 -5 in total length. Eyes
with adipose lid, 3 -5—4 -5 in head, 0 -7 in snout, 1 -5 in
interorbital. Upper jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique;
maxilla reaching gill opening. Teeth small, even. Single
dorsal fin; origin much nearer to. snout end than
to caudal base and behind anal origin. Pectorals low,
with the upper ray produced and reaching to more than a
third of anal base. Pelvics small, 2 -3 in head; origin
nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base and much before
dorsal origin. Anal very long, base 1 •7 in standard
length; origin before dorsal origin. Caudal foiked,
lower lobe longer, 4 *4 in standard length. No lateral line.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 15—16, postventral 6—7.
Gill rakers 14—15+18, slender, pointed, 1 -2 in eye.

Greenish grey above becoming silver shot with gold
on sides and below; upper lobe of caudal and upper margin
of dorsal stained black; pectorals deep blue black in adult.

ENGRAULIDAE

109

It attains 406 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Bangladesh, Burma; inthemean
annual isotherm of 20°C. wnh the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 16°—24°N, 85°—98°E. in the Bay of Bengal.

164. Setipinna taty (Valcnciennes)

(Text-fig. 29)

1848. Engraulis taty Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss.y 21. p. 60 (type
locality : Pondicherry; Malacca).

1848. Engraulis tenuifilis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 20, p. 62

(type locality : Rangoon).

1849. Engraulis telaroides Bleeker, Verk. Bat. Gen., 22, p. 13

(type locality : Madura Straits).

1865. Engraulis taty Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 240 (Malabar).

1878. Engraulis taty Day, Fish. India , p. 628 pl. 158, fig. 5 (seas and
estuaries of India and the Malay Archipelago; the example
figured, life-size, was from Orissa).

1889. Engraulis taty Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 393.

1905. Setipinna gilberti Jordan & Starks, Proc. U.S. nat. Mus., 28,
p. 194, fig. 1 (typs locality : Chemulpo, Korea).

1907. Engraulis taty Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus., 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

1913. Setipinna taty Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archi-
pel., 2, p. 30 (Java, Madura, Borneo).

1917. Engraulis taty Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull. , 11, p. 91 (Tuti-
corin).

1926. Setipinna taty Jordan & Ssale, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
p. 366 (Siam; Java Colombo).

1936. Setipinna taty Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 17 (Gulf of Siam).

1938. Setipinna taty Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p. 34 (Penang, Singa-
pore).

1940. Setipinna taty Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42, p. 10 (Mergui).

1941. Setipinna taty Fowler, Bull, U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 689.
1949. Setipinna taty Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 399.
1953. Setipinna taty Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p, 384.

110

TELEOSTOMI

1955. Setipinm taty Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p. 3Í
(coastal waters).

Text-fig. 29.—Lateral view of Setipitma taty (V.) (After F. Day)
Vemacuìav name .— India : Paikat , Marathi.

B. 11-12; D. 1 + 15—15; P. 13—14; V 7; A. 51—60;
C.19; L. 1. 42—46; L. tr. 12; Predorsal scales 2C—25.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, seriated.
Dorsal and ventral proíìles equally convex. Head 5*5—
6 -5, depth 3 -7—4 -0 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid,
3*5—4*0 in head, 0-5—0*7 in snout, 1*5 in interorbitaL
Jaws subequal. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla truncated
behind reaching beyond mandibular joint. Teeth small,
even. Single dorsal fin; origin much nearer to sncut end
than to caudal base and before anal origin. Pectorals
low, with upper ray produced and reaching beyond middle
part of anal base. Pelvics small, 2 -5 in head; origin neaier
to pectoral base than to anal origin and before dorsal
origin. Anal long, base 2-3 in standard length; origin
behind dorsal origin. Caudal forked, 4 -7 in standard
length. No lateral line. Abdominal scutes, preventral
20—23, postventral 10—12. Gill rakers 12—13+15—16-
lanceolate, equal to eye.

Greenish grey above, silvery on sides and below; fins
hyaline.

It attains 170 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;:
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Bangladesh, Buima, Sri Lanka —
Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Korea; in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 35°N.—7°S., 76°—130°E. inthe Indo-
Pacific=(5°—18°N., 76°—100 C E. in the Indian Ocean+
35°N.—7°S., 101°—130°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

ENGRAULIDAE

111

70. Genus Coilia Gray

1831. Coilia Gray, Zool. Miscell. , p. 9 (type, C. hamiltotiii Gray,
monotypic).

1843. Choetomus McClelland, Calcutta J. nat. Hist 4, p. 405 (type,
C. playfairii McClelland, monotypic).

1846. Coilia Scheegel, Fauna Japon. Poiss. t pts. 10—15, p. 243
(type, Coilia hamiltonii Gray).

1849. Leptonurus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen ., 22, p. 14 (type, L.
chrysostigma Blkr.).

1903. Mystus (nec Gronow, 1763, Klein, 1775, Scopoli, 1777)
Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 406 (type, M. clupeoides
Ijàc—Clupea mystus L., monotypic).

1925. Demicoilia Jordan & Seale, Copeia t No. 141, p. 28 (type, Coilia
quadragesimalis V., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, tapeiing behind to a long
slender tail. Scales moderate or small. MaxilJa more
or less extended, but not reaching gill-opening. Lower
gill-rakers 20—30. Abdomen keeled and serrated. Dorsal
origin more or less opposite to pelvic origin. Five to twelve
pectoral rays filamentous and much produced. Anal single,
very long, united with caudal. Adipose fin absent.
Caudal pointed.

Distributìon. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma,
Malaya, Indonesia. Thaiiand, China. Japan, Korea.

Key to species of genus Coitia Gray*

1. Maxillary extending to head or

to gill opening 3

2. Maxillary not extending to head

or gill opening 5

3. 5-6 free pectoral filaments ; anal

rays 105 C. dussumieri

4.

5.

6 .

7.

8 .

12-14 free pectoral filaments ; anal
rays 82-87

12 free pectoral fìlaments
6 free pectoral filaments
Anal rays 95-110.

Anal rays 35—75

C. borneensis
C. reynaldi
7

C. ramcarati
9

•Besides these, the following species of Coitia are also reported
fromlndia : C. neglecta Whitehead, 1967 (vide Whitehead, 1967,
/. mar. hiot. Ass. India. 9 (1) p. 33) and C. korua Dutt & Seshagiri
Rao, 1972 ( vide Dutt Seshagiri Rao, 1972, /. Bombay nat. Hist.
Soc.> 69 (1), p. 136). ed.

112

TELEOSTOMI

9. Height of body 4-3/4 in total

length ; anal rays 35—42 C. quadragesimalis

10. Height of body 6-1/3 in total

length ; anal rays 75 C. cantoris

165. Coilia borneensis Bleeker*

1851. Coilia borneensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., 2, p. 58 (type
locality : Bandjermassing).

1878. Coilia borneensis Day, Fish. India, p. 632 pl. 159. fig. 1 (Madras
Burma where it is common in the Irrawaddy river, also
the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Coilia borneensis Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 398.

1890. Coilia borneensis Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. f Civ. Stor. Nat.

Genova , (2) 9, p. 552 Rangoon).

1913. Coilia borneensis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel.y 2, p. 52 (Sumatra, Borneo).

1932. Coilia borneensis Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-Chine, 19°
note, p. 9 (Cochinchina; Cambodia).

1936. Coilia borneensis Hardenberg, Treubia , 15, (3), p. 228 (Pon
niti river, Borneo).

1936. Coilia borneensis Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 16 (Siam)
(Error in spelling)

1941. Coilia borneensis Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
717.

1949. Coilia borneensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 400.
1953. Coilia borneensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 384.

B. 9—10; D. 1 rb 13—14; P.xii—xivd"6; V. 7; A. 82—
87; L. 1. 58—60; L. tr. 10—11.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering towards tail;
abdonien keeled, serrated. Dorsal profìle convex upto
dorsal base and ventral less convex upto anal origin.
Head 5.5 —1 *0, depth 5 *0—5 -7 in total length. Eyes 3 *5—
4 ’0 in head, 0 *5 in snout. Upper jaw projecting. Cleft
of mouth slightly oblique, maxilla reaching gill opening.
Teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue.
Single dorsal fìn; origin in the second fourth of total
length. Pectorals low, with 12—14 free upper rays, pro-
duced and reaching beyond anal origin. Pelvics smalli,
2*0 in head; origin before dorsal origin, nearer to

♦Junior synonym of Coilia ramcarati (Ham., 1822) (yide Whiteheád
et. aì., 1966, Zooì. Verhandl. Leiden, (84), p. 136). ed.

ENGRAULIDAE

113

pectoral basc than to anal origin. Anal very long, conflu-
ent with caudal; origin about an eye diameter behind
last dorsal ray, base 1 *6—1 *7 in total length. Caudal
equal to postorbital, pointed. No lateral line. Scales
small, deciduous. Abdominal scutes, preventral 7, post-
ventral 4, none of preventrals before pectorals. Lower
gill rakers 26—28, equal to eye.

Golden green or yellowish green atove; yellowish silvery
below; fins yellowish.

It attains 140 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoraJ, euryhaline.

Distribution .—India, Burma.—Indonesia, Thailand, In-
do-China; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 16°N.—2°S.,
80°—115°E. in the Indo-Pacifìc=(l3°~16°N., 80°—96°E.
in the Bay of Bengal+12°N.—2°S., 103°—1I5 C E. in the
Pacific Ocean).

166. Coilia cantoris Bleeker*

1853. Coilia cantoris Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen ., 25, pp. (74) 148
(typs locality : River Hooghly at Caícutta).

1868. Coilia cantoris Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. t 7, p. 402 (River
Hooghly).

1878. Coilia cantoris Day, Fish. India, p. 631 (Hooghly river).
1889. Coilia cantoris Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1 , p. 396.
1941. Coilia cantoris Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. t (100) 13, p, 715.
1949. Coilia cantoris Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 400.
1953. Coilia cantoris Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 384.

Vernacuiar names .— Burma : Nya Kyang wet t Burmese.

B. 9; D. 1 + 13; P. vi+6; V. 7; A. 75; C. 10; L. 1-58.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering tcwards tail;
abdomen keeled, serrated. Head 6 -0, depth 6 -3 in
total length. Eyes 4 -5 iń head, 0 -6 in snout. Upper
jaw projecting. Cleft of mouth slightly oblique; maxilla
not extending to gill opening. Teeth in jaws, vomer,
palatines, pterygoids and tongue. Single dorsal fin;
origin in the second fourth of total length. Pectorals
low, with 6 free, short upper rays, not reaching anal origin.

•Conspecific with Coilia ramcarati (Ham., 1822) (vide Whitehead
1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (ZooJ.), Suppl, 2, p. 152). ed.

114

TELEOSTOMI

Pelvics sniìll, not half as Iong as h^ad; origin bsfore dorsal.
Anal long, bis^ ov.t half total length. Caudal confluent
with anal, painted. No lateral line. Scales srtiall, deci-
daous. Abdaminal seut^s, proventral 5, postventral 10.

Silvery without marks.

ít attains 100 mm. in total length ; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C., Lat. 20°N., Long. 88°E. in Bay of Bengal.

167. Coilia dussumieri Valenciennes
(Text-fig. 30)

184S. Coilia dussumieri Valenciennss, Hist. Nat. Poiss ., 21, p. 81,
pl. 610 (typs locility : Bombay, Mahe, Pondicherry).

1865. Coilia dussumìeri Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 242 (Malabar).

1858. Cjilia quiirifìlis G'iithír, Cit. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p. 403
(type locality : Penan *).

1378. Coilia dussumieri Day, Fis/t. India, p. 631, pl. 158, fig. 8
(numerous at Bombay, seas and estuaries of India to the
Malay Archipelgo; the example figured, life-size, was from
Orissa).

1889. Coilia dussumieri Day, Famia Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 397
fig. 122.

1913. Coilia dussuntieri Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austraì.
Archipel., 2, p. 50, fig. 20 (Java, Sumatra, Madura, Banka).

1917. Coilia dussumieri Kemp. Rec. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 234, (Matla
river.).

1924. Coilia dussumieri Hora, Mem. Asiatic. Soc. Bengaì , 6, p.
482, (Singapore).

1926. Coilia dussumieri Chabanaud, Serv. Oceanogr. Peches Indo-

Chine , 1° note, p. 8 (Cochin China).

1927. Coilia dussumieri Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 32., p.

254 (Bombay).

1941. Coilia dussumieri Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
714 (Bombay).

1949. Coilia dussumieri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 400.
1953. Coilia dussumieri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 384.
1955. Coilia dussumieri Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi , Sind &
Makran, p. 18 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

ENGRAULIDAE

115

TexT'Fig. 30. Lateral view of Coìlia dussumieri V. (Afier F. Day)

Vernacular names .— India : Mandeli, Marathi; Oorialli\ Oriya;
Standardised name: Mandeli.

B.11; D. 1 -f 13-14; P. v-vi+8-9; V. 7; A. 105; C. 12;
L.I. 65-88: L. (r. 10-11; Predorsal scaíes 11-12.

Body clongate, compressed, tapering towards ta.il ;
abdomen keeled, serrated. Dorsal profìle convex upto
dorsal ba^e and ventral less convex upto anal origin. Head
6 *0—6 -3, depth 5 *1 —5 -3 in total length. Eyes. 4 -0—4 *5
in head, 0 *7 in snout, 1 *2 in interorbital. Upper jaw pro-
jecting. Cleft of mouth slightly oblique: maxilla reaching
to gill opening. Teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, pteiy-
goids and tongue. A slngle dorsal íìn: origin in the
second fourth of total length. Pectorals low, with 5-6
l'ree upper rays produced and reaching half way in tota-l
length. Pelvics small, 2 -8 in head; origin opposite the Ist
spine of dorsal. Anal long, base 1 -7 total length, con-
fluent with caudal: origin less than an eye dianieter, behind
last dorsal ray. Caudal pointed, l*7in head. No lateral
line. Scales small, deciduous. Abdominal scufes, preven-
tral 5-6, postventral 6-8, none before pectorals. Lower
gill rakers 23, lanceolate, slender.

Golden with 2 or 3 rows of round burnished golden
spots along lower half of side.

ít attains 178 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivcrs;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan.—Malaya, Pcnang,

Singapore, Iridonesia, Thailand, Tndo-China; in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and Jongi-
tudinal range 25°N.-7°S., 62 -108°E. in the Indo-Pacific =
•T5°-25° N., 62 -100°E. in the Indian Ocean-fl2°N.-7 c S..
103 D -108°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

116

TELEOSTOMI

168. Coilia quadragesimalis Valenciennes

1848. Coilia quadragesimalis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., p 83.
(type locality : Ganges).

1868. Coilia quadragesimaìis Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. t 7, p. 404.
1878. Coilia quadragesimalis Day, Fish. India , p. 631 (Ganges
river).

1889. Coilia^quadragesimalis Day, Fauna Brit. India y Fish ., 1, p. 397.

1926. Coilia margaritifera Jordan & Seale, Bull. Harv. Mus.

Comp. Zool .i 67, p. 363 (type locality ; Colombo, Ceylon).

1941. Coilia quadragesimalis Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. t (100)
13, p. 713.

1949. Coilia quadragesimalis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 400.

1953. Coilia quadragesimalis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 384.

1955. Coilia quadragesimalis Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 30.

B. 10; D. 1 + 13-14; P. vi+6; V 7; A. 35-42; C. 25;
L. 1. 35.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering towards tail;
abdomen keeled, serrated. Head 4 *7, depth 4 *3—4 -7 in
total length. Eyes 2 -4 in head, 0 -8 in snout. Upper jaw
projecting. Cleft of mouth slightly oblique; maxil a
nearly or just reaching gill opening. Teeth on javs,
vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue. S’ngle doisal
inserted at the posterior end of the first third of body or
midway between snout end and caudal base; base 2-5
in head. Pectorals low, 1 -5 in total length, with 66 fre e
upper rays produced and reaching beyond pelvics. Pelvics,
small, 2.6 in head; origin slightly before dorsal. Anal
moderate, confluent with caudal; origin an eye diameter
behind last dorsal ray or a little before middle of total
length. Caudal pointed, longer than head. No lateral line,
Scales moderate. Abdominal scutes, preventral 5,
postventral 8, none before pectorals. Lower gill rakers 23.

Silvery spot with gold and having nacreous reflecticns;
2 longitudinal rows of pearl-coloured spots below median
line; a third irregular row of lesser number of spots on
sides; fine yellowish.

It attains 150 mm. in length; littora), euryhaline.

Distribution .—India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka —in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latùuoinal and longi-
tudinal range of 6°—21 °N., 79°—89°E. in the Bay of
Bengal.

ENGRAULIDAE

117

169. Coilia ramcarati (Hamilton)

(Text-fig. 31)

1822. Mystus ramcarati Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 233, 282 (type
locality : salt water estuaries of the Ganges; according to
Gtinther the type in the British Museum).

1830. Engraulis ( Coilià ) hamiltonii Gray, ///. Indian Zool. Hardwicke ,
1, pl. 10, fìg. 3 (type locality : not given).

1868. Coitia ramcarati Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit . Mus., 7, p. 402
(Ganges, Calcutta).

1878. Coilia ramcarati Day, Fish. India , p. 631, pl. 159, fig. 2 (rivers
and estuaries of Bengal).

1889. Coilia ramcarati Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 396.

1907. Coilia ramcarati Lloyd, Rec. Indio.n Mus. t 1, p. 221 (Akyab).

1941. Coilia ramcarati Fowler, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
718.

1949. Coitia ramcarati Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 43, p. 401.

1953. Coitia ramcarati Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 384.

Text-fig. 31.—Lateral view of Coilia ramcarati (Ham.) (After F. Day)

B. 11; D. 1 + 14; P. vi+6;V. 12; A. 95-110; L. 1. 70;
L. tr. 9-10.

Body elongate, compressed, tapsring towards tail;
abdomen keeled, serrated. Head 6 -0, depth 5 *2-5—4 in
total length. Eyes 4 *3—5 *0 in head, 0 *7 in snout, 1 *5 in
interorbital. Upper jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth
slightly obiique; maxilla reaching mandibular joint. Teeth
on jaws, vom^r. palatines, pterygoids and tongue. A
single dorsal fin; o.igin in the posterior part of the first
third of total length, about 1 *6 times head length from
snout end. Pectorals low, with 6 free upper rays pro-
duced and reaching beyond middle of total length.
Pelvics moderate, 1 *5 in head; origin before dorsal origin,
much nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anaí
long, base l *9 in total length; origin nearly 3 eye diameters
behind last dorsal ray. Caudal confluent with anal,
10—1341 ZSI/71

118

TELEOSTOMI

pointed, 2*1 in head. No lateral line. Scales small.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 5, postventral 10—11.
Lower gill rakers 28.

Golden with a darkish stain behind gill openirg; last
half of anal and whole of caudal blackish.

It attains about 457 mm. in length and ascends tidal
rivers; Iittoral , euryhaline.

Distribution .—Tndia, Pakistan, Burma, in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 20°—22°N., 88°—92°E. in the Bay of
Bengal.

170. Coilia reynaldi Valenciennes

1848. Coilia reynaldi Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 81 (type
locality : Irrawadi river, Rangoon).

1866-72. Coilia ( Coilia ) reynaldi Bleeker, Atl. lcth . lnd. Neerland .,
6, 141, pl (8) 266, fig. 1 (Bengal).

1889. Coilia reynaldi D&y^Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 396.

1938. Coilia reynaldi Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p. 33 (Penang,
Singapore).

1941. Coilia reynaldi Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p. 718.
1949. Coilìa reynaldi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 401.

1953. Coilia reynaldi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 3 84.

B. 9; D. 1+14; P. xii—xiii+5—6; V 6; A. 116; C.
10; L. 1 55; L. tr. 10-11.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering íowaids tail;
abdomen keeled, serrated. Head 7 -0, depth 6 in total
length. Eyes 4 in head, 1 *0 in snout, 1 -5 in interorbital,
very prominent, Cleft of mouth oblique; maxil?a nearly
reaching end of opercle. Teeth fine in both jaws, \ omer,
palatines, pterygoids and tongue. Single dorsal fin;
o igin in the first fourth of total Jength; Pectoials Icw,
with 12 free, upper rays produced and reaching nearly
to middle of body. Anal long; origin below or slightly
behind last dorsal ray. Caudal united, anal pointed. No
lateral line. Scales moderate. Abdominal scutes 12,
sharp spines.

Silvery white with pinkish reflections.

It attains at least 100 mm. in length; littoral, euryha-
line.

ENGRAULIDAE

119

Distribution. —India, Burma.—Malaya, Singapore; in
the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with Ihe latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 1°—22°N., 88°—103°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(16°—22°N., 88°—1C0° E. in ihe Bay of
Bengal +1°N.—103°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

71. Genus Anchoviella Fowler*

'1789. Menidia Browne, Nat. Hist. Jamaica , ed. 2, p. 46 (type, Menidia
Corpare Pellucido , linea laterali latiori argentea , inadmissible;
Jordan & Evermann designated Antherina browni Gmelin
as type in Gen. Fish. t pt. 1, p. 46, 1917).

1803. Encrasicholus (Commerson) Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss., 5,
pp. 382, 458 (type, ‘‘ Encrasicholus mandibula inferiore
breviore" etc., nonbinomial, inadmissible; Jordan &
Evermann designated Clitpea vittargentea Lac., as type in
Gen. Fish ., pt. 1, p. 71, 1917).

1911. Anchoviella Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad., p. 211 (type,
Engraulis perfasciatus Poey, orthotypic).

Body elongate, scales moderate, deciduous. Maxilla
almost reaching gill-opening. Snout overhanging large
moath. Abdomen som*what keeled and serrated, with
not mo**e than 7 preventral scutes. Doisal origin behind
pelvic origin. Upper pecto.al ray not produced. Anal
single, short, behind dorsal fìn. Adipose fìn absent. Caudal
fo*ked. Branchiostegals 11—13. Gill rakers 17—50.
Marked, silvery lateral band. Plankton and nekton
feeders, living in large shoals.

Distribution .—Zanzibar, Red Sea, Arabra, S. Africa,
Mauritius, India, Sri Lanka, Burma, Indonesia, Malaya,
Thailand, Phiiippines Formoja, China, Korea, Malanesia,
Polynesia, Australia, and Hawaii.

Key to species of genus Anchoviella Fowler

1. Anal origin behind dorsal

origin .. A. heterolobus

2. Anal origin below dorsál base .. 3

3. Abdominal scutes between pec-

torals and pelvics 6—8 .. ,. A. commersonii

4. Abdominal scutes between pec-

torals and pelvics 4-5 . 5

*The generic name Anchoviella Fowler is erroneously used for
these Indo-Pacific species of Stolephorus (yide Whitehead (1967, Bull.
Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.), Suppl. 2, p. 136). ed.

120

TELEOSTOMI

5. Maxillary reaching front border

of preopercle A. indica

6. Maxillary reaching gill-opening A. tri

171. Anchoviella commersonii (Lacépède)

(Pl.III, fig. 3; Text-fig. 32)

1803. Stolephorus commersonii Lecépède, Hist. nat. Poiss., 5, pp. 381,
382, pl. 12, fig. 1 (type locality : not mentioned).

1808. Engraulis commersonianus Gdnther, Cat. Fish. Brìt. Mus. } 7,
p. 388 (Bengal).

1878. Engraulis commersonianus Day, Fish. India , p. 629, pl. 158,
fig. 1 (seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Engraulis commersonianus Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1,
P. 394.

1912. Engraulis commersonianus Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 7, p. 60

(Purí).

1913, Stolephorus commersonii Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-

Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 45, fig. 19 (Java, Madura, Bali,
Sumatra, Bintang, Celebes, Ambon).

1915. Stolephorus commersonii Chaudhuri, Mem. ìndian Mus., 5,
p. 426 (Chilka Lake).

1917. Engraulis commersonìanus Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11,
p. 93 (Tuticorin).

1922. Stolephorus commersonii Hora, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 764
(Chilka Lake).

1928. Engraulis commersonii Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 32

p. 704 (Colombo).

1929. Engraulis commersonianus Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33,

p. 356 (Travancore).

1929. Engraulis commersonianus Wu. Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc.
China, 5 ( 4), p. 21, fig. 16 (Amoy).

1938. Anchoviella commersonii Fowler, List Fish. Malaya, p.
(Penang, Singapore).

1941, Anchoviella commersonii Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 703.

1949. Anchoviella commersonii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 401.
1953. Anchoviella commersonii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

1953. Stolephorus commersoni Herre, Check List Philippine Fish.,
p. 78.

1953. Anchoviella commersonii Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 94
(Durban).

ENGRAULIDAE

121

1955. Anchoviella commersonii Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 31.

Text-fig. 32.— Lateral view of Anchovieììa commersonii

(Lac.) (After F. Day)

Vernacular narnes .— India : Kolla, Kanarese; Nethali netholi ,
Malayalam: Netholi. nethali, Tamil; Furasa, Telegu; Standardised
name : Vella nethali. Sri Lanka : Halmassa, Singhalese.

B. 11-13; D. 15-16; P. 14-15; V 7; A.20-21; C. 19;
L. 1. 38-40; L. tr. 8-9;

Body elongatè, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 5 -0—5 -2,
depth 5 -2—5 *7 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid, 3 -5
in head, 0 *5 to 0 -6 in snout, 1 -0 in interorbital. Snout
very prominent, overhanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
slightly horizontal; maxilla extending to gill opening.
Teeth fine in jaws, in narrow bands on vomer and palatines.
A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal base than to
snout end and far behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low,
1 *5 in head, not reaching pelvic base. Pelvics 2 -2 in
head; origin entirely before dorsal and nearer to anal
origin than to pectoral base. Anal short; origin below
middle of dorsal base, nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal base; base 1-1 in head, 5*8 in total length,
Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. No lateral line. Scales
moderate, deciduous. Abdominal scutes 6-8 between
pectoral and pelvic bases, none before pectorals or behind
pelvics. Lower gill rakers 19-26, 0*7 in eye, more than
twice gill-fìlaments.

Silvery greenisb or brownish above becoming lighter
below; a silvery lateral band less than eye diameter in
breadth from centre of gill opening to tai] becoming
wider behind; fine yellow with minute black dots.

122

TELEOSTOMI

It attains 203 mm. in length and is much esteemed
for eating; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka.—Mnscat, S. Africa,
índonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Hongkong, Amoy,
Philippines; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with
the latitudina! and longitudinal range of 24°N.—29°S.,
30°—123°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(24°N.—29°S. 30°—100 C E.
in th^ Indian Ocean+24°N.—7°S., 103°-~123°E. in the
Pacific Ocean).

172. Anchoviella heterolobrs (Riippell)*

1837. Engrauìis heterolobus Ríippel], Neue Wirbelth, Fische , p. 79,
pl. 21, fig. 4 (type locality : Red Sea).

1913. Stolephorus heterolobus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish, Indo -
Austral. Archipel.,2 , p. 44 (Sumatra, Java, Ambon). Jj

1924. Stolephorus heterolobus Hora, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, 6, p. 14
(Singgora).

1929. Anchoviella heteroloba Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5,
p. 43 (Queensland).

1932. Stolephorus heterolobus Chevey, Inst. Oceangr. Indo-Chine,
19 ò note, p. 8 (Cochin-China, Annam).

1936. Engraulis heterolobus Herre, Field Mus. Publ. , 353, Zool. Ser. 21,
p. 34 (Fiji, Solomons).

1939. Stolephorus heterolobus Herre, Rec. Indian Mus ., 41, p. 330

(Andamans).

1940. Stolephorus heterolobus Herre, Rec. Indian_ Mus ., 42, p. 1

(Ross Island).

1940. Stolephorus heterolobus Herre, Rec. Indian Mus ., 42, p. 10

(Mergui market)

1941. Anchoviella heteroloba Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,

P. 698.

1941. Stolephorus heterolobus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 335.

1949. Anchoviella heterolobus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45 # p. 402.

1953. Anchoviella heterolobus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

1953. Stolephorus heterolobus Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. y
p. 79 (Philippines).

Vernacular name . —India : Standardised name : Kasi Nethali.

B. 12-13; D. 13-14; P. 13; V 7; A. 16-18; L.l. 35-36;
L. tr. 8-9; Predorsal Scales 15.

*The genus Anchoviella Fowler is a junior synonym of Stolephorus
Lacépède iyide Whitehead, 1973, J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 14(2), p. 118).

ENGRAULEDAE

123

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profìles equally convex. Head 3 »8-4 -0,
depth 5 # 0-6*0 in standard length. Eyes with adispose lid,
3*2-4-0 in head, greater than snout and interorbital.
Snout very prominent, overhanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
slightly horizontal; maxilla reaching hind border of pre-
opercle. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal origin
than to snout end, far behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low,
as long as postorbit, not reaching pelvic base. Pehics
much longer than eye, 2 -6-3 *0 in head; origin midway
between anal origin and pectoral base and much ahead
of dorsal origin. Anal short; origin just behind last dorsal
ray. 6-0 in total length. Caudal deeply forked, 5 *0 in
in total length. No lateral line. Scales moderate, deci-
duous. Abdominal scutes 5 between pectorals and pelvics,
none before pectorals or behind pelvics. Gill rakers
15+22, flattened, slender, 3 -0 times gill fìlaments, a little
shorter than eye.

Yellowish or pale brown with a silvery lateral band;
sides of head bright silvery white; fins all pale.

It attains 90 mm. in length, littoral.

Distribution. —India, Burma.—Red Sea, Indonesia, Thai-
land, Indo-China, Philippines, Fiji, Solomon, Queensland;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 20 D N.—17°S., 39°-180°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(20°N.—17°S., 39 0 —141°E. in the Indian
Ocean+15°N.—7°S., 101°—180°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

173. Anchoviella indica (van Hasselt)

1823. Etìgraulis indìca van Hasselt, Aìgem. Konst. LetUr-bcae
I (23) p. 329 (type locality : Java).

1839. Engraulis albus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal,. 2, p. 293 (on
Nattoo Russell, Fish. CoromandeU 2, p. 71, pí. 187, 1803,
type locality : Vizagapata.n).

1849. Engraulis balìnensis Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen.,22, p. 11 (tvDe
locality : Boleling, Bali).

1852. Engraulis russellii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., 24, p. 38 (type
locality : Batavia, Java).

1865. Engraulis brownii (nec . Gmelin) Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 237
(Malabar).

1878. Engraulis indicus Day, Fish. India , p. 629, pl. 158, fig. 3 (Seas of
India to the Malay Archipelago).

124

TELEOSTOMI

1889. Engraulis indica Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish.. 1, p. 394.

1913. Stolephorus indicus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel, 2, p. 46 (Java, Madura, Bali, Sumatra, Padang,
Pedang, Singapore, Bintaug, Banka, Celebes, Ambon).

1915. Stolephorus indicus Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 425

(Chilka Lake).

1916. Engraulis indicus Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 117.

1917. Engraulis indicus Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 93

(Tuticorin).

1922. Stolephorus indicus Hora, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 764 (Chilk
Lake).

1926. Stolephorus insuìarum Jordan and Seale, Buìì. Harv. Mus.
Comp. Zooì., 67, p. 381 (Tahiti).

1929. Engraulis indicus Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p. 356
(Travancore).

1931. Anchovia indica Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ., p. 16 (Hong-
kong).

1931. Anchovia indica Schmidt, Trans. Pacific Comm. Acad. Sci. 11,

S. S. R., 2, p. (177 Kominato, Rin Kin.)

1932. Stolephorus indicus Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-Chine, 19°

note, p. 8 (Cambodia; Cochin China; Annam).

1933. Stoìephorus indicus nanus Hardenberg, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.,

93, p. 263 (type locality : not given).

1933. Stalephorus indicus indicus Hardenberg, Nat. Tìjds. Ned. Ind.
93, p. 263.

1936. Stolephorus indicus Suvetti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 14 (Gulf
of Siam).

1941. Anchoviella indica Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
706.

1941. Stolephorus indicus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 335.

1949. Anchoviella indica Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 402.

1953. Anchoviella indica Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

1953. Stolephorus indicus Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 80
(Philippines).

1953. Anchoviella indica Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 94 (Natal).

1955. Anchoviella indica Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 31 (coastal waters).

Vernacular names. — India : Zoo-roo-cart-dah, Andamanese; Co-
netholi, Malayalam; Netholi, Tamil; Nettellee , Natto. Sri Lanka : Hal -
massa, Singhalese.

ENGRAULIDAE

125

B. 11-13; D. 16; P.14-16; V. 7; A. 19-21; C 19; L. 1.

37-40; L. tr. 8-9; Predorsal scales 20-22.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated;
dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 4 -6-5 »0,
depth 6 *0-6-5 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid,
3 -5 in head, 0 -6-0 *7 in snout, 1 -0 in interorbital. Snout
very prominent, overhanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
slightly horizontal; maxilla reaching opposite mandibular
joint or hind preopercular edge. A single dorsal fin;
origin nearer to caudal origin than to snout end and far
behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low r , not reaching pelvics,
1 -5 in head. Pelvics 2 -2 in head; origin nearer to anal
origin than to pectoral base and much before dorsal origin.
Anal short; origin below middle of dorsal base, nearer to
pelvic origin than to caudal origin; its base 1 -1 in head,
5 *8 in total length. Caudal deeply forked, 1 -2 in head.
No lateral line. Scales moderate, deciduous. Abdominal
scutes 4-5; between pelvics and pectorals, none before
pectorals or behind pelvics. Gill rakers 20+21—22,
slender, lanceolate, more or less equal to gill filaments.

Silvery dashed with green along back, and sometimes
a few dark spots behind the ccciput; a brillant silvery
lateral band from upper edges of eye to middle of caudal
fin.

It attains 145 mm. in length and ascends tidalrivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distributicn. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Zanzibar, S.
Africa, Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Annam,
Hongkong, Formosa, Japan, Pelew Is., Samoa, Tahiti, in
the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal ranee of 2°N.—20°S.. 30°E.—149°W. in the
Índo-Pacific—(25°N.—29°S, 30°—100°E. in the Indian
Ocean+26°N.—18°S., 101°E.—149°W. in the Pacific
Ocean).

174. ÀnchOYÌella tri (Bleeker)

1852. Engraulis tri Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. (Haring), 24, p. 40 (type
locality : Batavia).

1878. Engrauìis tri Day, Fish. India , p. 630, pl. 158, fig. 6.

1889. Engraulis tri Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 395 (from
Bombay through the seas and estuaries of India to the
Malay Archipelago. This fish ascends the Hooghly as high
as Calcutta).

126

TELEOSTOMI

1913. Stolephorus tri Wefcer & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archi-
pel ., 2, p. 47.

1926. Stolephorus rex Jordan & Seale, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool

67, p. 380 (type locality : Canara, India).

1927. Engraulis tri Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 32, p. 254

(Bombay).

1931. Stolephorus tri Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrìs Univ., p. 16 (Amoy).

1932. Stolephorus tri Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China , 19° note,

p. 9 (Cochin China; Combodia).

1935. Stolephorus tri Herre, Mid. Pacific Mag. t 10, (2), p. 163
(Pelew Is.).

1941. Anchoviella tri Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13 , p. 709.

1949. Anchoviella tri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,p. 402.

1953. Anchoviella tri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,p. 386.

1953. Stolephorus tri Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 81
(Philippines).

Vernacular name. — India : Standardised name : Tri nethali.

B. 11; D. 1 + 14-15; P.12-13; V. 7; A. 20-23; C. 17;
L. 1. 32-35; L. tr. 8-9; Predorsal scales 18-19.

Body oblong, compréssed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profìles equally convex. Head 5 *0-
5 -5, depth 5 *0-5 *2 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid,
3 *0-3-6 in head, 0 *5-0-7 in snout, 1*0 in interorbital.
Snout very prominent, overhanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
slightly horizontal; maxilla just reaching gill opening.
A single dorsal fìn; origin nearer to caudal origin than to
snout end, far behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low, 1 *7
in head, not reaching pelvic origin. Pelvics small, 2 *6
in head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin,
much before dorsal origin. Anal short, equal to head, 5 -5
in total length; origin under middle of dorsal base. Caudal
deeply forked, 1*1 in head. No lateral line. Scales deciduous.
Abdominal scutes 4-5 between pectorals and pelvics, none
before pectorals or behind pelvics. Gill rakers 15 + 21-25,.
short, lanceolate, 2 -0 times gill filaments, 1 -0 in eye.

Silvery grey above becoming lighter and shot with
purple on sides and below; a silvery lateral band from
shoulder opposite eye to base of caudal; a dark spot behind
occiput.

ít attains 120 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

ENGRAULIDAE

127

Distribution. —India, Pakistan.—Makya, Indcnesia,
Indo-China, Amoy, Philippines, Pelew Is., in ihe mean
annual isotherm of 20°C.with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 25°N.—7°S., 62°—135°E. in the Indo-Pacific=*
(20°N—25 o S.,62 o —101°E., in the Indian Ocean + 24°N.—
7°S., 103°—135°E. in the Pacifìc Occan).

72. Genus Thrissocles Jordan and Evermann*

1817. Thrìssa (nec Refinesque, 1815), Cuvier, Regne Animal. t 2,
ed 1, p. 176 (type, Clupea setirostris Brouss., logotypic ; 9
inadmissible being preoccupied by Thrissa Refinesque, a
genus of Clupeidae).

1829. Thryssa Cuvier, Regne Animal. , 2, ed. 2, p. 323 (type, Clupea
setirostris Brouss.).

1838. Thryssus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal , 1, pp. 279, 280 (type,

Clupea setirostris Brouss.).

1839. Trichosoma (nec Rudolphi, 1819), Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal.,

2, p. 292 (type, Thrissa hamiltonii Gray, monotypic).

1917. Thrissocles Jordan & Evermann, Gen. Fish ., p. 98 (type,
Clupea setirostris Brourss., orthotypic).

1925. Scutengraulis Jordan & Seale, Copeia , No. 141, p. 30 (type,
Thrissa hamiltonii Gray, orthotypic).

1925. Thrissina Jordan & Seale, Copeia , No. 141, p. 30 (type, Clupea
baelama Forsk., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales moderate, deciduous.
Teeth in jaws minute, uniform. Maxilla moderate, pro-
duced or extended. Branchiostegals 11—13. Abdomen
keeled and serrated. A tiny spine before dorsal. Pectorals
reach pelvics; upper ray of pectoral not produced. Dorsal
origin behind pelvic origin. Anal single, moderate, behind
dorsal origm. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked. A
marked silvery band present or absent. Planktcn feeders.

Distribution. —Red Sea, Arabia, Zanzibar, East and
S. Africa, Madagascar, Mauritius, Seychelles, India,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma, Singapoie, Malaya, Thailand,
Indonesia, Indo-China, China, Koiea, Japan, New Guinea,
Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia, Queensland, Philippines,
Australia.

Key to the species cf genus Thrissccles Jordan & Evermann

1. Keeled scutes on abdominal edge

begin before pectoral base 3

2. Keeled scutes on abdominal edge

begin behind pectoral base T. baelama

♦This genus is now considered a junior synonym of Thryssa Cuvier
(vide Whitehead, 1973,/. mar biol. Ass. India , 14 (1), p. 228).

128

TELEOSTOMI

3. Maxillary much produced, rea-
ching pelvic base or beyond .• 5

4. Maxillary not much produced, not

reaching pelvic base or beyond 7

5. Pelvic origin nearer to pectoral
base than to anal origin ; anal
base 4 in total length ; lower gill

rakers 16-20 .. T. dussumieri

6. Pelvic origin midway between
^ pectoral base and anal origin ; anal

base 3 -6 in total length ; lower gill

rakers 12 T. setirostris

I. Maxillary reaching pectoral base or

beyond 9

8. Maxillary not reaching pectoral

base or beyond 15

9. Anal base 4 *1—4 -8 in total length ;

dorsal origin nearer to caudal
origin than to snoutend 11

10. Anal base 3 *0—3 *3 in total length :

dorsal origin nearer to snout end
than to caudal origin 13

II. Maxillary reaching beyond pec-

toral base ; abdominal scutes 23 T. valenciennesi

12. MaxiIIary reaching pectoral base;

abdominal scutes 25-27 T. mystax

13. Lower gill rakers 16-17; predorsal
scales 20—22 ; dorsal profile

convex T. purava

14. Lower gill rakers 11 ; predorsal
scales 25; dorsal profile nearly

straight T. annandalei

15. Abdominal scutes 22-23 17

16. Abdominal scutes 26—29 21

17. Anal base 3 -0 in total length T. rambhae

18. Anal base 3*5—3-8 in total

length 19

19. Lower gill rakers 27 ; pelvic
origin midway between pectoral
base and anal origin ; scales in

lateral series 35—38 T. kammalensis

20. Lower gill rakers 10 ; pelvic origin
nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin ; scales in lateral

series 45 T. kempi

ENGRAULIDAE

129

21. Pelvic origin midway between pec-
toral base and anal origin ; scales
in lateral series 39-40 ; lower gill

rakers 21—25 T. malabaricus

22. Pelvic origin nearer to pectoral
base than to anal origin ; scales in
lateral series 44—47 ; lower gill

rakers 12—16 T. hamiltonii

175. Thrissocles annandalei (Chaudhuri)*

(pi. ii)

1915. Engraulis annandalei Chaudhuri, Mem. lndian Mus ., 5, p. 419,
fig. 3 (type locality: dredged in shailow water off Nalbano
Island, Chilka Lake: type is in the Zoological Survey of
India).

1949. Tfirissocles annandalei Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 403

1953. Thrissocles annandalei Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

D. 1 + 12; P. 14; V. 8; C. 19; A. 45; L. 1. 50; L. tr. 13;
Predorsal scales 25.

Body cblong, compressed: abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile convex, dorsal profìle almost straight.
Head 5 *8, depth 4 *3 in total length (4 *8 and 3 *6 in standard
length). Eyes 5 *0 in head, 0 -5 in snout. Snout prcmi-
nent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending to pecto-
ral base. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end
than to caudal origin, and far behind pelvic origin. Pectorals
low, not reaching pelvic base, 1*1 in head. Pelvics small,
2*5 in head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin, and much before dorsal. Anal long; origin slightly
behind middle of dorsal base, nearer to pelvic base than
to caudal origin; its base 3 -0 in total length, 2 -6 in standard
length. Caudal deeply forked, nearly equal to head. No
lateral line. Scales thin but not so deciduous. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 15, postventral 10.

Silvery grey above becoming lighter on sides and below;
fins hyaline.

It attains 140 mm. in length and ascends estuaries;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. in lat. 19°N., long. 85°E. in the Bay of Bengal.

*Now considered, with a query, conspecific with Thryssa purava
(Hamilton) ( vide Whitehead, 1973,/. biol. mar. Ass. India , 14(1), p, 231)‘

130

TELEOSTOMI

176. Thrissocles baelama (Forskal)*

o

1775. Clupea baelama Forskàl, Descript. Animal., p. 72 (type locality:
Djedda, Red Sea).

1852. Engraulis encrasicholoides Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. (Haring .),

24, p. 37 (type locality: Batavia Java).

1870. Engraulis baelama Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond ., p. 700
(Andamans).

1878. Engraulis baelama Day, Fish. India , p. 626, pl. 158, fig. 7
(the example figured, life-size, was from Port Blair, Anda-
man Islands).

1882. Engraulis encrasicholoides Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales , 7, p. 593 (New Guinea).

1889. Engraulis baelama Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 391 (From
the Red Sea and Coast of Zanzibar, through the seas of India
to the Andamans, also recorded by Gunther from Mysol
and Manado).

1906. Anchovia evermanni Jordan and Seale, Bull. Bur. Fishr ., 25,
p. 188, fig. 4 (type locality: Apia, Samoa).

1913. Engraulis baelama Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 33 (Java, Sumatra, Madura, Bali, Celebes,
Timor, Ambon, Ceram, Banda, Aru Is., Misol, New
Guinea).

1933. Anchoviella baelama Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. (Q, 5,
p. 81 (Ceylon).

1940. Thrissina baelama Herre, Rec. Indian Mus ., 42, p. 1 (Andamans).

1941. Thrissocles baelama Fowler, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus ., (100) 13,

p. 683.

1941. Thrissina baelama Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 335.

1944. Thrissocles baelama Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 403.

1953. Thrissocles baelama Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 403.

1953. Thrissocles baelama Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 387.

1953. Thrissina baelama Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,

p. 31 (coastal waters).

Vernacular names .— Sri Lanka : Bilee lagga, Hal massa,

Singhalese, Netholi, Tamil.

B. 11-13; D. 1 + 14-15; P. 13-16; V.7; A. 27-31;
C. 20; L.l. 38-41; L. tr. 8-9; Predorsal scales 16-20.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more or less straight, dorsal slightly convex.
Head 4 -5-4 -6, depth 5 *0-5 *2 in total length. Eyes with
adipose lid, 4-Oin head, 0-8-1 *0in snout, 1 -Oininterorbital.

*Now treated under the genus Thrissina Jordan & Seale ( vide

Whitehead, 1973,/. mar. biol Ass. India , 14 (1), p. 227).

ENGRAULIDAE

131

Snout prominent overhanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
slightly oblique; maxilla extending a little beyond mandi-
bular joint. Teeth minute on vomer, palatines and ptery-
goids. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end
than to caudal origin and an eye diameter tehind pelvic
origin. Pectorals low, 1 *8 in head, hardly reaching pelvic
origin. Pelvics 2 *1 in head, nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin and an eye diameter fcefore dorsal. Anal
moderate, base nearly equal to twice dorsal base; nearer
to pelvic origin than to caudal origin and about an eye
diameter behind last dorsal ray. Caudal deeply forked,
slightly less than head. No lateral Iine. Scales regularly
arranged, not easily deciduous. Atdominal scutes fceginning
behind pectoral base, preventral 4-6, postvential 8-10.
Gil! rakers 15-20+19-22.

Bluish above. silvery on sides and below; head glossed
with gold; fins hyaline; caudal dark edged.

It attains 140 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea,
Zanzibar, Mauritius, Seychelles, Malaya, Indonesia, Thai-
land, Índo-China, Guam, Samoa, Polynesia; in tfce mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 25°N.-20°S., 39°E.-170 C W. in tfce Tndo-
Pacific=(25°N.-20°S., 39°-100°E. in the Indian Ocean+
15°N.-12° S„ 101°E.-170°W in the Pacific Ocean).

177. Thrissocles dussumieri (Valenciennes)

(Pl. III, fig. 1; Text-fig. 33)

1848. Engraulis dussumieri Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p.
69 (type locality: not given).

1865. Engrauìis auratus Day, Proe. zool. Soc . Lond p. 312 (type
iocality: Cochin, Malabar).

1865. Engraulis auratus Day, Fish. Maiabar , p. 238, pl. 19, fìg. 2
(Malabar).

1878. Engrauìis dussumìeri Day, Fish. India , p. 627, pl. 158, fìg. 4

(the example figured, life-size, was from Madras).

1879. Trichosoma adelae Rutter, Proe . Acad. nat. Sei. Phiiadelphia,

p. 65 (type locality: Swatow, China).

1889. Engrauiis dussumieri Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1 , p. 391
(seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1913. Engraulis dussumieri Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 41 (Java, Borneo, Singapore).

Ì1914. Enqraulis dussumieri Seale, Philippine J. Sci ., 9, p. 59 (PhiJip-
pines).

132

TELEOSTOMI

1917. Engraulis dussumieri Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull ., 11, p. 91
(Tuticorin).

1924. Engraulis dussumieri Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 30,
p. 40 (Calicut).

1927. Engraulis dussumieri Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 32,
p. 253 (Bombay).

1929. Engraulis dussumieri Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 33,
p. 356 (Travancore).

1932. Engraulis dussumieri Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China,
19° note, p. 9 (Indo-China).

1936. Engraulis dussumieri Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 14 (Gulf of
Siam)

1938. Thrissocles dussumieri Fowler., List Fish. Malaya, p. 34

(Singapore).

1939. Engraulis dussumieri Hora & Mukerji, Rec. Indian Mus., 38,

p. 18 (Maungmagan, Burma).

1941. Thrissocles dussumieri Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100}
13, p. 681 (Calicut; Bombay).

1949. Thrissocles dussumieri Misra, Rec. Indian. Mus., 45, p. 403.

1953. Thrissocles dussumieri Misra, Rec. Indiatt Mus., 50, p. 387.

1953. Thrissocles dussumieri Herre, Check List Philippine Fish, p.
74 (Philippines).

1955. Thrissocles dussumieri Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 33 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 33.—Lateral view of Thrissocles dussumieri (V.) (After F.
Day)

Vemacular names .— India : Neela manaugu, Kanarese; Nadu
manangu, Malayalam; Kela, Tamil. Standardised name : Nee/a
managu.

B. 12-13; D.l + 13-15; P.ll-12; V.7; A.34-38; C. 17;
L.l. 40-42; L. tr. 9-10; Predorsal scales 16-17.

fíody oblong, ccmpressed; abdcmen keeled, serraíed.
Ventral and dorsal profiles morc or less eqnalíy ccnvex.

ENGRAULIDAE

133 :

Head 4 *4— 4 *6, depth 4 *2—4 *5 in total length. Eyes 3 -7
4 *5 in head, 0 »6 in snout, 1 -0-1 *2 in interorbital. Snout
very prominent, over-hanging mouth. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla extending up to pelvic origin. Smalt
teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue
A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than tv
caudal origin, and about 1 *5 eye diameters behind pelvic
origin. Pectorals low, 1 *3 in head, reaching a little beyond
pelvic origin. Pelvics small, 3-8 in head; origin much
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin, and 1 *5 eye
diameters before dorsal. Anal moderate, base 4 in total
length, 1 *1 times head length, nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin, and about 1/3 eye diameter, behind last
dorsal ray. Caudal deeply forked, 1 *1 in head, the lower
lobe slightly longer. No lateral line. Scales thin, deciduous.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 15-16, postventral 7—8. Gi]I
rakers 16—17+16-—20, equal to gill filaments, a little
shorter than eye.

Coppery above becoming silvery below; a large black
humeral spot; fine hyaline; caudal dark edgcd.

It attains 140 mm. in length; littoral.

Distrìbution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—

Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Tndo-China, Hongkcng,
Philippines; in the mean annual isotherm of 20 C C. with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of25°N.—7°S., 62°—
123°E. intheIndo-Pacific=(5°—25°N.,62°—1C0°E. in the
Indian Ocean +24°N.—7°S., 101°—123°E. in the Pacific
Ocean).

178. Thrissocles hamiltonii (Gray)

1833. Thríssa hamiltonii Gray, III. Ind. Zool . Hardwicke , 2, pl. 92,
fig. 3 (type Iocality : India).

1839. Thryssa subspìnosa Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal ., 2, p. 293
(on Poorawah Russell, 1803, Fish. Coromandel , 2, p. 72, p.
189; type Iocality: Vizagapatam).

1848. Engraulis hamiltonii, Valenciennes, Hìst. nat. Poiss ., 21, p.
66 (Pondicherry).

1865. Engraulis hamiltonii Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 239 (Malabar).

1878. Engraulis hamiltonii Day, Fish. India, p. 625, pl. 157, fig. 4
(Sind through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Engraulis hamiltonii Day, Fauna Brít . India , Fish., 1,.
p. 389.

—1341 ZSI/71

134

TELEOSTOMI

1890. Engraulis hamiltonii Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova , (2) 9, p. 350 (Rangoon).

1913. Trichosoma hamiltoni Jordan and Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus.,
6, No. 1, p. 8 (Fusan).

1913. Engrauíis grayi Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel.y 2, p. 37 (Java, Sumatra, Singapore, Borneo,
Celebes, Ceram).

1926. Scutengraulis hamiltoni Jordan & Seale, Bull. Harv. Mus .
Comp. Zool., 67, p. 371 (Calcutta; Penang; Colombo).

1928. Engraulis hamiltonii Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. y 33,

p. 104 (Bombay).

1929. Scutengraulis hamiltoni Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus. f

5, p. 43 (N. Australia, Queensland).

1932. Engraulis grayi Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China, 19° note,

p. 9 (Cochin-China).

1933. Anchoviella hamiltoni Deraniyagala, Ceylon. J. Sci. (C), 5,

p. 81.

1936. Engraulis grayi Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam. p. 15 (Siam).

1941. Thrissocles hamiltonii Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 673 (Bombay).

1949. Thrissocles hamiltonii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 403.

1953. Thrissocles hamiltonii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 50, p. 387.

1953. Scutengraulis hamiltoni Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. y
p. 76 (Philippines).

1955. Engraulis hamiltonii Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi y Sind &
Makran y p. 16 (Coasts of Sind & Makran).

1955. Thrissocles hamiìtonii Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 32 (coastal waters).

Vernacular names .— India: Badarkati , Marathi, Poorawah , Telegu.
Pakistan : Koor.

B. 12-13;D. 1 + 34-15; P. 12-13; V.7;A. 36-41; C. 19;
L.I. 44-47; L. tr. 11-13; Predorsal scales 18-22.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal prolìle convex, ventral more or less horizontal up-
to anal. Head 5 *2-5 -5, depth 4 -2 in total length. Eyes
with adipose lid, 3 -5-4 -2 in head, 0 -7 in snout, 1 -0 in in-
terorbital. Upper jaw prominent. CJeft of mouth obJique;
maxilla extending beyond gill opening. Teeth small,
uniserial in jaws, smaller and in narrow band on palatines,
none on vomer. A single dorsal fìn; origin nearer
to snout end than to caudal origin and 2 eye diameters

ENGRAULIDAE

135

behind pelvic origin, or equidistant between Ihem. Pectcials
low, equal to head, or slightly shorter, reaching beyond
pelvic origin. Pelvics small, 3*0in head; origin nearer to
pectoral base than to anal origin, 2 eye diameters before
dorsal origin. Anal moderate, base 3 -8 in total length,
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin; origin below
or an eye diameter behind last dorsal ray. Caudal deeply
forked, equal to head. No lateral line. Scales jnoderate,
deciduous. Abdominal scutes, preventral 16-18, post-
ventral 10-11. Gill rakers 9—11 + 12—16, 1 *3 in eye.

Bronze along the back, silvery on sides and below;
black venules on shoulder behind upper half of opercle
fins yellow, dorsal edged black.

It attains 225 mm-in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —<India,Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Malaya
Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China, Korea, Philip-
pines, Queensland; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°—18°S.,
62°—140°E., in the Indo-Pacifìc=(25 0 N.-l8°S.,6 2°—
140°E. in the Indian Ocean+35°N.—7°S., 101°—127°E.
in the Pacific Ocean).

179. Thrissocles kammalensis (Bleeker.)
(Text-fig. 34)

1849. Engraulis kammalensis Bleeker, Verh. Nat. Gert. ( Madura),
22, p. 18 (type locality : Madura Straits near Kammal and
Surabaja).

1852. Engraulis rhinorhynchos Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. (Haring .),
24, p. 40 (type locality: Batavia).

1869. Engraulis rhinorhynchus Day, Proc. zool . Soc. Lond., p. 384
(Chandipore).

1878. Engraulis kammalénsis Day, Fish. India , p. 626, pl. 157, fig. 1
(the example figured, Iife size, was from Orissa).

1889. Engraulis kammalensis Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1,
p. 390 (Ceylon, Bay of Bengal to the Malay Archipelago).

1913. Engraulis kammalensis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel.y 2, p. 35 (Java, Madura, Bali, Banka, Sumatra,
Singapore, Borneo, Celebes).

1929. Engraulis kammalensis Wu, Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China ,
5, No. 4, p. 20, fig. 15 (Amoy).

136

TELEOSTOMI

1936. Engraulis kammalensis Suvatti, Index :, Fish. Siam , p. 15 (Gulf

of Siam).

1937. Scutengraulis kammalensis Herre & Meyers, Raffles Mus.

Bull.y 13, p. 13 (Johore).

1941. Thrissocles kammalensis Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. y (100)
13, p. 672.

1949. Thrissocles kammálensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45,
p. 404.

1953. Thrissocles kammalensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,.
p. 387.

1955. Thrissocles kammalensis Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish.
Ceylon , p. 32 (coastal waters).

Text-fig. 34.—Lateral view of Thrissocles kammalensis (Blkr.)>
(After F. Day)

Vernacular name. —Sri Lanka : Pothu lagga , Singhalese.

B. 10-11; D. 1 + 13-14; P. 11-12; V 7; A. 32-35; L.J.
35-38; L. tr. 9-10.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Head with a
median keel, 4-5-5*0, depth 4-0-4-4 in total length (3 -7-
4-O and 3-2—3-7 in standard length). Eyes 3 -0-3 -5,.
equal to snout and interorbi tal. Upper j aw very prominent.
Cleft of mouth oblique; maxiíla extending to gill opening.
Teeth on jaws, palatines, pterygoids, vomer and tongue.
A single dorsal fin; origin about midway between snout
and caudal origin and behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low,
as long as or a little longer than postorbital part of head r
reàching to pelvic basè. Pelvics small, less than half of
head; origin midway between anal origin and subopercular
edge. Anal moderate, base 3 -8 in total length; origin at
a short distance behind last dorsal ray. Caudal deeply
forked. No lateral line. Scales moderate, deciduous.
Abdominal scutes, preventral 14-15, postventral 8. Lower
gill rakers 27, spinulous, equal to eye.

Greyish above, silvery on sides and below; a black spot
scores nape reaching downwards to scapula; fins hyaline;;
dorsal and caudal tipped black.

ENGRAULIDÀE

137

It attains 112 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Malaya, Sin-
igapore, Indonesia, Indo-China, Amoy; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 24°N.—7°S., 85°—120°E. in the Indo-Pacific*=
(5°-21°N., 85°—100° E. in the Indian Ocean +24°N.—7°S,
103°-120°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

180. Thrissocles kempi (Chaudhuri)*

(Text-fig. 35)

1915. Engraulis kempi Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 421,
fig. 4 (type locality : off Barkul in the main area of the
Chilka Lake; the type is in the Zoological Survey of India).

1949. Thrissocles kempi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 404.
1953. Thrissocles kempi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 387.

Text-fig. 35.—Lateral view of Thrissocles kempi (Chaudhuri)

(After B. L. Chaudhuri)

D. 1 + 12; P.14; V. 8; A. 40; L.I. 45; L. tr. 12; Pre-
dorsal scales 18.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal profìle almost straight up to dorsal fin, ventral
profile convex up to anal fin. Head 5 -4, depth 4 *2 in total
length. Eyes 3 *8 in head, 0 *6 in snout and in interorbital.
Upper jaw slightly prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique,
maxilla reaching beyond gill opening. A single dorsal fin;
origin nearer to snout end than to caudal origin and 2 eye
diameters behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low, 1 *1 in head,
reaching beyond pelvic báse. Pelvics small, 2 *5 in head ;
origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin and 2 eye
diameters before dorsal origin. Anal moderate, base 3 *5
in total length; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin and just below last dorsal ray. Caudal deeply foked,

*Doubtfully considered a junior synonym of Thryssa malabarica
<Bloch) (vide. Whitehead, 1973, /. mar. biol. Ass . lndia , 14 (1), p.
235).

138

TELEOSTOMI

equal to head. No lateral line. Scales deciduous. Abdo-
minal scutes, preventral 15, postventral 8. Lower gillí
ralcers 10.

Dark above, sides and anterior part of abdomen silvery;
the rest of body pale yellow; fìns hyaline.

It attains 64 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India; in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. with lat. 19°N. long. 85°E. Bay of Bengal.

181. Thrissocles maiabaricus (Bloch)

(PJ. VII, fig. 2; Text-fig. 36)

1795. Clupea malabaricus Bloch, Naturg. Ausland. Fische, 9, p. 115,
pl. 432, (type locality: Tranquebar).

1803. Clupea malabarica Lacépède, Hist. nat.Poiss., 5, p. 425 (Malabar).

1839. Thryssa cuvieri Swainson,, Nat. Hist. Animal. 2, p. 293 (on
Poorwa Russell, 1803, Fish, Coromandel, 2,p.75, 293, pl. 194)
(type locality: Vizagapatam).

1848. Engraulis malabaricus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p.
63, pl. 194, (Bombay).

1865. Engraulis malabaricus Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 239 (Malabar)..

1868. Engraulis malabaricus Gunther, Cat. Fish. JBrit. Mus., 7, p. 395
(coast of Malabar).

1878. Engraulis malabaricus Day, Fish. India, p. 625, pl. 157, fig. 5
(coast of Sind and through the seas of India).

1889. Engraulis malabaricus Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 389.

1910. Engraulis malabaricus Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 5, (Chilka
Lake).

1913. Engraulis malabaricus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel., 2, p. 36.

1929. Engraulis malabaricus Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc„ 33,.
p. 356 (Travancore).

1941. Thrissocles malabarica Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100), 13,
p. 671.

1949. Thrissocles malabaricus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus„ 45, p. 404.

1953. Thrissocles malabaricus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 387.

1953. Thrissocles malabaricus Smith, Sea Fish South. Africa, p. 95
(Port Alfred).

1955. Engraulis malabaricus Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sinct
& Makran ., p. 16.

]955. Thrissocles malabarica Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon T
p. 32 (coastal waters).

ENGRAULIDAE

139

Text-fig. 36%—Lateral view of Thrissocles malaharìcus (Bl.)

(After F. Day)

Vernacular rtames .— India: Poor-relart , Mortangoo Malayalam;
Peor-relart , Tamil, Poorwa t Telegu.

B. 12; D. 1 + 14—15; P. 14; A. 40-43; C. 20; L.l. 39-40;

L. tr. 11-12.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 5-0-5-1,
depth 3 -7 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid, 4 -0-4 -5
in head, 0 -7 in snout, 1 -5 in interorbital. Upper jaw
prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending
beyond gill opening. Teeth fine in jaws and on palate.
A single dorsal fin; orígin nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin, about an eye diameter behind pelvic origin. Pectorals
low, l -2 in head, just reaching pelvic base. Pelvics small,
2 -5 in head, origin midway between pectoral baSe and anal
origin, and an eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal
moderate, base 3-5 in total length; origin neaFerto pelvic
origin than to caudal origin and just behind last ray of
dorsal. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. No lateral
line. Scales regularly arranged, deciduous. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 17, postventral 9-10. Lower gill rakers
21-25, half eye diameter.

Silvery shot with gold and purple; black f venules cn
shoulders; oectorals often deep black; other fins yellow;
dorsal and caudal edged black.

It attains 150 mm. in length, littoral.

140

TELEQSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan; Sri Lanka.—South
Africa, N. Celebes; in the mean annual isolheim of 20 C C.
with th? latitudinal and longitudinal range of25 c N.—33 C S.,
27°—120°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(25°N.—33°S., 27°—83°E.
in the Indian Ocean-f 20°S. —20°E. in the Pacific Ocean). 1

182. Thrissocles mystax (Schreider)

1801. Clupea mystax Schneider, Syst. Ichth . Bloch., p. 426, pl. -83
(type locality: Malabar.).

1846. Thryssa mystax Richardson, Ichth. China Japan, p. 309 (seas of
India and China).

1848. Engraulis mystax Valenciennes, fíist. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 67
(India).

1852. Engraulis mystacoides Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. ( fíaring ), 24,
p. 42 (type locality: Batavia).

1868. Engraulis mystax Gíinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p. 397
(Bombay; Madras; Java).

1878. Engraulis mystax Day, Fish. India, p. 625, pl. 157, fig. 3 (seas
and estuaries of India to the Malay Archipelago and China).

1889. Engraulis mystax Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 390.

1910. Engraulis mystax Jenkins, Rec. lndian Mus. , 5, p. 135, (Chilka
Lake).

1913. Engraulis mystax Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 38 (Java, Madura, Sumatra, Singapore,
Banka, Borneo, N. Celebes).

1917. Engraulis mystax Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull, 11, p. 93, (Tuticorin).

1929. Scutengraulis mystax Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5,
p. 43 (Queensland).

1931. Engraulis mystax Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrìs Univ., p. 17 (seas
of Ghina; Amoy).

1931. Anchovia mystax Schmidt, Trans. Pacific Comm. Acad. Sci.

U.S.S.R. , 2, p. 20 (Fusan).

1932. Engraulis mystax Chevey, Inst. Oceanogr. Indo-China, 19°note,

p. 9 (Annam).

1933. Anchoviella mystax Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. (C), 5, p. 82

(Ceylon).

1936. Engraulis mystax Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 15 (Siam).

1940. Scutengraulis mystax Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42, p. 9 (Mergui

market).

1941. Thrissocles mystax Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.

675.

1949. Thrissocles mystax Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 405.

ENGRÁULIDÁE

141

1953. Thrissocles mystax Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

1953. Scutengraulis mystax Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 77
(Philippines).

1955. Thrissocles mystax Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p. 32 (coastal waters).

Vernacular names. — India: Phasa, Bengali; Katì, Bombay:
Manangu, Malayalam; Kati, Tolkati, Marathi; Phasa, Oriya ; Standard-
ised name: Kati manangu. Bangladesh: Phasa. Sri Lanka: Ata lagga ,
Hal massa, Singhalese.

B. 12-14; D. 1 + 13-15; P. 12-13; V 7; A. 35-38; C. 19;

L.I. 45; L. tr. 12/20-22.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.,
Dorsal and ventral profìles equally convex. Head 4’8-5*0,
depth 4-5-4 # 7 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid
4-0-4-5 in head, 0*7-1 ’0 in snout, 1*2 in interorbita.
Upper jaw prominenL Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla
reaching pectoral base. Teeth fine, irregularly biserial in
jaws. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal origin
than to snout end, about 2 -2 eye diameters behind pelvic
origin. Pectorals low, 1 -3 in head, reaching beyond pelvic
origin. Pelvics small, 2 *6 in head; origin nearer to pectoral
base than to anal origin, about 2 *2 diameters before dcrsal
origin. Anal moderate, base 4.1 in total length; origin nearer
to pelvic base, than to caudal origin, just behind last dorsal
ray. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. No lateral
line. Scales regularly arranged, deciduous. Atdcminal
scutes, preventral 16-17, postventral 9-10. Gill rakers
9 —11 + 16—17, equal to eye.

Neutral gray above becoming silvery white on sides
and below; black venules over the scapular region; dorsal
and caudal pale brownish; other fins yellowish.

It attains 228 mm. in length; littoral, euryhaline.

Distrihution .—India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—
Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, Annam, China,
Philippines, Queensland, Fusan; in the mean annual iso-
therm of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range
of 35°N.—18°S., 62°—140 D E. inthe Indo-Pacific=(25°N.—
18°S. 62°—140°E. in the Indian Ocean+35°N.—7°S., 101°
—129°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

142

TELEOSTOMI

183. Thrissocles purava (Hamilton)

1822. Clupea purava Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 238, 382 (type
locality; the estuaries of the Ganges).

1839. Thryssa megastoma Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal., 2, p. 293.
(on Peddah Poorawah Russell, 1803, Fish. Coremandel,
p. 73, pl. 190; type locality: Vizagapatam).

1848. Engraulis purava Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 65
(Coromandel).

1868. Engraulis purava Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, 397 (Kurra-
chee; Cochin; Calcutta).

1878. Engraulis purava Day, Fish. India, p. 628, pl. 157, fig. 2 (seas
and estuaries of Sind, both sides of India to the Malay
archipslago).

1889. Engraulispurava Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish. 1, p. 393.

1913. Engraulis purava Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 39 (Pinang, Rangoon).

1915. Engraulis purava Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus., 5, p. 424

(Chilka Lake).

1916. Engraulis purava Raj, Rec. Indian Mus., 12, p. 251 (Madras).

1917. Engraulis purava Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 92, (Tuti-

corin).

1922. Engraulis purava Hora, Mem. Indian Mus., 15, p. 764 (Chilka
Lake).

1924. Engraulis purava Fowler, J. Bombay. nat. Hist. Soc., 30, p, 40-
(Calicut).

1924. Engraulis hornelli Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 30, p. 41
(type locality: Calicut; according to Fowler the type is in
the United States National Museum, Washington).

1929. Engraulis purava Pillay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 33, p. 356-
(Travancore).

1941. Thrissocles purava Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13, p.
677 (Calicut).

1949. Thrissocles purava Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 405.

1953. Thrissocles purava Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 386.

1955. Engraulis purava Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind &
Makrans, p. 17.

Vernacular names. —India: Kutthavoo, Malayalam; Pussai, Oriya;
Peddah-poorawah, Telegu. Burma: Nga buh, Showk-a-thin, Arakan.

B.12; D. 1+13; P. 15; V 6-7; A. 45-47; L.l. 46; L. tr.
12; Predorsal scales 20-22.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated..
Dorsal and ventral proíìles more or less equally convex.
Head 5*4-6’0, depth 4 -2-4 -5 in total length. Eyes with
adipose lid, 4*2-5 *0 in head, 0*7 in snout, 1 -0 in interor-
bital. Upper jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth oblique;

ENGRÁULIDAE

143 -

maxilla reaching to pectoral base. Teeth small, nnisuial
in jaws. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout
end than to caudal origin and nearly 3 eye
diameters behind pelvic origin. Pectcrals lcw, 1 -1 in
head, reaching beyond pelvic origin. Pelvics small, 2-2 in
head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin and about 3 eye diameters befcre dorsal origin.
Anal moderate, base 3*3 in total length; origin belcw
middle of dorsal base or beneath the posterior donal
rays, and nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin.
Caudal deeply forked, 1 *1 times head. No lateral line*
Scales regularly arranged. Abdominal scutes, prevential
15-16, postventral 10-11. Gill rakers 16+17, twice gill
filaments.

Steel blue along back and with a golden tinge abcut
the head; silvery on sides and below; dorsal and caudal
yellowish, other fins uncoloured.

Tt attains 305 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Buima.—Penang, Ecnin
Is., Micronesia; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. wilh
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 1°-25 C N., 62°-
142°E, in the Indo-Pacific=(5°-25°N., 62°-96 c E. in the
Indian Ocean+12°N., 142°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

184. Thrissocles rambhae (Chavdhuri)*
(Text-fig. 37)

1916. Etigraulis rambhae Chaudhuri, Mem. Indiart Mus ., 5, p. 423
(type locality: Rambha Bay, Chilka Lake; type is in the
Zoological Survey of India).

1949. Thrissocles rambhae Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 406.
1953. Thrissocles rambhae Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. f £0, p. 387.

*Now treated with a query, a junior synonym of Thryssa malabarica
(Bloch) ( vide Whitehead, 1973, J. mar. biol. Ass. India , 14 (1), p. 235)..

144

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 37.—Lateral view of Thrissocles rambhae (Chaudhuri)
(After B.L. Chaudhuri)

D. 1 + 11; P. 13; V 7; A. 40; L.l. 46; L. tr. 12;
Predorsal scales 22.

Bady oblong, compressed; abdomén keeled, serrated.
Djrsal profile highly convex, ventral profile nearly straight.
Hmi 4*8, depth 4*2 in total length. Eyes 4*0 in head,
0*5 in snDat. Uppsr jaw prominent. Cleft of mouth slightly
obliqas; maxilla extending a little beyond gill opening, not
reaching psctoral base. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer
to snout end than to caudal origin and about one and half
eye diameters behind pelvic origin. Pectorals low, 1 *3
in hsad, much beyond pelvic origin. Pelvics small, 2*4
in hsad; origin midway between pectoral base and anal
origin, and about one and half diameters before dorsal
origin. Anal moderate, 3 *1 in total length; origin nearer
to pelvic base than to caudal origin and below 1 or 2 last
dorsal rays. Caudal deeply forked, 1 -2 in head. No lateral
lins. Scales regularly arranged, deciduous. Abdominal
scutes, preventral 15, postventral 7. Lower gill rakers 17.

Silvery with upper part yellowish brown; lower half
òf the posterior part brown; fins hyaline; dorsal edged
black.

It attains 95 mm. in length, ascends tidal waters;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distrìbution. —India; in themean annual isotherm of
20°C. in lat. -19°N. long. 85°E. in a Bay of Bengal.

185. Thrissocles setirostris (Brousronet)

1782. Clupea setirostris Broussonet, Ichth., 1, pl. 11 (type locality:
Tanna, New Hebrides).

1848. Engraulis setirostris Valeńciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 21, p. 69

(India).

1849. Thryssa macrognathos Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. ( Madura ) f

22, p. 13 (typs Iocality: Madura near Bangcallang).

ENGRAULIDAE

145

1878. Engraulis setirostris Day, Fish. India t p. 626 (from the Red Sea
through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. Engraulis setirostris Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 391.

1913. Engraulis setirostrís Weber Sc de Beaufort, Fish. Jndo-Austral.
Archipel., 2, p. 40 (Madura, Sumatra, Padang, Banka, Celebes,
Ambon, Tanna, China).

1917. Engraulis setirostris Hornell, Madras Fish. Bull., 11, p. 91
(Tuticorin).

1931. Engraulis setirostris Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrìs Univ p. 17
(China).

1936. Engraulis setirostris Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam , p. 15 (Siam).

1940. Thrissocles setirostris Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42, p. 10 (Mergui

market).

1941. Thríssocles setirostris Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,

p. 679.

1949. Thrissocles setirostris Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 406.

1953. Thrissocles setirostris Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 387.

1953. Thrissocles setirostris Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 95
(Port St. Johns).

1955. Thrissocles setirostrís Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 32 (coastal waters)

Vernacular names .— India : Yeka-poorawah , Telegu; Standardised
name: Dadi manantgu. Sri Lanka : Raval lagga, SinghaJese.

B. 10-11; D. 1+14-16; D. 12-14; V. 6; A. 34-38; C. 17;
L. I. 40-44, L. tr. 10-11; Predorsal scales 18-19.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex. Head 5 -5,
depth 4 *4 in total length. Eyes with adipose lid, 3 *5-4 *0
in head, 0 -5 in snout, 1 *0 in interorbital. Upper jaw not
very prominent, snout bluntly rounded. Cleft ofmouth
oblique; maxilla produced into a long filament often
reaching beyond pelvics. Teeth small, uniserial in jaws,
on vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue. A single
dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal origin
and about an eye diameter behind pelvic origin. Pectorals
low, 1 -0-2 '2 in head, reaching pelvic base. Pelvics small,

1 -7-2 -0 in head; origin midway between pectoral base and
anal origin and an eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal
moderate, base 3 *6 in total length; origin much nearer to
pelvic origin than to caudal origin, and just behind last
dorsal ray. Caudal deeply forked, equal to head. No
lateral line. Scales regularly arranged, deciduous. Ab-
dominal scutes, preventral 17-18, postventral 8-10. Gill

146

TELEOSTOMI

takers 5 + 12, slender, lanceolate, 1 -0 in gill-filaments,

1 -5 in eye.

Greenish grey above, silvery on sides and below; black
venules on shoulder; fins hyaline.

It attains 170 mm. in length and is found in sea and
brackish waters; littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Red
Sea, S. Africa, Malaya, Indonesia, Thailand, Indo-China,
China, Queensland, Melanesia; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 25°—29°S., 30°—140°E. in the Indo-Pacific.

186. Thrissocles valenciennesi (Bleeker)*

1866. Stolephorus (Thryssa ) valenciennesi BJeeker, Ned. Tìjds. Dierk,
3, p. 306 (type locality: Java, Sumatra, Singapore, Borneo).

1927. Engraulis valenciennesi Fowler, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.,
33, p. 254 (Bombay).

1936. Thrissocles valenciennesi Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 36
(Singapore, Penang).

1941. Thrissocles valenciennesi Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100)
13, p. 682 (Bombay).

1949. Thrissocles valenciennesi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 406.
1953. Thrissocles valenciennesi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 387.

B. 12-13; D. 1 + 13-14; P. 12-13; V 7; A. 38-42; L.I.
40. L. tr. 12; Predorsal scales 19-20.

Body oblong compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Dorsal profile convex, ventral profile almost straight.
Head 5 -0-5 -2, depth 4 -3-4 -6 in total length (4 *0-4 -2 and
3 *3-3 *6 in standard length). Eyes 3 *5-3 -6 in head, 0 -7
in snout, 1 -0 in interorbital. Upper jaw prominent, snout
rounded. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending slight-
ly beyond pectoral base. Teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines,
pterygoids and tongue. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer
to caudal base than to snout end, and behind pelvic origin.
Pectorals low, equal to postorbital part of head, reaching
pelvic base. Pelvics 2*5-2*6 in head, midway between
anal and subopercle. Anal moderate, base 2-8-3-0 in

*Now considered a junior synonym of Thryssa mystax (Schneider)
(vide Whitehead, et al,1966, Zool. Verhandì., 84, p. 125).

ENCRAULIDAE

147

standard length; origin a little before end of dorsal. Caudal
deeply forked, 3 -8 in standard length. No lateral line.
Scales thin, deciduous, with 6-7 fine, vertical lines inter-
rupted at median axis. Abdominal scutes, preventral 15,
postventral 8. Gill rakers 10-12 + 14-17, Ianceolate
slender, 0 -7 in eye.

Silvery grey above becoming lighter on sides
and below : scapular region with black venules; fins
hyaline; caudal with darker margin.

It attains 177 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India.—Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia,
Philippines; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the.
latítudinal and longitudina 1 range of 18°N.—7°S., 72°—
123°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(5°—18°N., 72°—100°E.

in the Indian Ocean+14°N.—7°S., 103°—123°E. in the
Pacific Ocean).

73. Genus Xenengraulis Jordan & Seale

1925. Xenengraulis Jordan & Seale, Copeia , No. 141. p. 29 (type,
X. spinidens Jordan & Seale, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales small, deciduous.
Head small. Teeth in jaws partly canine-like. Maxilla
reaching gill opening. Gill rakers few. Abdomen keeled
and serrated. Dorsal with a spine in front. Dorsal
origin behind pelvic origin. Pectorals reach middle of
pelvics. Anal single, moderate, behind dorsal origin.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked. Enlarged scale at
caudal base.

Distribution. —India, Burma, Siam.

187. Xenengraulis spinidens Jordan & Seale

1925. Xenengraulis spinidens Jordan & Seale, Copeia , No. 141, p. 29
(type locality: India, Siam, Calcutta, Rangoon).

1941. Xenegraulis spindens Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., { 100)13,
p. 668 (India, Burma, Siam).

1949. Xenegraulis spinidens Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p, 406.
1953. Xenengraulis spinidens Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 388.

D.l/13; V. 7; A. 46; L. 1. 42; L. tr. 12.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen keeled, serrated.
Head 5 -0, depth 3*2 in standard length. Eyes 4*6 in head.
cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla reaching beyond gill
opening, but not to pectoral base. Teeth in jaws large,
canine-like, smaller in mandibles; small teeth on vomer,
palatines, pterygoids. A single dorsal fin; origin midway
between hind edge of eye and caudal base, far behind pelvic

148

TELEOSTOMI

origin. Pectorals low, equal to postorbital part of head,
extending to middle of pelvics. Pelvics small; origin much
before dorsal origin. Anal moderate, base 2-8 instandard
length; origin below last dorsal ray. Caudal forked, sli-
ghtly longer than head, lower lobe longer. No lateral line.
Scales with straie incomplete, very little net work of lines
evident. Abdominal scutes, preventral 16, postventral 11,
beginning before pectorals. Lower gill rakers 14, thin,
curved, the largest 1 -2 in eye.

Brownish above, silvery on sides and below; no dark
venules on shoulder.

It attains 208 mm. in length and ascends tidal rivers;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Burma.—Thailand; in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 11°—22 C N., 85°—101 °E. in the Indo-
Pacific=(16°—22°N., 85°—96°E. in Bay of Bengal+ll°
N.— 101°E.in the Pacific Ocean).

IV. Superfamily Alepocephaloidae

Anterior portion of head produced into a long tube
terminating in a narrow mouth, or not produced into a
long tube. No gular plate. Photophores present or
absent, when present never arranged in double rows close
to ventral profìle. Air bladder, present or absent. Shoulder
organ present or absent. Pelvics present or absent. No
postcleithrum. No supra-branchial organ. A lateral
line. Scales distinct or indistinct on either side. Deep
sea fishes.

The superfamily Alepocephaloidae is represented by
3 families in the Indian region.

K’.y to fam'lies of superfamily Alepocephaloidae

1. Antírior portion of head produced
into a long tube terminating in a
narrow mouth ; gill-openings
narrow, not surpassing level of

pectorals Dolichopterygidab

2. Anterior portion of head not pro-

duced into a long tube ; gill
openings wide, surpassing level
of pectorals 3

3. Shoulder organ present Searsidae

4. Shoulder organ absent Alepocephaudae

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

149

XXIV Family Alepocephalidae

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Head with or without scales. Photophores
present or absent, when present not in serial double rows
close to ventral proílle. Cleft of mouth horizontal or
oblique. Eyes prominent or small. Teeth uniserial or
pluriserial. Premaxilla and maxilla toothed. Branchios-
tegals 6-7. Pseudobranchiae. Shoulder organ absent.
Opercle complete, but large or small, present or often
rudimentary or absent. Pelvics present. Anal long or
shorti Anus behind middle of body. A single dorsal
fin. Pectorals small or well developed. Adipose fin.
Lateral line distinct or indistinct on either side. Scales
cycloid, moderate, small or rudimentary. Deep sea fishes.

The family Alepocephalidae is represented by 6 genera
in the Indian region.

Key to genera of famììy Alepocephalidae

1. Trunkscaly .. 3

2. Trunk naked 7

3. Branchiostegals 6 ; teeth in jaws

uniserial ; no teeth on maxilla Alepocephalus

4. Branchiostegals 7 ; teeth in jaws

uniserial or pluriserial ; teeth
on maxilla 5

5. A single series of teeth in prema-

xilla and maxilla Bathytroctes

6. Several series of teeth ìn premaxilla

and maxilla Narcetes

7. Dorsal and anal fins short ; body

moderately elongate Xenodermichthys

8. Dorsal and anal fins very long ;

body exceedingly elongate Leptoderma

74. Genus Àlepocephalus Risso

1820. Alepocephalus Risso, Mem. de U Acad. Sci. Torlino-, 25, p. 270
(type, A. rostratus Risso).

1896. Mitchiliìna Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus ., No. 47,
pt. 1, p. 453 (type, Alepocephalus bairdii G. & B., ortfiotypic).

1934. Halisauriceps Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad ., 85, p. 247
(type, Alepocephalus iongiceps Lloyd, orthotypic),

12—1341 ZSI/71

150

TELEOSTOMI

1951. Torictus Parr, Amer. Mus. Novitat ., No. 1531, p. 10 (type,

Alepocephalus edentulus Alc., orthotypic).

1952. Lloydiella Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. , 107, No. 4,

p. 256 (type, Alepocephalus bicolor AIc., orthotypic),

Body elongate, compressed, scales moderate, cycloid,
deciduous. Eyes prominent. Snout short, blunt or long,
pointed. One or two supermaxillaries. Premaxillary, pala-
tine and sometimes vomer toothed. Maxillary toothless.
6 branchiostegals. Close set long, numerous gill rakers.
Oill openings wide, surpassing level of pectorals, covered
by free over lapping gill membrance and by skin of head.
Pseudobranchiae. Dorsal and anal fins short ; their
•origins nearly opposite to each other. Pelvic origin in
advance of dorsal origin. Adipose fin absent. Caudal
forked.

Distribution .—Gulf of Aden, 1061-—1080 m., Gulf of
Oman, 1260—1280 m., Arabian Sea, 658-—1650 m., Bay
of Bengal, 438—1267 m., West coast of Sumatra, 750 m.,
Flores Sea, 521—694 m.

Key to species of genus Alepocephalus Risso

1. Anal origin well behind middle of

body (measured with caudal) ; 2
supermaxillaries 3

2. Anal origìn exactly in middle of

body (measured with caudal) ; 1
supermaxillaries A. edentulus

3. Maxilla long, extending beyond

anterior border of orbit 5

4. Maxilla short, not extending be-
yond anterior border of orbit 9

5. Dorsal origin before anal origin A. bicoìor

6. Dorsal origin opposite to or a

little behind anal origin 7

7. Head long, 2\ tiraes in standard
length ; anal long in opposite

dorsal origin A. macrops

8. Head short, 3 times in standard
length; anal origin a little behind

dorsal origin ,. .. A. blanfordii

9. Dorsal and anal equal, with their

origins opposite A. longiceps

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

151

10. Dorsal shorter than anal, with

its origin behind anal origin A. microlepis

188. Alepocephalus bicolor Alccck
(PI. IV, fig. 1; Text-fig. 38)

1891. Alepoeephalus bicolor Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 8,

p. 33 (type Iocality : Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam coast,
15°56' 50" N., 81° 30'30" E., 240-276 fms., 1M C.,; type is
in the Zoological Survey of India).

1892. Alepocephalus bicolor Alcock, ///. Zool. Invest ., Fish ., pl. 4, fig. 2.

1899. Aíepocephalus bicolor Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish. % p.

169 (Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam Coast, 240-276 fms., Arabian
Sea, off Malabar Coast, 360 fms.).

1906. Alepocephalus bicolor Brauer, “ Valdivia ’* Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 19, 369.

1913. A/epocephalus bicolor Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel. , 2, p. 99 (W. of Sumatra, 750 m.; Flores sea,
521-538 m.)

1939. Alepocephalus bicolor Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. %
7, p 15 (Gulf of Aden).

1949. Alepocephalus bicolor Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. % 45, p. 406.

1952. Lloydiella bicolor Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool ., 107,

pp. 256, 259.

1953. A/epocophalus bicolor Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 390.

Text-fig. 38.—Lateral view of Alepocephalus bicolor Alc.

(After A. Aicock)

B. 6; D. 20-21; P. 10-11; V 8; A. 26-28; L. 1. 62-63; Ltr. 18.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles gradiently equal,
convex. Head 4 -3, depth 5.8 in total length (3.3—3.8 and
4.7—4.9 in standard length). Eyes modcrate, without
adipose lid, converging anteriorly, 5.0—6.0 in head,
1.1 in snout and more than an eye diameter apart. Nos-
trils dose together, immediately before eye. Snout obtusely
poinled, depressed, 3.5 in head. Cleft of mouth slightly
oblique; maxilla reaching just behind anterior border of
eye. A row of small teeth on both jaws and on palatines.
Gill openings very wide, gill membranes entirely separate,

152

teleostomi

over lapping broadly. Pseudobranchiae small. A single:
dorsal fin; origin just in advance of the posterior third of
standard length, opposite vent, and much behind pelvic
origin Pectorals low, broad, inserted just behind head,
reaching pelvic origin, a little longer than postorbital part
of hand. Pelvics moderate; more than twice eye, reaching,
more than half way to anal origin; origin midway between
pectoral base and anal origin, nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin, and behind middle of total length; anal base
about 1.4 times longer than dorsal base. Caudal deeply.
forked, 1.1 in head with numerous rudimentary rays at
its base. Scales deciduous, every where except on lateral
line. Scales cycloid. Gill rakers long, lamellar. Pyloiic
caeca in a pectinate arrangement.

Head including sclerotic and eye black; body uniform
dull state blue.

It attains 300 mm. in length. Adult males smaller
than females; at a depth of 438—1080 metres; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : oíf Ganjam coast, Bay of Bergalr
15°56' 50" N., 81°31' 30"E., 438—504 m., 11.1°C., surface
temperature 26.2°C.; oíf Malabar coast, Arabian Sea,
9°29' 34" N., 75° 38" E., 658 m., 9. 2°C. surface temperature
27.8°C.; Gulf of Aden, 1061—1080 m., 10.85°C. at ÌOCO
m., surface temperature 27.8° C., Gulf of Aden, 1061—
1080 m., 10.85°C. at 1000 m., surface temperature 23.69°C.,
W. of Svmatra, 750 m., Flores Sea, 521—538 m., in the
mean annual isotherm of 20 C C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 13 C N,—8° S., 46°—121° E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(l 5° N.-0° 36' S., 46°—98°E. in the Indian
Ocean + 8° S., 121 °E. in the Pacifìc Ocean).

189. Alepocephalus blanfordi Alcock
(Pl. IV, fig. 2; Text-fig. 39)

1892, Aìepocephalus blanfordi Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist (6) 10„
p. 357 (type locality : S. of Cape Comorin, 6° 58' N., 77°
26' 50" E., 902 fms., 5°C. ; type is in the Zoological Survey
of India).

1894. Alepocephalus bìanfordi Alcock, III. Zool. Investig. Fish. t pl.
9, fig. 1.

1899. Alepocephalus blanfordi Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish.,
p. 171 (Arabian Sea, oíf Cape Comorin, 902 fms.).

1906. Aìepocephalus blanfordi Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, p. 369.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

153

1913. Alepocephalus blanfordi , Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -
Australy Archipel. , 2, p. 100 (Flores Sea, 694 m.).

1949. Alepocephalus blanfordii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45> p. 407.

1952. Alepocephalus blanfordi Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus . Comp. Zool,,

107, p. 258.

1953. Alepocephalus blanfordii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 390.

1955. Alepocephalus blanfordi Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 33 (Guìf of Manaar, 902 fms.).

Text-fig. 39.—Lateral view of Alepocephálus blanfordi Alc.,
(After A. Alcock)

B. 6; D. 16; P. 11; V 6-7; A. 17; L. 1. ca 70.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles gradiently con-
vex. Head 3.2, depth 6.2 in total length (3.0 and 5.8 i n
standard length). Eyes large, with adipose lid, 3.5 in head,
1.0 in snout hardly half diameter apart, with large nostrils
closely placed together in front of their angle. Snout
depressed, obtusely pointed, equal to eye, 3*5 in head.
Cleft of mouth almost horizontal; maxilla reaching just
beyond anterior border of eye. Upper jaw reaching just
beyond and rests upon the anterior border of orbit com-
pletely enclosing the mandible on all sides. A row of
fine te^th in both jaws and on each prominent palatine.
GiII openings very wide. Gill membranes entirely separate
and only slightly overlapping. Pseudobranchiae large.
A single dorsal fin; origin in the posterior third of the stan-
dard length, just behind vent and far behind pelvic origin.
Pectcu als low, inserted nearly half eye diameter away from
head, not reaching pelvic origin. Pelvics small, less than
eye; origin almost in the middle of total length, nearer
to anal origin than to pectoral base and much before dorsal
origin. Anal origin slightly behind dorsal origin and
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin, and well
behind middle of total length. Anal base equal to dorsal
base. Caudal deeply forked, about 2.2 in head with many
rudimmtary rays at its base. Lateral line present. Scales
thick. deciduous, cycloid. Gill rakers numerous, close- set,

154

TELEOSTOMI

broadly lanceolate, acute. A row of 14 large, long, pyloric
caeca.

Body lavendar grey, head and fins black.

It attains 359 mm. in length; at a depth 694—1,650 m. r
bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : south of Cape Comorin, Arabian
Sea, 6° 58' N., 77° 26' 50" E., 1650 m., 5° C.—Flores Sea
694 m.; in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 6° N.—8° S., 77°—
121°E. in the Indo-Pacifìc=(6° N., 77° E. in the Indian
Ocean+8° S., 121° E. in the Pacific Ocean).

190. Alepocephalus edentulus Alcock
(Pl. IV, fig. 3; Text-fig. 40)

1892. AlepocephalUs edentulus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. fíist. 9 (6>
10, p. 358, pl. 18, fig. 2 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, 12°
50 7 N., 81° 30' E. 475 fms, 7.5° C.; type is in the Zoological
Survey of India).

1899. Alepocephalus edentulus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish .,

p. 172 (Bay of Bengal, off Madras Coast, 475 fms.).

1900. Alepocephalus edentulus Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl.

32, fig. 4.

1906. Alepocephalus edendulus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, p. 369.

1949. Alepocephalus edentulus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 407.
1951. Torictus edentulus Parr, Amer. Mus. Novitat., No. 1531, p. 10.
1953. Alepocephalus edentulus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 389.

Text-fig. 40.—Lateral view of Alepocephalus edentulus Alc.,

(After A. Alcock)

B.6 : I). 29; P. 9; V 6; A. 35; L. 1. ca 50; L. tr. 15.

Body oblong, much compressed, abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles equalJy convex.
Head, 3 6, depth, 5.4 in total length (3.2 and 4.8 in standard

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

155

length). Eyes moderate, without adipose lid, 4.5 in head.
Snout blunt, barely equal in length either to interorbital
or eye. Cleft of mouth almost horizontal; maxilla reaching
considerably behind midorbit. Minute teeth in a row in
the premaxilla and mandibles and a few inconspicuous r
decuduous teeth in the prominent edges of the palatines
only. Gill openings very wide, gill membrane united with
isthmus only anteriorly. Pseudobranchiae small. A single,
moderate, dorsal fin; origin in the posterior third of standard
length, far bshind pelvic and opposite 6th or 7th anal ray,
much nearer to caudal origin than to pectoral base; its
base 1.3 in anal base. Pectorals not low, short, inserted
close behind head, far away from pelvic base. Pelvics
moderate, 1.2 times eye, reaching halfway to anal origin;
origin midway between pectoral base and anal origin and
much before dorsal origin. Anal long; origin about one
and quarter eye diameters before dorsal origin, and an eye
diameter behind middle of standard length; or exactly in
the middle of total length and nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin; base 1.3 times dorsal base. Caudal
completely divided down to its base into 2 long, feathery
Iobes 2.3 in head. Lateraí íine present. Scales cycloid,
deciduous. Gill rakers long, setaceous, about 12 in the
middle of first branchial arch. A row of 4 stout pylorie
caeca.

Head and eyes jet black ; body and fins grayish black.

It attains 177 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth of 868 m,, bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India : off Madras coast, Bay of Bengal,
12°50' N., 81°30' E., 868 m., 7.5°C., in the mean annuaf
isotherm of 20° C.

191. Alepocephalus longiceps Lloyd
(Pl. IV, fig. 4; Text-fig. 41)

1909. Alepocephalus longiceps Ltoyd, Mem. Indian Mus. t 2, p. 147
(type locality : Andaman Sea, Bay of Bengal, 12° 49' 30'
N,, 96° 24' 30' E. 693 fms.; type is in the Zoological Survey
of India).

1909. Alepocephalus ìongiceps Lloyd, ///. Zool. Investing. Fish. t pl.
44, fig. 2.

1949. AlepocephaJus longiceps Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 407.

1952. Halisauriceps longiceps Parr, Bulí. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. y
107, pp. 256, 260.

156

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Alepocephalus longiceps Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 390.

Text-fig. 41.—Lateral view of Alepocephalus longiceps Lloyd

(After R. E. Lloyd)

B. 6; D. 20; P. 10; V 6; A. 23; L. 1. 52; L. tr 5/1/6.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
^errated. Dorsal and ventral profìles equally horizontal.
Head 3.8, depth 7.6 in total length (3.2 and 6.5 in standard
length). Eyes without adipose lid, 4.5—5.0 in head, 1.5 in
snout. Snout long, pointed, equal to postorbital part
of head. Upper jaw prominent, considerably projecting
over lower jaw as much as a distance equal to half diameter
of eye. Cleft of mouth nearly horizontal, wide; maxilla
reaching anteriòr border of eye. Minute teeth on premaxil-
lary, dentary, palatines and vomer, Opercle voluminous,
gill openings very wide, gill membranes partially overlap-
ping. Pseudobranchiae small. A single, moderate, dorsal
fin; origin slightly behind posterior third of total length,
far behind pelvics and much nearer to caudal origin than
to pectoral and pelvic bases and opposite anal origin. Pec-
torals low, small, inserted close behind head, not reaching
pelvic origin. Pelvics small, about an eye diameter, not
reaching anal origin; origin nearer to pectoral base than
to anal origin and much before dorsal origin. Anal mo-
derate, base equal to dorsal base; origin opposite dorsal
origin, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin and well
behind middle of total length. Caudal rounded, less than
eye. Lateral line present. Scales deciduous, cycloid.
Oill rakers numerous, long, lanceolate, acute. 7 rudimen-
tary pyloric caeca.

It attains 90 mm. in length and has been found at a
oepth 766 m., bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India : Andaman Sea, Bay of Bengal,
12° 49' 30" N., 96°24' 30" E., 1267 m., in the mean annual
isotherm of 20° C.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

157

192. Alepocephalus macrops Lloyd
(Pi. IV, fig. 6; Text-fig. 42)

1909. Alepoceophalus macrops Lloyd, Mem. Indian Mus 2, p. 148
(type locality : Bay of Bengal, off Arakan coast, 419 fms.,
12.4° C.; type is in the Zoological Survey of India).

1909. Alepocephalus macrops Lloyd, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 44,
fig. 3.

1949. Alepocephalus macrops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 407.

1952. Alepocephalus macrops Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool.,

107, p. 257.

1953. Alepocephalus macrops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 390.

Text-fig. 42.—Lateral view of Alepocephalus macrops Lloyd

(After E. Lloyd)

B. 6; D. 17; P. 8; A. 20; L. 1 50; L. tr. 6/1/9.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Dorsal profile convex, ventral profile almost
straight. Head 2.6, depth 5.6 in total length (2.5 and
5.5 in standard length). Eyes prominent, without adipose
lid, 3.2 in head, 0.8 in snout, greater than interorbital.
TJpper jaw slightly overlaps. Snout 3.7 in head. Cleft
of mouth nearly horizontal; maxilla reaching nearly to
midorbit. Teeth conspicuous, on premaxillaries, dentaries,
palatines and vomer. Opercle very large, covered with
black, soft skin. Gill openings very wide. A single
dorsaí fin; origìn in posterior third of total length, far behind
pelvic origin, much nearef to caudal origin than to pectoral
base; dorsal base equal to anal base. Pectorals low, short,
inserted behind head, half of eye, not reaching pelvic base.
Pelvics small, half of eye, not reaching anal origin; nearer
to pectoral base than to anal origin and much before dorsal
origin. Anal moderate; origin opposite to dorsal origin,
base equal to dorsal base, nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal origin and far behind middle of total length. Cau-
dal nearly truncate, less than half eye. Lateral line present.
Scales cycloid, rather Iarge, their length and breadth equal.
Gill rakers numerous, Iong, íanceolate, acute. 17 pylor ic
•caeca of moderate íength.

158

TELEOSTOMI

Head jet black, body brownish black, fins black with
a bluish tinge.

It attains 110 mm. in length and is found at a depth of
766 m. ; bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—Burma : off Arakan coast, Bay of BengaL
17°7' 30"N., 94° 5' 30" E. 766 m., 12‘4° C., in the mean
annual isotherm of 20° C.

193. Alepocephalus microlepis Llcyd
(Pl. IV, fig. 5; Text-fig. 43)

1909. Alepocephalus microlepis Lloyd, Mem. Indian Mus. s 2, p. 146
(type locality : Laccadive Sea, 12° 47' N., 73° 44' 45" E.»
823-870 fms., S. of Cape Comorin, 603 fms., Gulf of Oman,
689-700 fms., 6-7°C.; type is in the Zoological Survey of
India).

1909. Alepocephalus microlepis Lloyd, ///. Zool. Investig . Fish., pl.
44, fig. 4.

1949. Alepocephalus microlepis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,

p. 407.

1953. Alepocephalus microlepis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50»

p. 390.

Text-fig. 43.—Lateral view of Alepocephalus microlepis Ltoyd

(After R.E. Lloyd)

B. 6; D. 20-22; P. 10; V. 5-6; A. 30-33; L. 1. 125; L.
tr. 30-35

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated; dorsal profìle gradually convex, ventral profìle
nearly straight. Head 3*2, depth 5.6—6.0 in total length
(3.1 and 5.5 in standard length). Eyes prominent, withcut
adipose lid, 3.3 in head, 1.0 in snout. Upper jaw pro-
jecting over lower jaw. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla
just reaching anterior border of eye. Teeth well developed
on premaxillaries, dentaries, very small ones on palaiires;
3 or 4 minute teeth on vomer. Opercle covered with brow-
nish, black, soft skin like cranium and snout. Gill openings

ÀLEPOCEPHALIDAE

159

large, very side. Pseudobranchiae small. A singie dorsal
fin; origin a little behind the posterior third of total length,
far behind pelvic origin and much nearer to caudal origin
than to pectoral base; base 1.8 in anal base. Pectorals
not low, short, inserted about 1/4 eye diameter behind
head. Pelvics small, half eye, not reaching anal origin;
origin nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base and much
before dorsal origin. Anal moderate; origin about an eye
diameter before dorsal origin. Anal base 1.8 times dorsal
base nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin, and far
behind middle of total length. Caudal nearly lunate,
small, less than half eye diameter. Lateral line present.
Scales small, nearly circular. Gill rakers numerous, long*
lanceolate, acute. Eight pyloric caeca.

Tt attains 200 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 1102—1591 m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : Laccadive Sea, 12 0 47' N., 73°44'
45" E., 1505—1591 m., South of Cape Comorin, 7° 37' 15^
N., 76° 41' E., 1102 m., Gulf of Oman, 1260—1280 m.,
63° C., in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 7°—23°N., 57°—76°
E. in the Indian Ocean.

75. Genus Bathytroctes Giinther

1878. Bathytroctes Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (5) 2, p. 249*
(type, B. mìcrolepis Gthr., orthotypic).

1951. Lepogenys Parr, Amer. Mus. Novitat., No. 1531, p. 5 (type,

Bathytroctes squamosus Alc., orthotypic).

1952. Grimatroctes Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., 107, No. 4,

pp. 263, 265 (type, Bathytroctes grimaldi, Zugmayer, ortho-
typic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales cycloid, moderate,.
deciduous, present or absent on head. Eyes prominent.
Snout moderate, not produced into a long tube. A single
series of teeth on premaxilla and maxilla. Gill openings
wide, surpassing level of pectorals. Branchiostegals 7.
Dorsal and anal fins short; dorsal origin in advance of anal
origin. Pelvic origin in advance of dorsal origin. Adipose
fin absent. Caudal forked.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean : Gulf of Mexico, 767
m., Pernambuco, Brazil, 1234 m., Cape Verde Is., 1442—
3655 m., Azores Is., 1442—3655 m., Morocco coast, 1113 m^

160

TELEOSTOMI

South east of Cape St. Vincent, Portugal, 1992 m.,
north coast of Africa, 1500—2000 m.; Indian Ocean ;
between Zanzibar and Seychelles, 1500—2000 m , Gulf
of Aden, J469 m., Laccadive S^a, 1353 m., Andaman Sea,
1500—2000 m., north of Celebes 393 m.; Pacific Ocean :
coast of Oregan, North America, 1604 m., Galapagos Is.,
2485—3278 m., coast of Ecuador, South America, 1355 m.,
Gu(f of Panama, 2068—2689 m.

Key to species of genus Bathytroctes Giinther

1. Maxílla extending to level of

midorbit only

2. Maxilla extending beyond level

of midorbit

3. Lateral line scales 50 ; maxilla

reaching just behind postorbit

4. Lateral line scales 70-100; maxilla

reaching postorbital level or

beyond midorbit

5. Lateral line scales 98-100 ; maxilla
reaching postorbital level .

6. Lateral line scales 70 ; maxilla not
reaching postorbital level

B. macrolepis
3

B. squamosus
5

B. rostratus
B. microlepis

194* Bathytroctes macrolepis Gunther

1887. Bathytroctes macrolepis Gcinther, “ Challenger ” Rep., Deep
Sea Fish.y 22, p. 225, pl. 57 (type locality : North of Celebes,
2150 fms., 3*7° C.; type is in the British Museum).

1899. Bathytroctes macrolepis Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish. f
p. 174 (Andaman Sea).

1913. Bathytroctes macrolepis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -
Austral. Archipel. t 2, p. 103.

1949. Bathytróctes \macrolepis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,

p. 408.

1952. Bathytroctes macrolepìs Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool .,

107, p. 267.

1953. Bathytroctes macrolepis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,

p. 390.

B. 7; D. 15; V 8; A. 11; L. 1. 42.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Head naked, low, elongate, tapering towards
front, less than 3.0, depth 5.5 in standard length. Eye
3:2 in head, longer than snout and double of interorbital.

ÀLEPOCEPHAUDAE

161

Jaws subequal. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla extending
to posterior third of eye. Tooth small, weak, pointed, of
equal size, uniserial; intermaxillary and anterior part of
maxillary toothless; vomerine teeth in 2 groups, each with
3 teeth; 9 teeth on each palatine. Pseudobranchiae present.
Gills very narrow. A single dorsal fin; origin slightly
before vent, with its last ray opposite the 4th ray of anal;
the anterior rays high, the longest being equal to depth of
body below it. Pectorals small. Pelvics reaching beyond
vent but not to anal origin; origin nearer to anal origin
than to pectoral base and before dorsal. Vent midway
between gill opening and caudal base. Anal origin smaller
than dorsal; origin behind dorsal origin with the 4th ray
opposite the last dorsal ray, and nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin; anterior rays high the longest being equal
to depth of body above it. Lateral line straight with white
mucous apertures. Scales simple, cycloid. Gill rakers
long, lanceolate, widely-set, 22 om the outer branchial
arch*

Uniform black.

It attains more than 225 mm. in length at a depth cf
3,931 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Andaman Sea, Bay of Bengal.—
North of Celebes 3931 m., in the mean annual isotherm
of 20° C. with the latitudinaí and longitudinal range of
12° N.—2° S., 92°—120° E. in the Indo-Pacifk=(12 c
N. 92°E. in the Bay of Bengal + 2°S., 120°E. in the Pac fìc
Ocean).

195. Bathytroctes microlepis Giinther

1878. Bathytroctes tnicrolepis Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hìst. , (5) 2,
p. 249 (type locality : South east of Cape St. Vincent, 1090
fms.; 3 1° C.

1889. Bathytroctes microlepis Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. , (6)
4, p. 452 (Andaman Sea, 8 miles south east of Cinque Island,
500 fms.).

1899. Bathytroctes microìepis Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish .,
p. 174 (Andaman Sea).

1941. Bathytroctes microlepis Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p, 335.

1949. Bathytroctes microlepis Misra, JRec. ìndian Mus., 45, p. 408.

Grimatroctes microlepis Parr, Bull. Harv. Mus, Comp. Zool .,
107, p. 266.

1952.

162

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Bathytroctes microlepis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 391.

B. 7; D. 16; V 8; A. 17; L. 1. ca 70.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Eyes very large. Cleft of mouth wide; maxilla
extending below posterior third of eye. Intermaxillary,
maxillary and mandible with a series of minute teeth;
similar teeth on vomer and palatines, but none on tongue.
Gills very narrow. Pseudobranchiae present. A single
dorsal fin; origin behind pelvics and before anal origin,
Pectorals small. Pelvics small; origin before dorsal origin.
nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal nearly
equal to dorsal, origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin. Scales small, cycloid. Lateral line present. Gill
rakers long, lanceolate.

It attains 200 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 1993 m.; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : Andaman Sea, 8 miles south
east of Cinque I., 914 m.—South east of St. Vincent,
Portugal, 1993 m., 3.1° C., in the mean annual isotherms
of 20° C. and 12° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 12° 49' 30" N., 92° 24' 30" E. in Bay of Bengal
and 36°N., 7°W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

196. Bathytroctes rostratus Gíìnther
(Text-fìg. 44)

1878. Bathytroctes rostratus Giinther, Ann. Mag. ńat. Hist., (5) 2,
p. 250 (type locality : Pernambuco, 8° 37' S., 34° 28' W.
675 fms., 4° C.).

1906. Bathytroctes rostratus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
pp. 17, 370, pl. 14. figs. 2, 3 (Bay of Bengal, T 1' V N.,
85° 56' 5" E., 1500-2000 m., 3 -5°-5 -7° C. between Zanzibar
& Seychelles, Gulf of Aden, Diego Garcia).

1933. Bathytroctes rostratus Beebe, Zoologica , 16, No. 2, p. 36
(32° 12' N., 64° 36' W., Western Atlantic).

1949. Bathytroctes rostratus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45.
p. 408.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

163

1953. Bathytroctes rostratus Misra, Rec. lmlian Mus ., 50,
p. 390.

Text-fio. 44.—Lateral view of Bathytroctes rostratus Gthr. (After
Brauer)

B. 7; D. 17-20; P. 16-17; V 9; A. 16-17; L. 1.
98-100; L. tr. 22.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non
serrated; dorsal profile a little more arched than ventra
profile. Head 4.2, depth 5.8 in total length (3.5 and 4.8
in standard length). Eyes prominent, without adipose lid,
3 in head, 0.7 in snout, 1.5 in interorbital. Clefi of mouth
wide, oblique; maxilla reaching to hind border of eye.
Anterior pair of premaxillary teeth projecting, trunk-like.
Maxillaries and mandibles with a series of minute teeth,
similar teeth on vomer and palatines, but none on tongue,
Pseudobranchiae present. Gills very narrow. A fleshy,
black, supraclavicular process immediately behind. A
single dorsal fin; origin behind opercle in the middle of total
length, nearer to caudal origin than to pectoral base, and
eye diameter before anal origin. Pectorals low, small,
equal to eye. Pelvics small, 0.7 in eye; not reaching anal
origin, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base and about
an eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal base more
or less equal to dorsal; origin nearer to pelvic origin and
caudal origin and below 5th ray of dorsal. Caudal forked,
1.1 in head with rudimentary rays at base. Lateral line
straight. Scales small, cycloid. Gill rakers long, lanceolate.

Greyish brown to violet black, head sometimes lighter;
eye bluish.

It attains 164 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth 1113—2000 m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 7 0 1' 2 U N., 85° 56'
5' E., 1500—2000 m., 3.5° to 5.7°C.—Pernambuco, Brazií,
1234 m„ 4° C., Morocco coast, 1113 m., 8° C., Gulf of
Gascony, North east Coast of Africa ^^ó'l'" N., 53° 41 f 2 A
E., 1500—2000 m., 3.5° to 5.7° C., between Zanzibar and

164

TELEOSTOMI

Seychelles 4°5' S., 48°5B' 6" E., 1500—2CC0 m., 3.5 to 5.7° C.
Diego Garcia, 6° 19' 3" S., 73° 18' 9" E, 1900 m., in the
mean annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. v/ith the lati-
tudinal and longitudinal range of 9 C N.— 6° S., 48°—85°E.
in the Indian Ocean and 44° N.—8°S., 2°—34° W. in the
Atlantic Ocean.

197. Bathytroctes squamosus Aleock
(PI. IV; fig. 7; Text-fìg. 45)

1890. Bcithytroctes squamosus Alccck, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.,( 6) 6,
p. 303 (type locality : Arabian Sea, 15° 2' N., 72° 34' E.,.
740 fms., 6 *7°C.; type is in the Zcological Suivey of India).

1892. Bathytroctes squamosus Alccck, ///. Zool. Jnvestig. Fish ., pl.5,
fig. 1.

1899. Bathytroctes squamosus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p.
173 (Arabian Sea, off the Laccadives, 740 fms).

1913. Bathytroctes squamosus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Incìo-
Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 101 (Bali sea, 1018 m.).

1949* Bathytroctes squamosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 408.
1951 ♦ Lepogenys squamosus Parr , f Amer. Mus. Novitat., No. 1531, p.5.
1953. Bathytroctes squamosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 390.

Text-fig. 45.—Lateral view of Bathytroctes squamosus Alc.

(After A. Alcock)

B.7; D. 17; P. 10; V. 9; A. 17; C. ca 35; L. I . ca 50; L. tr. 15.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen non-keeled.
Dorsal profìle more arched than ventral profile. Head
4.4, depth 4.8 in total length (3.8 and 4.2 in standard Ìength).
Eyes without adipose lid, very prominent, 3.6 in head,
0.5 in snout. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla extending
just behind midorbit. Teeth small, even, acute,’uniserial r
recurved in premaxilla, mandible, palatines and vomer,
procurrent or procurved in maxillary. Tongue large,
A row of pores along limb of mandibles. Pseudobrar-
chiae large, coarse. Gill opening very wide, gill mem-
branes entirely separate; 4tfì gill cleft occlnded. A* single
dorsaí fìn; origin behind middle of total length, nearer to
caudal origin then to pectoral base, about an eye dia-
meter behind pelvic origin, and much before anal origin.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

165

Pectorals low, Jong, narrow, just reaching pelvic base,

1.2 in head. Pelvics moderate, broad, 1.1 times eye, rea-
ching slightly beyond vent but not anal origin; origin nearet
to anal origin than to pectoral base and about an eye dia-
meter before dorsal. Anal base slightly less thandorsal
base; origin just below last 3rd dorsal ray, nearer to cauda
origin than to pelvic origin. Caudal symmetrically forked

1.3 in head. Lateral line ne?.rly straight. ScaJes cycloid,
moderate; deciduous, except on lateral line where adherent
and perforated; scales on cheeks and opercle. Gill rakers
long, close-set on first three arches, Jongest on the first.
5—6 large pyloric caeca.

Head uniform, deep black, body pinkish brown, fins
transparent grey; buccal membrane and entire peritoneum
black.

«

It attains 257 mm. (10 inches) in length and is found
at a depth 1018—1353 m.; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : off the Laccadives, Arabian Sea.
15° 2' N., 72° 34' E. 1353 m., 6.7°C—Bali Sea, 1018 m.,
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. wilh the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 15°N., 72°E. in the Arabian Sea
and 8°S., 115°E. in the Pacific Ocean.

76. Genus Narcetes Alcock

1890. Narcetes Alcock, Atttt. Mag . tiat. Hist ., (6) 6, p. 305 (type, N.
erimelas AIc., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales moderate. Eye
rather small. Snout moderate, not produced into a long
tube. Premaxilla, maxilla, mandible, palatine and vomer
toothed; tooth on premaxilla and mandible pluriserial.
Gill openings wide, surpassing level of pectorals. Gills 4.
Opercle complete. Gill rakers long. Branchostegals 7
Dorsal fin in posterior half of body; dorsal origin in advance
of anal origin. Pelvic origin opposite to or before dorsal
origin. Anal entirely behind dorsal. Adipose fin absent.
Caudal forked. Pyloric caeca in moderate number.

Distribution— Gulf of Oman, 1837 m., Arabian Sea,
1353 m., West of Gulf of Panama, 1547 m.

13—1341 ZSI/71

166

TELEOSTOMI

198. Narcetes erímelas Alcock
(PJ. V, fig. 1; Text-fig. 46)

1890. Narcetes erimelas Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. y (6) 6, p. 305

(type locality : Arabian Sea, 15° 2* N., 72° 34* E. 740 fms.,

6 -7° C.; type is in the Zoological Survey of India).

1892. Narcetes erimelas Alcock, III. Zool. Investig^Fish ., pl. 4, fig. 1.

1899. Narcetes erimelas Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p. 175
(Arabian Sea, near Laccadive Is., 740 fms.).

1949. Narcetes erìmélas Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 408.

1953. Narcetes erimelas Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 50, p. 391.

Text-fig. 46.— Lateral view of Narcetes erimelas Alc. (After A.

Alcock)

B.7;D. 15-16; P. 10-11; V 9; A. 12;C. ca 35;L.l.68-83.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal proíìle more arched than ventral
proíìle. Head broad, pyramidal, naked, 3.2, depth 6.0 in
total length (2.8 and 5.2 in standard length). Head bones
sculptured, the opercle and preopercle with their border
augmented by a semimembranous, straited fringe, Eyes
small, 5.4 in head, interorbital deeply cencave, slightly less
than eye. Snout nearly as broad as long, depressed, roun-
ded from side to side with its dorsal and ventral profiles
meeting at an acute angle, 3.5 in head, 1.5 times eye. Nos-
trils very large, close to eye. Cleft of mouth wide, oblique;
maxilla reaching posterior border of orbit. Teeth small,
even, uniform, acute; those in jaws standing uncoveredly
by lips outside the mouth ; those in premaxilla and mandi-
bles recurved, quadriserial anteriorly and triserial laterally
in the premaxilla, biserial in the mandibles; those in the
maxilla uniserial, procurrent or procurved; those in pala-
tines uniserial, incurved; those on vomer recurved in a
group of 2 or 3 on each side; tongue toothless. A row of
6 pores along limb of mandibles. Pseudobranchiae large.
Gill -openings very wide, gill membranes entirely separate.
Opercles íarge, complete. 4th gill cleft wide. A single
dorsal fin; origin to snout length behind middle of

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

167

total length and opposite to pelvic origin, nearer to caudaí
origin than to eye. Pectorals low, moderate, broad, 1.9 in
head. Pelvics broad, 3.1 in head; origin opposite to dorsal
origin, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal
base 1.2 in dorsal base; origin about an eye diameter or
2 rows of scales behind last dorsal ray and nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked, with rudi-
mentary rays at base, 2.1 inhead. Lateral line almost
straight. Scales moderate, deciduous. Gill rakers on the
lst arch close-set, finely pointed, as Iong as eye, gill
laminae very narrow, delicate. 10 very large pyloric caeca.

Head, iris, body, fins, inside of mouth and gill cham-
bers and entire peritoneum deep black.

It attains 343 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 1353 m., bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India ; North-west of Laccadive Is. r
Arabian Sea, 15° 2' N., 72° 34' E. 1353 m., 6.7°C., in the
mean annual isotherm of 20° C.

77 . Genus Xenodermichthys Gunther

1878. Xenodermichthys Gíinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. , (5) 2, p. 250'
(type X. nodulosus Gthr., orthotypic).

1884. Aleposomus Gill, Amer. nat., 18, p. 433 (type, A. copei GiJl).

Body low, moderately elongate, compressed, scaleless
or with minute rudimentary scales. Tubercular luminous
organs at least on trunk. Snout moderate, not produced
ìnto a long tube. PremaKilla, maxilla and mandible too-
thed : palate toothless. Skin thick on head and abdomen.
GiII openings wide, surpassing level of pectorals. Branch-
iostegals 6 or 7. Dorsal and anal fins in posterior halp
of body ; their origins opposite to each other. Pelvic origin
far in advance of dorsal origin and almost in the same
horizontal line with the pectoral origin. Adipose fin
absent. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : East coast of Nortlr
America, 5317 m., coast of Morocco, 717—1350 m.; Indian
Ocean : Gulf of Aden, 457—1080 m., Zanzibar, 640—
658 m., Arabian Sea, 786—1240 m., Bay of Bengal, 786—

168

TELEOSTOMI

1240m., Andaman Sea, 676—767 m., west coast of Sumàti*a,
750—1143 m.

Key to species of genus Xenodermichthys Gunther

1. Lateral line inconspicuous, with-

out scales X. guentheri

2. Lateral line conspicuous, with

underlying scales X. squamilaterus

199. Xenodermichthys guentheri Alcock
(Pl. V, fìg. 2; Text-fig. 47)

1892. Xenodermichthys guentheri Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6)
10, p. 359, pl. 18, fìg. 3 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, 15°
43' 30" N., 91° 8' 30" E., 678 fms., 5 -6° C.; type is in the
Zoological Survey of India).

1899. Xenodennichthys guentheri Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish .

p. 180 (Bay of Bengal, off Madras Coast, 678 fms.; Arabian
Sea, off Travancore coast, 7° 17' 30" N., 70° 54' 30" E.,
430 fms., 8 -3° C., surface temperature 27 *8° C.).

1900. Xenodermichthys guentheri Alcock, ///. Zooì. Investig Fish .,

pl. 32, fìg. 2.

1939. Rouleinà guentheri Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped .,
7, p. 15 (Gulf of Aden, 13° 3'-13° 6' 42" N., 46° 21' 30"-
46° 21' 42" E., AT, 1022-1080 m.).

1949. Xenodermichthys guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 409.

1953. Xenodermichthys guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 391.

Text-fig. 47.—Lateral view of Xenodermichthys guentheri AIc.

(After A. Alcock)

B. 6; D. 15; P. 5; Y. 6; A. 14.

Body elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles symmetrically
similar. Head 3.2, depth 7.0 in total length (3.1 and 6.6

alepocephalidae

169

in standard length). Eyes prominent, encroaching upon
dorsal profile, 3.5 in head, 2/3diameter apart, 0.6 insnout.
Snout obtuse, surmounted by an acutely pointed tubercle
projecting from the prominent symphysis of lower jaw. Cleft
of mouth oblique, jaws even in front but for the symphy-
sical tubercle over mandible; maxilla extending to postor-
bit; premaxilla forming on each side nearly half the extent
of the margin of upper jaw. Teeth uniserial, minute close-
set on premaxilla and maxilla; broad and boat-shaped on
mandible; no teeth on palatines and vomer. Gill openings
extremely wide, extending forwards almost to the mandi-
bular symphysis and upwards almost to the post-temporal
region. Opercle together with branchiostegal rays enve-
loped in a thick membraneous skin. Pseudobranchiae
present. A single dorsal fin in the posterior third of body;
origin opposite to vent, slightly before anal origin and 2
eye diameters behind pelvic origin; it base 1.1 times anal
base. Pectorals small, half in eye, almost in the same hori-
zontal line with the pelvics on the ventral profile. Pelvics
equal to eye; origin just behind the middle of total length,
nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base nearly two eye
diameters before dorsal origin. Anal origin close behind
vent, slightly behind dorsal origin, 1.1 in dorsal base and
midway between caudal and pelvic origins. Vent nearer
to anal origin than to pelvic origin. Caudal forked, 2.1
in head to pelivc origin; with rudimentary rays at its base,
approaching anal by an eye diameter. No lateral line dis-
tinguished in life. Scaleless, with longitudinally rinkled
black skin embedded with scattered granular, yellowish
colour nodules. Gill-rakers numerous, long, close-set
on the first arch. 7 or 8 pyloric caeca, the posterior six
relatively enormous.

Uniform jet black.

It attains 152 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 1022—1240 m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : oíf Travancore coast, Arabian
Sea7' 17' 30" N. 76° 54'30" N., 786 m., 8.3° C. offMad r a s
Coast, Bay of Bengal 15° 43' 50" N., 91° 8' 30" E. 1240
m., 5.6° C.—Gulf of Aden 1022—1080 m; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range
of 7°—15° N., 46°—91 °E. in the Indian Ocean.

170

TELEOSTOMí

200. Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Alcock
(Pl. V, fig. 3; Text-fig. 48)

1898. Xenodermichthys squamìlaterus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.>

(7) 2, p. 148 (type locality : off the Andamans, 14° 13' N.,
93° 40' E., 370-419 fms. 8-3* C.; type is in the Zoological
Survey of India).

1899. Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea

Fish., p. 181 (Andaman Sea, 370-419 fms.).

1900. Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Alcock, lll. zool. Invest. F’*sh, pl.

25, fig. 4.

1941. Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 45,

p. 409.

1953. Xenodermichthys sqaamilaterus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50»
p. 391.

Tbxt-fig. 48.—Lateral view of Xenodermichthys squamiiaterus Alc.

(AfterA. Alcock)

B. 6; D. 20; P. 6; V. 6; A. 18.

Body elongate, compressed; atdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles more or less
alike. Head 3.8, depth 6.1 in total length (3.7 and 5.9
in standard length). Eyes moderately prominent, 4.0
in head, 0.6 in snout. Snout blunt. Cleft of mouth
oblique; maxilla extending to postorbit. Teeth uniseria],
minute, close-set, on premaxilla, maxilla and mandible,
none on palatines and vomer. Gill openings very wide.
Pseudobranchiae present. A single dorsal fin in the post-
erior third of body; origin before anal, about one and a
quarter eye diameters behind pelvic origin; its base 1.1
times the anal base. Pectorals low, 1.2 times eye. Pelvics
almost equal to eye; origin just behind the middle of total
length, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base and
one and a quarter eye diameters before dorsal origin. Anal
origin close behind dorsal base, 1.1 in dorsal base, nearer
to pelvic base than to caudal origin. Caudal rounded,
2.1 in head, with rudimentary rays at its base, approaching
anal rays by an eye diameter. Lateral line distinct as a
tube running down the middle of body and stiffened by
their subcutaneous equidistant scales with a pore between
every two scales.

ÀLEPOCEPHALIDAE

171

Jet uniform black.

It attains 152 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth 676—766 m., bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribtition. —India : Andaman Sea, Bay of Bengal,
14° 13'N., 93° 40'E., 676—766 m., 8.3° C., in the mean
annual isotherm of 20° C.

78. Genus Leptoderma Vaillant

1886. Leptoderma Vaillant, Comptes Rendus , Ac. Sci. Paris , 103, p.
1239 (type, L. macrops Vaillant, orthotypic).

Body low, exceedingly elongate, tail tapering almost
to a filament, without scales. Head moderate. Eyes
large. Snout moderate, not produced into a long tube.
A series of small teeth io both jaws; none on palate- Gill
openings wide but not surpassing level of pectorals. Pseu-
dobranchiae. Lanceolate, close-set gill rakers. Dorsal
and anal very long, ending near caudal, anal the longer.
Dorsal origin behind anal origin. Pectorals high. Pelvic
origin in advance of dorsal origin. Adipose fin absent.
Caudal small, forked.

Distribution. —Morocco coast, 1139—2330 m., Sudan,
1139—2330 m., Bay of Bengal, 1375 m.

201 . Leptoderma affinis Alcock
(Pl. V, fig. 4 ; Text-fig. 49)

1892. Leptoderma macrops (\nec Vaillant) Alcock, Ann. Mag. nati.

Hist.y (6) 10, p. 361 (type locality : Off Kistna Delta, Bay of
Bengal, 753 fms., 5*1° C.; type is in the Zoological Survey
oflndia).

1899. Leptoderma affinis Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish. y p. 182

(type locality : Bay of Bengal, off Kistna Delta, 753 fms.).

1900. Leptoderma affinis Alcock, Iìì. Zooì. Investig. Fish., pl. 32,

fig. 3.

1949. Leptoderma affinis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 410.
1953. Leptoderma affinis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 392.

Text-fig. 49.—Lateral view of Leptoderma affinis Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

172

TELEOSTOMI

D. ca 66; V. 5; A. ca 85.

Body elongate, low, tapering to tail; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated; dorsal profile gradually convex*
ventraí horizontal. Head 4.2, depth 9.0 in total length
(3.9 and 8.3 in standard length). Eyes very prominent,
3.0 in head, 0.7 in snout. Snout squarish. Mouth ter-
minal, maxilla being vertical when mouth opened; maxilla
very broad, of 3 pieces. Rami of mandible very broad
posteriorly, narrow anteriorly, with a series of small
teeth. À series of small teeth on premaxilla; none on
maxilla or palate. Gill openings wide, but not surpassing
level of pectorals; upper arc of gill arches truncated. Pseu-
dobranchiae small. A single long, dorsal fin; origin behind
middle of total length, and behind anal origin by a distance
equal to postorbital portion of head; dorsal base reaching
caudal origin, 1.2 in anal base. Pectorals small, high,
in level with middle of eye, 3.0 in head or equal to eye.
Pelvics small, a little less than eye; origin before middle of
total length, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base,
at a distance equal to the length of head without snout
from the gill opening. Anal very long; origin behind
middle of total length and before dorsal origin by a distance
equal to postorbital portion ofhead; its base 1.2 times
dorsal base, reaching caudal fin. Vent nearer to pelvic
origin. Caudal deeply forked, a little less than eye.
Lateral line of a row of pores extending from occiput to
caudal. Gill rakers numerous, close-set, lanceolate.

Skin naked, in life uniformly covered with thick velvety,
opalescent epidermis probably luminous in function.
Purple, the contracted opalescent epidermis forming a
sort of bloom (in spirit).

It attains 223 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth 1377 m., bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India : off Krishna delta, 16°N. 62°E.,
Bay of Bengal, 1377 m., 5.1°C., in the mean annual iso«
therm of 20° C.

XXV Family Searsidae

Body elongate, compressed or deep with a conspicuous
dorsal comb and a ventral keel or devoid of a conspicuous
dorsal comb and ventral keel; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Head naked or scaly. Cleft of mouth obliue.

SEARSIDAE

173

Photophores present or absent. Eyes very prominent.
Teeth uniserial. Branchiostegals 4 —7. Pseudobranchiae.
Shoulder organ present. Opercle complete, large. Pel-
vics present or absent. Anal moderate, opposite dorsal.
A single dorsal fin. No adipose fin. Single or two super-
maxillaries. Lateral line distinct. Scales small, cycloid.
Deep-sea fìshes.

The family Searsidae is represented by a single
subfamily PLATYTROCTINAE in the Indian region.

ix. Subfamily Platytroctinae

Body deep, compressed with a conspicuous dorsal comb
and a ventral keel. Head naked. Cleft of mouth oblique.
No regular photophores, but a median dorsal and ventral
row of scales with black pigmentation present or absent;
supra and infracaudal luminous scales always present.
Ventral present or absent. Two supermaxillaries.

The subfamily PLATYTROCTINAE is represented by
two genera in the Indian region.

Key to the genera of subfamily PlATYTROCTINaE

1. Pelvics prescnt Platytroctegen

2. Pelvics absent Platytroctes

79. Genus Platytroctes Gunther

1878. Platytroctes Gíinther, Antt. Mag. nat. Hist., (5) 2, p. 249 (type,
P. apus Gthr., orthotypic).

Body oblong, elevated, compressed, scales small. A
median dorsal and ventral row of scales with black pig-
mentation; supra and infra caudal luminous scales. Eyes
large. Snout wide, not produced into a long tube. Pre-
maxilla, maxilla, mandible and vomer uniserially toothed.
Gill openings wide, surpassing level of pectorals. Branchi-
ostegals 5—6. Dorsal and anal fins in posterior half of
body ; their origins opposite to each other. Pelvics absent.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

174

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —Mid-Atlantic Ocean, 2742 m., Cape
Verde 1., 2500 m., Arabian Sea, 1353 m.

202. Platytroctes apus Giinther

1878. Platytroctes apus GQnther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (5) 2, p. 249
(type locality : mid-Atlantic, 1° 22' N. 26° 36' W. 1500 fms.,
3 -7° C.

1890. Platytroctes apus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 6, p. 307
(Arabian Sea, 15° 2' N., 72° 34' E., 740 fms., 3 -7° C., surface
temperature, 28. 3° C.).

1899. Platytroctes apus Alcock, Cat. lnd. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 177

(Arabian Sea, in the neighbourhood of the Laccadive banks,
740 fms.).

1900. Platytroctes apus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , p. 370

(Mid-Atlantic, Arabian Sea).

1949. Platytroctes apus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 409.

1953. Platytroctes apus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 391.

1960. Platytroctes apus Parr, Dana Report , No. 51, p. 34, figs. 22-26
(Mid-Atlantic 21° 57' N., 22° 58' W., 5000 m., wire, 1 speci-
men 153 -5 mm. in length; the Pacific off the coast of Panama
6°-7° N., 78°-80°W., 3500-4500 m. wire, 9 specimens 36.5-
152 mm. in length; off the Philippines, 4° 3' N., 123° 26'
E., 500 m., wire, 1 specimen 123 -5 mm. in length; Java sea,
4° 20' S., 116° 46' E., 5000 m. wire, 1 specimen 60 mm. in
length).

B. 5—6; D. 17—21; P. 19—22; A. 15—19; L. 1. ca 100

Body oblong, much compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Head 3.5, depth more than one third of
standard length (More than half the depth of body
contributed by simple dorsal and ventral folds of skin into
which neither muscles nor viscera enter). Eyes prominent,
longer than snout. Nostrils large, superior, nearer to snout
end than to eye. Snout 3.0 or a little more in head, almost
entering dorsal profile. The narrow triangular interorbital
and the occiput sharply concave and bordered on each side
by mucuous canal with large pores; a similar canal with
pores along preorbital and another one along the free
edge of preopercle. Mouth rather short, but broad.
Lower jaw projecting when open. Maxilla broad, petal-
shaped reaching to or a little beyond front boarder of eye.
Limbs of mandible as a curious boat-shaped bone. Teetìh
uniserial, small, even in premaxilla, maxilla and in front

SEARSIDAE

175

half of mandible; a small tooth on either side of the head
of vomer; no teeth on palatines. Pseudobranchiae
present. Gills very narrow; gill laminae very short. A
single dorsal; origm opposite to anal. Dorsal and anal
fins opposite to each other, on tail. Pectorals short,
about half as long as eye; its base nearly horizontal. Clavi-
cles project freely at their symphysis as a pair of spikes
separated only at tip. Pelvics absent. Vent much nearer
to caudal origin than to gill opening, with dorsal origin
immediately above it and anal origin immediately behind
it. Caudal forked. Lateral line present. Scales small^
cycloid; those near the dorsal and ventral profiles and’
many of the others with keel-like scales of many snakes.
Gill rakers on first branchial arch long, extremely numerous,
9—10+35—37 and close-set. Pyloric appendages rudi-
mentary.

Brown; head, pectoral region, vent and edges of caudal
peduncle black (in spirit).

It attains 252 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth of 1353—2743 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : in the neighbourhood of the Lac-
cadive banks, Arabian Sea, 15° 2'N., 72° 34' E., 1353 m.,
3.7°C.—Mid-Atlantic, 2743 m., 2.8°C„ Pacific, off the coast
of Panama, 6°—7° N., 78°—80°W., 3500—4500 m. wire;
off the Philippines, 4°3' N., 123° 26' E., 500 m. wire;
Java Sea, 4°20' S., 116° 46' E., 5000 m. wire; Mid-Atlantic,
21° 57' N., 22° 58' W., 5000 m. wire; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20° C. in 15 C N.—7° S., 72° E.—80° W. in the
Indo-Pacific=(15° 2' N., 72° 34' E. in the Arabian Sea
+7° N.—4° S., 116° E.—80° W. in Pacific Ocean and
1 °—20° N., 21°—26° W in the Atlantic).

80. Genus Platytroctegen Lloyd

1909. Platytroctegen Lloyd, Mem. Jndian Mus., 2, p. 145 (type, P.
mirus Lloyd, orthotypic).

Resembling the previous genus Platytroctes Gthr.,
but differing from it mainly in the possession of a small,
well developed pelvic fins and non-keeled scales.

Distribution .—India : Laccadive Sea, 914 m.

176

TELEOSTOMI

203. Platytroctegen mirus Lloyd
(Text-fig. 50)

1909. Platytroctegen mirus Lloyd, Mem. Indian Mus., 2, p. 145 (type
locality : Laccadive Sea, 12° 18' 46" N., 74° 5' 29" E., 500
fms; bottom temperature 7-6* C., surface temperature
25*3° C.: nature of soil green mud, globigerina ooze; by
Agassiz trawl).

1960. Pìatytroctegen mirus Parr, Dana Repcrt , No. 51, p. 38, figs.
27 & 28.

Text-fig. 50.—(a) Lateral view of Platytroctegen mirus Lloyd
(b) Dorsal view of head (After R.E.Lloyd)

B. 6; D. 24(23i); P. 26—28; V 5; A. 24 (23£); L. 1. ca 105.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Head slightly more than a quarter,
depth one third of standard length. Empty dorsal and
ventral folds of skin. Eye less than one-third head. Snout
equal to half eye diameter, forming the body contour.
Upper surface of head triangular, nearly flat, bounded
on either side by straight, supraorbital ridges converging
in front. The supraorbital ridge, infraorbital and the
preopercle, each supporting a muciferous canal opening
at intervals. A small, tubular papilla with an apical pore
on skin at a short distance behind opercle on a level with
the centre of eye. Minute, uniserial teeth on premaxilla,
maxilla and dentary; a few small teeth on vomer; palatines
toothless. Left opercle overlapping the right one atits
lower edge, with an extra or 7th small branchiostegal ray
not represented on right side. Dorsal and anal fins opposite
to each other, on ta.il. Pectorals short; clavicles projecting
at their symphysis as a pair of spikes not separated at tip.
Pelvics present. Caudal forked. Lateral line present.

DOLICHOPTERYGIDAE

177

Scales smalK cycloid, non-keeled. Gill rakers of the front
arch longer than others; gill filaments and rakers nearly
a third of eye diameter.

Uniform black.

It attains I 3 O mm. in length and has been found at a
depth of 914 m.; bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India : Laccadive Sea, 12° 18' 46" N.,
74° 5' 29" E. 914 m., 7.6° C., surface temperature 25.3° C.,
in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C.

XXVI. Family Dolichopterygidae

Body elongate, compressed abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Head naked. Eyes large or moderate, Iateral
or telescopic. Snout produced into a long tube ending
in a narrow mouth. Margin of upper jaw formed equally
by premaxilla and maxilla. Uniserial teeth in jaws only.
Opercle complete. Gill openings wide below, restricted
above, not surpassing level of pectorals. Pseudobran-
chiae rudimentary. Branchiostegals 5. A single short
dorsal fin in the posterior part of body. Pectorals and pel-
vics well developed. Anal much longer than or equal to
or shorter than dorsal. No adipose fin. Caudal forked.
Distinct lateral line. Scales minute, cycloid.

The family Dolichopterygidae is represented by a
single genus in the Indian region.

81. Genus Aulastomatomorpha Alcock

1890. Aulastomatomorpha , Alcock, Ann . Mag. nat. Hìst., (6) 6, p.

307 (type, A. phosphorops AIc., orthotypic).

Body elongate, scales minute. Head scaleless. Eyes
iarge, non-telescopic. Snout produced into a long tube
ending in a small mouth. Uniserial teeth in jaws only.
No shoulder organ. Gill openings wide below, contracted
above, where it does not surpass level of pectoral fins.
Branchiostegals 5. Gills 4. Pseudobranchiae rudimen-
tary. Opercle complete. Dorsal fin short, in the post-
erior part of body. Dorsal origin behind anal origin.
Pelvic origin in front of anal and dorsal origins. Anal
very long. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked. A few
small pyloric caeca.

Distribution .—Arabian Sea, 1828 m.

178

TELEOSTOMI

204. Anlastomatomorpba phospherops Alcock
(Pl. v, fig. 5; Text-fig. 51)

1890. Àulastomatomorpha phospherops Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.>
(6) 6, p. 307 (type locality : Laccadive Sea, 11° 12' 47" N.,
74° 25' 30" E., 100° fms.; 3 -7° C., surface temperature 28.
3° C., type is in the Zoological Survey of India).

1892. Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Alcock, III. Zool. Investig .
Fish., pl. 5, fig. 2.

1899. Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea
Fish. p. 178 (Arabian Sea, near the Laccadives, 1000 fms.).

1949. Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,
p. 410.

1953. Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,
p. 393.

Text-fig. 51. —Lateral view of Aulastomatomorpha phospherops Alc*
(After A. Alcock)

B. 5; D. 21; P. 7; V 6; A. 41.

Body elongate, compressed, with a narrow, continuous,
thick, succulent fold of integument from the mid-dorsal
line behind the nape to midventral line behind the vent;
abdomen non-serrated, non-keeled; do r sal and ventral
proíìles equally convex. Head rather low, depressed,
3.5, depth 6.4 in total length(3.1 and 5.8 in standard length);
completely covered with thick, spongy, dazzling white,
probably luminous skin. Eyes very large, prominent,
5 in head, 2.2 in snout; interorbital less than half eye.
Snout produced into a long tube, about 2.2 in head, ending
in a terminal mouth. Jaws apparently with limited motion,
u PPer jaw projecting slightly over lower and formed in
the anterior half by the premaxilla and the posterior half
by maxiJla. Teeth minute, acute, recurved and uniseriàl
on the premaxilla and mandible; maxilla toothless. Gill
openings very wide below, restricted above, not surpassing
the level of pectorals. Opercles complete with their bones
including the branchiostegal rays, though well calcified,
extremely thin, fragile and completely concealed within

DOLICHOPTERYGIDAE

179 *

a continuous fold of skin and mucous membrane. Gills
with narrow laminae and coarse lamellae; 4th gill cleft
wide. Pseudobranchiae rudimentary, of 4 or 5 delicate,
short lamellae on each side. A single short dorsal fin;
Origin slightly in advance of the posterior fourth of the body
minus the caudal, nearly three eye .diameters behind anal
origin and far behind pelvic origin; its base shorter than
snout, 2.6 in anal base. Pectorals narrow, 2.8 in head.
Pelvics short, 1.1 times eye, reaching just behind vent;
origin close behind middle of standard length, much nearèr
to anal origin than to pectoral base and about a caudal
length before dorsal origin. Anal long; base 2.6 times
the dorsal base; origin about an eye diameter behind pel-
vics. Caudal symmetrically forked with numerous rudi-
mentary rays at its base, 1.7 in head. Lateral line along
the middle of body. Scales minute, hardly imbricate,
cycloid. Well developed gill rakers on all arches, modera-
tely long in the first, short on the 4th and 5th. 4 small
pyloric caeca arranged in a ring.

Head snow-white, iris black, body chocolate, and fins
blackish grey; mouth, gill chamber and entire peritoneum
jet black.

It attains 280 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth of 1828 m., bathypelagic, endemic.

Distribution .—India : Laccadive Sea, 11° 12' 47" N.,
74° 25' 30" E., 1828 m., 3.7 C., surface temperature 28.3° C.,
in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C.

v. Suborder CHIROCENTROIDEI

No gular plate. No photophores. Air bladder large,
cellular, connected with ear. Head small, scaleless. No
adipose fin. Pectoral radials in two rows, proximal with
4 radials and distal with 3 radials. No suprabranchial
órgan. Upper jaw formed by the premaxillaries and
maxillaries. Two supramaxillaries. Supraoccipital in
contact with frontals. Opercles complete. Postcleithrum
attached to scapula. Branchiostegals 8. No pseudobra-
chiae. Gill fnembrane separate, free. No pyloric caeca.

Cretaceous to Lower Eocene.

The suborder CHIROCENTROIDEI is represented by
a single family in the Indian region.

180

TELEOSTOMI

XXVII. Family Chirocentridae

Body elongate, compressed, with thin, deciduous scales;
abdomen keeled, with hair-like rays, non-serrated. Head
scaleless. Auxillary scales above and below pectorals.
Pelvics large. Cleft of mouth oblique, wide, superior;
maxilla extending to midorbit or beyond. Eyes small,
subcutaneous. Canine teeth in jaws; teeth in narrow
bands on palatines, pterygoids and tongue. No pyloric
caeca. A short dorsal fin behind middle of standard
length and far behind pelvics. Lateral line obsolete.

The family Chirocentridae is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

82. Genus Chirocentrus Cuvier

1816. Chirocentrus Cuvier, Rigite Animal ., 2, ed. 1, p. 178 (type,
Clupea dorab Forsk., monotypic).

1873. Neosudis Castelnau, Proc. zool. acclin . Soc. Victoria , 2, p. 119
(type, N. vorax Castelnau, monotypic).

Body low, elongate, scales small, deciduous; without
photophores. Cleft of mouth wide, superior. Teeth
in narrow bands on palatine, pterygoid and tongue. Abdo-
minal edge keeled, with hair-like rays; non-serrated. Dor-
sal fin short, in the caudal region of body, opposite to anal.
Pelvic origin in front of dorsal origin, nearly between pec-
toral and anal origins. Anal longer than dorsal. Adipose
fin absent. Caudal deeply forked.

Distribution .—Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mozambique, Natal,
Mauritius, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand,
Malaya, Indonesia, Siam, China, Formosa, Philippines,
Melanesia, Australia.

Key to species of genus Chirocentrus Cuvier

1. Maxilla extending beyond mid

orbit ; gill rakers 7+16-
18; gill rakers twice gill
filaments C. nudus

2. Maxilla not extending beyond
midorbit ; gill rakers 3 + 11—14;
gill rakers shorter than gill fila-

ments . C. dorab

CHIROCENTRIDAE

m

205. Chirocentrus dorab (Forskal)

(Pl. VIII, fig. 3; Text-fig. 52)

1775. Clupea dorab Forskal, Descript. Animal ., pp. xiii, 72 [lyp?
locality : Djedda, Red Sea).

1801. Clupea dentex Schneider, Syst. Iehth. Bloch , p. 428 (type loca-
lity : Red Sea).

1846. Chirocentrus dorab Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 19, p. 160,
pl. 565 (Coromandal, Malabar).

1865. Chirocentrus dorab (part) Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 233 (Malabar).

1868. Chirocentrus dorab Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 7, p. 275
(Bengal).

1873. Neosudis vorax Castelnau, Proc. zool. Acclimat. Soc. Victoria ,
2, p. 118 (Noumea, New Caledonia).

1878. Chirocentrus dorab (part) Day, Fish. India , p. 652, pl. 166.

fig. 3 (Red Sea, through the seas of India to the Maíay Archi-
pelago and beyond).

1889. Chirocentrus dorab (part) Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fisb., 1, p.
368, fig. 114.

1907. Chirocentrus dorab Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus ., 1, p. 222 (Akyab).

1912. Chirocentrus dorab Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus.y 7, p. 57 (Akyab).

191*3. Chirocentrus dorab (part) Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 18, fig. 11 (Java, Madura, Sumatra,
Panang, Singapore, Celebes, Ambòn).

1929. Chirocentrus dorab Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5, p.
36 (N. Australia, Queensland).

1931'. Chirocentrus dorab Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ ., No. 1,
p. 13 (Seas of China).

1931. Chirocentrus dorab. Tanaka, J. Facul. Sci., Sec. 4, Zool., 3>
pt. 1, p. 16 (S. Japan).

1933. Chirocentrus dorab Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (Q 5, p. 82
(Ceylon).

1936. Chirocentrus dorab Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 9 (Gulf of
Siam).

1940. Chirocentrus dorab Herre, Rec. Indian Mus., 42, p. 9 (Mergur

Archipelago).

1941. Chirocentrus dorab Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,

p. 724 (Fiji, Japan, Cochin China).

1949. Chirocentrus dorab Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45j p.

410.

1952. Chirocentrus dorab Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1, No. 3,
p. 34 (Fussan).

14—1341 ZSI/71

182

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Chirocentrus dorab Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 393.

1953. Chirocentrus dorab Herre, Check List Philippine Fish ., p. 59
(Philippines)

1953. Chirocentrus dorab Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 87 (Delagoa
Bay).

1955. Chirocentrus dorab Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi , Sind
& Makran, p. 13, (coasts of Sind and Makran).

1955. Chirocentrus dorab Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon ,
p. 33 (Ceylon).

Text-fig. 52.—Lateral view of Chirocentrus dorab (Forsk)

B. 8; D. 17—18; P. 14—15; V. 7; A. 35; C. 19.

Vernacular names. — India : Thuppo-vahlay , Malayalam; Kunda ,
Oriya: Mooloo-alley , Kiru-vahlah, Tamil; Standardised name : Vala.
Pakistan : Pussant , Baluchistan; Kerli, Karachi, Sind and Makaran.
Sri Lanka: Podi , katuvalla , Pann katuvalla; Pat katuvalla , Singhalese;
Kollaku vallai, Tuppu vallai, Mullu vallai, Kuru vallai, Tamil.

Body very elongate, rmich compressed; abdomen keeled,
witb hair-like rays non-serrated. Dorsal profile of head
more or less horizontal like the body profile; ventral profile
of head rather convex becomìng straight up to anal. Head
small, 6.5, depth 8.4 in totallength (5.2—5.5 and 7.2—7.3 in
standard length). Eyes small, subcutaneous, 4.0-—4.6
in head, 1.0—1.3 in snout, greater than interorbital. In-
terorbital 5.5—6.5 in head. Cleft of mouth oblique, wide,
^uperior; maxilla extending to 1/4—1/2 m eye. Mandi-
bular rami greatly elevated inside mouth. Teeth in upper
jaw small except 2 moderate front canines; 2 sharp, small
teeth at mandibular symphysis, 6 elongate teeth on each
of mandible, gradually longer posteriorly. Teeth in narrow
bands on palatines, pterygoids and tongue. Gill opening
wide, gill membrane separate, free. No pseudobranchiae.
A single, short dorsal fin behind middle of standard length,
nearly a head-length behind pelvics and less than eye dia-
meter behind anal or opposite to it; its base 2.5 in anal
base. Pectorals low, with broad, osseous, outer and inner
auxillary scales, 1.5—2.0 in head. Pelvics very small,
-about an eye diameter; origin in the middle of. standard

CHIROCENTRIDAE

183

length, about a head length nearer to anal origin than
to pectoral base. Anal base 2.5 times dorsal base; origin
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal ongin. Caudal
deeply forked, 1.1 times head. Lateral line obsolete. Sca-
les small, deciduous, cycloid. Gill rakers 3+ 11—14,
long, compressed, well spaced, shorter than gill íìlaments.

Bluish black above becoming silvery on sides and
abdomen; fins hyaline; dorsal and pectorals dark; caudal
brownish.

It attains 3,648 mm. in length. When captured it
bites at every thing near it; found from surface to 109
metres; edible but bony; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Red
Sea, Natal, S. Africa, Muscat, Malaya, Penang, Singapore,
Indonesia, Thailand, Annam, Hongkong, China, Formosa,
Japan, Philippines, Queensland, Melanesia, Fiji; in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 35°N.—29 C S., 30°—180° E., in the Indo-
Pacific=(25°N.—29°S., 30°—140° E. in the Indian Ocean
+35°N.—16°S., 101°—180° E. in the Pacific Ocean).

206. Chirocentrus nudus Swainson

1839. Chirocentrus nudus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Animal., Fish., 2,
p. 294 (on Wahlah Russell, 1803, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p.
78, pl. Ì99, (type locality : Vizagapatam).

1852. Chirocentrus hypselosoma Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., 3,
p. (54) 71 (type locality : Singapore, Samarang).

1866-72. Chirocentrus hypselosoma Bleeker, Atì. Ichth. Ind. Neerland.,
6, p. 93, pl. (11) 269, fig. 3 (Java, Penang, Singapore, Banka,
Borneo, Celebes).

1913. Chirocentrus dorab (nec Forskal), Weber & de Beaufort,
Fish. Indo-A ustral. Archipel., 2, p. 18 (part), nec fig. 18, <

1941. Chirocentrus nudus Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,
p. 727.

1953. Chirocentrus nudus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 87 (Dur-
ban).

1955. Chirocentrus nudus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon,
p .34.

184

TELEOSTOMI

Vernacular name. —India : Wahlah , Telegu.

B. 8; D. 17—19; P. 15; V. 7; A. 31—33; C. 19.

Body very elongate, much compressed; abdomen
keeled, with hair-like rays, non serrated. Dorsal profile
of head horizontal like the body profile; ventral profile
of head convex becoming straight upto anal. Head small,
6.1, depth 8.0 in total length (5.1 and 6.8 in standard length).
Eyes small, subcutaneous, 4.0—4.5 in head, 0.8 in snout.
Interorbitaí 5.0—5.2 in head. Cleft of mouth oblique,
wide, superior; maxilla extending beyond midorbit. Teeth
as in the previous species. Gill openings wide, gill mem-
brane separate, free. No pseudobranchiae. A single
short dorsal fin; origin behind middle of standard length,
more or less opposite to anal origin and about a head
Iength behind pelvic origin; its base about 2.0 in anal base.
Pectorals low, 1.1 in head, with broad, osseous, outer
and inner auxillary scaly flaps. Pelvics small, about an
eye diameter; origin an eye diameter before middle of stan-
dard length, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base.
Anal base 2.0 times dorsal base; origin nearly opposite
dorsal origin, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin.
Caudal very deeply forked, 1.1 times head. No lateral
Iine. Scales cycloid, thin, small, deciduous. Gill rakers
7+16—18, finely lanceolate, more than twice gill—
fìlaments.

Brown above pale to light below; neutral brown, diffu-
sed steak from above gill opening to middle of caudal
base; fìns all pale.

It attains 426 mm. in Iength., littoral.

Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka.—S. Africa, Malaya,
Singapore, Indonesia; in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 17°
N.—29 C S., 30°—120°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(17° N. 29°S.,
30°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean+l°N.—7°S„ 103°—
120°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

vi. Suborder CHANOIDEI

Gular plate absent. Photophores absent. Air bladder
present. No adipose fin. Suprabranchial organ present.
Upper jaw bordered by premaxillaries only. Supramaxií-
laries absent. Pelvics with 10—12 rays. No orbitos-
phenoid and basisphenoid. Toothless.

CHANIDAE

185

Lower Cretaceous to recent.

The suborder CHANOIDEI is represented by a single
family in the Indian region.

XXVIII. Family Chanidae

Body oblong, compressed. Head scaleless. Cleft of
mouth small, terminal, transverse. Upper jaw slightly
projecting over lower jaw; lower jaw with small symphysial
tubercles. Maxillaries short, wide. No supramaxillaries.
No gular plate. Toothless. Gill membranes completely
united, free from isthmus. Pseudobranchiae moderate.
A suprabranchial organ. A single dorsal fìn with origin
before pelvics. Pectorals low. Pelvics well developed,
10—12 rays. Anal smaller than dorsal. Caudal deeply
forked. Scales cycloid, small, firm. Lateral line com-
plete.

Lower Cretaceous to recent.

The family Chanidae is represented by a single genus
m the Indian region.

83. Genus Chanos Lacépède

1805. Chanos Lacèpède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 395 (type, C. arabìcus
Lac., monotypic).

1823. Lutodeira v. Hasselt, Alg. Konst. Letterbode , p. 333 (type
L. indica v. Hass., monotypic).

1828. Scoliostomus Riippell, Atl. Reise Nordl. Afrika , Fische , p. 17
(type, Lutodeira indica v. Hass).

1842. Ptycholepis {nec Agassiz, 1832) Gray, in Dieffenbach , Travels
in New Zealand, 2, p. 218 (type, Mugil salmoneus Schn.).

1846. Lutodira Agassiz., Zool. Index Univ. f p. 217 (type, Lutodeira
indica v. Hass.).

Body moderately elongate, compressed, scale small;
without photophores. Eyes with broad adipose lid.
Mouth small, terminal. Teeth absent. Gill membranes
entirely united below, isthmus free. AbdominaJ edge
rounded, non-serrated. Dorsal fin longer than anal.
Dorsal origin opposite to pelvic origin. Anal short. Adi-
pose fin absent. Caudal deeply forked.

Distribution .—Red Sea, Arabia, East coast of Africa
Mauritius, Seychelles, Chagos Archipelago, Maldives,

186

TELEOSTOMI

Laccadives, Tndia, Sri Lanka, Malay Peninsula, Indonesia,
Philippines, Thailand, Indo-China, Formosa, China, Japan
Australia, New Zealand, Melanesia, Polynesia, HawaiL

207. Chanos chanos (Forsk|l)

(Pl. VIII, fig. 1; Text-fig. 53)

1775. Mugil chatios Forskal, Descript. Artimal., pp. xiv, 74 (type
locality : Djedda, Red Sea).

1801. Mugil solmoneus (Forster) Schneider, Syst. ìchth. Bloch r
p. 421 (type locality : Pacific Ocean).

1803. Chanos arabicus Lacepède, Hist. nat. Poiss., 5, pp. 395, (type
locality : Arabia).

1823. Lutodeira indica van Hasselt, Algem, Konst. Letterbode, p. 338
(type locality : Java).

1829. Cyprinus pala Cuvier, Règne Animal., 2, ed. 2, p. 276 (on Palah
Bontah Russell, 1803, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p. 84, pl. 207;
type locality : Vizagapatam).

1829. Cyprinus tolo Cuvier, Regne Animal., 2, ed. 2, p. 276 (on Tooleloa
Russell, Fish. Coromandel, 2, p. 85, pk. 208, 1803, type lcca-
lity : Vizagapatam).

1832. Leuciscus zeylonicus Bennett, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 184
(Ceylon).

1841. Chanos cyprinella Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. “ Bonite ” Zool,

I, p. 196 (type locality : Hawaiian Is.).

1846. Chanos mento Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 19, p. 194 (type
locality : Mauritius).

1846. Chanos chloropterus VaJenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 19, p.
195 (type locality : India).

1846. Chanos nuchaiis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 19, p. 196
(on Palah Bontah Russell).

1846. Chanos lubina Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 19, p. 199 (type
locality : Buru, Seychelles, Mauritius).

1849. Buterinus madraspatensis Jerdon, Mad. J. Lit. Sci., 15, p. 344
(type locality : Madras).

.1852. Chanos mossambicus Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
p. 684 (type locality : Mozambique).

1856. Chanos pala Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 224 (Malabar).

1868. Chanos salmoneus Giinther, Cat. Fish . Brit. Mus., 7, p. 473
(Ceylon).

1878. Chanos saìmoneus Day, Fish. India, p. 651, pl. 166, fig. 2, (Red
Sea, seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond).

1886-87. Chanos salmoneus Vaillant, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, (7)

II, p 53 (Tahiti).

CHANIDAE

187

1889. Chanos saìmorteus Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 403, fig.
127.

1901. Chanos chanos Jordon & Snyder, Annot. Zool. Japan, 3, p. 52
(Riu Kiu).

1903. Chanos gardineri Regan, Fauna Geogr. Maldive & Laccadive
Archipel. Gardner , 1 , p. 280 (type locality : North Pool of
Hulule I.).

1913. Chanos chanos Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 15, fig. 8 (Java; Madura, Pinang; Borneo;
Celebes; Buru; New Guinea).

1915. Chanos chanos Chaudhuri, Mem. Indian Mus ., 5, p. 417 (Chilka
Lake).

1922. Chanos chanos Hora, Mem. Indian Mus ., 5, p. 764 (Chilka Lake).

1929. Chanos salmoneus Piilay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. t 33, p. 356
(Travancore).

1929. Chanos chanos Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., 5, p. 42
(Queensland).

1931. Chanos chanos Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ No. 1, p. 13
(S. China).

1933. Chanos chanos Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci. t (C) 5, p. 82
(Ceylon).

1936. Chanos chanos Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam t p. 8 (Siam).

1941. Chanos chanos Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. t (100) 13, p. 537
(Hawaiian Is. Honolulu, Fiji).

1949. Chanos chanos Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 411.

1953. Chanos chanos Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 393.

1953. Chanos chanos Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 581
(Philippines).

1953. Chanos chanos Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa t p. 88, fig, 105
(Durban).

1955. Chanos chanos Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p. 34
(Ceylon).

Text-fig. 53.—Lateral view of Chanos chanos (Forsk.)

Vernacular names .— India : Hu-meen t Kanarese; Poomeen, Malaya-
lam; Tulu candul t Palmeen t Tamil; Pu-meen t Polah bontah, Telegu;
Standardised name : Palmeen. Sri Lanka : Tulu t Vaikka t Singhalese

188

TELEOSTOMl

B. 4; D. 13-16; P. 15-16; V 10-12; A. 9-11; L. 1.
75-90 ;L. tr. 12-15; Predorsal scales 30-46.

Body oblong, compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-
serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles equally convex.
Head 5.2—5.5, depth 4.6—5.2 in the total length (4.2 and
3.8 in standard length). Eyes with large adipose lid, 3.5—
5.7 in head, 0.7—1.0 in snout and 1.2—1.4 in interorbital.
Mouth small, terminal, transverse; maxilla short, wide,
excluded from gape of mouth, without supplemental bone,
not reaching eye. Upper jaw slightly projecting over lower
jaw. Toothless. Gill openings wide, gill membrane totally
united, free from isthmus. Pseudobranchiae. Accessory
branchial apparatus behind gill cavity. A single
dorsal fìn; origin in the middle of standard length, about
half eye diameter before pelvic origin; base 1.4 times anal
base. Pectorals low, moderate, 1.3 in head. Pelvics
long, well developed, 1.8 in head; origin an eye diameter
behind dorsal. Anal small; origin nearer to caudal origin
than to pelvic origin; anal base 1.4 in dorsal base. Caudal
long, deeply forked, 1.4 times head; upper lobe slightly
longer than lower. Lateral line straight and distinct.
Scales small, some rows over nape enlarged. Gill rakers
147—160+107—165, fìne, very slender, 2.3—3.0 in gill
fìlaments. Pyloric caeca numerous.

Bluish grey above becoming silvery on sides and below;
snout light brown; dorsal and caudal rays greyish and
edged black; caudal greyish at base; pectorals and pelvics
white with the anterior half minutely dotted dark brown;
anal white, with the anterior half dotted black.

It attains 1,500 mm. in Iength and is much esteemed
as food and cultured in ponds and tanks; ascends estuaries;
littoral, euryhaline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—Red
Sea, Arabia, Zanzibar, Mozambique, Mauritius, S. Africa,
Natal, Scychelles, Chagos Archipelago, Maldives, Lacca-
dives, Malaya, Indonesia, Philippines, Thailand, Indo-
China, China, Formosa, Japan, Polynesia, Hawaii, Queens-
land, Tahiti; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 27 C N.—29°S.,
30°E.—149°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(25°N.—29 C S., 30°—
140°E. in the Indian Ocean + 27° N.—18°S., 101°—

149°W. in the Pacifìc Ocean).

SALMONIDAE

189

vii. Suborder SAL'MONOIDEI

No gular plate. No photophore. Air bladder large,
simple, with pneumatic duct. Head scaleless. Body
scaly. Adipose fin. No suprabranchial. Upperjaw for-
med by premaxillaries and maxillaries. Branchiostegals
3—10. Pseudobranchiae. Pyloric caeca numerous,
rarely absent.

Lower Eocene to recent.

The suborder SALMONOIDEI is represented by 2
families in the Indian region.

Key to fatnilies of suborder SALMONOIDEI

1. Mouth wide, oblique ; opisthotic

present ; freshwater, anadromous

fishes Salmonidae

2. Mouth small, terminal ; no opis-

thotic ; deep sea fishes Microstomidae

XXIX. Family Salmonidae

Body scaly, elongate, subcylindrical. Abdomen roun-
ded, non-keeled, non-serrated. Head scaleless. Cleft of
mouth wide, oblique; maxilla extending to below or beyond
eye. Eyes moderate, lateral. Teeth conical on jaws,
vomer, palatines and tongue, none on pterygoids. Bran-
chiostegals 8-20. Pyloric caeca numerous, 17—200 or ab-
sent. Rayed dorsal fin opposite or nearly opposite to
pelvics. Adipose fin present. Pseudobranchiae. Lateral
line. Opisthotic.

Miocene to recent.

The family Salmonidae is represented by a single sub-
family in the Indian region.

x. Subfamily SALMONlNl

Basisphenoid. No hypethmoid. A suprapreopercu-
lar. No dermosphenotic.

The subfamily Salmonini is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

84. Genus Salmo Linnaeus

1758. Salmo Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. t I, ed. 10, p. 308 (type, S. salar
L.).

190

TELEOSTOMI

Body elongate, scales small. Head scaleless. Photo-
phores absent. Eyes moderate. Cleft of mouth wide.
Branchiostegal rays 9—13. Teeth on jaws, vomer, palatine
and tongue, absent from pterygoid. Anterior dorsal fin
with 10—15 rays; dorsal origin in front of pelvic origin.
Anal fin with 10—13 rays. Adipose dorsal fin present
both in young and adult. Anal origin in front of adipose
fin origin. Caudal crescentic to forked.

Distribution. —South Africa (introduced), India (intro-
duced), Pakistan (introduced), Sri Lanka (introduced), Aus-
tralia (introduced), S. America (introduced), North America,
British Columbia to California, England, Scotland, Eurasia.

Key to species and subspecies of genus Salmo Linnaeus

1. Lateral line scales 115-130 ; spotted
below lateral line, colour greenish

or brownish ; no lateral band 3

2. Lateral line scales 127-160 ; not
spotted below, colour steel blue ;

a flesh coloured lateral band S. gairdnerii gairdneri

3. Colour brownish ; lateral line

scales 115-130 S. trutta fario

4. Colour greenish ; lateral line

scales 120—130 S. levenensis

3. Salmo gairdnerii gairdnerii Richardson

(Rainbow trout, Steel-head trout)

1836. Salmo gairdnerii Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amern 3, p. 221).
(type locality : Columbia river at Fort Vancouver)

1855. Salmo irideus Gibbons, Proc.California Acad. Sci. y p.36 (type
locality : San Leandro Creek, Alameda County, California).

1896. Salmo gairdneri Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. y
No. 47, pt. 1, p. 497.

1896. Salmo irideus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. y No.
47, pt. 1, p. 500.

1921. Salmo irideus Wilson, Madras Fish. Bull. y 12, p. 151 (Nil-
giris).

1929. Salmo irideus Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus. y Sydney, 5,
pt. 1, p. 45 (introduced into Australia).

1939. Salmo (Oncorhynchus ) irideus Malik, J. roy. As. Soc. BengaU
Sci. y 5, pp. 1, 4 (Kashmir, Hazara Dt.).

1943. Salmo irideus Phayre, U. Serv. J. India y p. 329.

1949. Salmo gairdnerii gairdnerii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 41

SALMONIDAE

191

1953. Salmo gairdnerii gairdnerii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 50»
p. 395.

B. 11-12; D. 11/0; A. 10-12; L.l. 127-160.

Body more or less elongate, subcylindrical; abdomen
rounded, non-serrated. Head scaleless, convelx, 4.2—5.5»
depth 4.2—5.0 in total length (3.7—4.7 and 3.7—4.3 in
standard length). Eyes 6.5 in head, 1.5—2.1 in snout,
2.0 in interorbital. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla exten-
ding beyond postorbit. Teeth small; vomerine in 2 alter-
nating or irregular series, as long as the palatine series.
A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal origin
than to snout end or nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin, before pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal above anal,
nearer to caudal origin than to last dorsal ray. Pectorals
low, 1.6 in head. Pelvics 1.7 in head; origin below middle
of dorsal base. Anal opposite adipose dorsal; origin
Hearer to caudal origin or midway between pelvic and
caudal origins. Caudal emarginate to cut square, 1.0—
1.2 in head. Lateral line straight. Scales small, cycloid,
adherent.

Olive green to steel blue above; sides silvery with a
broad flesh-coloured lateral band.

It attains 762 mm. in length; migratory, good eating,
exotic.

Distribution. —India (introduced) : Pakistan (introdu-
ced) : Sri Lanka (introduced).—S. Africa (introduced), N.
America (British Columbia to California), England (intro-
duced).

208. Salmo levenensis Walker
(Loch Leven trout)

(Pl. VIII, fig.5; Text-fig. 54)

1877. Salmo levenensis Day, Fislt. ìndia, p. 508, pl. 118, fig. 3 (Neil-
gherry hills introduced from Loch Leven).

1880-84. Salmo levenensis Day, Fish. Great Brit. & Irejand, p. 92
(Loch Leven in Fifeshire and other lochs in south of Scotland
and north of England).

1889. Salmo fario levenensis Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 404
(introduced into the Nilgiri hills).

1929. Salmo levenensis Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus., Sydney ,
5, pt. 1, p. 45 (Introduced into Australia).

1949. Salmo levenensis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, 412

192

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Salmo levenensis Misra, Rec. lndìan Mus ., 50, p. 395.

3808. Saltno lèvenensis Walker, Wcni Mcm., 1 , p. 543 (type lccality :
Loch Leven).

Text-fig. 54.—Lateral view of Salnio levenensis Walker

B. 10-12; D. 12-14/0; P. 12-14; V 9; A. 10-12; C. 19;
L. 1. 120-130; L. tr. 24-28/26-30.

Body elongate, subcylindrical; abdomen rounded,
non-keeled, non-serrated. Yentral profile more convex
than dorsal profile. Head scaleless, 4.7—5.2 (longest in
males), depth 4.5 in total length (4.7 and 4.1 in standard
length). Eyes 5.5—6.0 in head, 1.5 in snout and 1.5 in
interorbital. Interorbital convex. Cleft of mouth slightly
oblique ; maxilla extending slightly behind postorbit;
lower jaw with groove or knob at upper end of mandible.
A double or rarely single row of teeth along body of vomer
and a tranverse row of 3 or 4 opposite its junction with
palatines. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout
end than to caudal origin and before pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal opposite last anal rays. Pectorals low, 1.3 in head.
Pelvics equal to pectorals; origin below middle of dorsat
or opposite 5th dorsal ray. Anal origin nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal base and before adipose origin; base
1.1 in dorsal base. Caudal 1.2 in head, emarginate, be-
coming square in large examples. Lateral line straight.
Scales small, cycloid, adherent. Pyloric caeca 47—90.

Greyish or greenish above becoming lighter on sides
and below; numerous brown or black spots encircled by
light rings; gill covers, upper surface of head and upper
half or 2/3rd of body with numerous X-shaped or even
round, bíack spots; white edged spots on dorsal.

It attains 534 mm. in length and is a non-migratory
species, exotic.

Distribution .—India (introduced).—S. Africa (introdu-
ced), Australia (introduced), England, Scotland.

SALMONIDAE

193

4. Salmo trutta fario Linnaeus
(Brown trout)

1748. Salmo trutta Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1, ed. 10,p. 308 (type locality :
Europe).

1758. Salmofario Linnaeus, Syst. Nat ., 1, ed. 10, p. 309 (type locality :
Europe).

1880- 84. Salmo trutta Day, Fish. Great Brit. Ireland, 2, p. 84, pl. 111,
fig. 1; pl. 112, figs. 1, 2 (Great Britain & Ireland).

1880-84. Salmo fario Day, Fish. Great Brit. Ireland , 2, p. 95, pl. 109,
fig. 3; pls. 113,114 and 116, fig. 1 (Great Britain and Ireland).

1929. Salmo fario Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mi/s., 5, pt. 1, p. 45
(introduced into Australia).

1932. Salmo trutta Boulenger, Camb. nat. Hist ., 7, p. 567.

1936. Salmo fario Mukerji, J. roy. As. Soc. Bengal , Sci. , 2, p. 157
(Hazara).

1938. Salmo fario Bhatti, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 40, p. 429 (Kulu
Valley).

1940. Salmo truttafario Malik, J. roy. As. Soc 9 Bengal , Scì. , 5, pp. 7,
8 (Kashmir, Hazara Dt.).

1949. Salmo trutta fario Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 412.

1953. Salmo trutta fario Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 395.

B. 10*12; D. 12-14/0; P. 13-14; V. 9; A. 11-13; C. 18-
19; L. 1. 115-130; L. tr. 24-27/32-38.

Body elongate, subcylindrical; abdomen rounded,
non-keeled, non-serrated. Ventral proíìle more convex
tban dorsal. Head scaleless, 4.2—4.5, depth 4.4—5.0 in
total length (3.7—4.1 and 4.0—4.5 in standard length).
Eyes 4.2 —5.0 in head, 2.0 in snout, 1.5 in interorbital.
Interorbital convex. Cleft of mouth oblique; maxilla
extending to postorbit or beyond by an eye diameter.
Teeth in jaws, palatines and vomer in single row in adults;
3—6 strong, sharp, recurved ones, on either side of tongue.
À single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to cau-
dal origin or midway between the two, before pelvic origin.
Adipose dorsal; origin just behind last anal ray on above
íast 3 anai rays. Pectorals low, 1.8 in head. Pelvics 1.8—
—2.1 in head; origin below middle of dorsal base or slightly
before it but behind dorsal origin. Anal before adipose
dorsal; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin;

194

TELEOSTOMI

base nearly 1.2 in dorsal base. Caudal slightly lunate,
1.4—1.5 in head. Lateral line straight. Scales small,
cycloid, adherent. Pyloric caeca 49—61.

Silvery with light brownish red tint all over body; sides.
with irregular black spots.

It attains 912 mm. in length and is migratory, exotic.

Distribution. —India (introduced)’; Pakistan (introduced)
—S. Africa (introduced), S. Australia (introduced), N.
America (introduced), and Eurasia.

XXX. Family Michostomidae

Body saly, elongate, subcylindrical; abdomen rounded,
non-keeled, non-serrated. Head scaleless. Cleft of mouth
small, terminal; maxilla extending to front margin of eye.
Eyes very liarge. Lower jaw and vomer with a narrow
series of teeth; no other teeth. Branchiostegals 3 or 4.
Rayed dorsal fin before pelvics. Adipose fin presentor
absent. Pseudobranchiae. No pyloric caeca. No opis
thotic. Deép-sea fishes.

The family Microstomidae is represented by a single
genus and species in the Indian region.

85. Genus Nansenia Jordan & Evermann

1896. Nansenia Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U.S. nat, Mus ., 47, pt. 1,
p. 528 (type, Microstoma groenlandicus Reinhardt, ortho-
typic).

1922. Bathymacrops Gilchrist, Rep. Fish. Mar. biol. Surv. S. Africa,

2 (1921), Spec. Rep., 3, p. 53 (type, B. macrolepìs Gilchrist,
orthotypic).

1933. Euproserpa Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat . Soc. Philad 85, p. 256
(type, Microstoma schmitti Fowler, orthotypic).

Body elongate, cylindrical, scales large. Photophores
absent. Eyes large. Mouth small, terminal. Teeth in
lower jaw and vomer. Dorsal fìn with 11 rays ; origin
in front of pelvic origin. Anal fin with 10 rays. Adipose
dorsal well developed in young only. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —N. Atlantic, S. Africa near Zanzibar,
OT, 640 to 658 m.; off Natal and Delagoa Bay, 439—
475 m.; Maldive area, Arabian Sea, 494 m.

MICROSTOMIDAE

195

209. Nansenia groenlandicus (Reinhardt)

1839. Microstomus groenlandicus Reinhardt, Overs. danske Vídensk.
Selsk. Forh ., p. 8 (type locality ; Greenland).

1866. Microstoma (?) groenlandicum Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mits.,

6, p. 205 (Sea of Greenland).

1896. Nansenia groenlandica Jordon & Everman, Bitì}. U.S. nat.
Mus. t No. 47, pt. 1, p. 528 (Greenland).

1939. Nansenia groenlandicus Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.

7, p. 16 (Maldive area, AT, 494 m., Zanzibar area, OT,
640-658 m).

1949. Nansenia groenlandicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 412
(Maldive area).

1953. Nansenia groenlandicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 395.

1953. Bathymacrops macrolepis Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p.
97, fig. 129 (in 240-260 fms., off Natal and Delagoa Bay).

B. 3; D. 10; P. 14; V. 11-12; A. 9-10; L. 1. ca 50.

Body elongate, cylindrical; abdomen rounded, non-
serrated, non-keeled. Dorsal profile slightly more convex
than ventral profile. Head scaleless, 5.3, depth 8.8—10.0
in total length (7.5—8, and 7.5—8.0 in standard length).
Eyes large, 2.5 in head, interorbital 3.0 in eye. Snout
less than half eye. Cleft of mouth small, terminal, slightly
obliique; maxilla reaching anterior margin of eye. No
teeth in upper jaw; a single series of close-set, compressed,
conical teeth in lower jaw; vomer with a row of slender,
curved, sharply-pointed teeth. A single dorsal fin; origin
much nearer to snout end than to caudal origin and before
pelvic origin. A small adipose dorsal above anal; origin
nearer to caudal origin than to last ray of dorsal. Pectorals
low, 1.8 in head. Pelvics 2.0 in head; origin just behind
or below last dorsal ray, nearer to anal origin than to pec-
toral base and before middle of total length. Anal origin
much nearer to caudal base than to pelvic origin, more than
4 times as distant from snout end as from caudal origin;
base 3.5 in head, more or less equal to dorsal base. Caudal
forked, 1.1 in head. Lateral line straight. Scales moderate,
cycloid. Lower gill rakers 20-22.

It attains 180 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth of 439—658 m., bathypelagic.

196

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —Maldive area, 4° 58' 42" N., 73° 16' 24"
E., 494 m., 10. 86° C.—S. Africa near Zanzibar, OT, 640-
658 m., ofif Natal and Delagoa Bay, 439—475 m., North
Atlantic : in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. and beyond
6 c C. in the frigid zone with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 4° N.—29° S., 30°—73° E. in the Indian Ocean
and 72° 15' N., 40° W. in the Atlantic.

viii. Suborder STOMIATOIDEl

No gular plate. Photophores always present in constant
series ; on the branchiostegal membrane between the rays;
two series on each side of body, a ventral along isthmus
thence below pectorals and pelvics to the anal and along
anal base to caudal and a lateral series from above pectoral
to above the origin or anterior part of anal. Serial photo-
phores with lens, with or without lumen and ducts. Air
bladder present. Dorsal and anal adipose fins present
or absent. Pelvics. Barbels present or absent. Parietals,
postemporal, supracleithrum, mesocoracoid, orbitosphenoid
and opisthotic present or absent. Upper jaw formed by
premaxillaries and maxillaries. No suprabranchial organ.
Body naked or scaly, low or elevated. Bathypelagic or
pelagic.

Miocene to recent.

The suborder STOMIATOIDEI is represented by 3
superfamilies in the Indian region.

Key to superfamiìies of suborder STOMIATOIDEI

1. Tail markedly short in relation
to length of trunk ; body always

naked . Astronesthoidae (Gymno-

photodermi)

2. Tail not markedly short in relation
to length of trunk.; body naked

or scaly 3

3. Gill-rakers rudimentary or absent;

body elongate .. . Stomiatoidae (Lepidophoto-

dermi)

4. Gìll-ràkers present ; body elongate

or elevated Gonostomoidae (Heterc-

photodermi)

GONOSTOMEDAE

197

V Superfamily Gonostomoidae (Heteroph-

OTODERMl)

Body low, elongate, or short, elevated, with or without
scales. Gape of mouth very wide, oblique or vertical.
Single postocular, luminous organ present or absent. Pho-
tophores in continuous or discontinuous series. No
barbels. Gill arches with rakers. Parietals large. No
orbitosphenoid, no opisthotic. Lagena present or absent.
2 supramaxillaries. Dorsal, pectorals and pelvics. Adi-
pose dorsal fin present or absent. Gill membranes free
or united with isthmus. Branfchiostegals 5—14. Pseu-
dobranchiae present or absent. Eyes normal or telesco-
pic. Pyloric caeca present or absent.

Miocene to recent.

The superfamily Gonostomoidae is represented by
2 families in the Indian region.

Key to families of superfamily Gonostomoidae

1. Body elongate, low ; gape of mouth

oblique Gonostomidae

2. Body short, elevated ; gape of

mouth vertical Sternoptychidae

XXXI. Family Gonostomidae

Body scaly or without scales, low, elongate, compressed;
abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated. Head scaleless. Pre-
maxillary and vomer toothed or non-toothed. Eyes non-
telescopic. Gape of mouth oblique, moderate to large.
No postocular luminous organs. No barbels. Gill arches
with rakers. Pseudobranchiae present or absent. Dorsal
fin before òr above anterior part of anal. Àdipose dorsal
fin present or absent. Pectorals low. Pelvics entirely
before or opposite dorsal. Anal very long, longer than
dorsal or rarely equal to dorsal. Cairdal fo'rked. Bran-
chiostegals 9—17.

The family Gonostomidae is represented by 6 genera
in the Indian region.

15—1341 ZSI/71

198

TELEOSTOMI

Key to genera of family GonostomiDáe

1. Dorsal origin in advance of anal

origin . 3

2. Dorsal origin opposite to or behind

anal origin .. 7

3. No additional serial photophores

on sides of body ; anal rays
14-32 5

4. With additional serial photophores
’ on sides of body ; anal rays

57-61 Triplophos

5. Anal rays 23-32 .. .. Yarrella

6. Anal rays 14-16 . Vinciguerria

7. Serial photophores on body more
or less distinctly divided into
groups, each group on a black
background; pseudobranchiae pre-

sent :. . Valenciennellus

8. Serial photophores on body arran-
ged in continuous longitudinal
rows ; pseudobranchiae absent 9

9. Premaxillary toothed ; eye mode-

rate; anal rays 22-31 Gonostoma

10. Premaxillary not* toothed ; eye

small ; anal rays 16-20 Cyclothone ;

86. Genus Gonostoma Rafinesque

1810. Gonostoma Rafinesque, Ind. Ittiol. Sicil ., p. 64 (type, G. denu-
datum Rafinesque).

1883. Sigmops Gilí, Proc. U.S. nat. Mus., 6, p. 256 (type, S . stigma-
ticus Gill, orthotypic).

1888. Neostoma Vaillant, Exp. Sci. “ Travailleur ” & “ Taìisman ”,
Poiss.y p. 385 (type, N. bathyphilus Vaillant).

Body elongate, compressed, scales large, more or less
concealed in skin ; with 3 uninterrupted series of photo-
phores on each side of body. Eyes moderate. Gape
of mouth very wide. Teeth in premaxillary, palatine r
pterygoid. Vomerine teeth present or absent. Gill open-
ings very wide. Pseudobranchiae absent. Gill membranes
free from isthmus. Branchiostegals 11—14. Gill rakers
long, slender, few in number. Dorsal fin with 13—15 rays ;
origin somewhat nearer to root of pectorals than to base
of caudal and opposite to anal. Pelvic origin in advance

GONOSTOMIDAE

199'

of dorsal origin. Anal fìn with 22—31 rays, extending
nearly to base of caudal. Adipose fin present. Caudaí
forked.

Distribution .—Atlantic : East coast of N. America,
480—4333 m., Havana, 292—914 m., Azores Is., 1420—
2285 m., Cape Verde I., 460—1180 m., Morocco, 460—
1180 m., Gulf of Guinea, 2000 m., Bermuda Sea, 260—
1500 m., Indian Ocean : Laccadive Sea, 1349—2194 m.,
offMinekoy Is., 2194 m., W.coast of Sumatra, 614—677 m.;.
Pacific Ocean : Banda Sea, 658 m., Arfura Sea, 1463 m.,.
Japan, 630—4433 m.

210. Gonostoma elongatum Gunther
(Text-fig. 55)

1878. Gonostoma elongatum Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.> (5) 2,.
p. 187 (type locality : South of New Giiinea, 800 fms. 3 •9°C.)

1884. Sigmops stigmaticus Gill, Proc. U.S. nat. Mus. t 6, p.

256 (type locality : Gulf Stream in 30° 19' 26' N., 68° 20'
20' W.).

1891. Gonostoma elongatum Wood-Mason & Alcock, Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist., (6) 8, p. 127 (Laccadive Sea, 7° 41' N., 78° 21'
E., 738 fms., 5 -6° C.).

1892. Gonostoma elongatum Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 10,.

p. 354 (off Minekoy Is., Arabian Sea, 1200 fms.).

1896. Gonostoma elongatum Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal , 65,
p. 331 (Laccadive Sea, 738-1200 fms.).

1899. Cycìothone elongata Alccck, Cat. Jrd. Deep Sea Fish., p. 139

1905. Cyclothone rhodadenia Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 23-

(1903), p. 602, pl. 71, fig. 1.

1906. Gonostoma elongatum Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,.

p. 75, pl. 4, fig. 4; text-fig. 27.

1911. Gonostoma polyphos Zugmayer, Bull. Inst. Ocean. Monaco ,.
193, p. 4 (type locality : 36° 7' N., 10° 18' W., 0-4745 m.,
36° 6' N., 9 ? W., 0-3660 m., 2 specimens).

1913. Gonostoma elongatum Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 122, fig. 45 (West coast of Sumatra, 614-677
m., 10° C.).

1930. Gonostoma elongatum Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 283-

1939. Gonostoma elongatum Norman, Sci. Rep. Jphn Murray Exped.,
7, p. 17 (1° 25' 54'S., 66° 34'12'E., MT, 3385 m., 1-92° C-
at 3000 m., 7° 14' N., 68° 38' 42' E., MT, 2937-3182 m.).

1949. Gonostoma elongatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 413-

200

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Gonostoma elongatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50,
p. 396, fig. 14a.

1955. Gonostoma elongatum Grey, Fieldiana ZooJ, 37, p. 270 (Oíf
Bermuda, 3 specimens caught at night in depths between
260 and 820 m., 6 specimens during day in 730 to 1500 m.).

1958. Gonostoma elongatum Briggs, Butl. Florida State Mus ., Biol.
Sci ., 2, (8), p. 256 (FJorida, 24°-31° N., 82°-88° W.).

Text-fig. 55.—Lateral view of Gonostoma elongatum Gthr.(After
A. Brauer)

B. 14; D. 13; P. 11—13; V 7—8; A. 27—30.

Body scaly but concealed in skin, elongate, compressed;
ubdomen non-keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex,
ventral slightly concave. Head scaleless, 5.1, depth 7.5
in total length (4.3—4.5 and 6.5—7 in standard length).
Eyes 5.1—7.0 in head, 0.8—1.0 in snout and less than
interorbital. Nostrils nearer to eye than to snout end.
Suborbital broad, dilated, covering about anterior half of
-cheek. Gape of mouth exceedingly very vdde; maxilla
extending to angle of preopercle, and intermaxilia reaching
anterior border of eye. Lower jaw prominent with a pointed
symphysis. Intermaxilla with 2—4, maxilla with 12—15,
curved, larger teeth; 2 hindermost directed backwards
with smaller teeth in between them; about 10 large curved
teeth on mandibles with numerous smaller ones between
them; palatines with a series of 3—5 teeth; vomer with
a pair of conical teeth. A single rayed dorsal fin, shorter
than anal ; origin behind middle of standard and total
lengths. An adipose dorsal much nearer to caudal base
than to last dorsal ray. Pectorals low, 2.0 in head, not
reaching pelvic origin. Pelvics 3.2 in head, ńot reaching
anal; origin before dorsal origin and before middle of total
length, nearer to anal origin than to pelvic origin. Anal
very long, 3.6 times dorsal base; origin opposite dorsal ori-
gin, behind middle of standard length, with its base extend-
ing beyond adipose dorsal. Caudal deeply forked, nearly
equal to head. No lateral line. Luminous organs ; a
black suborbital ventrally connected with a yellowish
organ obliquely directed backwards; one dorsally at the
hind border of preoperde ventrally connected with a yellow

GONOSTOMIDÁE

201

grandular patc^; one behind end of maxilla and a cons-
picuous one on each side behind the symphysis; nine
between branchiostegal rays; in the ventral series 4 between
isthmus and pectoral, 7 between pectoral and pelvic, 4
between pelvic and anal, 19 between anal origin and caudal
base; in the latsral series, 8 pairs between pectoral and pel-
vic; 4 pairs between pelvic and anal origin, and a single
detached one close behind anal origin in a line with the
first lateral row; 2 glandular patches , ventrally dorsally
above them a similar organ below the anterior caudal rays.
Lower gill rakers 12.

fìlack with a broad silvery lateral band; fins translucent.

It attains 200 mm. in length and has been obtained
at depth of 614—1,463 metres; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —Laccadive Sea, 7° 41' N., 78° 21' E.,
1349—2194 m., 5.6°C. Off Minikoy ls., 2194 m., 7° 14' N.,
60° 38' 42" E., MT 2937—3182 m., 1° 25' 34" S., 66° 34'

12" E., MT, 3385 m., 192° C. at 3000 m.,—East coast of
N. America, 36°—41 C N. 99°W., 795—4333 m., Gulf of
Guinea 1° 51' N., 0° 31' 2" E., 2000 m., West coa s t of
Sumatra, 0° 16' N., 98° 8' E. 614—677 m., fìanda Sea
5° S., 128 J E., 658 m., W. of New Guinea, 5 C S., 135° E.
1463 m., in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C. and 12 C C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 7 C N.—5 C S.,
60°—135 C E. in the Indo-Pacific=(7° N.—1° S., 60°—
98 C E. in the Indian Ocean + 5° S., 128°—135°E. in the
Pacific) and 1 °—41° N., 0° 31' E.—92° W. in the Atlantic).

87. Genus Cyclothone Goode & Bean

1882. Cyclothone Goode & Bean, Buìl. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool .,
10, p. 221 (type, C. lusca G.B., orthotypic).

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, scaly or scaleless;
with uninterrupted lateral series of photophores Eyes
small. Gape of mouth very wide. Premaxillary not
toothed; palatine, pterygoid and vomer toothed. Gill
openings wide. Pseudobranchiae absent. Gill membranes
free from isthmus. Branchiostegals 12—14. Gill rakers
long, numerous. Dorsal fin with 13—15 rays, origin
nearer to caudal base than to root of pectoral and opposite
to anal origin. Pelvic origin in advance of dorsal origin.
Anal fin with 16—20 rays. Adipose dorsal, when present,
small. Caudal forked.

202

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : Gulf of Panamà, 3278
m., West coast of Americas (from 0"—37 C N. 223—4411
m., West coast of Africa between Canary Is. and Cape
of Good Hope, 520—4000 m„ North coast of Africa,
800—4000 m„ West coast of Africa between Cape Verde
Is. and Cape of Good Hope, 800—4000 m„ South Atlantic,
2500—2700 m„ Middle and West Atlantic, 914—5202 m„
Denmark Strait, 538—2623 m„ Antarctic Ocean, 1500—
3611 m„ Indian Ocean : between Seychélles and Chagos
Archipelago, 800—4000 m., South of Socotra, 800—4000
m„ between Zanzibar and Chagos Is. 520—2500 m„ Gulf
of Aden, 520—2500 m„ between Chagos and Maldives,
600—1000 m : , Andaman Sea, 483—786 m„ between Sri
Lanka and Chagos Archipelago, 520—4000 m„ between
New Amsterdam and Sumatra, 520—4000 m„ between
Cocco Is. and Sumatra, 800—4000 m„ Pacific Ocean :
South of Sandwich Is„ 940—5202 m. North of New Zealand,
940—5202 m„ North of New Guinea, 940—5202
m„ South of Japan, 940—5202 m„ North of New Guinea,
940—5202 m„ South of Japan, 940—5202 m„ between
Chile and C. Horn, 600—3000 m„ Arctic zone.

Key to species and subspecies of genus Cyclothone Goode &
Bean

1. Photophores clearly visible along
sides of body

2. Photoohores hidden along sides
ofbody

3. Ground colour pinkish white ;
scales absent

4. Ground colour dark ; scales

present

5. Pectorals almost reaching pelvic

bases ; distance between pelvic
and anal origins equal to dis-

tance between pelvic and
pectoral origins

•6. Pectorals not reaching peveic

bases ; distance between pelvic

and anal origins contained twice
in the distance between pelvic and
pectoral origins

'7. 7 photophores in Iateral row ; 4
photophores between pelvic and
anal in ventral row ; no photo-
phore between last anal ray and
caudal origin

3

C. obscura

7

5

C. acclinidens

9

C. signata signata

GONOSTOMIDAE

203

8. 6 photophores in lateral row ; 3
photophores between pelvic and
anal in ventral row ; one photo-
phore between last anal ray and

caudal origin. C. signata alba

9. Length of head 4 times in standard
length ; area between pelvic and

anal fins unpigmented C. microdon pallida

10. Lencth of head 5 times in stan-
dara length ; area between pelvic

and anal fins pigmented C. microdon microdoh

211. Cyclothone acclinidens Garman

1899. Cyclothone acclinidens Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus ., Comp.

Zool ., 24, p. 247, pl. J., fig. 4 (type Jocality : 36° 47' 10" N.,
122° 3' 22" W., 122 fms.).

1906. Cyclothone acclinidens Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 85, 374, pl. 6, fig. 1, fig. 34a-c (Antarctic Ocean,
56° 30' S., 14° 29' E.).

1913. Cyclothone acclinidens Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 127.

1930. Cyclothone acclinidens Norman, “ Discovery” Rep ., 2, p. 288.

1939. Cyclothone acclinidens Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 18 (Arabian Sea : 23° 2' 48" N., 64° 31' 54" E. to 23°
2' 30" N., 64° 41' E., N 100, 1000-1500 (—0) m., N 200,
2000(—0)m„9° C.at 1000m.,5 -57° C.at 1500m., 3-18° C.
at 2000 m., 23° 2' 12" N., 6VWW' E. to 23° 2'30" N., 64°
15' 54" E., N 100, 1500—0 m., N 200, 2000 (—0) m., 13°
25' 36" N., 65° 8' 6" E. to 13° 24' N., 65° 8' 8" E., N 200,
984—1045 m., 12° 8' 6" N., to 3° 4' 36" E. to 12° 5' 18"
N., 63° 1'42" E., N 200, 430—984 m., 12 -12° C. at 400 m.,
10 *64°C. at 600 m., 9 -58°C. at 800 m., 8 -48°C. at 1000 m.,
P39' 6" S., 61° 13' 48" E., 2° T 30" S., 61° 21' 12" E., N
100, 1500 (—0) m., N 200, 2500 m., 9° 40' 24" N., 54° 33'
36" to 9° 42' 18" N., 54° 39' E., N 100, 850 (—0) m., N 200,
2091 (—0) m.

1949. Cyclothone acclinidens Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 413.

1953. Cyclothone acclinidens Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 397.

1953. Cyclothone acclinidens Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 103
(off Cape Point in 600—1000 fms.).

B. 14; D : ' 13—14; P 10; V 6—7; 18—20.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,

non-serrated. Dorsal proíìle convex, ventral profìle nearly
straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 4.8—6.0,

204

TELEOSTOMI

depth 8.0 in total length (4.2—5.0 and 7.0—7.1 in standard
length). Eyes small, 8.0—10.0 in head, 2.0 in snout, equal
to interorbital. Gape of mouth very wide; maxilla extending
to angle of preopercle. Lower jaw prominent, with a short
point at the symphysis directed downwards, 6—10 yertical r
uniformly large teeth in intermaxillary; 30—35 small r
vertical teeth in the anterior third of maxilla, increasing
in size backwards; behind them, about 20 stronger teeth
inclined forwards and becoming larger backwards; about
15 uniformly small teeth in the anterior part of mandible,.
with a large vertical fang behind the third and the second
fang at the end of the series, behind which a series of 70)
vertical teeth on vomer; 4—6 on palatines, 6—8 on ptery-
goids. A single rayed dorsal íìn in the middle of total
length, far behind pelvic origin and opposite to anal origin.
No adipose dorsal. Pectorals low, almost reaching pelvics,
1.3 in head. Pelvics not reaching anal, 2.0 in head; origin
before dorsal, midway between pectoral base and anal
origin. Anal longer than dorsal, 1.3 times dorsal base;
origin opposite dorsàl. Caudal deeply forked, with rudi«
mentary rays at its base, almost equal to head. Lumi-
nous organs, a black suborbital; 2 operculars one above
the other, the dorsal on a level with eye, the ventral in a
level with pectoral; 10 between branchiostegal rays; in
the ventral series, 3 between isthmus and pectoral, 10 bet-
w T een pectoral and pelvic; 5 between pelvic and anal origin,
15 between anal origin and caudal base, the last 4 being
behind anal base; in the lateral series, 5 between opercu-
lum and pelvic, 3 between pelvic and anal origin; a cons-
picuous luminous supracaudal patch. No lateral line.
Scales thin, large, deciduous. Pyloric caeca 3.

It attains 44 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 223—4411 m., abyssal.

Distribution .—Bay of Bengal, 5°—7°N., 85 3 —94 C E.,
520—4000 m., Arabian Sea, 13° 25' 36" N., 65° 8' 6" E.
to 13° 24' N., 65° 8' 6" E., 20*, N 984—1045 m., 12° 8'
6" N., 63° 4' 36" E. to 12° 5' 18" N., 63° 1' 42" E., 20°, N
430—984 m., 12.12°C. at 400 m., 10.64°C. at 600 m.,
9.85°C. at 800 m., 8.48°C. at 1000 m., 54 C 23'E., 10°, N
850(.0) m., 20°, N 2091 (-o) m. 23° 2' 48" N., 64"
31' 54" E. to 23° 2' 30" N., 64° 41' E., 100, N 1000—1500
(—0) m.; N 200, 2000 (—0) m., 9°C. at 1000 m., 5.57°C.
at 1500 m., 3.18 c C. at 2000 m., 23° 2' 12" N., 64° 33' 39"
E. to 23° 2' 30" N., 64° 15' 54" E., 100, N 1500 (—0) m..

GONOSTOMIDAE

205 ;

N 200, 2000 (—0) m., —Arabian Sea : 9° 40' 24" N., 54°
33' 36" to 9° 42' 18" N., 1° 39' 6" S., 61° 13' 48" E.,
2° T 30" S., 61° 21' 12" E., N. 100, 1500 (—0) m., N 200,
2500 m., Gulf of Aden, 13 N., 49° E., N 200, 952 (—0)
m., Gulf of Oman, 24° N., 59° E., N 100, 1500 m., N 200,
2500 m., West Coast of America from 0°—37 : N., 223—
4411 m. West Coast of Africa between Canary I. and
Cape of Good Hope, 31° N.—28° S., 9 E—21° W., 520—*
4000 m., Northeast Coast of Africa, 1°—13'N., 45'—53°
E., 520—4000 m., between Chagos I. and Zanzibar, 2°—
6 S., 41°—70 E., 520—2500 m., between Chagos I. and
Ceylon4 c N.—6 C S.,73 3 —88 C E., 520—2500m., betweenNew
Amsterdam and Sumatra, 10'—26 S., 93°—97'E., 520—
4000 m., Antarctic Ocean, 56° 31' S., 14° 29' E., 1500m., in
the mean annual isotherms of 20 C, 12°C. and beyond
6 C. in the Antarctic Zone with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 24 C N.—26'S., 41°—97 'E. in the Indian
Ocean, 37°N.—28 S., 9°E.—21 C W. in the Atlantic and
56° 3T S., 14° 29' E. in the Antarctic Ocean.

5. Cyclòthone microdon microdon (Gùnther)

1878. Gonostoma microdotx Gunther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (5) 2,
p. 187 (type locality : Atlantic and Pacific, 500—2900
fms.)

1883. Cyclothone lusca Goode & Bean, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp.

Zool., 10, p. 221 (type locality : 31° 41'N., 74° 35' W.,
1047 fms.; 33° 19' N., 76° 12' 30" W., 457 fms.; 34°
28' 25" N„ 75° 22' 50" W„ 1632 fms.; 33° 27' 20" W„
75° 53' 30" W„ 1386 fms.).

1888. Neostoma quadrioculatum Vaillant, Exp. Sci. “Travailleur ”

&“Talisman”, Poiss., p. 99, pl. 8, fig. 2 (type locality : Gulf
of Goscogne, 1353 m„ 1600 m„ 1420 m„ Coast of Morocco,
2000 m„ Coast of Portugal, 1350m).

1889. Gonostoma microdon Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 4,

p. 399 (Bay of Bengal, 30 miles west of Middlé Andaman,
485 fms„ 9-5° C.; Andaman Sea, 11° 41' N„ 92° 43° E.

7 miles south east of Ross Is„ 265 fms.)

1906. Cyclothone microdon Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 82, 373, pl. 6, fig. 4, text-fig. 32.

1913. Cyclothone microdon Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p, 126 fig. 46 (Flores Sea 538 m. ; Banda Sea,
1000—2474 m.,Timor, 421 m., Manipa Str„ 1556 m„ Molucco
Passage, 1500 m„ Celebes sea, 700—2291 m„ Halmahera
Sea, 1CÍ00 m.).

1930. Cyclothone microdon Norman, “ Discovery” Rep ., 2, p. 287

(North and south Atlantic, 32°—60° S„ 16° E.—57° W„ at
depths ranging from 0 —2500 m„ specimens measuring
from 12 to 70 mm. in length).

206

TELEOSTOMI

1941. Cyclothone microdon Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 336.
1949. Cyclothone microdon Misra, Rec. Indian Mus.> 45, p. 413.
1953. Cyclothone microdon Misra, Rec. Indian Mus 50, p. 398.
1953. Cyclothone microdon Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p., 103,
fìg. 149 (off south coast in 1000-15000 fms.).

1955. Cyclothone microdon Grey, Fieldiana Zool. 9 37, p. 272 (276
specimens from 800—2000 m. during day and 441 speci-

meris from 250—2000 m. at night).

1958. Cyclothone microdon Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus. 9 Biol.
Sci., 2, (8), p. 256 (Florida, 24°—31° N., 78°-88°W.)

B. 12—13; D. 13—14; P. 9—10,; V 6; A. 19.

,Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profìle convex, ventral profile
nearly straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 5.5,
depth 9.1 in total length (4.9—5.0 and 8.1 in standard
length). Eyes small, 13.0 in head, 2.1 in snout, 2.1 in interor-
bital. Cleft of mouth very wide; maxilla extending to angle
of preopercle. Lower jaw prominent, with a ventrally
directed spine at the symphysis. 8—10 unequal teeth,
one or two enlarged, on the intermaxillary; maxillary teeth
90—100, anterior third smaller, vertical, posterior ones
obliquely directly forwards increasing in size backwards
with nearly 10—12 larger ones between them; about 12
subequal teeth in the anterior part of mandible with 2
large ones between them, and a continuous series of nearly
100 behind them gradually increasing in size backwards;
2—3 teeth on palatines; 4—6 on pterygoids. A single rayed
dorsal fin; origin nearly in the middle of total length far
behind pelvic origin and opposite anal. No adipose dorsal.
Pectorals low, ends far away from pelvics, 1.8 in head.
Pelvics 2.1 in head, not reaching anal; origin nearer to anal
origin by a distance équal 1/2 of the distance between
pectorals and pelvics. Anal longer than dorsal, its base
1.5 timedorsal base; origin opposite dorsal. Caudal deeply
forked, equal to head, with rudimentary rays at its base.
No lateral line. Scales thin, large, deciduous. Lumi-
nous organs; a black suborbital; 2 operculars one above
the other, the dorsal in a level with eye, the ventral in a
level with maxilla; 9—10 between branchiostegals; in the
ventral series 2 between isthmus and pectoral, 10 between
pectoral and pelvic, 6 between pelvic and anal origin, and
14 between anal origin and caudal base, the last 3 being
behind anal base; in the lateral series 7 between operculum
^and pelvic, 1 between pelvic and anal origin.

Uniform brown or blackish brown.

GONOSTOMIDAE

2Ò7

It attains 70 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 538—2,623 m.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 30 miles West of
Middle Andaman, 887 m., Andaman Sea, 7 miles south
east of Ross Is., 484 m., 9.5° C.—Middle and West Atlantic
Oc$an, 40 N.—40 S., 914—5202 m.; South Atlantic Ocean,
48 —52 S., 37 3 —49°W., 2500—2700 m., Canary Is., 950—
4105 m., West Coast of Africa between Canary Is. and Cape
of Good Hope, 3TN.—42'S., 18 E.— 21 C W., 700—4000
m., Artic Ocean, Davis Str. and Denmark Str., 65°—67 N.,
30 —58 W., 538—2623 m.; between Maldives and Chagos
Is., 1°—4 S., 73°E., 600—1000 m., between New Amster-
dam and Sumatra, 10°—34° S., 80°—97° E., 1000—3000 m.,
North of New Zealand, 35° S., 175° E., 940—5202 m.,
North ofNew Guinea, 940—5202 m. South of Sandwich Is.,
940—5202 m., South of Japan, 34 C N., 135 E., 940—5202
m., Galapagos Is,, 1 C S., 90 J W., Antarctic Ocean, 62 0 —
26°S., 95 3 44' E., 50° 1' S., 123 3 4' E., 3292—3611 m.,
Gulf of Naples, Mediterranean, 40° 51' N., 14° 26' E.,
Florida, 24 —31°N., 82 3 —88°W., in the mean annual
isotherms of 20'C, 12 C, 6°C, and beyond 6°C in the Arctic
and Antarctic zones with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 11 C N.—50 S., 18 E.—90 W., in the Indo-Pacific
= (11 C N.—50 S., 18 D —125 E. in the Indian Ocean+

35 N.—5'S., 120 C E.—80 W. in the Pacific Ocean), 40 C N.
—50 S., 18°E.—88 C W. in the Atlantic Ocean, 65 —67 N.,
30"—58 W. in the Artic Zone, 53°—62°S., 95 E.—57 3 W.
in the Antarctic Zone and 40° 51' N., 14 3 26' E. in the Medi-
terranean.

6. Cyclothone microdon pallida Brauer

(Text-fìg. 56)

1902. Cyclothone pallida Brauer, Zool. Ann ., 25, p. 281 (type

locality : Atlantic ; Indian Ocean ; original description based
on specimens from the Bay of Bengal, 5° 23' 3" N.,
94° 48' 1" E., 800 m.).

1906. Cyclothone microdon pallida Brauer, ‘ ‘Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische , 15, pp. 84, 373. pl. 6, fig. 2, fig. 33 (7° 1' 2'N.,
85° 56' 5' E., 2500 m.).

1939. Cyclothone pallida Norman , Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped „

7, p. 18 Arabian Sea : 23° 2' 48" N., 61° 3' 54" E., 23°

2' 30" N., 64° 41' 11" E., N 200, 2000 (-0) m., 12° 8' 6"N.,
63° 4' 36" E., 12° 5' 18" N., 63° 1' 42" N. 200, 430—984m.,
1° 39' 6" S., 61° 13' 48" E., 2° 7' 30" S., 61°21' 12" E.,
N 100, 1500 (-0) m., 7° 14' N., 60° 38' 42" E., 7°14' 18" N.,
60° 39' 30" E., MT, 2937—3182 m., 9° 40' 24" N.,

54° 33' 36" E„ 9° 42' 18" N., 54° 39' E„ N 100, 850 (-0) m„
4° 44' 30" N„ 72° 46' E„ 4° 41' 12" N„ 72° 42' 48" E.,

208

TELEOSTOMI

4° 42' 30" N., 72° 42' 30" E., 4° 36' 48" N., 72° 48' 54" E.,
MT, 2937—3182m., Gulf of Aden, N 200, 900 (-0) m.,
N 200, 952 (-0) m., AT, 1061—1080 m., Gulf of Oman,
N 100, 1500 m., 7 *5° C.).

1949. Cyclothone microdon pallida Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45,
p. 414.

1953. Cyclothone microdon pallida Misra, Rec. lndian Mus^ 50,
p. 397.

1955. Cyclothone pallida Grey, Fieldiana Zool. t 37, p. 272 (off Bermuda,
32 N., 64 W., 41 specimens from 800—2000 m. during
day, 97 specimens from 260—1400 m. at night).

Text-fig. 56.—'Lateral view of Cycìothone microdon palíida Br. (After

A. Brauer)

B. 12—13; D. 13—14; P. 9—10; V. 6; A. 19.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated; dorsal profile convex, ventral profile
nearly straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 4.7,
depth 7.7 in total length (4.1 and 6.7 in standard length).
Eyes small, 15.0 in head, 2.1 in snout, 2.1 in interorbitah
Cleft of mouth wide; maxilla extending to angle of preo-
percle. Lower jaw prominent. Dentition more or less
similar to the previous species with a ventrally directed
spine at the symphysis. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin
slightly before middle of total length and behind pelvic
origin and nearly opposite to anal origin. No adipose
dorsal. Pectorals low, 1.7 in head, not reaching pelvics.
Pelvics almost reaching anal origin, 2.1 in head; origin
much nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal
longer than dorsal, 1.3 times dorsal base; origin opposite
dorsal origin. Caudal deeply forked, with rudimentary
rays at its base, equal to head. No lateral line. Scales
large, thin, deciduous. Luminous organs; suborbitals,
operculars and branchiostegals as in the previous species;
in ventral series, 3 between isthmus and pectorals, 1(>
between pectoral and pelvic, 4 between pelvic and anal
origin, 16 between anal origin and caudal base, the last
4 being behind anal base; in the lateral series, as in the above
species.

LFniform brown becoming bluish grey towards abdomeiL
with the area between pelvics and anal unpigmented-

GONOSTOMIDAE

209

Found at a depth of 250—5071 m., abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2"N., 85°
56'5" E., 2500m., Arabian Sea, 12° 8 , 6"'N. Ì 63° 4' 36" E“
12 D 5' 18" N., 63° 1' 42" E., N 200, 430—984 m., 7° 14' N.,
60° 38' 42" E., 7 3 14' 18" N., 60° 39' 30" E., MT, 2937—
3182 m., 9° 40' 24" N., 54 3 33' 36" E., 9° 42' 18" N., 54°
39' E., N 100, 850 (—0) m., 23 3 2' 48" N., 61° 3' 54" E.,
23° 2' 30" N., 64° 41' 11" E., N 200, 2000 (—0) m., Maldive
area; 4° 44' 30" N., 72° 46' E., 4° 41' 12" N., 72° 42' 48'
E., 4 3 42' 30" N., 72° 42' 30" E., 4° 36' 48" N., 72° 48"
54" E., MT 2937—3182 m.—Indian Ocean’ 1° 39' 6" S.,
61° 13' 48" E., 2° 7' 30" S., 61° 21' 12" E., N 100, 1500
(—0) m., Gulf of Aden, 10°—13° N., 45°—49° E., N 200,
900 (—0) m., N 200, 952 (—0) m., AT, 1061—1080 m.,
Gulf of Oman, 25 3 N., 56° E., N 100, 1500 m., 5.75° C.,
Cape Verdels., 14° N., 21° W., 250—550 m., Gulf of Guinea
0"—1 C N., 7° E.—10° W., South West Coast of Afríca
9°—31 C S., 8 3 —9° E., between Zanzibar and Seychelles
4°—6 C S., 41°—53° E., 2000—5071 m., between Seychelles
and Chagos Archipelago, 2° —3 C S., 58°—65 C E., 1500—

4129 m., between Chagos Archipelago and Ceylon, 2 C N.
—6°S., 73° 76' E., 2500—4133 m., North East Coast of
Africa, 0°—9 N., 43°—53 C E., 1000—5064 m., North of
New Amsterdam; between New Amsterdam and Sumatra,
0 3 —32° S., 83°—101 C E., 1100—2400 m., 8.7 3 C.—1.1°C.;
North West of Chagos Is., 2 3 S., 67 3 E., South of Cape
Verde Is., 6° N., 14°W., 250—550 m., in the mean annual
isotherms of 20° C. and 12° C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 25 N.—6°S„ 43 c —101° E. in the Indian
Ocean and 32 N.—3TS. 9°E.—64°W. in the Atlantic
=(14 C N.—3TS., 9° E.—21°W. in 20°C and 12°C mean
annual isotherm +32 N., 64 3 W. in 20 3 C mean annual
isotherm).

212. Cyclothone obscura Brauer
(Text-fig. 57)

1902. Cyclothone obscura Brauer, Zool. Ann., 25, p. 280 (type
JocaJity : AtJantic and Indian Oceans; oríginal description
based on specimens from Indian Ocean, 4° 45' S., 48° 58'
6“ E., 2000 m.).

1906. Cyclothone obscura Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 88, 374, pl. 6, fig. 3, text-fig. 35 (Bay of'BengaJ,
7° 43' 2" N., 88° 44' 9" E., 200Ú m.,|7° T 2" N., 85° 56' 5" E.,
2500 m).

1930. Cyclothone obscura Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 288
(Atlantic Ocean, 5° 30' 30" N., 17° 45' W., TYF, 2500—
2700 (-0) m., 2 -85° C. at 2598m.).

TELEOSTOMI

2 10

1949. Cyclothone obscura Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 414.

1953. Cyclothone obscura Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 397.

1953. Cyclothone obscura Smith, Sea Fisk . South• Africa , p. 103 (S.
Africa).

Text-fig. 57.—'Lateral vtew of Cvcìothone obscura Br. (After

A. Brauer)

B. 13; D. 13—15; P. 9—10; V. 6; A. 17—19.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex, ventral profile
nearly straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 4.8,
depth 8.3 in total length (4.1 and 7.5 in standard length).
Eyes small, 14.5 in head, 2.0 in snout, 2.0 in interorbital.
CleFt of mouth very wide; maxilla éxtending to angle of
opercle. Lower jaw prominent, with a ventrally directed
spine at the symphysis. About 14 unequal teeth, 1 or
2 enlarged on intermaxillary; maxillary teeth about 100,
anterior third smaller, vertical, posterior one obliquely
directed forwards increasing in size backwards, with 13
largir ones between them; about 14 uniform teeth on the
anterior part of mandible, with 2 large ones between them
and a continuous series of nearly 7—4 behind them gradually
increasing in size backwards; 3—5 teeth on palatine. A
single rayed dorsal fin; origin before middle of total length,
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin, almost opposite
to anal origin and behind pelvic origin. No adipose dorsal.
Pectorals low, not reaching pelvics, 1.6 in head. Pelvics
2.1 in head, not reaching anal.; origin nearer to anal origin
than to pectoral base. Anal longer than dorsal, its base
1.5 times dorsal; origin nearly opposite dorsal. Caudal
déeply forked, with rudimentary rays at its base, equal to
head. Luminous organs hidden beneath scales. Pyloric
caeca 3.

Uniform deep browniih grey, vertical fins lighter.

It attains 58 mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 800-^4000 m., abyssal.

GONOSTOMIDAE

211

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 7° 43' 2" N.,
88° 44' 9” E., 2000 m., 7° 2' 2” N., 85 J 56' 5" E., 2500 m.
—West Goast of Africa, between Cape Verde Is. and Cape
of Good Hope, 14° N.—31 3 S., 9 E.—21 W., 800—4000
m., between Seychelles and Chagos I., 2°— 4° S., 48°—
70 E., 800—4000 m., South of Socotra, 9 N., 53 E., 800—
4000 m., between Coccos Is. and Sumatra, 8°—10 C S., 97 3
—98 E., 800—4000 m., between Chagos Is. and Sri Lanka,

2 C —4 S., 48°—70 E., 1000—2500 m., 1.7°—1.4 c C., in th e
mean annual isotherms of 20 C. and 12 C. with the latitu-
dinal and longitudinal range of 9 N.—10 C S., 48°—98 C E.
in the Indian Ocean and 14 C N.—31 C S., 9 C E.—21 C W. in
the Atlantic.

7. Cyclothone signata signata Garman
(Text-fig. 58)

1899 Cyclothone signata Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Co/np. Zool ., „
24, p. 246, pl. 1, fig. 3 (type locality : 61° 21' N., 80°
41' W.).

1906. Cyclothone signata Brauer, “ Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 78, 373, pl. 6, fig. 6, text-figs. 28, 29 (Bay of Bengal,
7° 1' 2” N., 85° 56' 5" E., 2500 m., 5° 23' 2" N., 94° 48' 1"
E., 800m.).

1913. Cyclothone signata Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel.y 2, p. 125 (Bali Sea, 1310 m., Macassar Str.,
450 m., Banda Sea, 1000—2081 m., Moluccca Passage,
1500 m., Manipa Str., 1536m., Halmahera Sea, lOOOrn.,
Timor sea, 421 m.).

1939. Cyclothone signata Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., .
7, p. 18 (Arabian sea, 9° 40' 24" N., 51° 33' 36" E., 9°
42' 18" N., 54° 39' E., N 100, 400 (-0) m., N 200, 2001
(-0) m., Gulf of Aden, N 100, 600 (-0) m., N 200,

952 (-0) m.).

1949. Cyclothone signata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 414.

1953. Cyclothone signata Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 397.

1953. Cyclothone signata Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 103 (off
coast of S. Africa in 300—1500 fms.).

Text-fig. 58.— Latcral view of Cyclothone sìgnata signata Garman

(After A. Brauer)

212

TELEOSTOMI

B. 12—13; D. 12 —14; P. 9—10; V. 6—7; A. 19—20.

Body scaleless, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profìle convex, ventral profile
straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 5.0, depth
7.5 in total length (4.1 —4.5 and 6.2 —7.0 in standard len-
gth). Eyes small, 1.4—2.0 in snout, 2.0 in interorbital. Cleft
of mouth oblique, wide; maxilla extending to angle of
preopercle. Lower jaw prominent, with a ventrally directed
spine at symphysis. 6—7 nearly subequal, short teeth on
intermaxilla; maxillary teeth 52—60, anterior third smaller,
vertical, posterior ones obliquely directed forwards increa-
sing in size backwards; about 62—66 teeth in the mandible
of which the anteriormost 12 ones subequal with 2 large bet-
ween them and a continuous series of 50—54 behind them
gradually increasing in size backwards; vomer toothless,
palatines 3—4; pterygoids 2—3. A single rayed dorsal
fin; origin be f ore middle of total length, almost opposite
anal and behind pelvics. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals
low, 1.8 in head, not reaching pelvics. Pelvics 1.8 in head,
almost reaching anal; origin nearer to anal origin than to
pectoral base and before dorsal origin. Anal base 1.4
in dorsal base; origin opposite dorsal. Caudal deeply
forked, 1.1 in head, with rudimentary rays at its base.
'No lateral line. No scales. Luminous organs : a small
black suborbital; 2 operculars, the dorsal one below level
of eye, the ventral in a level with the lower base of pectoral;
9—io between branchiostegals; in the ventral series, 2
between isthmus and pectoral, 10 between pectoral and
pelvic, 4 between pelvic and anal origin, 12 between anal
origin and caudal base, none between last anal ray and
caudal origin; in the lateral series, 6 between operculum
and pelvic, the antericfmost one higher up outside the
series, and 1 between pelvic and anal. Pyloric caeca 3.

Pinkish white, tinted with blackish blue on abdomen;
eyes and photophores black with silvery sheen; a series
of black spots above photophores from operculum to cau-
dal base; 2 transverse streaks at caudal base; a pair of elon-
gate spots on occiput diverging from nape towards eyes.

It attains 45 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 520—3278 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Benga], 7° 1' 2" N., 85°
56' 5" E., 2500 m., 5 3 23' 2" N., 94 a 48' 1" E., 800 m.—

GONOSTOMIDAE

213

Gulf of Panama, 9°N., 79°W., 3278 m., West Coast of
Africa, between Canary Is. and Cape of Good Hope,
31°N.—37°S., 18°E.—21°W., 600—3000 m., Gulf of Aden,
13°N., 49°E., 520—2500 m., North East Coast of Africa,
9°N., 53°E., 520—2500 m., between Zanzibar and Chagos

l. 2°—4°S. 48°—70° E., 520—2500 m., between New Ams-
terdam and Sumatra, 10°—30 C S., 87°—97°E., 520—2500

m. , between Sri Lanka and Chagos Archipeíago, 4°N.—
6 S., 73°—78°E., between Chile and Cape Horn, 42°—
55° S., 67°—74°W., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C.
12°C. and 6 c C. and beyond 6 C. in the Arctic Zone, with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 13 C N.—30°S.,
48°—97°E. in the Indian Ocean, 31 C N.—37 C S., 18°E.—
21°W. in the Atlantic and 61° 21' N., 80° 41' W. in the
Arctic Zone.

8. Cyclothone signata alba Brauer
(Text-fig. 59)

1906. Cyclothonesignata var. alba Brauer, “ Vatdìvia ” Tiefsee Fische,
15, p. 80, fig. 30 (type locality : Atlantic Ocean, 24° 43' 4"N.
17° r 3" W.).

1949. Cyclothone signata alba Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 413.
1953. Cyclothone signata alba Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 397.

Text-fig. 59.—Latera] view of Cyclothone signata alba Br.

(Aftèr A. Brauer)

B. 12—13; D.12—14; P. 9—10; V. 6—7; A. 19—20.

Body scaleless, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex, ventral profile
straight. Head naked, compressed, conical, 5.3, depth
7.5 in total length (4.5 and 6.4 in standard length). Eyes
small. 12.0 in head, 2.0 in snout. Cleft of mouth oblique;
maxilla èxtending to angle of preopercle. Lower jaw pro-
minent, with a ventrally directed spine at symphysis. Den-
tition more or less similar to the previous species. A
single rayed dorsal fin; origin jn the middle of total length,
opposite to anal origin. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals.
16—1341ZSI/71

214

TELEOSTOMI

low, not reaching pelvics, 1.5 in head. Pelvics not reaching
anal, 1.8 in head; origin nearer to anal origin than to pec-
toraí base. Anal base 1.5 times dorsal basè; origin opposite
to dorsal. Caudal deeply forked, with rudimentary
rays at its base, 1.2 times the head. No lateral line. No
scales. Luminous organs : a small, black suborbital; 2
operculars; 8 between branchiostegals; in the ventral series,
2 between isthmus and pectoral, 11 between pectoral and
pelvic, 3 between pelvic and anal origin, 13 between anal
origin and caudal base of which one between last anal
ray and caudal origin; in the lateral series, 2 between oper-
culum and pelvic and none between pelvic and anal. Py-
loric caeca 4.

It attains 45 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 520—2500 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 5°—7 C N., 85°—
94°E., 800—2500 m.—West coast of Africa, between
Canary Is. and Cape of Good Hope, 24°N.—33°S., 10°E.
—21 °W., 600—3000 m., between Chagos Archipelago and
Zanzibar, 2°—6 C S., 41°—70°E., 4°—13°N., 46°—53 C E.,
between Chagos archipelago and Sri Lanka, 4°N.—6 C S.,
73°—78°E„ 1900—2500 m., Northeast coast of Africa,
520. 2500 m., Gulf of Aden, 520—2500 m., between New
Amsterdam and Sumatra, 0° 16 # N.—26°S., 93°—99°E.,
520—2500 m., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C.
and 12°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
13°N.—26°S„ 41°—99°E. in the Indian Ocean and 24°N.
—33°S., 10°E.—21 C W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

88. Genus Vinciguerria Goode & Bean

1895. Vinciguerria Goode & Bean, Ocean Ichth., p. 513 (type, Mauro -
licus attenuatus Cocco).

1895. Zalarges Jordan & Williams, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci* , (2) 5,

p. 793 (type, Z. nimbarius J. & W., orthotypic).

Body elongate, sides moderately compressed, scales thin,
cyclòid deciduous, with uninterrupted series of lateral
photophores. Eyes large. Gape of mouth wide. Teeth on
both jaws, palatines, pterygoids and vomer. Gill openings
wide. Gill rakers well developed. Gill membranes free
from isthmus and from each other. No pseudobranchiae.
Branchiostegals 9—11. Doysal fin with 9—14 rays ;
origin midway from snout and base of caudal and in advance
of anal origin. Pelvic origin in advance of dorsal origin.

gonostomidae

215

Anal with 14—15 rays. Adipose fìn present. Caudal
equally forked or lunate.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean : Bahmas; Gulf of Guinea,
2000—3500 m., Azores Is., Mediterranean; Indian Ocean :
between Zanzibar and Chagos Is., 200—2500 m., between
Chagos Is. and Sri Lanka, 800—2500 ml., Arabian Sea,549—
640 m., Bay of Bengal, 549—2500 m., between New Amster-
dam and Sumatra, 800—2500 m., Pacific Ocean : New
Zealand; Gulf of Panama, 182—3339 m., West coast of
Central Americas, 182—3339 m.

Key to species of genus Vinciguerria Goode & Bean

1. Nine photophores between pelvics

and anal in the iateral series;

an adipose dorsal. V. lucetius

2. Eleven photophores between pelvics

and anal in the lateral series;

no adipose dorsal V. nimbarius

213. Vinciguerria lucetius (Garman)

(Text-fig. 60)

1899. Maurolicus lucetius Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. y
24, p. 242, pl. J. fig. 2 (typelocality : 21° 36' 30" N., 106°
25' W., 238 fms., 48 1°F.).

3906. Vìnciguerría lucetia Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,

pp. 97, 374, fig. 40 (Bay of Bengal ; 5° 23' 2" N., 94° 48' rE.,
800 m., 7° 1' 2" N., 85° 56' 5" E., 2500 m.)

1913. Vinciguerria lucetia Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2. p. 119, fig. 44 (Molucca Passage, 1° N., 128°E.,
1500 m.).

1930. Vinciguerria lucetia Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 292.

1949. Vinciguerria lucetius Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 413.

1953. Vinciguerria lucetius Misra, Rec. ìndian Mus. y 50, p. 398.

1953. Vinciguerria lucetia Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 106
(Delagoa Bay).

Text-fig. 60.—Lateral view of Vinciguerria lucetìus (Garm.)

(After S. Garman)

B. 11; D. 13—14/0; P. 8—9; V 7; A. 14—16.

216

TELEOSTOMI

Body scaly, elongate, moderately compressed; abdomen
non-keeled, non-serrated; dorsal profile convex, ventral
more or less straight. Head scaleless, compressed, conical,
4.0—4.2, depth 6.0—6.1 in total length (3.3 and 4.9 —5.1
in standard length). Eyes large, 3.5 in head, 0.8 in snout.
Interorbital concave, 0.5 in eye. Gape of mouth oblique.
Nostrils small, nearer to eye than to snout end; maxilla
extending to angle of preopercle. Lower jaw longer,
with the symphysial angle prominent. Teeth small, un-
equal, a series along the entire edge of maxillary; a short
series of 4 or more on each palatine. A single rayed dorsal
fin; origin midway between snout end and caudal base
or nearer to caudal base than to snout end, and half an eye
diameter behind pelvic origin. A small adipose dorsal
just above or behind last anal ray. Pectorals very low,
reaching pelvics, 1.8 in head. Pelvics not reaching anal,
2.0 in head; origin half an eye diameter before dorsal and
midway between pectoral base and anal origin. Anal
base equal to dorsal base; origin below 9th or lOth dorsal
ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base. Caudal
deeply forked, with rudimentary rays at its base, 1.1 in
head. No lateral line. Scales thin, deciduous. Luminous
organs globular in appearance and directed downwards,
each with a silvery face on the lower side and
black above; a small antorbital; one suborbital on a level
with the antorbital; 3 operculars, the dorsal in a line with
midorbit, the 2 ventrals nearly in a line with lateral series;
one on each side of symphysis; 8 between branchiostegals;
8 on each side of isthmus; in the ventral series, 4 between
isthmus and pectoral, 13 between pectoral and pelvic, 9
between pelvic and anal origin, 15 between anal origin and
caudal báse, 7 being between last anal ray and caudal
base; in the lateral series 13 between operculum and 9
between pelvics and anal origin and none beyond ana].
Pyloric caeca 4. Lower gill rakers 18—20.

Blackish above, sides of head and body silvery; some
short, black, transverse, stripes on back.

It attains 51 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 182—3,500 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 5° 23' 2" N..
94° 48' 1" E., 800 m., 7°1' 2" N., 85° 56' 5" E., 25CO m.—

GONOSTOMIDAE

217

Gulf of Guinea, 5° N.—3° S., 7°E.—13°W., 2000—3500 m.,
Ddagoa Bay, 25° S., 32° E., between Chagos Is. and Zanzi-
bar, 2°—4 3 S., 53°—70°E., 800—2500 m., between Chagos
Is. and Sri Lanka, 4°N.—6°S., 73°—78°E., 800—2500 m.,
between New Amsterdam and Sumatra, 0°—34°S., 80° —
99°E., 800—2500 m., Molucca Passage, 1°N., 128°E.,
1500 m.; Gulf of Panama, 9°N. 79°W., 182—3339 m., in
the mean annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. with the lati-
tudinal and longitudinal range of 21 °N.—34 C S., 32° E.—
79°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(7°N.—34°S., 32°—99° E.
in the Indian Ocean +1° — 9°N., 128°E.—79° W. in the
Pacific Ocean) and 5°N.—3°S., 7°E.—13°W. in the Atlantic.

214. Vinciguerria nimbarius (Jordan & WiIIirms)

1896. Zalarges nimbarius Jordan & Williams, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci. y (2) 5, p. 793, pl. 76 (type locality : Pacific Ocean).

1930. Vinciguerria nimbarius Norman, “Discovery” Rep. t 2, p. 292
(reference only).

1935. Vinciguerria nimbaria Horsburgh, Proc. Caiif. Acad. Sci. t
(4) 21, p. 230.

1939, Vinciguerria nimbarius Norman, Sci. Rep. Joltn Murray Exped
7, p. 19. (Arabian Sea, 23°2' 30" N., 64° 41' E.;N 100,
1500 (-0) m., 5 -57 °C., N 200, 2000 (-0) m., 3.18° C.,

23°2' 12" N., 64° 33' 39" E., 23° 2' 30" N., 64° 15' 54" E.,
N 100, 100°(-0) m., 9° C., N 100, 15000 (-0) m., 5 -57° C. 5
19° 2' 18" N., 69° 30' 30" E., 19°19° N., 69° 30' 24" E., AT,
549—640 m., 11 -80°C. at 579 m., 9° 40' 24" N., 54° 33'
36" E., 9° 42' 18" N., 54° 39' E., N 100, 400m.).

1949. Vinciguerria nimbarius Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p.413.

1953. Vinciguerria nimbarius Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 398.

1955. Vinciguerria nimbaria . Grey, Fieldiana Zool. t 37, p. 273
(ofif Bermuda, 32 N., 64 W.; 1 specimen, a post-larva
14-5 (12*5) mm. in 2000 m. ) (error in spelling).

B. 8; D. 9; P. 13; V 7; A. 15.

Body scaly, elongate, subfusiform; sides moderately
compressed; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated; dorsal
and ventral profiles equally convex. Head naked, com-
pressed, conical, 5.0, depth 6-5 in total length (4*1 and
5 *4, in standard length). Eyes large, 3 *2 in head, 0^7
in snout. Gape of mouth large, oblique; maxilla extending
to preopercular angle. Lower jaw somewhat projecting,
with the symphysial angle prominent. A single series
of slender, sharp, somewhat unequal teeth along entire

218

TELEOSTOMI

edge of maxilla, some longer but not fanglike; teeth in
lower jaw similar and those of both jaws mainly directed
forwards; a row of small, slender teeth on each palatine;
vomer and tongue toothless. A single rayed dorsal fin;
origin nearer to caudal base than to snout end, about an
eye diameter behind pelvic origin; base extending over third
or fourth of anal. Adipose fin not evident. Pectorals
low, narrow, pointed, not reaching pelvics, 1 -5 in head.
Pelvics not reaching anal, 2*3 in head; origin about an
eye diameter before dorsal origin, nearer to anal origin than
to pectoral base. Anal base 1 *3 in head, 1-1 in dorsal
base; origin below lOth or llth dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal origin. Caudal somèwhat lunate,
1*4 in head. No lateral line. Scales thin, deciduous.
Luminous organs : large, conspicuous forming pearly
bodies on dark background; a small antorbital; one sub-
orbital, on a level with antorbital; 2 operculars, one on a
line with the lateral series; one on each side of symphysis;
8 branchiostegals; 10 on isthmus; in the ventral series,
4 between isthmus and pectoral, 11 between pectoral and
pelvic, 9 between pelvic and anal, 15 between anal origin
and caudal base, the last 7 being between last anal ray
and caudal base; in the lateral series, 13 between opercu-
lum and pelvic, 11 between pelvic and anal and none
beyond anal. Gill rakers long, 5+»17.

Brownish above, burnished silvery below; fìns with some
dark dots; obscure cross bars on caudal; a few dark dots
on body.

It attains 60 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth 400—2000 m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—Arabian Sea, 19° 21' 18" N., 69° 30 f
30" E., 19° 19' N., 69° 30' 24" E., AT, 549—640 m., 11 -80°
C. at 579 m., 23° 2' 48" N., 64° 31' 54" E., 23° 2' 30" N.,
64° 41' E., N 100, 1500 (—0) m., 5*57° C., N 200, 2000
(—0) m., 3*18° C., 23° 2' 12" N., 64° 31' 54" E., 23° 2'
30" N., 64° 15' 54" E., N 100, 1000 (—0) m., 9°C., N 100,
1500 (—0) m., 5 *57°C.—Arabian Sea, 9° 40' 24" N.,
54° 3' 36" E.; 9° 42' 18" N., 54° 39' E., N 100, 4C0 m.,
Gulf of Oman 24° N., 59° E., N 100, 600 m., 12X38 C C.,
Off Bermuda, 32° N., 64°W.; in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range
of 9°—24°N., 54°—69°E. in the Arabian Sea and 32°N.,
64°W. in the Atlantic.

GONOSTOMIDAE

219

89. Genus Valenciennellus Jordan & Evermann

1896. Valenciennellus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus.,
47, (pt. 1), p. 577 (type, Maurolicus tripunctulatus Esmark,
orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, much compressed, scales
deciduous, with interrupted series of lateral photophores.
Eyes large. Gape of mouth wide. Both jaws with a single
series of minute teeth; a single transverse row of similar
teeth on head of vomer. Gill-openings very wide. Pseu-
dobranchiae well developed. Gill-rakers long, numerous.
Dorsal with 78 rays, origin opposite to anal origin. Pelvic
origin in front of dorsal origin. Anal with 23—25 rays.
Adipose fin present. Caudal fairly forked.

Distributìon. —Atlantic Ocean : Denmark; Gulf of
Guinea, 3000 m., Indian Ocean : between Chagos Is. and
Sri Lanka, Seychelles, Bay of Bengal, 2500 m., Pacific
Ocean : West coast of California, 548 m.

215. Valenciennellus stellatus Garman

1899. Valenciennellus stellatus Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp.

Zool.s 24, p. 239. pl. 53, fig. 2 (typelocality : 30° 31' 35' N.,
14° 5' 30' W., 300 fms.).

1906. Valenciennellus stellatus Brauer, “ Valdivìa ” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, pp. 100,375 , fig. 42 (Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2' N. t 85 a
56' 5' E., 2500 m.).

1949. Valenciennellus stellatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p.
415.

1953. Valenciennellus stellatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p.
398.

B. 9; D. 12/0; P. 12; V. 8—9; A. 23.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled*
non-serrated; dorsal and ventral profìles equally convex.
Head scaleless, small, short, as deep as long, narrow,
3*8, depth 5*3 in total length (3*3 and 4-5 in standard
length). Eyes large, 3*5 in head, longer than snout.
Nostrils minute close together, nearer to eye than snout
end. Symphysial angle of lower jaw prominent. Cleft
of mouth wide, oblique; maxilla extending to postorbit.
Teeth very small, acuminate, irregular in jaws; a single
transverse row of simqar teeth on head of vomer. A
single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal base than
to snout end, just behind pelvic origin, nearly opposite

220

TELEOSTOMI

to anal origin. Adipose dorsal above anal. Pectorals low,
long, reaching ventral. Pelvics minute, reaching anal;
origin before dorsal origin, very close to anal origin than
to pectoral base. Anal longer than dorsal; origin opposite
to dorsal; its base 2 *0 times dorsal base and extending
within less than one eye diameter to the caudal. Caudal
forked, 1 *3 in head. No lateral lines. Scales deciduous.
Luminous organs : in groups, each group on a black
back ground varying in size, larger below belly and on head;
a series of 6 at base of branchiostegal rays; a group of 3
isthmus, and a second group of 4 between isthmus and
shoulder; in the ventral series, from ísthmus to vent 17,
followed between pelvic and anal by a group of 4; a group
of minute ones above the ninth and another of 4 above
the 15th and a 3rd group of 3 above the 19th anal ray;
a group of several below caudal base; in the lateral series
5 larger ones on shoulder backwards, a row of 17 from
operculum to the tail along the lateral line, hindmost the
largest.

Muscular areas light, rusty brown; snout and fins whitish,
back and lower part of head and abdomen blackish.

It has been obtained at a depth of 548—3000 m., abyssal.

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2" N., 85°
56' 5* E., 2500 m.—Gulf of Guinea, 3° S., 7° E., 3000m.
Seychelles;between Chagos Is. and Sri Lanka, 2°—4° N.,76°-
78° E., 2000—2500 m., West coast of Califomia, 27° N.,
111° W., 548 m., Seychelles, 2°-4° S., 53°— 65° E., 2000—
2500 m.; in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 27° N.—4° S., 53° E.
—111° W. in the Indo-Pacific=(7° N.-4 0 S., 53°—85° E.
in the Indian Ocean+27° N. 111° W. in the Pacific Ocean)
and 30° N.—3° S., 7° E.—14° W in the Atlantic Ocean.

90. Genus Yarrella Goode & Bean

1895. Yarrella Goode & Bean, Ocean-Ichth ., p. 103 (type, Y.
blackfordi G. B., orthotypic).

1926. Polymetme Mc Culloch, Biol. Res. “ Endeavour ”, 5, p. 166
(type, P. illustris Mc Culloch, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales thin large, deciduous;
with uninterrupted series of lateral photophores and without
additional serial photophores on sides of body. Eyes
moderate. Gape of mouth wide. Both jaws, paiatines

GONOSTOMIDAE

221

and pterygoids toothed; teeth present or absent on vomer
Gill membranes free from isthmus. Pseudobranchiae
absent. Gill rakers not very numerous, those on first and
long bristle-like. Branchiostegals 12—14. Dorsal with
10—12 rays ; origin in front of anal,midway between pelvic
and anal. Anal with 23—32 rays. Adipose fin present.
Caudal forked. No air bladder.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : Gulf of Mexico, 589 m.,
Indian Ocean : Gulf of Aden, OT, 457—549 m., Zanzibar
area, 640 m., Natal coast, 365 m., Maldive area, 494 m.,
Andaman Sea, 338—740 m.; Pacific Ocean : Great Austra-
lian Bight.

216. Yarrella corythaeolum (Alcock)

(Text-fig. 61)

1898. Diplophos corythaeolum Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (7) 2,

p. 147° (type locality : Andaman Sea, 11° 31' 40" N.‘
92° 46' 6* E., 188—220 fms., 13-3°C., 11°25' 5" N. 92°
45' 6" E., 405 fms., 8 -3° ., type in the Zoological Survey
of India).

1899. Diplophos corythaeolum Alcock, ilhis. Zool. Investig. Fish.,

pl. 25, fig. 3.

1899. Photichthys corythaeoìus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish .,
p. 142 (Andaman Sea).

1924. Yarrella africatia Gilchrist & Von Bonde, Rep. Fish. Mar.

Bìot. Surv. S. Africa , 3 Spec. Rep. y 7, p. 8. pl. 1, fig. 2
(type locality : Natal).

1926. Polymetme illustris Mc Culloch, Biol. Res. “ Endeavour ”,

5, p. 167. pl. 45, fig. 1 (type locality: Great Australian Bight
32° S., 130° E.

1930. Yarrella corythaeola Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 289.

1939. Yarrella corythaeola Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 19 (Maldive area ; 4°58' 42" S., 73° 16' 24" E., AT,
494 m., 10. 86°C., at 400 m.).

1941. Photichthys corythaeolus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13,
p. 336.

1949. Yarrella corythaelum Misra, Rec. Indiatt Mus., 45, p. 415.
1953. Yarrella corythaelum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 398.

222

TELEOSTOMI

1953. Yarrella corythaeola Smith, Sea Fish. South • Africa , p. 104
fig. 15 (off Natal, coast 29° S., 30°E., in 200 fms.)

Text-fig. 61.—Lateral view of Yarrella corythaeolum Alc.,

(After A. Alcock)

B. 12; D. ca. 11/0; P. 10; V. 7; A ca 24.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-keeled,
non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex, ventral profile stra-
ight. Head scaleless, compressed, conical, 5 -5, depth
7 *5 in total length (4 -6—4 -0 and 6 -1—5 *7 in standard
length). Eyes 4*5 in head, 0-7—1 -0 in snout, 0*8 in in-
terorbital. Gape of mouth oblique, very wide; maxilla
extending to angle of preopercle. Lower jaw projecting.
A single row of small distant, acicular, fang-like teeth of
unequal size on each jaw; a row of similar, close-set teeth
on part of palatine; a fang-like tooth on either side of the
head of vomer; entire surface of mesopterygoid with short
little denticles. A single rayed dorsal fin smaller than
anal; origin in the middle of standard length, about an
eye diameter behind pelvic origin. A small adipose dorsal
above hind portion of anal. Pectorals low, not reaching
pelvics, 1 '1 in head. Pelvics not reaching anal, 2 -3 in head;
origin nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base and about
an eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal long, base
2 -8 times dorsal base; origin nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal base and below last 3 or 4 dorsal rays. Caudal
forked, with a few rudimentary rays at its base, equal to
head. Lateral line scales thin, deciduous. Luminous
organs, one antorbital; one suborbital on a level with
antorbital; 3 operculars; one at mandibular symphysis;
branchiostegals 12; 12—13 between isthmus and
pectoral base; in the ventral series, 8 between pectoral and
pelvic, 8 between pelvic and anal; 23 between anal origin
and caudal base, the last 8 between last anal ray and
caudal base; in the lateral series 9 between operculum
and pelvic, 8 between pelvic and anal. Lower gill rakers 12.

Greyish silvery.

It attains 253 mm. in length and has been obtained
at a depth of 338—740 m., bathypelagic.

GONOSTOMIDAE

223

Distribution .—Bay of Bengal, 11° 3T 40" N., 92° 46'
6" E., 11° 25' 5" N., 92° 45' 6" E., 338—740 m., 13 -3°—
8 -3 C.—Maldive area, 4° 58' 42" S., 73° 16' 24" E., AT
494 m., 10*86°C. at 400 m.; Gulf of Aden 13° N., 46°E.,
OT 457—549 m.; Zanzibar area, 5 C S., 39° E., 640 m., 8.
8°C. at 627 m., Natal coast 29°S. 30° E., 365 m., Great
Australian Bight, 32 C S., 130 E., in the mean annual
isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 13 N.—32 C S., 30° —130°E. in the Indian
Ocean.

91. Genus Triplophos Brauer

1902. Trìplophos Brauer, Zool. Anz., 25, p. 282 (type, T. elongatus
Br.).

Body elongate, compressed, scaly ; with uninterrupted
series of lateral photophores and additional serial photo-
phores. Eyes moderate. Gape of mouth very wide.
Premaxillary, maxillary and mandible, each with a single
series of small unequal teeth; 2 or 3 teeth on vomer and
a single series on palatines. Gill openings wide. Branchi-
ostegals 17. Dorsal with 10 rays ; origin in front of anal
origin and more than twice as near to tip of snout as base
of caudal. Pelvic origin opposite to dorsal origin. Anal
very long with 57—61 rays ; origin immediately behind
vertical from dorsal fin. Adipose fin absent. Caudal
deeply forked.

Distribution. —South of Sri Lanka, 2000 m.

217. Triplophos hemingi (Mc Ardle)

(Text-fig. 62)

1901. Photichthys hemingi Mc Ardle, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.> (7) 8,

p. 521 (type locality : Indian Ocean).

1902. Triplophos elongatus Brauer, Zool. Ann., 25, p. 282 (type

JocaJity : South ofCeylon, 4°56' N., 78° 15'3" E., 2000 m.).

1905. Photichthys hemingi Alcock, llìits. Zool. Investing. Fish., pl. 36,

fig. 2.

1906. Triplophos elongatum Brauer, “ Valdivià ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,

pp. 99, 375, pl. 7, fig. 4, text-fig. 41.

1930. Photichthys hemingi Norman, “ Discovery” Rep., 2, p. 296.

224

TELEOSTOMI

1949. Triplopìtos elongatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. 45, P. 415.

1953. Triplophos elongatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mtts., 50, p. 399,
fig. 15b.

Text-fig. 62.—Lateral view of Triplophos hemingi (Mc Ardle)

(After A. Brauer)

B. 17; D. 10; P. 10; V. 6; A. 57; L. 1 -60.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex, ventral sli-
ghtly concave. Head scaleless, short, 6-8, depth 8*2
in total length (6-3 and 7-6 in standard length). Eyes
moderate, 6 0 in head, 0-7 in snout. Cleft of mouth very
wide; maxilla extending to angle of preopercle. A single
series of small, unequal, teeth on premaxillary, maxillary
and mandible; 2 or 3 teeth on vomer; a single series on pala-
tines. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin anteriorly in the
second fourth of total length, slightly behind pelvics and
before anal. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals low, 2*0
in head, not reaching pelvics. Pelvics 2 • 1 in head, almost
reaching anal origin; origin slightly before or opposite to
dorsal, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base. Anal
very long, base 9 • 5 times dorsal base, almost reaching caudal
base. Caudal forked, with rudimentary rays at its base,
1*8 in head. No lateral line. Scales large. Luminous
organs : one antorbital; one opercular; branchiostegals
13; 3 between isthmus and pectoral base; in the ventral
series, 11 between pectoral and pelvic, 6 between pelvic
and anal origin, 41 between anal and caudal base, the last
one between last anal ray and caudal origin; in the lateral
series, 10 between operculum and pelvic, 6 between pelvic
and anal, 34—37 between lst and 45th—50th anal rays;
in the additional series 4 rows; in the lst row, 9 between
operculum and pelvic and none behind; in the 2nd row
10 between operculum and pelvics, 6 between pelvic and
anal, 28 between lst and 37th anal rays; in the 3rd row 11
between operculum and pelvic, 4 between pelvic and anal,
4 between lst and lOth anal rays and none behind; in
the 4th row 11 between operculum and pelvic, 5 between
pelvic and anal origin, and none behind; in the 5th row

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

225

4 from above level of opercular to the vertical from pec-
toral base.

Dark brownish violet; fins lighter grey; caudal pinkish;
eyes blue.

It attains a length of 144 mm. and has been obtained
at a depth of 2,000 m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—Sri Lanka : South of Sri Lanka, 4° 56'
N., 78 c 15' y E., 2000 m., in the mean annual isotherm
of 20 c C.

XXXII. Family Sternoptychidàe

Body scaleless or scaly, short, elevated anteriorly,
compressed; abdomen more or less keeled, non-serrated.
Head scaleless. Upper and lower jaw toothed; palatines
toothed or non-toothed; vomer toothed or non-toothed.
Eyes large, telescopic or non-telescopic. Gape of mouth
almost vertical. Postocular organ present on each side.
No barbels. Gill arches with rakers. Pseudobranchiae.
Dorsal preceded by spines or not; origin nearly in the middle
of standard length, above or before anal origin. Adipose
dorsal low totally or partially above anal. Pectorals low.
Pelvics small, below or before dorsal. Scales if present
deciduous. Anal divided or undivided, nearly equal to
dorsal; origin behind or below dorsal. Caudal forked.

The family Sternoptychidae is represented by 3 genera
in the Indian region.

Key to genera of family Sternoptychidae

1. Dorsal fin preceded by a large trian-

gular transparent plate ; an ab-
rupt ventral constriction between
trunk and tail 3

2. Dorsal fin preceded by a forked
spine ; no abrupt ventral cons-

triction between trunk and tail Polyipnus

3. Eye normal ; anal undivided ;
ventral constriction between trunk

and tail with integumentary plate Sternoptyx

4. Eye telescopic ; anal divided ;
ventral constriction between trunk

and tail without integumentary plate Argyropelecus

92. Genus Sternoptyx Hermann

1781. Sternoptyx Hermann, Der Naturforscher , 16, p. 8 (type r

S. diaphana Hermann).

226

TELEOSTOMI

Body short, elevated, compressed, scaleless, with an al-
most ventral constriction between trunk and tail ; with
photophores. Eyes large, nontelescopic. Numerous small
unequal teeth in jaws; palatines toothless. Gape of mouth
wide, subvertical. Gill openings wide. Pseudobranchiae
present. Gills 4. Gill membranes not free from isthmus.
Gill rakers moderate. Dorsal fin with 9—12 rays, preceded
by a large triangular plate with its upper border dentated,
and strengthened along its hind margins by a short spine.
Pectorai long, low. Pelvics small ; origin behind dorsal,.
arising on a broad transparent integumentary fold between
trunk and tail. Adipose fin low, beginning immediately
behind dorsal and extending to anterior rays of caudal.
Caudal broad, forked.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : North and South
Atlantic, 0—2700 m.; St. Helena; Cape Verde Is., Antelles;
Jamaica; Portugal, 1123—2792 m., Morocco, 1123—
2792 m., Azores Is., 1123—2792 m.; between Tenerife and
St. Thomas, 0—4571 m., Sierre Leone, 0—4571 m., Mid-
Àtlantic Ocean, 0—4571 m., between Canary Is. and Cape
of Good Hope,273—3082 m., East Coast of North America,
273—3082 m., West Indies, 273—3082 m., Indian Ocean :
Arabian Sea, 1657—3676 m., between Zanzibar and Sey-
chelles, 1100—3000 m., between Maldive and Sri Lanka,
1100—3000 m., Maldive area, 786—1170 m., Zanzibar
area, 2926 m., Oíf Cape Point, 1828 m., Bay of Bengal,
1100—3000 m., between New Amsterdam and Sumatra,
1100—3000 m., Pacific Ocean : Timor Sea, 828 m.; about
60 miles north-west of Lubang Is., 1000 m., New Guinea,
914—3930 m., North of New Zealand, 914—3930 m.,
South of Australia, 914—3930 m., Sandwich Is., Japan,
914—3930 m., Philippines, 914—3930 m., California;
Galapagos Is., 243—3330 m., Gulf of Panama, 243—
3330 m.

218. Sternoptyx diaphana Hermann

1781. Stemoptyx diaphana Hermann, Der Naturforscher, 16, p. 8,
pl. 1, figs. 1, 2 (typelocality : Jamaica, 18°N. 77°W.).

1896. Sternoptyx diaphana Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal , 65, p. 331
(off Malabar Coast, 15 0 ir N., 72°28' 45" E., 912—931
fms., 4 *6°to 4 -2°C.).

1906. Sternoptyx diaphana Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 115, 376; Bay of Bengal, 7°1' 2" N., 85°56' 5" E.,
2500 m., South of Australia, 47°25' S., 130°32' E.).

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

227

1913. Sternoptyx diaphana Weber & de Beaufort,, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 132, fig. 48 (Bali Sea, 1310 m.; Flores Sea,
1600 m Banda Sea, 2477 m., Timor Sea, 828 m., Manipa
Str., 1536 m., Ceram Sea, O m., Molucco Passage, 100—
1500 m., Celebes Sea, 1264m.).

1930. Sternoptyx dìaphana Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 305
(North & South Atlantic, 29°N.—35°S., 16°E.—19°W.

at depths upto 2700 m).

1939. Sternoptyx diaphana Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 20 (Arabian Sea: 12°8' 6" N., 63°4' 36"E., 12°5'

18 # N., 63°r 42" E., N 200,430—984 m., 8 *48°C. at 1000 m.,
7°38' 48" N., 58°18' 30" E., 7°38' N., 58°25' 24" E., AT,
3676 m., 1 -93°C. at 3000 m., Zanzibar area : AT, 1789 m.,
3 *04°C. at 1780 m., AT. 2926 m., 2*17°C at 2886 m., Mal-
dive area : 4°56' N., 78 0 15' 3" E., 200 m., 2°29' 9"N.,
76° 47'E., 2500"m., 4 0 44 # 30" N., 72°46' E., 4°4r 12" N.,
72°42' 48" E., 4°42' 30" N., 72°42' 30" E., 4°36'48" N.,

72°48' 54" E., AT, 786—1170 m.

1949 Sternoptyx diaphana Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 115.

1953. Sternoptyx diaphana Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 399.

1953. Sternoptyx diaphana Mead & Taylor, J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada ,
(8)10, p. 570, fig. 5 (off Iwate Prefect ure, north-eastern
Japan).

1953. Stemoptix diaphana Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 86
(about 60 miles N. W. of Lubang Is., 1000 m.).

1953. Sternoptyx diaphana Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 106
(off Cape Point to a depth of 1000 fms.).

1955. Sternoptyx diaphana Grey, Fieldiana Zool., 37, p. 277 (off
Bermuda, 32°N., 64°W., 6 specimens from 700 m.).

1958. Sternoptyx dìaphana Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus.. 2,
(8), p. 256 (24°—30°N., 78°—87°W.).

B. 5; D. 9—12; P. 10; V. 3—5; A. 12—14.

Body scaleless, short, elevated, compressed; abdomen
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal proíìle abruptly convex,
abdominal edge straight with a narrow cartilage-like fold,
passing abruptly at right angle into the short, compressed
tail the angle being filled by a cartilage-like plate supported.
by interhaemal rays. Head scaleless, short, about 1-5
times as high as long, 3*8, depth 1 - 5 in total length measured
between pelvics and dorsal origin (3-0 and 1*3 in standard
length). Eyes very large, lateral, normal, close together,
1 • 6—2 • 0 in head, 0 • 2 in snout. Cleft of mouth subvertical,
wide; maxilla extending to postorbit. Lower jaw received
in the upper, with a short spine at its posterior, inferior
angle on each side. Teeth numerous, unequal in jaws;
palatines toothless. Short spine at angles of preopercle,

228

TELEOSTOMI

a pair of short spines on occiput and on nape, one at the
symphysis of humeral bones; 2 spines, the larger directed
forward, the smaller backwards at the symphysis of pelvic
bones. A single rayed dorsal fìn preceded by a translucent
pear-shaped plate with its upper border denticulated and
its hind margin supported by strong spine; origin behind
middle of total length and behind pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal low, immediately behind dorsal, reaching nearly
anterior caudal rays. Pectorals low, above Ievel of pelvics,
equal to head. Pelvics small, about 2*0 in head; origin
entirely before rayed dorsal, nearer to anal origin than to
pectoral base. Anal long, undivided, with feeble rays
on the integumentary plate between trunk and tail, pre-
ceded by a pair of short spines similar to those at pectoral
and pslvic symphysis. Caudal broad, forked, with rudi-
mentary rays at its base, equal to head. No lateral Iine.
No scales; body covered with skin not so brilliant. Lumi-
nous organs : a postorbital behind middle of eye; a subor-
bital close to preopercular spine; a group of 5 on isthmus;
in the abdominal series 2 rows, the lower of a group of 10,
the upper above pectoral base of a group of 3; in the post-
abdominal series a group of 2 preanals, 2 rows of supra-
anals, the lower of a group of 3 and the upper of a single
one, and a group of 4 in the caudal. Gill rakers moderate.

Silvery grey becoming lighter below; fins translucent.

It attains 45 mm. in length; abyssal.

Dìstribution .—India : oíf Malabar coast, 15° ll'; N.,
72° 28' 45" E., 1667—1702 m., 4-6°—4-2° C., Bay of
Bengal, 7° 1' 2" N., 85° 56' 5" E., 2500 m., Arabian Sea,
12° 8' 6" N., 63° 4' 36" E., 12° 5' 18" N„ 63° 1' 42" E., N
200,430—984 m., 8 -48° C. at 1000 m., Sri Lanka : 4° 56' N.,
78° 15' 3" E., 200 m., 2° 29" 9' N., 76° 47' E., 2500m., 4°44'
30" N., 72° 46'E., 4° 41' 12" N., 72° 42'48" E., 4° 42'30" N.,
72° 42' 30" E., 4° 36' 48" N., 72° 48' 54" E., AT, 786—1170
m.,Atlantic, 2700 m., St. Helena; Cape Verde Is., Antelles;
Jamaica; Portugal, 1123—2792 m., Morocco, 1123—2792m.,
Azores Is., 1123—2792 m., between Tenerife and St.
Thomas, 4571 m., Sierre Leone, 4571 m., Mid Àtlantic
Ocean, 4571 m., between Canary Is., and Cape of Good
Hope, 29° N.—35° S., 16° E.—19° W., 273—3082 m.,
East coast of North America, 273—3082 m., West Indies,
273—3082 m., Zanzibar area, AT, 1789 m., 3*04° C. at
1780 m., AT, 2926 m., 2*17° C. at 2886 m., between Zanzi-

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

229

bar and Seychelles, 1100—3000 m., Zanzibar area, 2926
m., Off Cape Point, 1828 m., between New Amsterdam and
Sumatra, 0°—27° S., 43°—99° E., 1100—3000 m., Timor
Sea, 828 m., about 60 miles north-west of Lubang Is., 1000
m., Philippines, 914—3930 m., New Guinea, 914—3930
m., North of New Zealand, 37° S., 175° E., 914—3930 m.,
South of Australia, 47 J 25' S., 130° 32' E., 914—3930 m.,
Sandwich Is., Japan, 35° N., 130° E., 914—3930 m., Cali-
fornia, North Atlantic Ocean, 46° N., 24° W., 44° N.,
56° W., in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C., 12° C. and
6 3 C. with latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35° N.—
47 J S., 18 J E.—115° W. in the Indo-Pacific=(15° N.—47°
S., 18—130" E. in the Indian Ocean +35°N.—37° S., 120°
E.—115° W. in the Pacific), 46° N.—35° S., 16° E.—87°
W. in the Atlantic.

93. Genus Argyropelecus Cocco

1829. Argyropelecus Cocco, Arch. della R. Acad. Peloritano , p. 146
(type, A. hemigymnus Cocco).

Body elevated, compressed, scaleless, with the posterior
part sharply defiected from the anterior; with photophores.
Eyes large, telescopic. Cleft of mouth wide, subvertical.
Upper jaw with minute teeth, lower jaw and palatines with
.a series of small curved teeth. Gill-openings wide. Gill
membranes free from isthmus and from each other. Gill-
rakers long. Pseudobranchiae present. Anterior 7 to 9 rays
of dorsal fin transformed into a foliaceous, serrated plate,
succeeded by 7 to 9 normal rays originating before anal
origin. Pelvics small; origin behind dorsal. Pectorals
large, low. Anal VI—VII+5 -6, divided in the middle by a
free interspace; origin behind dorsal. A low, long adipose
fin in the middle, between dorsal and caudal. Caudal
broad, forked.

Distributioìi .—Atlantic Ocean: Off* South of West
Indies, 1249 m., South west coast of Africa, 1828—2000
m., Gulf of Guinea, 2000—4000 m., Coast of Norway upto
North Cape; Arctic Ocean; Portugal, 950—1650 m.,

Cape Finisterre, 2056 m., Azores; Madiera; East Coast of
North America, 263—3782 m., Indian Ocean : Off* Cape of
Good Hope, 914 m., between Zanzibar and Chagos Is.,
1500—2400m.,between Chagos Is., and Sri Lanka, 1500—
Z400 m., between Chagos and Seychelles, 1000—2500 m., west
of Chagos Is., 2200-2500 m., Arabian Sea, 3840—3872 m.,
Maldive area, 1829—2249 m., Zanzibar area, 2926 m., Bay

17—1341ZSI/71

230

TELEOSTOMI

of Bengal, 3297 m., between New Amsterdam and Suma-
tra, 1500—2400 m.,* Pacifìc Ocean; Sandwich Is., Gulf
of Panama, 520—4080 m.; Galapagos, 520—4080 m.;
west coast of Central America, 520—4080 m., Antarctic andl
Arctic Zones.

Key to species of genus Argyropelecus Cocco

1. Photophores forming a nearly con-
tinuous series

2. Photophores, forming groups
(preanal, supraanal and caudal)

3. A singíe serrated abdominal
spine

4. À pair of smooth abdominal
spines

5. Posterior abdominal spine longer
than anterior ; double series of
spines on lower edge of caudal
peduncle

6. Posterior abdominal spines sub-
equal or shorter ; no spine on
caudal peduncle. .

7. A single preopercular spine

8. Two preopercular spines

A. affinis
3

A. hemigymnus
5

A. aculeatus

7

A. olfersii
A. sladeni

219. Argyropelecus aculeatus Valenciennes
(Text-fìg. 63)

1849. Argyropelecus aculeatus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21,.

p. 406 (type locality : Azores).

1850. Sternoptyx acanthurus Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 22, p. 405-
1888 Sternoptychides amabilis Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S .

Wales, (2) 3, p. 1313.

1906. Argvropelecus aculeatus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, pp. 110, 376, fig. 47 (Bay of Bengal, TYV N., 85°56'
5"E., 2500 m.; between Ceylon and Chagos Archipelago;
4°N.—6°S., 73°—78°E., 1900—2500, m.).

1923. Argyropelecus amabilis Mc Culloch, Rec. Austral. Mus .,
14, p. 118, pl. 14, fig. 3.

1930. Argyropelecus aculeatus Norman, “Discovery” Rep., 2, p.

303 (South Atlantic, 34°—35°S., 10°—16°E., TYF, 250—
1000 (—0), (352° -C. at 1000 m.).

1937. Argyropeìecus aculeatus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll.,
3, art. 7, p. 50.

1949. Argyropelecus aculeatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45*
p. 416.

1953. Argyropelecus aculeatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,
p. 401, fig. 16 (b).

1955. Argyropelecus aculeatus Grey, Fieldiana : Zool., 37, p.

275 (off Bermuda; 81 specimens, 8—90-5 mm. in standard
length; specimens longer than 10 mm. collected at nigh
from 250—1100 m.; 2 juveniles caught during day fromt
350—400 m., and 3 in 1800 m.).

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

231

1958. Argyropeíecus aculeatus Briggs, Bult. Florida State Mus., BioL
Sci.,1, (8). p. 256 (oflFFIorìda, 24°—30°N., 78°—87°W.).

\

Text-fig. 63. —Lateral view of Argyropelecus aculeatus V.

(After A. Brauer)

B. 9; D. ix+ 9/0, P. 9; V. 6; A. vii+ 5.

Body scaleless, short, elevated, compressed; abdomen;
keeled. Dorsal profìle abruptly convex, abdominal edge^
straight, passing abruptly into a short, compressed tail;
dorsal and ventral ridges serrated. Head scaleless, short,
1*3 times as high as long, 3-5 depth, 1*9 in total length
(2 *7 and 1 - 5 in. standard length). Cleft of mouth subverti-
cal; maxilla reaching midorbit. Lower jaw received in the
upper, with a prominent spine in the mandibular symphysis
and a short, flat one at the posterior inferior angle on each
side. Upper jaw with minute teeth; lower jaw and palati-
nes with a series of small, curved teeth. A single downwardly
directed spine on the preopercle, one spine at shoulder, a
short anterior and 2 such stronger, posterior, non-serrated
spines directed downwards and backwards at hind end of
ventral keel. Double series of spines on the lower surface
of caudal peduncle. A single dorsal with 9 spines and 9
soft rays immediately behind head and before pelvics.
A low, long adipose dorsal behind rayed dorsal, almost
reaching anterior caudal rays. Pectorals low, reaching
pelvics, 1 *3 in head. Pelvics not reaching anal, 2*5 in
head; origin below middle of rayed portion of dorsal.
Anal divided; origin opposite adipose dorsal origin; base
shorter than dorsal base. Caudal forked, with rudimentary
rays at its base, equal to head. No lateral line. No sca-
les; body covered with brilliant skin. Luminous organs :

232

TELEOSTOMI

one antorbital, below nostrils; one suborbital near hind
end of maxillary; 2 operculars, the upper one nearly in a
level with the lower margin of eye, the lower one behind
preopercular spine; a group of 6 on branchiostegal mem-
brane; a group of 6 behind isthmus; in the abdominal
series, 3 rows, the lower row of a group of 12, the middle
row of 6 and the upper row, above pectoral base of 2; in
the postabdominal series, a group of 4 p'reanals, a group of
supraanals, a group of 4 caudals.

It attains 45 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2" N., 85°
56' 5" E., 2300 m., Sri Lanka : 4° 56' N., 78° 15' 3" E.
2000 m., 2° 29' 9" N., 76° 47' E., 2500 m.—Coast of Nor,
way; Azores; Canary Is., 24° N., 17° W.; West coast o-
Africa^ 250—1000 m., Gulf of Guinea, 2° N.—3° S., 0°—
7° E., 600—3000 m., West of Cape of Good Hope, 31°
—33° S., 8°—16° E., 2000 m., between Chagos Archipelago
and Zanzibar 2°—4° S., 51°—65° E., 2000—2500 m.,
between Chagos Archipelago and Sri Lanka, 2° N.—6° S.,
73°—78° E., 1900 m.; Red Sea; South of Madagascar 32°
S., 44° 10' E.; between New Amsterdam and Sumatra,
0° 58'—29° S., 89°—99° E., 1100—2500 m., South Atlantic,
34°—35° S., 10°—16° E., 250—1000 (—0), 3-52° C. at
1000 m., in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C.,12° C. and
6° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
20° N.--32° S., 39°—99° E., in the Indian Ocean and

65° N.--33° S., 16° E.—87° W. in the Atlantic.

220. Argyropelecus affinis Garman
(Text-fig. 64)

1899. Argyropelecus affinis Garman, Metn. Harv. Mus., Comp.

Zool ., 24, p. 237 (type locality : Atlantic, 15°24 / 40 ,/ N..
63° 31 / 30 ,/ W.. 683 fms.).

1906. Argyropelecus affinis Brauer, “ Valdivià ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 103, 375, pl. 7, fìgs. 1—2; text-figs. 43—44 (Bay of
Bengal, 7°1 '2" N., 85° 56' 5* E., 2500 m.).

1930. Argyropelecus affinis Norman, “ Discovery” Rep ., 2, p. 301
(8° 12 // N., ÌS'W (W., TYF, 450—500 m.)

1939. Argyropelecus affinis Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,,
7, p. 20 (Arabian Sea, 10°54' 42" N., 6Ì°20'54" E., 10° 53
18" N., 61° 22'24" E., N 200, 400—645 m., Maldive area-
4°31'30" N., 72°38' E., MT, 2249m., S^O" N., 72°58
E., AT, 1829—2051m., Arabian Sea : 9°7' 6" N., 55°27
6" E., 9° 8' 48" N., 55° 31'48" E., AT, 3840—3872 m.,

1 -93°C. at 3500 m., Gulf of Aden, AT, 1061—1080m.

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

233 '.

1939. Argyropelecus affinis Parr Bull. [Biiglnr. Ccurcgr., Coll.
3, art 7, p. 49.

1949. Argyropelecus affinis Misra, Rec. lr.àicn Mus ., 45, p. 400.

1953. Argyropelecus ciffinis Smith, Sea Fish. Soulh. Africa, p. 107
(off West Coast of S. Africa in 1000 fms.)

1958. Argyropelecus affinis Briggs, Bull. Florida Statc Mus ..
Biol.Sci., 2 (8), p. 256 (off Florida, 24°—30° N., 78
87° W.)

Text-fig. 64.—-Lateral view of Argyropelecus offinis Garm.3

(After A. Bráuer)

B. 9; D. vii+9/0; p. 11; V. 6; A. vii+6.

Body scaleless, short, elevated, compressed; abdomeD
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal proíìle gradually convex,
abdominal edge straight, passing abruptly into a moderate r
compressed tail. Head naked, 1 *1 times as high as lońg^
3 *5, depth 2 -7 in total length (2 -8 and 2 -2 in standard
length). Eyes large vertical, telescopic, close together;
2 -5 i head, 6 -5 in snout. Cleft of mouth subvertical
maxilla extending a little beyond anterior border of eye.
Lower jaw received in the upper, with a prominent spine at
mandibular symphysis and a short flat one on each side
at the posterior inferior angle. Upper jaw with minute
teeth; the lower jaw and palatines with a series of small
curved teeth. A downwardly directed spine on preopercle,
one on shoulder, a short anterior and 2 stronger, posterior,
non-serrated spines directed downwards and backwards at
hind end of ventral keel. A single dorsal fìn with 7 spines ;
origin immediately behind head, before pelvics. A low
adipose dorsal above the second half of the divided anal,
not reaching the caudal rays. Pectorals low, 1-1 in
head, not reaching pelvics. Pelvics small, 3 -0 in head, not
reaching anal; origin below rayed portion of dorsal. Anal
divided: origin about 1/4 eye diameter, behind last dorsaí
ray, and nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal base. Caudal

234

TELEOSTOMI

forked, with rudimentary rays at its base, 1 -1 in head.
No lateral line. No scales; body covered with brilliant
skin. Luminous organs : an antorbital below nostril;
one suborbital near hind end of maxillary; 2 operculars; the
upper one below eye level, the lower behind preopercu-
lar spine; a group of 6 on branchiostegal membrane; a
group of 6 behind isthmus; in abdominal series three rows,
the lower of a group of 12, the middle of a group of 6, the
upper above pelvic base of a group 2; the postabdominals in
continuous series; 4 preanals, 5 supra-anals and 5 caudals.
Silvery grey.

It attains 45 mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 1000—3872 m.; abyssal.

Distribution. —Bay of Bengal, 7° V 2" N., 85° 56' 5"
E., 2500 m., Arabian Sea, 10° 54' 42" N., 61° 20' 54" E.,
10 3 53' 18" N., 61° 22' 24" E., N 200, 400—645 m., Maldive
area; 4° 31' 30" N., 72° 38' E,. MT, 2249 m., 8° 8' 30" N.,
72° 58' E., AT, 1829—2051 m.—West Indies, 15° 24' 40"
N., 63° 31' 30" W., 1248 m., Gulf of Guinea, 1° N.—31°S.
0°—8° E., 2000 m., South-West Coast of Africa, 100—2500
m., North East coast of Afríca, 0° 25' N., 43° 37' E.,
1000—2500 m., Coast of South Africa, 1828 m., Chagos Is.
6° S., 73° E., 100—2500 m., W. of Seychelles Is. 4° S., 53°
E., 1000—2500 m., Gulf of Aden, 13° N. 46° E., 1000—2500
m., Arabian Sea, 9° 7' 6" N., 55° 27' 6" E., 9° 8' 48" N.,

55° 31' 48" E., AT, 3840—3872 m., T93° C. at 3500 m.,
in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C. and 12° C. wflh the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 13° N.—6° S., 46°—
85° E. in the Indian Ocean and 30°N.—31°S., 8°E.—87°
W. in Atlantic.

221- Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco

1829. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco, Giorn. Sci. Sic., 77, p. 146
(type locality: Mediterranean).

1896. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65,
p. 331 (Bay of Bengal, 12° 20' N., 85°8' E., 1803 fms.,
1 -7° C.)

1899. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish.,
p. 135 (Bay of Bengal, 1803 fms.).

1906. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Brauer, “Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, pp. 106, 375, fìg. 45.

1930. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2,
p. 303 (S. Atlantic 24°—35° S., 16° E.—13° W., at depths
ranging from 0—2500 m., measuring 9 to 34 mm. in length).

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

235

1937. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Coll. 9 3, art. 7, p. 49.

1949. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,
p. 416.

1953. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50,
p. 401.

1953. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa ,
p. 107 (off the Cape in 600 fms.).

1955. Argyropelecus hemigymnus Grey, Fieldiana Zool ., 37, p. 274
(ofí Bermuda; 44 specimetis caught during day from 400—
3000 m., at night 260—1460 m.; larger specimens over 10
mu tafon above 700 m. at any time).

1958. Argyropeleeus hemìgymnus Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus.

Biol. Sci 2, (8), p. 256 (off Florida, 24°—30°N.,

78*—87° W.).

B. 9; D. vii—viii+7-8/0; P. 9—11; V. 5—6; A. vi+5.

Body scaleless, short, elevated, compressed; abdomen
keeled, non-serrated; 'dorsal profile convex; abdominal
edge straight, passing abruptly into short, compressed tail.
Head naked, short, 1 -1 times as high as long, 2 -9, depth
2 -2 in total length (2 -3 and 1 -9 in standard length). Eyes
large, close together, telescopic, vertical, 2*2 in head, 0-5
in snout. Cleft of mouth subvertical; maxilla reaching
behind anterior margin of eye. Lower jaw received in the
upper, with a prominent spine at mandibular symphysis,
and a short, flat one on each side at the posterior inferior
angle. Upper jaw with minute teeth; lower jaw and pala-
tines with a series of small curved teeth. Two spines on
preopercle, one directed downward, the other backwards;
one on shoulder; a single backwardly directed, serrated,
spine posteriorly at hind end of ventral keel. A single
dorsal fin with 7-8 spines; origin immediately behind head,
before pelvics. A low, long adipose dorsal at a short dis-
tance behind last dorsal ray, almost reaching anterior
caudal rays. Pectorals low, reaching beyond pelvics, 1 T
in head. Pelvics small, almost reaching anal, 3 -3 in head;
origin below middle of rayed portion of dorsal. Anal
divided; origin just behind last dorsal ray and nearer to
pelvic origin than to caudal base. Caudal forked, with
rudimentary rays; 1 -3 in head. No lateral line. No sca-
les; body covered with briiliant skin. Luminous organs :
an antorbital below nostril; one suborbital behind end of
maxillary; 2 operculars, the upper on a level with lower
margin of eye, the lower one behind preopercular spine;
a group of 6 branchiostegals; a group of 6 behind isthmus;

236

TELEOSTOMI

in the abdominal series, 3 rows, the lower of a group of l2 r
the middle of a group of 6, the upper above pectoral base of"
a group of 2; in the postabdominal series, a group of 4
preanals, a group of 6 supraanals and a group of 4 caudals.-

Silvery grey.

It attains 36 mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 1500—3297 m.; abyssal.

Distribuíion .—India : Bay of Bengal, 12° 20' N„ 85°
8' E., 3297 m., 1 -7° C., Sri Lanka : 4° 56' N., 78° 15' 3"
E., 2000 m.—Azores, 39° N. 27° W., West Coast of South
Europe; W. Cape of Good Hope, 30°—33° S., 8°—16° E.,
2000 m.; Messina, Mediterranean, 38° N., 15° E.,; West
Coast of Africa, 24°—35° S., 16° E.—13° W., between
Shetland and Feroes Is., 63° N., 30° W., between Zanzibar
and Chagos Is., 2°—4° S., 51°—61° E., 1500—2400 m.,
between New Amsterdam and Sumatra, 10°—30° S.,
87°—97° E„ 1500—2400 m„ coast of Norway, 60° N„
5° E„ between Sri Lanka and Chagos Is„ 4° N.—4° S„
73°—78° E„ 2000 m. 1 -8° C„ in the mean annual isotherms
of 20° C„ 12° C. and 6° C. with the latitudinal and longitu-
dinal range of 12° N.—30° S„ 51 °—97° E„ in the Indian
Ocean, 63° N.—35° S„ 16° E.—87° W. in the Atlantic,
Ocean and 38° N. 15° E. in Mediterranean.

222. Argyropelecus olfersii (Cuvier)

(Text-fìg. 65)

1829. Sternoptyx olfersii Cuvier, Regne Animal , 2, ed 2, p. 316, pl.

13, fìg. 2 (type locality : Atlantic Ocean).

1906. Argyropelecus olfersii Brauer, “ Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische , 15,..
pp. 108, 375, fig. 46 (South of Ceylon).

1913. Argyropelecus olfersi Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. índo-AustraL
Archìpel. , 2, p. 134, fìg. 49 (Banda Sea, 2798m.).

1930. Argyropelecus olfersìi Norman, Discovery Rep., 2, p. 304,..
fig. 12 (young) (00° 46' S. 5° 49' 15* E„ 850—950 (—0) m.)

1937. Argyropelecus olfersii Parr, Bull. Bingharn Oceanogr. Coll .,
3, art 7, p. 50, fìg. 18(5).

1949. Argyropelecus olfersii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 47, p. 416.

1953. Argyropelecus olfersii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50*.
p. 401, fig. 16a.

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

237

1953. Argyropelecus oìfersi Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 107
(off the Cape in 500 fms.).

Text-fig. 65.—Lateral view of Argyropelecus oìfersii (C.) (After A.

Brauer)

B. 9; D. vii+9/0; P. 10-11; V 6; A. vii+5.

Body scaleless short, elevated, compressed; abdomen
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile convex; abdominal
edge straight, passing abruptly into short, compressed tail.
Head naked, short, 1 *5 times as high as long, 3 -8, depth 2 -0
in total length (3 -0—3 -3 and 1 -6 in standard length).
Eyes large, telescopic, vertical, close together, 2 -2—3 -0
in head, 1/5 to 1/3 longer than snout. Cleft of mouth wide,
subvertical; maxilla reaching midorbit. Lower jaw re-
ceived in the upper, with a prominent spine at mandibular
symphysis and a short flat one on each side of the posterior
inferior angle. Upper jaw with minute teeth, lower jaw
and palatines with a series of small, curved teeth. A down-
wardly directed spine on preopercle, one on shoulder, a
short anterior and 2 stronger posterior, non-serrated
spines directed downwards and backwards at the hind end of
ventral keel. A single rayed dorsal fin, with 7 spines imme-
diately behind head, before pelvics. A low, long, adipose
dorsal at a short distance behind the last dorsal ray, and
almost reaching anterior caudal rays. Pectorals low, al-
most reaching pelvics, 1-1 in head. Pelvics small, not
reaching anal, 3 -0 in head; origin below middle of rayed
portion of dorsal. Anal divided; origin entirely behind
rayed dorsal, and opposite origin of adipose dorsal. Caudal
forked, with rudimentary rays at its base, 1 -1 in head. No
spine on caudal peduncle. No lateral line. No scales;
body covered with brilliant skin. Luminous organs : an
antorbital +>elow nostrils : one suborbital behind end oL

238

TELEOSTOMI

maxillary; 2 operculars, the upper on a level with lower
margin of eye, the lower behind preopercular spine; a
jroup of 6 branchióstegals; a group of 6 behind isthmus;
in the abdominal series, 3 rows, the lower of a group of 12,
the middle of a group of 6, the upper above pectoral base
ofagroupof2; in the postabdominal series, a group of
4 preanals, a group of 6 supraanals and a group of 4 caudals.

Silvery grey.

It attains a length of 100 mm. and has been obtained at
a depth 263—4,080 m., abyssal.

Distribution. —Sri Lanka : South of Sri Lanka, 4° 56'
N., 78° 15' 3" E., 2000m.—Coast of Norway upto Cape
North, 63°-71° N. 10°—25° E. Portugal 950—1650m.,
Azores, 39°N., 27 C W., Madiera : Cape Finisterre 42°
50' N. 9° 15' W., 2056m., between Canaries Is. and Brazil,
2° N.—3° S., 7° E.,—10°W., Gulf of Guinea, 2000—4000
m., Cape of Good Hope, 35° S., 18° E., 914 m., East
Coast of North America, 39°—42 C N., 66°—74° W., 263—
3782m., West of Chagos Is. 2°S., 65° E., 2200—2500 m.
Galapagos : 1°S., 90°W., 520—4080m., Gulf of Panama,
9°N., 79°W., 520—4080 m., West Coast of Central Ame-
dcas, 520—4080m., Banda Sea, 5°S., 128°E., 2798m.,
New Amsterdam and Sumatra, 10°—26°S., 43°—97°E.,

2200—2400 m., 1 *2°C., at 2200 m., in the mean annual iso-
>therm of 20°C., 12°C., 6°C. and beyond 6°C., in the Arctic
Zone with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 9°N.—
35°S., 18°E., 79°W in the Indo-Pacific = (4"N. —35°S.
18°—97°E., in the Indian Ocean+9°N. —5°S., 128°E—

79°W. in the Pacific Ocean), 63°N.—3°S., 7°E.—74°W.
in the Atiantic Ocean and 71 °N. 25°E. in the Arctic Ocean.

223. Argyropelecus sladeni Regan

19D8. Argyropelecus sladeni Regan, Trans. Linn. Soc ., (2) 12,
p. 218 (type locality: Chagos Archipelago, 400—500 fms.;
type in the British Museum).

1930. Argyropelecus sladeni Norman, “ Dìscovery ” Rep., 2, p. 304,
fig. 13 (Atlantic Ocsan : 12°N. —61°S., 11°E.—53°W.,
TYF, 150—300 (—0)m.).

1937. Argyropelecus sladeni Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.Coll .,
3, art. 7, p. 50, fig. 18(4).

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

239

1939. Argyropelecus sìadem Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray
Éxped., 7, p. 20 (Arabian Sea ; 12° 8' 16*N„ 63°4'
N., 63°l'42"E., N 200,430—984m., 8-48°C.
at lOOOrn., 1°39' ó-'S., 61 °13' 48'E„ 2°7' 3*S. 61°21' 12"E.,
N 200, 600m„ Zanzibar area: AT, 2926m„ 2‘17°C at
2886 m.).

1949 Argyropelecus sladeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 416.
1953. Argyropelecus sladeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 401.

B.9; D. vii +9/0; P. 11; V. 5; A. vii+5.

Body scaleless, short, elevated, compressed; abdomen
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profìle convex, abdominal
edge straight, passing abruptly into a short, compressed
tail. Head naked, short, 3*1—3*6, depth 2-0 in total
length (2 *7 and 1 -7 in standard length). Eyes large, tele-
scopic, vertical, close together, 3 -8 in head, 0 -5 in snout.
Cleft of mouth wide, subvertical; maxilla extending to mid-
orbit. Lower jaw received in the upper, with a prominent
spine at mandibular symphysis, and a short, flat one on
each side of the posterior, inferior angle. Upper jaw with
minute teeth ; lower jaw and palatines with a series of
small, curved teeth. Two spines on preopercle, one directed
downward, the other backwards ; one on shoulder, a short
anterior and 2 strong, posterior, non-serrated spines directed
downwards and backwards at the hind end of ventral keel.
A single rayed dorsal fin with 7 spines immediately behind
head, before pelvics. A low, long adipose dorsal at a short
distance behind last dorsal ray, almost reaching anterior
caudal rays. Pectorals low, 1 T in head. Pelvics small,
3 -0 in head ; origin below middle of rayed portion of dorsal.
Anal divided; origin just behind last dorsal ray, and before
adipose dorsal origin. Caudal forked, with rudimentary
rays at its base, 1 T in head; no spine on caudal peduncle.
No lateral line. No scales; body covered with brilliant
skin. Luminous organs : an antorbital below nostrils;
one suborbital behind end of maxillary ; 2 operculars,
the upper nearly on a level with midorbit, the lower behind
preopercular spine ; a group of 6 branchiostegals; a group
ofó behind isthmus; in the abdominal series 3 rows,
the lower of a group of 12, the middle of a group of 6,
the upper above pectoral base of a group of 2 ; in the post-
abdominal series a group of 4 preanals, a group of 6 supra-
anals and a group of 4 caudals.

240

TELEOSTOMI

Silvery grey.

It attains 28 mm. in length and has been found at a deptb.
430—2886 m.; abyssal.

Distribution. —India : Arabian Sea, 12 8' 16" N.,
63° 4' 36" E., 12°5'18" N., 63°1' 42" E., N 200, 430—
984 m., 8 *48°C, at 2886 m., 1° 39'6" S., 61° 13' 48" E., 2°
7' 3"S., 61° 21' 12"E., N 200, 600 m., Oíf Cape Bowles,
61° 25'30" S., 53° 46' W., Clarence Is. 200 m., Chagos Ar-
chipelago, 2° S., 65° E., 731—914 m., Zanzibar area, 5°S..
41° E., AT, 2926 m., 2*17°C. at 2886 m., in the mean
annual isotherm of 20 and beyond 6° C. in the Antarctic
zone, with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 12°N.—
5°S., 41°—65°E., in the Indian Ocean, 12°N.—15°S.,
11 C E.—20°W., in the Atlantic Ocean and 61° 25'30" S.,
53°46' W. in the Antarctic Ocean.

94. Genus Polylpnus Gunther

1887. Polyipmis Giinther, “ Challenger ” Rep. y Deep Sea Fish.,22,
p. 170 Ctype, P. spinosus Gthr., orthotypic).

Body elevated, compressed, scales thin, deciduous, with-
out abrupt ventral constriction; with photophores. Eyes
large, nontelescopic. Spiny ridges on heád and abdomen.
Gape of mouth vertical, rather small. Gill openings wide.
Gill membranes free from isthmus delicately connected
with each other. Branchiostegals 9—11 Gill-rakers
long. Pseudobranchiae present. Minute teeth in bands
on intermaxillary and mandible, single series on maxilla
and vomer. No triangular or foliciaceous plate before
dorsal fin. Dorsal fin with 12—13 rays, origin nearly
midway in length of body; preceded by a short bifid spine.
Pectorals long, low. Pelvics small, origin opposite to
dorsal origin. Anal undivided, with 15—17 rays. Adi-
pose fin present. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : Barbados Is., 404 m.,
Gulf of Guinea, 1200 m,, North Coast of Africa, 1362 m.,
Indian Ocean, 457m., Zanzibar area, OT, 640—658; South
Africa, 1188m., between North and South Sentinel Is.,
400—438m., Off the Andaman Is., 343—438m., West Coast
of Sumatra, 371—470 m., Pacific Ocean : Celebes
Sea, 457m., between Philippines and Borneo, 456 m.,
Sandwich Is., 394—592m., Sagami Bay, Japan; Australia;
Hawaii.

STERNOPTYCHIDAE

241

224. Polyipnus spinosus Gíinther
(Text-fig. 66)

1887. Polyipnus spinosus Gíinther, “ Challenger” Rep. Deep Sea
Fish, p. 170, pl. 51, fig. B (type locality : Indian Ocean bet-
ween Bomeo and Philippines, 250 fms.).

1889. Polyipnus spinosus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.> (6) 4, p. 398
(Bay of Bengal, between North and South Sentinel Is.,
220—240 fms.).

1896. Polyipnus spinosus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal> 65, p. 331 (ofif
the coast of Andaman Is.,-15 <> 56 / 50 /r N., 81°30'30'E.; 240
fms.; 11.1°C; 11°31'40 # N., 92^40'6'E., 13 -3°C.).

1899. Polyipnus spinosus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 138.

1904. Polyipnus stereope Jordan & Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm .,
22, p. 581, pl. 2, fig. 3 (type locality : Sagami Bay, Japan)*

1906. Polyipnus spinosus Brauer, “ Valdiva” Tiefsee Fische , 15, pp.
120, 376, pl. 7, fig. 3, text-fig. 64—66.

1913. Polyipnus spinosus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 130, fig. 47 (W. coast of Sumatra, 470 m.,
Madura Ssa, 287m., Bali Sea, 538 m., Macassar
str. 450 m., Molucco Passage, 397m. Arfura Sea, 397m„
Timor Sea, 421 m., Celebes Sea, 457m.)

1914. Polyipnus tridentifer Mc Culloch, Biol. Rec. “ Endeavor ”

2, pp. 78, 87 pl. 16,fig. 4 (type locality : Great Australian
Bight, 130° E., 32° S.).

1927. Polyipnus spinosus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr . Coll. t 3, art.
7, p. 55.

1941, Polyipnus spinosus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 336.
1949. Polyipnus spinosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 417.
1953, Polyipnus spinosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 401,
fig. 16c.

1953. Polyipnus spinosus Hsrre, CheckList. Philippine Fish., p. 85.

1953. Polyipnus spinosus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 107, fig
159 (Cape to Natal upto 650 fms.).

Text-fig. 66-—‘Lateral view of Polyipnus spinosus Gthr. (After A.

Brauer)

242

TELEOSTOMI

B. 9—11; D. 12—13/0; P. 12; V. 5; A. 15—17.

Body scaly, oval, elevated, short, cómpressed; abdomen
keeled, serrated. Dorsal profile convex, abdominal edge
straight, passing gradiently into a compressed tail. Head
large, naked, 2 -4 depth 2*1 in total length (1 -8 and 1 *8
in standard length); upper part of head narrow, compressed,
bounded on each side by a serrated ridge ending in a
large, sharp, semi-recumbent spine. Eyes large, non-
telescopic, close together, 2 *5 in head, 1*1 in snout.
Cleft of mouth small, verticah; maxilla not extending to
front margin of eye. Lower jaw received in the upper*
with its lower edge finely serrated, ending in a spinule.
Minute teeth in bands in intermaxillary, mandibles and
in a series on maxilla; similar teeth on vomer. Preopercular
serrated, with a strong, • claw-like spine pointing verticallv
downwards. A single dorsal fin preceded by a bifid spine;'
origin nearly opposite to pelvic origin. A moderate not-
ched adipose dorsal at a short distance behind last dorsal
ray, almost reaching anterior caudal rays. Pectorals low,
1-7 in head. Pelvics small, 3*8 in head; origin nearly
opposite to rayed dorsal origin, in the middle of total length.
Anal undivided; origin almost below middle of rayed dorsal
fin. Caudal forked, with rudimentary rays at base, 2 -5
in head. No lateral line. Scales small, deciduous. Lum-
inous organs; an antorbital before midorbit; a postor-
bital on thesame levelas antorbital; a subor bitalbelow mid-
dle of eye; a small opercular below the level of suborbital;
a group of 6 branchiostegals; a group of 6 between is-
thmus and pectoral base; in the abdominal series 2 rows,
the lower of a group 10, the upper of a group of 2 above
pectoral base and a group of 3-5 behind pectoral base; in
the continuous postabdominal series, a group of 5 prea-

nals,a group of 12 supra-anals and a group of 8 caudals,
the last 4 with slight interspaces between them.

Silvery on sides, yellowish brown above.

It attains 85 mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 371—1200 m.; bathypelagic, rises to surface ac
night.

STOMIATIDAE

24$

Distribution. —India *: between north and south Sen-
tinel Is., 400—438 m., Off the Andaman Is., 15°56' 50 w N.,
8I°3r 30" E., 438 m., 11 1 C C; 11° 31 # 40" N., 92°40'6"
E., 13 *3°C.—Gulf of Guinea, 1200 m., North East Coast
of Africa2°58'5" N., 46°50'8"E., 1362 m., Indian Ocean,
457 m., Zanzibar area, OT, 640—658 m., Cape to Natal,
29 —35°S., 18°—30°E., 1188 m.; West Coast of Sumatra
0 15'5'' N.—0"43'2" S., 98°E„ 371—470 m., Celebes.

Sea, 2°S., 120°E., 457 m., between Philippines and Borneo;
Sagami Bay, Japan; 35°N. 137°30'E., Australia, 130°E.,
32 S.,; Macassar str., 5° S. 119°E., Indonesia; in the mean
annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 35°N.—35°S., 18°—137°E. in the
Indo-Pacific=(15°N.—35°S., 18°—130°E., in the Indiaa
Ocean-f35°N.—5°S., 119°—137°E. in the Pacific) and 5

2 36'5"N., 3°27'5" E. in the Atlantic.

VI. Superfamily Stomiatoidae

Body low, elongate, compressed, naked or covered
with very thin deciduous scales and tenacious slime.
Head naked, short, compressed, oblong or elevated.
Gape of mo uth exceedingly wide, oblique. opercular
apparatus poorly developed. Lateral margin of upper jaw
formed by maxillary or intermaxillary. Postocular lumi-
nous organ present or absent. Barbel present or absent.
Gill membranes free, not united with isthmus. Gill rakers
rudimentary or absent. Branchiostegals 12—20. No
pseudobranchiae. Pectorals low, present or absent.
Lagena present or absení. Pelvics. Rayed dorsal short
or moderate, anterior, median or posterior. Adipose
dorsal present or absent. Preanal adipose fin present or
absent. Caudal distinct. Eyes normal. Mesocoracoid
present or absent. Pyloric caeca absent.

The superfamily Stomiatoidae is represented by 2
families in the Indian region.

Key to families of superfamily Stomiatoidae

1. Adipose dorsal fin absent Stomiatidae

2. Adipose dorsal fìn present Chauliodontidae.

XXXIII. Family Stomiatidae

Body naked or scaly, elongate, compressed; abdomen
non-keeled, non-serrated. Head scaleless, compressed,
short. Lagena. Cleft or mouth oblique, wide; maxilla

♦Tholasilingam, Venkataraman and Kartha (1964,/. mar.bioh Ass+
Indkh 6(1) p. 270 also recorded it off the Kerala coasted.

244

TELEOSTOMI

extending to preopercular angle. Opercular bones poorly
developed. Lower jaw prominent, projecting over upper.
Barbel present or absent. Teeth strong, some fang-like.
A single rayed dorsal in the posterior part of body,
near caudal. No adipose íìn. Pectorals low, present or
absent. Pelvics before dorsal. Anal below rayed dor-
sal; origin opposite or slightly before dorsal. Anal below
rayed dorsal; origin opposite or slightly before dorsal.
Caudal forked or pointed. No lateral line. Photophores
in 2 continuous series. No pyloric caeca. Gill rakers
rudimentary. Air bladder present or absent. Branchios-
tégals 16—17. No pseudobranchia.

The family Stomiatidae is represented by 2 gene/a in
the Indian region.

Key to genera of family Stomiatidae

1. Pectorals present; dorsal origin be-

hind anal origin Stomias

2. Pectorals absent; dorsal origin-

opposite anal origin Phutostomias

95. Genus Stomias Cuvier

1817. Stomias Cuvier, Regne Animal., 2, ed. 1, p. 184 (type Esox
boa Risso).

Body low, elongate, compressed, scales thin, hexa-
gonal, deciduous, with photophores. Head compressed
with short snout. Eyes moderate. Gape of mouth wide,
oblique. Teeth in maxilla numerous, small,approximate:
those on intermaxilla and mandible more or less
curved, large, wide apart; vomer with a pair of fangs ;
palatine and tongue with smaller pointed teeth. Chin
with fleshy barbel ending in 3 filaments. Gill-openings
moderate. Gill rakers absent. Pseudobranchiae absent.
Opercle incomplete, gills 4. Dorsal, anal, and pelvics
in posterior one third of body. Dorsal fin with 16—19
rays, behind anal origin. Pectorals present. Pelvics
prolonged reaching anal ; origin in front of dorsal
origin. Anal with 21—22 rays. Adipose fin absent. Cau-
dal small, forked. Air bladder. No pyloric appendage.

Distribution —Atlantic Ocean: Mediterranean; West
Indies, 82° m., West Coast of Africa, 1500—3000 m., Gulf
of Guinea, 600 m., Northwest of Hebrides, 1200 m., East
Coast of North Americá, 38—43 N., 218—3443 m., Coast

STOMIATIDAE

245

of Morocco; Indian Ocean : South Coast of Africa, 2000
ra., East Coast of Africa, 693—1019 m., Gulf of Aden,
1200 m., Gulf of Mannar, 1093 m., Off the Laccadives,
1352 m., Pacific Ocean : South of New Zealand; West
Coast of Central America, 3291 m., Gulf of Panama,
262—3761 m., Gulf of California, 2227 m., Gréènland.

Key to species of gemis Stomias Cuvier

1. Photophores between pectoral and
pelvic bases 42-46 in the ventral
series; caudal pointed; depth of

body 16 in total length S. ajfinis

2. Photophores between pectoral and
pelvic bases 34-38 in the ventral
series; caudal forked; depth of

body 12 in total length S. nebulosus

225. Stomias affinis Gunther
(Text-fìg.67)

1887. Stomìas affiiiis Gunther, “ Challenger ” Rep. Deep Sea Fish
22, p. 205, pl. 54, fig. A (type locality: South of Sombrero
I., West Indies, 450 fms. 6*8° C.;type in the British Museum)

1891. Stomias elongatus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 8, p. 129
(type locality : Arabian Sea, off the Laccadives, 8° 23' N.,
75° 47'E., 738 fms., 3 1°C.; type is in Zoological Survey

of India).

1896. Stomias elongatus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 333
(Laccadive Sea, 738 fms.).

1899. Stomias elongatus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fisli ., p. 147.

1934. Stomias ajfinis Edge, “ Dana ” Rep., 5, p. 5, figs. 1,2.

1939. Stomias ajfinis Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. y 7,
p. 22 (Red Sea, TDH, 730—805m., Arabian Sea; 7° 14'N.,
60° 38' 42' E., 7° 14' 18" N., 60° 39* 30" E., MT, 2937—
3182 m., 2 *33°C. at 2500 m.).

1906. Stomias valdiviae Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15, pp.

48, 370, pl. 3, fig. 1, text-fig. 11-13 (type locality: West coast
of Africa; Gulf of Guinea; west coast of Sumatra, 0°30'5" N.,
98° 14' 2" E., 594, m.).

1906. Stomias ajfinis Brauer, “Valdiva” Tiefsee Fische, 15, p. 371
(Gulf of Aden, 1200 m., 6-l°C.).

1930. Stomias affinis Norman, “Discovery" Rep., 2, p. 315 (0°—5°S.,
5°—11°E., 100—300 (—0) m, specimens ranging from

32—158 mm. in length).

1949. Stomias ajfinis Misra, Rec. Itidian Mus., 45, p. 417.

1953. Stomias ajfinis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 402.

18—1341 ZSI/71

246

TELEOSTOMI

1958. Stomias affinis Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus., Biol. Sci ., 2,
(8), p. 254 (oflf Florida, 24°—30° N., 78°—87° W.).

Text-fig. 67.—Lateral view of Stomias affinis Gth. (After A. Brauer)

B. 16—17; D.19; P.6; V.6; A.21.

Body with deciduous scales embedded in hexagona
depressions or areolae, low, elongate, compressed, covered
with tenacious slime; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated.
Dorsal and ventral proíìles more or less equal, gradually
tapering towards tail. Head naked, short, compressed,
one-tenth, depth one-fifteenth in the standard length. Eyes
longer than snout, not quite a fourth in head length.
Mouth very wide; maxilla extending to preopercular angle.
Lower jaw prominent, mandible widely distensible; a
trifid barbel, as long as caudal fin, at the madibular sym-
physis. Opercular bone membraneous. Fins large,
distant, fixed fangs on each premaxilla, and a free, movable
one near the symphysis; maxilla with a few minute, in-
conspicuous, distant denticulations, 8 or,9 moderate-sized,
laterally projecting fangs on each part of mandible decreas-
ing in size posteriorly; a fang on each side of vomer and
2 small, distant, uncurved teeth on each palatine. A single
rayed dorsal fìn close to caudal origin, opposite to third
anal ray. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals low, equal to
caudal. Pelvics long, reaching 6th anal ray; origin be-
fore dorsal. Anal longer than dorsal origin, before
dorsal. Caudal pointed, about 1/12 of the total

length. No lateral line. Scales deciduous. Luminous
organs : one suborbita; 16—17 on branchiostegal

membrane; one on barbel; in the ventral series 57
(+a few more) in a continuous row, 9 between
isthmus and pectoral base, 42 between pectoral base
pelvic, 6 between pelvic and anal origin, 15(+a few more)
between anal and caudal origins; in the lateral series 45
in continuous row from pectoral base to anal origin. No
pyloric caeca. Long slender air bladder.

Jet black with silvery hexagonal markings.

lt attains 130 mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 594—3182 m., abyssal.

STOMIATIDAE

247

Distribution .—India : OfF the Laccadives, 8 C 23' N.,
75°47 # E., 1349 m., 3.1 : C. Arabian Sea : 7°14' N.,

«0°38'42" E., 7°14'.18"N., 60°39'30" E., MT, 2937—

3182 m.—West Indies 25°N., 81°W., 820m., West Coast
of Africa 0 —5°S., 5°—11E., 100—300 (—0) m., Gulf
of Guinea, 3°N.~- 1 C S., 0°—7 C E., 1800—2200 m., Gulf
of Aden, 12 N., 45°E., 2000 m., Red Sea, 15°48'30" N.,
41 ú 30'30" E., 730—805 m., West Coast of Sumatra,
0°30' N., 98 E., 594—1800 m., in the mean annual iso-
therm of 20 C with the latitudinal and longitudinal range
■of 0°—15°N., 41°—98°E. in the Indian Ocean and 30°N.
—5 S., 11°E.—87°W. in the tropical Atlantic.

226. Stomias nebulosus Alcock
(Text-fig.68)

1889. Stomias nebulosus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 4, p. 451
(type locality : Gulf of Mannar, 6°29' N., 70°34' E., 597
fms., 6 -4° C.; type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1892. Stomias nebulosus Alcock,///. Zool. Investig. Fish ., pl. 7, fig. 1.

1896. Stomias nebulosus Alcock, J. As . Soc. Bengal , 65, p. 333.
(Gulf of Mannar, 597 fms.).

1906. Stomias nebulosus Brauer, “ Valdivià ” Tiefsee Fische, 15, pp.

50, 370, fig. 14 (East African coast, 693—1019 m.,
9°—6 *4°C.).

1913. Stomias nebulosus Weber & de 2?eaufort, Fish. Indo-Austval.

Archipel.,2, p. 112, fig. 40 (Flores Sea, 521 m., Timor Sea,
421 m., Manipa str., 1536 m.).

1934. Stomias ttebulosus Ege, “ Dana ” Rep., 5, p. 39, figs. II,

12 .

1937. Stomias nebulosus Norman, Sci. Rep. Jo/ut Murray Exped., 7,
p. 22 (Zanzibar area, OT 640—658 m.).

3949. Stomias nebulosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 417.

1953. Stomias nebulosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 402,

1955. Stomias nebulosus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylo/i,
p. 34.

Text-fig. 68. —Lateral view of Stomias nebulosus Alc. (After

A. Aícock)

B. 16—17; D. 16—17; P. 6; V. 5; A. 21; L.I. ca 52.

Bod.y with deciduous, hexagonal scales, low, elopgaen
compressed, covered with tenacious slime; abdomen noi,
lceeled, non serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles more

248

TELEOSTOMI

or >less equal, gradiently tapering towards taiL Head
naked, short, compressed, 9.0—9.8, depth 10-7—12-0
in tòtal length (8*2 and 10-1 in standard length). Eyes
4*0 in head, 0*5 in snout, larger in males. Cleft of mouth
wide^ oblique; maxilla reaching preopercular angle. Lower
jaw prominent, mandibles widely distensible. A barbel
as long as head ending in 3 elongate fìlaments at the man-
dihmlar symphysis. Opercle narrow, interopercle
rudírríentary. Teeth fìxed; 25 small, unequal, curved ones
in each premaxilla, about the same number in the form
ofimínute, close-set, even serrations in each maxilla; a
fang on each side of vomer; one or two moderate sized
teeth in the palatines; teeth in the lower jaw very large,
curved, acute, standing out laterally, 8 or 9 on each side,
nearly at right angle to jaw. A single rayed dorsal fin in
the posterior fìfth of body; origin behind pelvic and anal
origins. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals low, nearìy equal
to hèad. Pelvics very narrow, prolonged, reaching beyond
anal origin, 1-5 times head. Anal longer than dorsal;
origin before dorsal origin. Caudal small, slightly forked,
1*2 in head. No lateral line. Scales deciduous.
Luminous organs: a small suborbital; 16-17 branchios-
tegals; in the ventral series 64 —68 in a continuous row,
6 between isthmus and pectoral base, 34—38 between
pectoral base and pelvic, 9 between pelvic and anal origin,
15 between anal and caudal origins, the last 3 between last
anal ray and caudal origin; in the lateral series 35—36
in a continuous row ending before anal, 29-—30 between
pectoral and pelvic, 6 between pelvic and anal. No
pyloric caeca. Air bladder present.

Uniform black with metallic gloss; fins and barbels
white with black tips.

It attains 135mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth of 421—1536m., bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : Gulf of Mannar, 6 C 29' N.,

70°34'E., 1091 m., 6-4°C. East Coast of Africa, 0°25'N.
—l c 40' S., 41°—43°E., 693—1019m.; Zanzibar area,
4°S., 41 °E., OT, 640— 658m.; Flores Sea, 8°30' S.,

12LE., Timor Sea, 10°S., 125 C E., in the mean annual
isotherm of 20° C with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 6°N.—10 Ò S., 41°—i25°E. in the Indian Ocean
and 8°30' S., 121°E. in Pacific Ocean.

STOMIATIDAE

249

96. Genus Photostomias Collett

1889. Photostomias Collett, BulL Soc. Zool. Frattce , 14, p. 291, (type

P. guernei Collett, orthotypic).

1890. Thaumastomias Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 6, p. 220

(type, T. atrox Alc., orthotypic).

Body low, elongate, compressed, scaleless ; with
photophores. Eyes moderate. No barbels. Head

compressed. Gape of mouth very wide, oblique. A
postocular organ; a subocular organ (in males only) below
anterior margin of eye. Teeth acute, unequal, in single
series in premaxilla, maxilla, mandible and palatines; none
on tongue and vomer. Gill-openings very wide; gill-
covers rudimentary; gill-rakers rudimentary. One dorsal
fin, with 23 rays; origin opposite to anal. Anal fin with
25 rays, situated in the posterior fourth of the body
near the caudal. Pectoral absent. Pelvic origin
very much in advance of dorsal origin, situated in the an-
terior half of body. Adipose fìn absent. Caudal deeply
forked. No air bladder.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean: Azores, 1138m., Carib-
bean Sea; Indian Ocean: off Ganjam coast, Bay of
Bengal, 2395m., ofF the Andamans, 1108m.

227. Photostomias guernei Collett
(Pl. V, fig. 6; Text-fig. 69)

1889. Photostomias guernei Collett, Bull. Soc. Zool. France , p. 123 (type

locality : Azores, 1138 m., 6'5° C.).

1890. Thaumastamias atrox Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 6*

p. 220, pl. 8, fig. 7 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam
coast, 18° 26' N., 85° 24' E., 1310 fms., 2*3° C.; type in
the Zoological Survey of India).

1899. Photostomias atrox Alcock, Cat. lnd. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 150.

(Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam coast, 1310 fms., off the Anda-
mans, 606 fms.).

1900. Photostomias atrox Alcock, Illus. Zool. Investig . Fish., pl. 30.

fig. 2.

1906. Photostomias guernei Brauer, “ Valdivià ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 371 (Azores, 1138 m., 6*5° C.).

1927. Photostomias guernei Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll .,
3, art. 2, p. 102.

1930. Photostomias guernei Regan & Trewavas, “ Dana ” Exped.

(1920-22), (6), p. 134, pl. 13, fig. 1 (13°—38° N., 20°—84°
W., 50—3000 m. MW).

250

TELEOSTOMI

1930. Photostomias guernei Norman, Discovery Rep 2, p. 317 (At-
lantic, 0° 56' 13' N., 14°—18° W., Caribbean Sea).

1949. Photostomias atrox Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 418.

1953. Photostomias atrox Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 403, fìg.
18b.

1955. Photostomias guernei Gray, Fieldiana Zool., 37, p. 283 (off
Bermuda; 8 spscimens from 730—-3000m., collected during
day and 7 specimens taken at night from 260—1370 m.).

1958. Photostomias guernei Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus., BioL
Sci 2, p. 255 (Florida, 24°—30° N., 78°—87°W.).

Tekt-fiq. 69. — Lateral view of Photostomias guernei Collett.

(After A. Brauer)

D. 23; P. O.; V. 6; A. 25.

Body scaleless, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal and ventral profiles equal r
gradually tapering posteriorly. Head naked, compressed,
5*2, depth 9*1—11 -0 in total length (5*1 and 8-5 —10 0
in standard length). Eyes large, circular, 4*0 in head,
0 • 3 in snout, interorbitatgreater than eye, convex. Mouth
enormous, as long as head; its floor completely wanting
except quite anteriorly, its place being taken by a long,
elastic, muscular band extending from the hip of hyoid
to the inner surface of mandibular symphysis; mouth
cleft and gill cleft continuous beneath, nearly dividing
the head from the rest of body. Lower jaw projecting
beyond upper. Teeth everywhere except in the maxilla,
in the form of slender, acute, rigid fangs; 8 or 9 in each
premaxilla, 3 remote stouter ones at symphysis; in each
half of mandible an uneven row of over 20 and 5 (one
median flanked on each side by a pair) of superior size at
symphysis; in each palatine of a row of 7 to 8, increasing in
size backwards, and a patch on the upper pharyngeal;
maxillary teeth in the form of even, close-set , recurved
serrations, numbering over 30 in each row. Gill cleft
extremely wide, oblique, its superior limit above midorbit;
gill cover reduced to narrow straight preoperculum, very
obliquely articulated, fumished with a membraneous
fringe; branchial arches extremely weak, flexible. A
single rayed dorsal fìn; origin opposite to anal origin and

CHAULIODONTIDAE

25TJ

far behind pelvic origin, slightly in advance of the pos-
terior fifìh of body. No adipose dorsal. Pectorals ab-
sent. Pelvics high, with its two outer ray thickened,
coherent throughout, and prolonged, 2/5 of the totaí
length; inner ray short, weak and inconspicuous; origin
nearer to tip of mandible than to anal origin. Anal base
equal to dorsal base, opposite dorsal. Caudal small,
deeply forked, with the lower lobe longer, about 1/22 in
total length. No lateral line. No scales; body with
soft., velvety skin and adherent tenacious mucus. Lu-
minous organs : antorbital about the size and shape of a
caraway seed; a large slipper-shapped, postorbital more
than 1/3 of head, parallel with upper jaw and behind eye;
in the ventral series, 16 between isthmus and pelvic, 24
between pelvic and 5th anal ray and none beyond; in the
lateral series 13 between operculum and pelvic, 37 between
pelvic and caudal origin; a few smaller luminous organs
on crown of head. No pyloric caeca. Gill rakers ru-
dimentary.

Jet black; the large, postorbital, luminous organs^
conspicuous, one being naked and rose-pink in colour,
the other being silvery, and almost covered by a fold of
black skin; small luminous organs not visible until after
immersion in spirit.

It attains 128mm. in length and has been obtained at a
depth 50—3000m., abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Oíf Ganjam coast, 18°26'N,
85 5 24' E., 2395m, 2-3°C., Off the Andamans, 1108m.
—Azores, 39°N., 27°W., 1138 m., Caribbean Sea, 17°N.
64°W., MW, 1000m., Gulf of Mexico, 22°N. 84°W.,

MW., 1000m., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C.
and 12 C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
18°26' N., 85 J 24' E. in the Bay ofBengal and 0°—39°N.,
14°—87 W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

XXXIV. Family Chauliodontidae

Body scaly, elongate, compressed, covered with a thick
coat of transparent mucus, filled with capillary blood
vessels; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated. Head naked,
elevated, short, compressed. Eye large. No lagena.
Cleft of mouth very wide; maxilla extending to preopercle.
Opercular lines poorly developed. Lower jaw projecting
over upper. Teeth strong, some fang-like, none of fangs

252

TELEOSTOMI

received within the mouth. Rudimentary barbel on
chin. A single rayed dorsal íìn before pelvics, in the ian-
terior part of body. Adipose dorsal, far away from rayed
dorsal. Preanal adipose present or absent. Pectorals
and pelvics. Anal short, below adipose dorsal. Catidal
short, forked. Lateral line. Each scale with a luminous
spot in centre. Photophores in several tiers correspondijng
with longitudinal rows of scales, along sides and abdo-
minal lines; with more prominent ventral and lateìral
series. No gill rakers. No pseudobranchiae. Nq air
bladder. Branchiostegals 16—20.

The family Chauliodontidae is represented by a
single genus in the Indian region.

97. Genus Chauliodus Schneider

1801. Chaulhdus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, (type, C. slocuii
Schn.).

1839. Leptodes Swainson, Nat. Fish. Animal., 2, p. 298 (type, Chaulio-
dus sloani Schn., logotypic).

Body low, elongate, compressed, scales thin, deciduous,
with photophores. Eye moderate. Gape of mouth very
wide, oblique. About four large fangs in each premaxilla,
about five in mandible; palatines with a single series of smalí
teeth; no teeth on tongue. Chin with a rudimentary
barbel. Gill-openings very wide; gill-rakers absent.
Pseudobranchiae absent. Branchiostegals numerous.
Dorsal fin with 6 rays, in advance of anal fìn, placed far
forwards on the body about two head-lengths from snout
end. Pelvic origin behind dorsal origin. Anal fin with
12 rays, situated far back near the caudal fin. Adipose
dorsal present; adipose ventral present or absent.
Caudal forked.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : Madiera, Mediterra-
nean; Mid Atlantic, 4571m., Bermuda Is., 4671 m., Morocco,
1123 m., East Coast of North and Central America, 795—
3783 m., Gulf of Guinea, 600—3000 m., Southwest Coast
of Africa, 600—3000 m,. Indian Ocean : South Africa,
548—1828 m., Arabian Sea, 1091—2505 m., Maldive area,
494 m., between Zanzibar and Seychelles, 594—2200 m.,
Gulf of Aden, Laccadive Sea, 1091—2505 m., Gulf of
Mannar, 1091—2505 m., 594—2200 m., South of
Sri Lanka, 594—2200 m., Bay of Bengal, 594—2907m.,
West coast of Sumatra, 594—2200 m., Pacific Ocean:

CHAULIODONTIDAE

253

North of New Amsterdam, 594—2200m., New Guinea,
1463—3657m., South of Japan, 1033., Society Is., Gulf of
Panama, 849m.

Key to species of genus Chauiiodus Schneider

1. Luminous organs very promi-
nent, those bstwsen pelvics
and anal 23—26; preanal adi-

pose ventral present C. sloani

2. Luminous organs less prominent,

those between pelvics and anal
20—21; preanal adipose ven-

tral absent C. pammeici

228. Chauliodus pammelas Alcock
(Pl. IX, fig. 1; Text-fìg. 70)

1892. Chauliodus pa/nmelas Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 10,
p. 355 (type locality: Laccadive Sea, g'W N., 73°18 / 45' r E.,
1370 fms., 2 -2° C., typs in the Zoological Survey of India).

1899. Chauliodus pammelas Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p.

145 (Arabian Sea, in the neighbourhood of Minicoy, 1370
fms.).

1900. Chauliodus pammelas Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish. f pl. 30,

fig- 4,

1906. Chauliodus pammelas Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
pp. 42, 371 (Gulf of Aden, 1200 m., 6 *1 0 C.).

1913. Chauliodus pammelas Websr & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 110, fig. 38 (Flores Sea, 538 m.).

1939. Chauliodus pammelas Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 21 (Arabian Sea; 12° 8' 6' N., 63 c 4' 36" E., 12°5' 18" N.,
63° 1' 42" E., N 200, 430—984 m., 8-48°C. at

1000 m., 10° 54' 42" N., 61° 20' 54" E., 10° 53' 18" N.,
61° 22' 24" E., N 200, 400—645m., 10 -64°C at 600 m., Mal-
dive area; 4°5Z' 42" S., 73° 16' 24" E., AT 494 m., 10*86°C._
at 400 m., Gulf of Oman, 24° N., 59° E. N 200, 2500 m.,

2 -27°C., Gulf of Aden, 13° N., 46°—48° E., AT 1022—1295
m., 7 -16° Cat 1280 m., 10 -2° C. at 1000 m.).

1949. Chauliodus pammelas Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 418.

1953, Chauliodus pammelas Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 404,
text-fig. 18 í/.

254

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 70.—Lateral view of Chauliodus pammelas Alc.

(After A. Alcock)

B. 16; D. 6/0; P. 11—12; V. 7; A. 12; L. 1. 52.

Body scaly, elongate, compressedg covered with a thick.
coat of transparent mucus fìlled with capillary blood
vessels; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal and
ventral profiles equal, gradiently tapering towards tail.
Head naked, elevated, compressed, short, 6-5, depth 8*2
in total length (6 1 and 7*8 in standard length). Eyes
3*6 in head, 0-5 in snout. Cleft of mouth extremely
wide; maxilla extending to preopercular angle. Lower
jaw projecting over upper. About 4 enormous fangs
in each premaxilla, about 5 fangs in each limb of mandible,
the anterior on the largest and more than half head; nono
of the fangs received within the mouth; edge of maxilla
fìnely denticulated; single series of small teeth in each
palatine; tongue toothless. Gill cover narrow. A single
short rayed dorsal fin with the anterior ray prolonged,.
reaching beyond pelvics; origin about half head length
behind occiput, before pelvics. Adipose dorsal opposite
anal, and far away from rayed dorsal. Pectòrals low, 1 -4
in head. Pelvics as long as head, about twice as long as
pectorals, with median rays enlarjged; origin far behind
dorsal origin, nearer to anal origin than to pectoral base.
Anal short, placed far back near caudal, opposite adipose
dorsal; base twice dorsal base. No preanal adipose.
Caudal short, forked, with rudimentary rays at its base,
2-4 in head. Lateral line. Scales hexagonal, deciduous,
each with luminous spot in the centre. Luminous organs
less conspicuous; one suborbital; one opercular; 16
branchiostegals; a series of 61 in the lowermost tier from
chin to caudal, consisting of 30 between chin and pelvic,
21 between pelvic and anal, 10 between anal and caudal
base; in the second tier 17 between pectoral and pelvic,
21 between pelvic and anal; besides these there are upper
tiers less prominent and corresponding with longitudina!
rows of scales and countless tiny spots in rows and clusters
all along the abdominal line from chin to the caudal. No*
gill rakers.

CHAULIODONTIDAE

255-

Fins and iris uniform jet black, body silvery grey.

It attains 254mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 400—2500m., abyssai.

Distribution .—India : Laccadive Sea; 8 C 49' N..
73° 18' 45" E., 2505 m., 2-2°C.; Arabian Sea, 12" 8'
6" N., 63°4' 36"E., 12 c 5' 18"N., 63°1' 42"E., N 200,
430—984 m., 8 -48°C. at 1000m., 10°54'42" N., 61°20'
54"E; 10 53' 18"N., 61 c 22' 44" E., N. 200, 400—645m.,
10-64°C. at 600m.—Maldive area; 4°58' 42"S., 73°16'
24" E., AT, 494 m., 10*86 C C. at 400m. Gulf of Oman,
24°N. 59°E., N 200, 2500m., 2*27°C., Gulf of Aden,
13°N., 46°—48°E., AT, 1022—1295m., 7 16 C C. at

1280m., 10-2 C.at lOOOm., Flores Sea, 8°30' S., 121 C E.,
538m., in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 24 C N.—8 C S., 46°—
121° E., inthe Indo-Pacific=(24 N.—4°S., 46°—73°E. in
the Indian Ocean+8°30' S., 121 C E. in the Pacifìc Ocean).

229. Chauliodus sloani Schneider

1801. Chauliodus sloanii Schneider, Syst. lchth. Bloch. p. 430 (type
locality : Atlantic Ocean).

1889. Chauliodus sloanii Alcock, Auti. Mag. nat. fíist ., (6) 4, p.

399 (Bay of Bengal, 10° 36' 30' N., 93° 40' 15" E., 1595 fms.,
5 *0°C. ; Gulf of Mannar, 7°36' N., 78° 5' E., 597 fms. ).

1892. Chauliodus sloanii Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 10, p.
355 (Laccadive Sea).

1896. Chauliodus sloanii Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 332 (Bay
, of Bengal, 1595 fms., Gulf of Mannar, 597 fms., Laccadive
Sea).

1899. Chauliodus sloanii Alccck, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 144
(Gulf of Mannar, 597 fms. ; Bay of Bengal, 13°21' N.,
93° 27' E., 922 fms., 5 -1° CT; 1595 fms.).

1906. Chauliodus sloanii Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,.
pp. 40, 371, text-figs. 7—9 (7° 43' 2" N.,. 88° 44' 9" E., Soulh
of Ceylon, 4° 56' N., 78° 15' y E., 2000 m.).

1913. Chauliodus sloani Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel.. 2, p. 110, fig. 38 (Northeast of New Amsterdsm;
West of Sumatra, Bay of Bengal ; between Seychelles and
Zanzibar ; Gulf of Aden, 594—2200 m., 10*3°—6*1°C.).

1930. Chauliodus sloanii Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep., 2, p. 308 (13°N.

—33°S., 16°E.,—15°W., 125—1000 m., 6-96°C. at 155 m.,
surf. temp. 8 -20°C).

1939. C/iauliodus sloanii Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 21, (Maldive area ; 4° 58' 42" S., 73° 16' 24" E., AT,.
494 m., 10 *86°C. at 400 m., Zanzibar area).

1941. Chauìiodus sloani Herre, Metn. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 336 (Anda-
mans).

256

TELEOSTOMI

1949. Chauliodus sloani Misra, Rec. Indian Mhs., 45, p. 418.

1953. Chauliodus sloani Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 404.

1953. Chauliodus sloani Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa, p. 102, (at
a depth of 300—1000 fms. of most oceans).

1955. Chauliodussloani Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylott , p. 35.

1955. Chauliodus sloani Grey, Fieldiana Zool., 37, p. 277 (off
Bermuda ; 32 specimens from 400—3000 m. collected during
day and 43 from 260—2000 m. caught at night).

1958. Chauliodus sloani sloani Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus.,
Biol. Sci., 2, No. 8, p. 255 (Florida, 24°—30°N., 78°_87°
W.).

B. 18—20; D. 6/0; P. 12—13; V. 7; A. 0/12; L. I.
56—61.

Body scaly, elongate, compressed, covered with a thick
coat of transparent mucus, filled with capillary blood
vessels; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal and
ventral profìles equal, gradually tapering towards tail.
Head naked, short, elevated, compressed, squarish, 7-0,
depth 9*4 in total length (6*3 and 8 -2 in standard length).
Eye3-5-4*7 in head, larger in males, 0*5 to 10 in
snout. Cleft of mouth very wide; maxilla extending to
preopercular angle. Lower jaw projecting over upper.
Dentition as in the previous species. Gill cover narrow.
A single rayed dorsal fìn, with the anterior ray much
prolonged to a length twice head to nearly 1/3 length of
body; origin less than half head length, behind occiput.
Adipose dorsal slightly in advance of anal, far away from
rayed dorsal. Pectorals low, 1-6 in head. Pelvics 1*3
times head, about twice as long as pectorals, with median
rays enlarged; origin far bèhind dorsal origin, nearer to
pectoral base than to preanal adipose. A preanal adipose
fin smaller than adipose dorsal or anal. Anal short,
close behind preanal adipose, near caudal; origin
slightly behind adipose dorsal, base 1-5 times rayed
dorsal base. Caudal moderate, equal to head, deeply
forked, with rudimentary rays at its base, equal to head,
lower lobe longer. Lateral line. Scales subhexagonal,
deciduous, each with a luminous spot in the centre. Lu-
minous organs conspicuous; 1 suborbital; 1 opercular,
18 branchiostegals; a series of 64—67 in the lowermost
tier from the chin to caudal, consisting of 30 between
chin and pelvic, 23—26 between pelvic and anal and 11
between anal and caudal origins; in the second tier a series
of 17 between pectoral and pelvic, 23—26 between pelvic

CHAULIODONTIDAE

257

and anal and 11 between anal and caudal origins; in the
second tier a series of 17 between pectoral and pelvic and
21 between pelvic and posterior end of preanal adipose.
Besides these, a few more upper tiers less prominent and
corresponding with longitudinal rows of scales, and count-
less tiny spots in rows or clusters all along the abdominal
line from chin to caudal. No gill rakers.

Greenish above; sides silvery; belly blackish.

It attains 304 mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 125—3000 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal; 10°36' 30" N.,
93 40' 15" E., 2907 m., 5°C.; 13°21' N., 93°27' E.,
1686 m., 5*1°C., 7 3 43'2" N., 88°44'0" E., 2000 m.,

Gulf of Mannar, 7°36' N., 78°5' E., 1091 m., Sri Lanka :
South of Sri Lanka, 4°56' N., 78°15' 3" E., 2000, m.—
Madiera, 35 "N., 17°W., Mediterranean, 36°8' N.,

5°19' W., 38°13' N., 15° 13' E., Mid-Atlantic, 4571m.,
Bermuda Is., 34 C 28'N., 58°56'W., 4671 m., Morocco,
1123m., East Coast of north and Central America, 795—
3783 m. Gulf of Guinea, 2 N.—25 0 S., 0°—7° E., 600
—3000 m., Southwest Coast of Africa, 600—3000 m.,
West Coast of Africa, 13°N.—34 C S., 16°E.—18°W.,
125—1000 m., Southeast Coast of Africa, 548—1828 m.,
between Zanzibar and Seychelles, 4 S., 53°E., 594—
2200m„ Gulf of Aden 13°28' N„ 46° 41' 6" E„ 594—
2200m., Maldive area; 4° 58' 42" S„ 73° 16' 24" E„
AT 494 m„ 10.86 P C. at 400 m„ West Coast of Sumatra,
0°30' N„ 98 E„ 594—2200 m„ North of New Amster-
dam, 26 S. 93°E„ 594—2200 m. New Guinea, 5° 41' S„
134 4' E„ 2°56' N„ 134°11' E„ 1463—3657 m„ South
of Japan, 34°7' 0" N„ 135°39' E„ 1033 m„ Florida,
24°—30 3 N„ 78°—87°W„ 260—2000m„ in the mean
annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 34°N.—26 C S„ 16°—135°E.
in the Indo-Pacific=(13°N.—26 C S„ 46°—98 C E., in the
Indian Ocean-f-34°N.—5 C S„ 134°—135 C E. in the Pacific
Ocean), 35°N.—34 C S„ 16 C E.—87°W. in the Atlantic
Ocean and 36°—38°N„ 15°E.—5°W. in the Mediterranean.

VII. Superfamily Astronesthoidae

Body low, elongate, compressed, naked. Head naked.
Gape of mouth wide, oblique; lateral margin of upper

258

TELEOSTOMI

jaw formed by maxillary and premaxillary. A postocular
luminous organ. Barbel present or absent. Gill rakers
rudimentary or absent. Branchiostegals 8-23. No pseu-
dobranchiae. Pectoral reduced or absent. Pelvics
present or absent. A single rayed dorsal fin, placed
nearer to snout end than to caudal end or nearer to caudal
end than to snout tip. Adipose dorsal present or
absent. Adipose ventral present or absent. Caudal
distinct, forked or pointed. Eyes normal or stalked.
Mesocoracoid. Photophores in 2 continuous series or

2 main series to much reduced to be clearly discernable.

The superfamily Astronesthoidae is represented by

3 families in the Indian region.

Key to families of superfamily Astronesthoidae

1. Dorsal and anal very Iong ;

their rays with lateral spines at
base

2. Dorsal and anal short ; their

rays without Iateral spines at
base

3. Adipose dorsal present ; dorsal

fin notconfined to tail

4. Adipose dorsal absent ; dorsal fin

confined to tail

ÍDIACANTHIDAE

3

Astronesthidae

M ELANOSTOMIATIDAE

XXXV. Family Astronesthidae

Body naked, elongated, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Head scaleless. Eye normal or
stalked. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla extending to
pectoral base. Lower jaw prominent. Barbel present
or absent. Teeth in intermaxilla and mandible unequal,
widely set, and a few of them fanglike; maxillary teeth
curved, erect or obliquely directed backwards; vomer
edentuíous; palatines and tongue toothed. Pectorals low.
Pelvics before dorsal. Adipose dorsal and ventral fins.
Anal below dorsal or behind last dorsal ray. Caudal
forked. No lateral line. Photophores in 2 continuous
series; suborbital conspicuous or non-conspicuous. Gill
rakers minute. Teeth on gill arches few, short or numerous,
long and slender; ceratohyal with or without teeth. No
airbladder. No pseudobranchiae. Branchiostegals 18—23.

ASTRONESTHEDAE

259

Thc family Astronesthidae is represented by 2 genera
in the Indian region.

Key to geiiera, of J'aniily Astronesthidae

1. A well developed mental barbel;

a conspicuous suborbital organ Astronesthes

2. No mcntal barbcl ; no conspicuous

suborbital organ Bathylychnus

98. Genus Astronesthes Richardson

1S44. Astvonesthes Richardson, Ichtli. Vov. “ Sulphur ”, p. 97 (typc,

A. niger Rich., orthotypic).

1850. Phaenodon Lowe, Proc. z ool.Soc. Lond ., 18, p. 250 (typc.,
P. ringens Lowe, orthotypic).

I90S. Borostontias Regan, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 12, p. 217 (type,

B. braueri Reg., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scaleless; with photo-
phores. Head short. Snout compressed. Eyes raoderate.
•Gapejof mouth wide, oblique. Teeth in the intermaxilía
and raandible unequal, widely set and a few of them
fanglike; maxillary teeth obliquely directed backwards;
vomer edentulous; palatine and tongue with a series of
small pointed teeth. Chin with a well developed, fleshy
barbel. Gill openings wide; gill rakers minute; no teeth
on ceratohyal. Pseudobranchiae absent. Gills 4.
Branchiostegals 18—23. Dorsal fin with 11—16 rays,
placed nearer to snout end than to caudal end ; origin
in advance of anal fin. Pelvics inserted near raiddle of
body; origin shortly before or opposite to dorsal fin.
Anal fin with 14—22 rays, near caudal base. Dorsal and
ventral adipose fins present. Caudal forked. No air
bladder.

Distńbution. —Atlantic Ocean : North Atlantic :
Gulf of Guinea, 2000 m.; West Africa (Sierre Leone),
4571 m., West Africa, 2225, Cape Verde Is., East Coast
of North America, 548m., South Atlantic, 2500m., West
Indies, 3826 m., IndianOcean: Red Sea; between Zanzibar
and Seychelles, 3000 m., between Sri Lanka and Maldives,
2000 m., South of Sri Lanka, 2000 m., Off Travancore
coast, 409—529 m., Pacific Ocean: Sandwich Is., 469—1857
m; Timor Sea; Near Hawaii, 470—2232m.

260

TELEOSTOMI

Key lo species of genus Astronesthes Richardson

1. D’orsal fin terminating in advance

of anal origin A. martensii

2. Dorsal fìn not terminating in

advance of anal origin A. indicus

230. Astronesthes indiciís Brauer
(PJ. VI; Text-fig. 71)

1899. Astronesthes sp., Alccck, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 211

(off the Travancore coast, 8° 37' N., 75° 37' 30" E., 224—
284 fms., 122° C.

1900. Astronesthes sp., Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish ., pl. 35, fìg. 3

(dorsal and ventral adipose fins not shown).

1902. Astronesthes indicus Brauer, Zool. Anz ., 25, p. 287 (type
locality: east of Zanzibar, 3000 m.).

1906. Astronesthes indicus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
pp. 33, 373, pl. 2, fig. 3, text-fig. 5a-b.

1929. Astronesthes indicus Regan & Trewavas, “ Dana ” (1920-22),
2, No. 5, p. 23, pl. 2, fig. 3 (10°—28° N., 20°—66° W..
80—6000 M,W.).

1931. Astronesthes indicus Norman, “Discovery" Rep., 2, p. 3C6
(0° 56' S., 14° 8' 30" W., TYF, 250 (-0) m.).

1949. Astronesthes indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 419,
1953. Astronesthes indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 405.

Text-hg. 71.—Lateral view of Astronesthes indicus Br. (After A.
Brauer)

B. 18—19; D. 15—16/0; D. 7—8; V. 7; A.0/14—16.

Body naked, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile gradiently convex,
ventral straight. Head naked, 4-2, depth 5*2—6*1 in
total length (3*7—3*9 and 4*5—5*8 in standard length).
Eyes 3*8—5*0 in head, equal to snout. Cleft of mouth
wide; maxilla extending to preopercular angle. Lower
jaw prominent. Teeth on intermaxilla and mandible

♦Tholasilingam, Venkataraman and Kartha (1964 ,J. mar. biol. ASs.
fndia , 6 (2), p. 269) have reported AstronestJies lucifer Gilbert off the
Kerala coast.

ASTRONESTHIDAE

261

unequal, widely set, a few of them long, curved canines;
those on maxilla much smaller; close-set, directed back-
wards; palatine teeth 8—12 on each side, directed back-
wards forming close series. A barbel on mandibular
symphysis, about 1/2 head length in large specimens,
tapering to the tip and ending in a minute, wide bulb
with a pigmented stripe on each side meeting over the tip.
A single rayed dorsal; base 1 • 8 times anal base; origin
behind middle of standard length, about an eye diameter
behind pelvic origin and ending above 2nd—4th anal ray.
A small adipose dorsal just behind rayed dorsal, above
8—lOth anal ray. Pectorals low, not reaching pelvics,
1*6—1-8 in head. Pelvics 1*5—1-7 in head. almost
reaching or not reaching preanal adipose; origin about ani
eye diameter before rayed dorsal. A small preanal adipose-
below 7th—9th dorsal ray. Anal about an eye diameter
behind preanal adipose; origin 13th—14th rayed dorsal..
Caudal deeply forked, with rudimentary rays at its base,
1 -4— 1*6 in head. Ńo lateral line. No scales. Luminous>
organs : an antorbital; a suborbital; a luminous plate*
on opercle, with 2 operculars; 18 branchiostegals; 5—6-
on isthmus; in the ventral series, 2 between isthmus and
pectoral, 5—6 between pectoral and pelvic, 5—9 between
pelvics and origin of rayed anal, 7—9 between rayed anal’
origin and caudal base; in the lateral series, 5—6 between
operculum and pelvic origin, 6—8 between pelvic origin
and rayed anal origin, with none beyond. Besides these,
numerous, inconspicuous photophores along the longi-
tudinal series of scales and scattered all over the body.

Bronze colour with large patches of luminous tissue on
sides of body in definite positions near dorsal and pelvic
ends, opercle, behind and a little above pectoral base, one
in front of pelvic fin, and 2, a lateral and a dorsal, above
it.

It attains 103mm. in length and has been found at a
depth of 409—3000m.; abyssal.

Distribution. —India : off the Travancore Coast,
8°37' N., 75 37' 30"E., 409—529m., 12-2°C.—East
of Zanzibar, 50°12' 5"S., 46°32' 3" E., 3000 m.; Carib-
bean Sea., Í7°58' 5"N., 64°41' W; in the mean annual

isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 8°N.—5°S., 46°—75°—E. in the Indian Ocean and
0°56' S.— 28 N., 14°—66"W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

19—1341 ZSI/71

TELEOSTOMI

262

231. Astronesthes martensi Klunzinger
(Text-fìg. 72)

1871. Astronesthes martensii Klunzingsr, Verh. Zool-bot. Ges. Widnn ,
21, p. 594(type localily : Red Sea).

1906. Astronesthes m artensi Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische ,

15, pp. 32, 372, pl. 2, fig. 4 (South of Ceylcn, 4°56' N.,

78° 15' 3* E., 2000 m.).

1929. Astronesthes martensii Regan & Trewavas, Ocean. Rep.

Danish “ Dana ” (1920-22). 2, 5, (p.) 17, fig.

7 (Red S e a).

1949. Astronesthes martensii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. , 45, p. 419.
1953. Astronesthes martensii Misra, Rec. Indicn Mi s ., £0, p. 4C5.

Text-fig. 72.—Lateral vi e w of Astronesthes martensi Klunz, (After
A. Brauer)

B. 23; D. ll—12/O; P. 6—8; V. 7; A. 0/18—22.

Body naked, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profìle gradiently convex,
ventral profìle straight. Head naked, 4*8—5*0, depth
7.1—8.0 in total length (4.3—4.4 and 6.4—7.4 in standard
length). Eyes 4-5— 5*0 in head, equal to snout. Cleft
of mouth wide; maxilla extending to preopercular angle.
Lower jaw prominent. Dentition as in the previous
species, with 11—12 palatine teeth on each side. A barbel
at mandibular symphysis, 1 • 3 times of head, slender, pig-
mented, ending in a small, white bulb, with or without
appendages. A single rayed dorsal base nearly equal
to anal base, entirely before anal origin; origin behind
middle of standard length, about 1 or 2 eye diameters
behind middle of standard length, about 1 or 2 eye dia-
meters behind pelvic origin. A small adipose dorsal
nearly midway between last dorsal ray and rudimentary
caudal rays, above lOth—14th anal ray. Pectorals low,
almost reaching pelvic base or not, 1.1—1 -8 in head.
Pelvics reaching preanal adipose or not, 1 1—1-7 in
head; origin 1 or 2 eye diameters before rayed dorsal.
Preanal adipose small or well developed, clearly behind
rayed dorsal or below it. Anal base equal to dorsal base;

ASTRONESTHIDAE

263

origin just behind or about 2 eye diameters behind
last dorsal ray. Caudal forked, with rudimentary rays
at its base, 1 1—1 -4 in head. No lateral line. No
scales. Luminous organs : an antorbital; a large
suborbital; 2 small operculars; 2 branchiostegals; 8 on
isthmus; in the ventral series, 2 between isthmus and pec-
toral base, 17—18 between pectoral and pelvic, 18—20
between pelvic and rayed anal, 12—14 between anal origin
and caudal base, the last 5—6 being beyond the last anal
ray; in the lateral series, 11—17 between operculum and
pelvic origin, 17—20 between pelvic and anal origins,
3—4 between anal origin and caudal base. Besides these,
numerous, inconspicuous photophores along the longi-
tudinal series of scales and scattered all over body.

Bronze grey, fins lighter.

It attains 150mm. in length and has been obtáined at a
<lepth of 2,000 m.; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —Sri Lanka: South of Sri Lanka, 4°56' N.,
W\5' 3*E., 2000m.—Cape Verde Is., 17° N., 22° W.;

Red Sea, 20° N., 39° E., in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 4°—
20° N., 39°—78 C E., in the Indian Ocean and 17 C N.
22° W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

99. Genus Bathylychnus Brauer

T902. Bithylychnus Brauer, Zool. Anz ., 25, p, 289 (type, B. cyaneus
Br., orthotypic).

This genus diífers from genus Astronesthes Rich.
in having no mental barbel and conspicuous sub-orbital
organ.

Distribution. —Betweeń Sri Lanka and Maldives (2000m.).
232. Bathylychnus cyaneus Brauer

(Text-fig. 73)

1902. Bathylychnus cyaneus Brauer, Zool. Anz., 25, p. 289 (type
locality : south of Ceylon, 4° 56' N., 78° 15' 3'E., 2C00 m.).

1906. Bathylychnus cyaneus Brauer, “ Valdivìa ” Tiefsee Fiscke, 15,
pp. 35, 373, pl. 2, fig. 5, text-fig. 6 a-b-

1927. Bathylychnus cyaneus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll 3,
art, 2, p. 37.

264

TELEOSTOMI

1929. Astronesthes cyaneus Regan & Trewavas, “ Dana ” Rept. (1920-

22), 2, No. 5, pp. 14, 21, text-íìg. 14 (9°—26°N., 20°—83° W.*.
19—3000 M.W.).

1930. Astronesthes cyaneus , Norman, “ Discovery “ Rep. t 2, p. 306

(Atlantic ; 6° 55' N., 15° 54' W. ; N 200, 800 (-0) m. ; Carib-
bean Sea).

1949. Astronesthes cyaneus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 419.

1953. Astronesthes cyaneus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus 50 p. 405,
text-fig. 20 b.

Text-fig. 73.—Lateral view of Bathylychnus cyaneus Br. (After A.

Brauer)

B. 18; D. 18—21; P. 7—8; V. 7; A. 0/14—15.

Body scaleless, elongate, compressed; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Dorsal profile gradiently convex,.
ventral profile straight. Head scaleless, compressed,
4 • 4—4 • 5, depth 5 • 6—6 • 6 in total length (3 • 8 and 5 • 0’
—5-7 in standard length). Eyes 4-2 in head, nearly equal
to snout. Cleft of mouth wide; maxilla extending to
preopercular angle. Lower jaw prominent. Teeth in.
intermaxilla and mandible unequal, widely set, a few
of them long, curved canines; those on maxilla much
smaller, close-set, directed backwards; vomer edentulous;
a series of small, pointed teeth on palatines and tongue.
A single rayed dorsal fìn; base twice as long as anal base^
origin in the middle of standard length, behind pelvic
origin and ending above 6th to lOth anal ray. A small
adipose dorsal, close behind dorsal, above 13th—15th anal
ray. Pectorals low, long, 1 • 1 in head. Pelvics lpng, 1 1
in head; origin about an eye diameter before dorsal origin.
A small preanal adipose nearly below 12th dorsal ray.
Anal close behind preanal adipose; origin nearly below
.14th dorsal ray. Caudal deeply forked, with rudimentary
rays at its base, 1-2 in head. No lateral line. No scales.
Luminous organs : an antorbital organ; a suborbital;
a luminous plate on opercle with 2 small operculars; lé
branchiostegals; 7 on isthmus; in the ventral series, £

MELANOSTOMIATIDAB

265

between isthmus and pectoral, 12—15 between pectoral
•and pelvics, 11—15.between pelvics and rayed anal origin,
12—14 between anal origin and caudal, the last 3 or 4
being behind last anal ray; in the lateral series 13—14
between opercle and pelvic; 2—3 beyond anal origin.
Besides these, numerous, small, inconspicuous photophores
between the longitudinal series of scales and scattered all
over the body.

Sides of head and body with metallic steel or bronze—
like lustre showing biue iridiscence; white or yellowish
patches of glandular tissue often present on head and very
characteristically on lower part of opercle.

It attains 76mm. in length and has been obtained at
a depth of 3000m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—Sri Lanka: South of Sri Lanka; 4°56' N.,
78°15' 3"E., 2000m.—Atlantic; 6°55n., 15°54'W., N
200, 800 (—0)m; Caribbean Sea.; in the mean annual
isotherm of 20 C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 4°56' N., 78°15'3" E. in the Indian Ocean and
6°—26°N., 15°—83°W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

XXXVL Family Melanostomiatidae

Body elongate, compressed, naked; abdomen non-
keeled, non-serrated. Head long or short, scaleless, not
much compressed. Cleft of mouth very wide, oblique,
maxilla extending to pectoral base. Lower jaw prominent,
not projecting over upper jaw. Barbel present or absent,
unequal. Pointed teeth in jaws, vomer, palatines and
tongue. Gill openings very wide. A single rayed dorsal
fin, placed far behind, near caudal, opposite and similar
to anal. No adipose fin. Pectoraís low, reduced. Pel-
vics well developed, before dorsal and behind middle of
body. Caudal small, forked. No lateral line. Photo-
phores generally in 2 conspicuous main lateral series, or
the two main series too much reduced to be clearly dis-
cernible. Gili rakers rudimentary or absent. Bran-
^hiostegals 8—12.

The family Melanostomiatidae is represented by 2
^enera in the Indian region.

266

TELEOSTOMI

Key to genera of family Melanostomiatidae

1. Chin with barbel ; distance

between pelvic and anal origins
about 3 times in the distance
between pelvic and pectoral Melanostomias

2. Chin without barbel : distance

between pelvic and anal ori-
gins about times in tbe
distance between pelvic and
pectoral Maiacosteus

100. Genus Melanostomias Brauer

1902. Melanostomias Brauer, Zool. Anz ., 25, p. 284 (lype, M. n:e\-
anops Br ., orthotypic).

1905. Leptostomias Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. (1903), p. 6C6

(type, L. macronema Gilb., orthotypic).

1911. Nematostomias Zugmayer, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco , Fasc. y
35, p. 76 (type, N. gladiator Zugmayer, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scaleless ; with photo-
phores. Eyes moderate. Gape of mouth wide, oblique.
Intermaxilla and mandible with large, bicuspid, depressible
teeth; maxilla anteriorly with large and posteriorly with
small teeth; vomer, palatines and tongue toothed. Chin
with a well developed fleshy barbel. Branchiostegals 11
—12. Gill openings wide. Pseudobranchiae absent.
Opercle little developed. Dorsal and anal fins placed far
behind near the caudal. Dorsal fìn with 13—16 rays and
anal fin with 16—20 rays are opposite to each other with
their bases equal in length. Pectorals short. Pelvic
origin before dorsal fìn and well behind middle of body.
Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

Distribution. —North and West coast of Sumatra^
615—1024m.; Sandwich Is., 581—825m.

233. Melanostomias melanops Brauer

(Text-íìg 74)

1902. Melanostomias melanops Brauer, Zool. Anz ., 25, p. 284 (type-
locality : West coast of Sumatra, 5° 23' 2" N., 94° 48 1" É.^
1024m., 5 -6° C.).

1906. Melanostomias melanops Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische,

15, pp. 53, 371, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5, text-fig. 15 (west coast of
Sumatra).

1913. Melanostomias melanops Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo
Austral. Archipel.,2 , p. 114, fig. 41.

1927. Melanostomias meìanops parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll.^
3, art. 2, pp. 41, 42, fig. 24.

MELANOSTOMIATIDAE

267

1930. Melanostomias melanops Regan & Trewavas, “ Dcna " Rept
(1920-22), 2, (6), pp, 111, 114, fig. 110 B Caribbean
Sea, 14° 38' N., 61° 16' W., 1000 M. W.).

1949. Melanostomias meianops Misra, Rec. Indian Mas. , 45, 419.
1953. Melanostomias melanops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50’p. 405,
text-fig. 19 c

Text-fig. 74. —Lateral view of Melanostomias melanops Br. (After
A. Brauer)

B. 12; D. 14; P. 5; V. 8;A. 17.

Body elongate, compressed, naked, smooth; abdomen
non-keeled, non-serrated; dorsal and ventral profìles
smoothly tapering backwards. Head not so much
compressed, 7-3 in total length (6*8 in standard length);
depth 7*4 in total length (6*9 in standard length). Eyes
5*5 in head, nearly equal to or slightly less than snout.
Cleft of mouth very wide, maxilla extending 3 eye diameters
behind postorbit. Barbel thick, 3 times of head, with tho
distal part lamellated, ending in a thin filament. A grouj>
of 5 teeth in maxilla, equal to large intermaxillary teeth,
behind them about 24 small, close-set, backwardly directed
teeth; intermaxillary with 8 teeth, first and third the
smallest, fifth the largest; mandibular teeth 11, fìrst and
fourth the smallest, third the largest and thè rest in twa
groups, their height increasing posteriorly; all large teeth
bicuspid, depressible; vomer with a pair of teeth, palatines^
with 4, tongue with 2 teeth. A single rayed dorsal close
to caudal, equal, similar and opposite to anal. No adi-
pose dorsal. Pectorals small, 2 0 in head. Pelvics well
developed , slightly longer than head, much nearer to anal
origin than to pectoral origin. Anal origin nearer to
caudal origin than to pelvic origin. Caudal forked,
1-5 in head. No lateral line. Scaleless- Luminous
organs: a large postorbital nearly equal to an eye
diameter; one opercular; 13 branchiostegals; in the
lateral series 28 between gill-opening and pelvic origin
and 12 between pelvic and anal origins; in the ventral
series 2 before pectoral base, 29 between pectoral and
pelvic origins, 11 between pelvic and anal origins and 12:
between anal and caudal origins.

268

TELEOSTOMI

Skin smooth, covered with tiny spots. Velvety black;
cye black; base of barbel black, otherwise yellowish grey.

It attains 242 mm. in length and is found at a depth
of l,024m.

Distribution. —Nortbwest Coast of Sumatra 1024m.
—Caribbean Sea.; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 5° 23' 2"
N., 94°48' 1"E. in the Indian Ocean and N. 61°16'
W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

101. Genus Malacosteus Ayres

1849. Malacosteus Ayres, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 6, p. 53 (type,
M. tiiger Ayres, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, tapering behind compressed:
head scaleless; with photophores. Eyes moderate. Gape
of mouth extremely wide, oblique. Unequal, pointed
teeth in a single series in both jaws and in pairs on tongue.
Barbel absent. Gill openings wide; gill-rakers absent.
Branchiostegals 8. Dorsal fin with 16—18 rays and anal
fin with 18—23 rays, situated in the last one third of body
and opposite to each other. Pectoral rather long, and
narrow. Pelvic origin before dorsal origin and a little
behind middle of body. Adipose fin absent. Caudal
small, forked.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean: Barbados, 630 m.,

East Coast of North America, 989—1950m., Morocco,
1400—2220m.; Azores, 1400—2220m,; West Coast of S.
Africa, 2000m,; Indian Ocean: Chagos Is., 1900—2500m.;
Gulf of Aden, 1061—1080 m.; Arabian Sea, N. 200,
2500m; Bay of Bengal, 2500m.; North of Cocos Is.,
1000—2500m.; Andaman Sea, 1188 m.; Pacifìc Ocean:
Celebes Sea, South of Philippines, 914m.

234. Malacosteus niger Ayres
(P1XI, fig. 4; Text-fig. 75)

1849 Malacosteus niger Ayres, Boston J. nat. Hist ., 6, 53, pl. 5
(type locality: Gulf stream, 42° N., 60°W.).

1888. Melacosteus choristodactylus Vaillant, “T ravailleur ” et. " Tali -

smn ” Poiss^ p. 108, pl. 8, fig. 4 (type locality : Morocco ;
Azores).

1889. Mzlacosteus ìndicus (nec. Gthr.) Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.

(6) 4, p. 452 (Andaman Sea, off Cinque Is. 650 fms.).

1896. Malacosteus indicus ( nec. Gthr.) Alcock, J. As. Soc. Benga
65, p. 334 (Andaman Sea, 650 fms.).

MELANOSTOMIATIDAE

269

1899. Malacosteus sp. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep. Sea Fish., p. 149

(Andaman Sea, 650 fms.).

1900. Malacosteus sp. Alcock } ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 33 ? fig.

4.

1906. Malacosteus indicus {nec. Gthr.) Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische, 15, p. 65, pl. 4, fig. 1, text-fig. 23-25 (Bay of Bcngal,
7 0 l' 2 # N., 85° 56' 5* E., 2500 m.).

1906. Malacosteus niger Brauer, “ Valdivia" Tiefsee Fische, 15,
P. 372.

1936. Malacosteus choristodactylus Brauer, “ Valdìvia ** Tiefsee Fische ,
15, p. 372 (Morocco, Azores, 1400—2220 m.).

1913. Malacosteus indicus {nec Gthr.) Weber & de Beaufort, Fislt.
Indo-Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 118, fig. 43.

1927. Malacosteus niger Parr, Bulì. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., 3,
art. 2, p. 99 (circum-aequatorial).

1930. Malacosteus niger Norman, Discovery Rep.., 2, p. 317 (33°
07' 40* S., 4° 30' 20* E., 2000 (-0) m., 2 -7 0 C.; 33° S.—13°N.,
15°E.—21 °W., 800—1000 (-0) m.).

1930. Malacosteus niger Regan & Trewaves, “j Dana’* Rept. (1920-22),
2 (6), p. 142 (Atlantic, 8°_34°N., 20°_70° W., 200—
5000 M.).

1939. Malacosteus niger Norman, Sci. Rep. John , Murray Exped .,
7, p. 23 (Arabian Sea, 1°39' 06* S., 61° 13' 48* E. to 2°07
30* S., 61°21' 12* E., N 200, 2500 (—0) Om, Gulf of
AdenAT, 1061_1080 m.).

1949. Malacosteus indicus {nec Gthr.) Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45,
p. 420.

1953. Malacosteus indicus {nec Gthr.) Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50,
p. 406, text-fig. 17 c.

Text-fig. 75.—Lateral view of Malacosteus niger Ayres (After
A. Alcock)

D. 16—18; P. 3—5; Y. 6; A. 19—23.

Body elongate, compressed, naked, smooth; abdomen
non-keeled, non-serrated; dorsala nd ventral profìles
gradiently tapering backwards.H ead not so much com-
pressed, 3*6—4*0 in total length (3 -4in standard length)
Eyes 4.0—5*0 in head, 0-3 in snout. Cleft of mout

270

TELEOSTOMI

very wide, ends of jaws extending beyond pectoral base*.
Length of jaws and cleft of mouth more than a third of the-
distance between tip of snout and the origin of anal fìn.
Jaws 3 4 /5 —4 in standard length. Teeth in intermaxilla
small, in 4 widely-set groups, fìrst group with one, second
group with 3, third with 9 and fourth with 8 teeth; about
20 minute teeth on maxilla. A pair of curved outstanding
fangs at the fore end of mandible or symphysis of the
lateral mandibular teeth, 2 exceeding the others in size, the
anterior one being not very far from the mandibular
symphysis, the posterior one being a good way back.
Ńo mandibular barbel. Gill cleft so wide and neck so
narrow that the head can be turned completely upside
down over the back. A single rayed dorsal close to caudal;
equal, similar and opposite to anal. No adipose dorsal.
Pectorals rudimentary, with 3—5 rays. Pelvics well
developed; origin nearer to anal origin than to pectoral
origin and nearer to caudal origin than to postorbital
margin or equidistant between the two. Anal origin
nearer to caudal origin than to pelvic origin. Caudal
small, longer than eye, bilobed or forked, lower lobe
slightly longer than the upper. No lateral line. No
scales. Skin smooth, soft, black, covered with tiny white
dots. Luminous organs; a large petal-shaped suborbital
more than twice as long as deep; a smaller oval postocular
on the cheek near the middle of upper jaw; 2 main lateral
series to much reduced to be clearly discernible. Yelvety
black.

It attains 145 mm. in length and has been found at a
depth of 630—2500 m.; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal; 7 C 1' 2" N.,.
85°56' 5" E., 2500 m., off Cinque Is., Andaman Sea,
1188 m.~Barbados, 13° 10'N., 59° 30'W., 630m., East
Coast of North America, 989—1950m.; West Coast of
South Africa, 31° 4" S., 8°E., 2000m.; Chagos Is., 6°
19' 3" S., 73° 18' 9" E., 1900—2500 m.; Gulf of Aden,
13°N., 46 C E., AT, 1061—1080 m.; Arabian Sea; 1° 39'
6" S., 61°13' 48" E., 2 C T 30" S., 61 c 21' 12" E., N.
200, 2500 (—0)m., North of Cocos Is. 10 c 8' 2" S., 97°14'
9" E., 1000—2500 m., in the mean annual isotherms of
20°C., 12 3 C. and 6'C. with the latitudinal and longitu-
dinal range of 13°N.—10°S., 46°—97°E. in the Indian
Ocean and 42 3 N.—33 3 S., 15°E.—70°W. in the Atlantic
Ocean.

IDIACANTHIDAE

271

XXXVII. Family Idiacanthidae

Body elongate, slender, compressed, naked^
Head small, naked, compressed. Eyes on long stalk in
larval forms, normal in adult. Snout short. Mouth
very wide. A mental barbel. Intermaxillary and man-
dibular teeth large, bicuspid, depressible arranged in groups,
vomerine, palatine and lingual teeth a few in number.
Gill membrane free from isthmus; gill rakers and pseudo-
branchiae absent. Dorsal very long, low. Adipose fin
absent. A spine on either side of dorsal and anal bases.
Pectorals absent. Pelvics present. Anal moderate low.
Caudal small, forked, non-confluent with dorsal and anal
fins. Photophores in 2 continuous series. Lateral line
absent. Branchiostegals 15—16.

The family Idiacanthidae is represented by single
genus in the Indian region.

102. Genus Idiacanthus Peters

1876. ídiacanthus Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin , 846 (type,
I ,/asciola Ptr., orthotypic).

1902. Stylophthalnms Brauer, Zooi. Anz., 25, p. 298 (type, S.parado -
xus Br., orthotypic).

Body elongate, slender, compressed, scaleless. Head
naked, compressed, small. Snout short. Eyes moderate.
Mouth very wide. A long mental barbel with a swollen
end. Intermaxillary and mandibular teeth large, bicuspid,.
quadrangular, depressible, arranged in groups; vomerine,
palatine and lingual teeth few. Four gills. Pseudobran-
chiae and gill rakers absent. Gill membranes free from
isthmus. A long, low dorsal; origin above or before
pelvics. No pectorals. Vent on papilla after middle of
body. Anal moderate, low immediately behind vent.
A short curved spine-like process on either side of dorsal
and anal bases. No adipose fin. Dorsal and anal rays
simple. Caudal small, non-confluent with vertical fins.
Branchiostegals 15—16. Photophores : arevolving post-
orbital; lateral and ventral series of luminous organs.

Distńbution .—Atlantic Ocean : 35° 29'N., 50°

53' W., 3028m., 6°40'—40°7'N., 7°26'—84°58' W.,
0—5000 m., oíf Bermuda 32° 12'N., 64 G 36'W.,.

272

TELEOSTOMI

260—lOOOm., 78°—87° 30'W., 24°—28°N.; West Coast of
S. Africa, 2000m., Indian Ocean: South of Cape Town,
between Seychelles and Chagos Archipelago, West of
Chagos Is.; West Coast of Sumatra/Halmahera Sea,
N. W. Australia, New Guinea; Pacific Ocean : Gulf of
Panama, 9°N., 79°35'W., 2196—3350m; Antarctic Ocean,
56°31'S., 14° 29' 2" E.

235. Idiacanthus fasciola Peters
(Pl. XI, figs. 5, 6)

1876. Idiacanthus fasciola Peters, Monatsb • Akad, Wiss. Berlin;

p. 847 (type locality : between Sumba and N.W. Australia,
N. New Guinea, 317° E.; 3° 4' N., 330° E; type is in the
Berlin Museum).

3878. Bathygophis ferox Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 2, p. 383.

1887. Idiacanthus ferox Giìnther, “Challenger” Deep Sea Fish., p.
216, pl. 52, fig. D.

3902. Stylopthalmus paradoxus Brauer, Zool. Anz ., 25, p. 298 (type
locality : South of Cape Town, 36° 23' 4 0 S., 37° 38' 1" E.,
4370 m., Indian Ocean ; Antarctic Ocean).

1906. Idiacanthusfasciola Brauer, ‘ Valdivia* Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 60 (Sumatra, 0° 30' 5" N., 98° 14' 2" E., 594 mm. between
Chagos Archipelago and Seychelles, 2° 38' 1" S., 65° 59' 2*E.,
2500m., W. Chagosls.,4 0 5'8*S.,70° 1' 9"., 2000m., North
Australia, N. New Guinea).

1906. Stylophthalmus paradoxus .Brauer, 'Valdiyia ’ Tiefsee Fische,
15, pp. 67, 372, pl. 5,fig3-7 (between Maldive Is. and Ceylon,
4° 56' N., 78° 15' 8" E., 2000 m., 2° 29' 9" N., 76° 47' E.,
2500 m., Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2" N., 85° 56' 5" E., 2500 m.,
off Bouvet I., 56° 31' S., 14° 29' 2" E.).

1906. Idiacanthus ferox Brauer, Valdivia , Tiefsee Fische ., 35, p. 372
(North Atlantic Ocean, 35° 29' N., 50° 53' W., 5028 m.).

1933. Idiacanthus fasciola Weber & de Bsaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p.108. fig. 37 (Halmahera Sea, 1600m., between
Australia and Sumba, Om., North of Geelvink Bay, Om.
New Guinea, Om., West of Sumatra, 594m).

1916. Idiacanthus aurora Waite, Austral. Antarctic Exped. Fish., p.
53, pl. 5, fig. 3.

1930. Idiacanthus fasciola Regan & Trewavas, * Dana’ Exped. 1920-
22, No. 6, p. 329, fig. 125, 6° 40'—40° 7' N., 7° 26'—84°
58' W., 0—5000 metres of wire out Atlantic Ocean).

IDIACANTHIDAE

273

1934. Stylophthalmus paradoxus Beebe, Zoologica , 16, (4), p. 15s
(early postlarva of Idiacanthus fasciola) ; pp. 156, 15y
(129 spccimms. April to October 1929—1931 ; 100—100
fms. from a cylinder of water 8 miles in diameter, (5—1
miles S. of Nonsuch 1., Bermuda, the centre of which i s
at 32° 12' N., 64° 36' W., standard length of specimens
16—270 mm.).

1949. Stylophthalmus paradoxus Misra, Rec, Indian Mus., 45,
p. 420 .

1953. Stylophthalmus paradoxus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50,
p. 406, fig. 21 a, h.

1955. idiacanthusfasciola Grey, FieldianaZool t 37, p. 283 (offBermuda,

4 specimens, 140 (135) to 190 (184) mm., 1 specimen taken
in day haul, ca, 1000 m., and 3 specimens taken at night in
260—550m.).

1958. Idiacanthus faciola Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus. Biol. Sci. y
2, 8 p.(76°—87° 30' W., 24°—28° N. Worldwide in tropi-
cal waters ; in Western Atlantic from New Jersey to the
southern Gulf of Mexico : bathypelagic).

1960. Idiacanthus faciola Briggs, Copeia , 3 , p. 174 (a circum-

troDical distribution for I. fasciola Peters is indicated by
Smith (1949 : 437) but Dr. Carl L. Hubbs (personal com-
m Jiication) writes that it has not been taken in the Eastern
Pacific).

B. 15—16; D. 63—74, V. 6; A. 40—47.

Body elongate, slender, compressed, scaleless. Depth
19—27 in standard length. Head scaleless, compressed 15—
18 in standard length. Eyes 5-0—7-0 in head. Snout
short, 0 -9—1 -0 in eye. Interorbital with 2 diverging crests.
Mental ba r bel fleshy with a prominent swelling, 2 -0—2*5
timeshead. 13-15 unequal teeth on intermaxillaryarranged
in 3 groups followed by 3 or 4 smaller ones; 2 large teeth
on vomer, palatine and lingual teeth smaller. Giil mem-
branes free from isthmus; gill rakers and pseudobranchiae
absent. Dorsal very long, low; origin 3 head lengths from
tip of snout, one head length before pelvic origin and nearly
equidistant between snout end and anal origin, predorsal
length 2 -5—3 -0 in total length and equal to the distance
between anal and caudal origin. Pecto r als absent. Pelvics
1 -4 in head; origin belowlst to 8th dorsal ray, a head length
behind dorsal origin, about 3 head lengths before anal origin,
much nearer to tip ofsnout than caudal end. Anal moderate,.
long base about half of dorsal base, origin immediately be-

274

TELEOSTOMI

hind vent about 3 head lengths behind pelvic origin; distance
between anal and pelvic origins nearly 0 *5—1 -5 in predorsal
length. Caudal small, non-confluent with dorsal and anal
fins, 1 -7 in head, lower lobe the longer. Photophores: a small
revolving post orbital, ventral series :33—36 between ‘sthmus
and pelvics ; 30—36 between pelvics and anal origins;14—
18 between anal and caudal origins; lateral series 21—25
between gill opening and pelvic origin; 30—36 between pel-
vic and anal origins*. Yelvety black; fins translucent; barbel
black with a subterminal photophore. Specimen measuring
up to 270 mm. in length has been obtained; abyssal.

Distribution —Bay of Bengal, 7°1' 2"Ń., 85° 56'5"E.,
2500 m., Sri Lanka, 4° 56'N., 78° 15' 8"E., 2000 m., 2° 29' 9"
N., 76° 47'E., 2500 m.—South of Cape Town, 36° 23' 4"S.,
17° 38' 1"E., 4170 m., between Seychefles and Chagos Archi-
pelago, 2° 28' 7" S., 65° 59' 2" E., 2500m., W. Chagoes Is.,
4° 5' 8" S., 70° 1' 9"E., 2000 m., Sumatra, 0° 30' 5" N., 98°
14' 2" E., 594m., Halmahera Sea, 1600 m., between Australia
and Somba, 117° E., N. of New Guin e a, 1° 4' N., 130°E.,
Atlantic Ocean; 35° 29' N., 50 c 53' W., 5028 m., 6°40'—40°
7' N., 7° 26'—84° 58' W., 5000 m., off Bermuda, 32° 12'N.,
64° 36'W., 260—1000 m., 78 3 —87° 30'W., 24°—28° N.,
Off Bouvet 1., 56° 31'S.,14° 29' 2" E., in the mean annual
isotherms of 20° C.,12 C C. and beyond 6° C in the Antarctic
zone with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 7° 1'
2" N.,—36° 23' 4" S., 17° 38' 1"—130 E., in the Indian
Ocean, 6° 40'—40° 7'N., 7°26'—87 3 30' W., in the Atlantic
Ocean, 56° 31' S., 14° 29' 2" E., in the Antarctic Ocean.

ix. Suborder NOTOPTEROIDEI

No gular plate. No photophores. Air bladder. No
barbels. No adipose fin. Parietals separating supraocci-
pital from frontals. Orbitosphenoid, opisthotic and basis-
phenoid. Bones of head cavernous. No supramaxil-
lary. Symplectic and entopterygoid. Lateral cranial
foramen present or absent. Subopercular present or
absent. Hyomandibular with single or double head.
Single or two hypohyals. Palatine fused or not fused with
ectopterygoid. Dorsal reduced or absent. Pelvics re-
duced or absent. Pecto r als. Head and body scaly. Anal
long, confluent with caudal.

NOTOPTERIDAE

275

The suborder NOTOPTEROIDEJ is represented by a
single family in the Indian region.

XXXVIII. Family Notopteridae

Body scaly, strongly compressed. Caudal region
very long, tapering; abdomen non-keeled, non-serrated.
Head scaly, compressed, cavernous. Upper jaw formed
by maxillaries and premaxillaries. Mouth large or mode-
rate. Cleft of mouth lateral. No barbel. No suboper-
cular. No pseudobranchiae. Palatine fused with ecto-
pterygoid. Hyomandibular with one head. One hypo-
hyal. A large cranial foramen. Dorsal present or absent.
Pelvics present or absent. Pectorals depressed. No
adipose fin. Anal long, confluent with caudal. Small
teeth on premaxillaries, maxillaries, vomer, palatines, ptery-
goids and tongue. No pharyngeal teeth. Gill membranes
partly united. Branchiostegals 6—9. Pyloric caeca 2.
Lateral line.

The family Notopteridae is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

103. Genus Notopterus Lacépède

1800. Notopterus Lacépède, Hìst. nat. Poiss., 20, p. 189 (type,
Gynmotus notopterus Pallas, virtually tautotypic).

1934. Chitala Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad., 85, p. 244 (type,
Mystus chitala Ham., orthotypic).

Body oblong, compressed, deep, caudal region long
and tapering with minute scales, without photophores. A
double series of 28—64 spines along the abdomen. Eyes
moderate. Head scaled. Cleft of mouth moderate, lateral.
Small teeth on premaxillary, maxillary, vomer, palatine,
pterygoid and tongue. Pharyngeal teeth absent. GiJl
membranes united with each other at their bases and free
from isthmus. Branchiostegals 7—9. Gill rakers a few
and stout. Dorsal fin when present with 8—10 rays,
situated in the caudal region; origin far behind anal origin.
Pelvics thoracic, rudimentary, united at their base, close
before anal; origin in advance of dorsal origin.
Anal fin with 100—-135 rays, very long, confluent
with caudal fìn. Adipose fin absent. Caudal not
forked.

27 6

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Malay, Peninsula,.
Indonesia, Thailand, China, and Indo-china.

Key to species of genus Notopterus Lacépède

1. Opercular scales much larger than

those on body ; maxilla not ex-
tending beyond hind edge of
orbit N. notopterus

2. Opercular scales not larger than
those on body ; maxilla extending
for beyond hind edge of

orbit N. chitala

236. Notopterus chitala (Hamilton)

(Pl. VII, fig. 4; Text-fig. 76)

1822. Mystus chitala Hamilton, Fish Ganges, pp. 236, 382 (type
Jocality : larger freshwater rivers of Bengal and Bihar).

1831. Notopterus ornatus Gray, Zooì. Misc., p. 16 (type locality:
Indian Seas.)

1834. Notopterus macuìatus Valenciennes, Voy. Ind. Orient. Belanger,
Zool.y p. 396, pl. 5, fig. 2 (type locality : India).

1845. Notopterus lopis Bleeker, Nat. Gen. Arch. Ned. Ind. t 2, p. 510
(type locality : Batavia).

1848. Notopterus buchananì Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Foiss., 21,
p. 148 (type locality : Calcutta).

1852. Notopterus hypselonotus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen ., 24, p. 2?
(type locality : Mussi River, Palembang, Sumatra).

1868. Notopterus chitala Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7 , p. 479
(East India).

1878. Notopterus chitala Day, Fish. India , p. 654, pl. 159, fig. 5 (fresh
waters of Sind, Lower Bengal, Orissa, Assam, Burma and
Siam to the Malay ArchipeJago).

1889. Notopterus chitaìa Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 407.

1913. Notopterus chitala Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipef, 2, p. 10, fìg. 6 (Java ; Batavia; Samarang; Sumatrar
Borneo).

1919. Notovterus chitaìa Southwell & Prashad, Rec. Indian Mus. r
16 , p. 217 (Buxar).

1926. Notopterus chitala Chabanaud, Ser. Oceangr. Peches Indo~
china , 1 note, p. 7 (Cambodia; Cochin-china).

1936. Notopterus chitaìa Hardenberg. Treubia , 15, livr. 3, p. 226
(Pontianak ; middle course of Kapuas R., Borneo).

1936. Notopterus chitala Suvatti. Index Fish. Siam , p. 18 (Siam).

NOTOPTERIDAE

277

1937. Notopterus chitala Shaw & Shebbeare, J. roy. As. Soc. Bengal

Sci. t 3, p. 15 (Northern Bengal).

1938. Notopterus chitala Fowler, List. Fish. Malaya , pl 23 (Kuala

Lipis).

1941. Notopterus chitala Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. y (100) 13,
p. 544.

1945. Notopterus chitala Smith, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. y 188, p. 57, fig
1 (Siam).

1949. Notopterus chitala Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 45, p. 421.

1953. Notopterus chitala Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 4 O 7
fig. 22 b.

Vernacular names .— India : Seetul, Assam ; Chitala , Bengali ;
Mohi, Bihar ; Chitul t Oriya ; Standardised name : Chitala. Pakistan
Gundun , Sind. Bangladesh : Chitala.

Text-fig. 76. —Lateral view of Notopterus chitala (Ham.)

B. 8—9; D. 9—10; A. 110—125 (135); C. 12-14;
L. tr. 75; L. 1. 180.

Body oblong, much compressed, scaly, abdomen non-
lceeled, serrated. Dorsal profile more convex than ventral
profile. Head compressed, scaly, 4*6 in total length
(4 -2 in standard length). Depth 3 -5—4 in total (3-6 in
standard length). Eyes 4 -5—5 -0 in head, 0 -5 in snout.
Preorbital éhtire. Cleft of mouth lateral, deep, extending
beyond hind margin of eye. Teeth in premaxillaríes,
maxillaries, vomer, palatines, pterygoids and tongue.
A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to caudal end than
to snout end. Pelvics very.small, nearer to anal origin
than to pectoral origin. Pectorals moderate, more or
less equal to dorsal, 1-1 in head, reaching to anal origin.
Anal very long, confluent with caudal, 1 -3 in total length.
Lateral line more or less arched. Scales small on opercles,
not larger than those on head. Preopercle with 10—22
transverse scales. Preventral scutes 37—45.

20—1341 ZSI/71

278

TELEOSTGMI

Coppery>brown above with about 15 transverse, sil-
very bars over the back; sides silvery; fìns stained with
greyish spots.

It attains at 1219 mm. in length, freshwater.

Distribution .—India, Pakistan, Burma,—Malaya, In-
donesia, Thailand, Cochin-China; withthe latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 25° N.—7° S., 70°—115° E.—(19°—
25°N., 70°—92°E., in the “Indian region ,, + 12°N.—7° S.^
100°—115° E. beyond Indian region).

237. Notopterus notopterus (Pallas)

(Pl. VII, fig. 3; Text-fig. 77)

1769. Gymnotus notopterus Pallas, Spiciì. Zooì ., 7, pl. 6. fig. 2 (type-
locality : Indian Ocean).

1801. Clupea synura Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch , p. 426 (type
locality : Malabar, China).

1822. Mystus kapirat Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, pp. 235, 382 (ponds
and rivers of fresh water in Bengal).

1834. Notopterus kapirat Valenciennes, Voy. lnd. Orient. Belanger,
Zool ., p. 39, pl. 5. fig. 1 (tanks of Bengal).

1838. Mystus badgee Sykes, Trans. zool. Soc. Lottd., 2, p. 376, pl.
67, fig. 2. (type locality : Mota Mola river at Poona).

1848. Notopterus pallasii Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 21, p. 130
(type locality: India).

1848. Notopterus bontianus Valenciennes, Hìst. nat. Poìss., 21, p.
147 (Irrawaddi, Java).

1868. Notopterus kapirat Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 7, p. 480
(Loodianah, Assam, Bengal, Madras, Dekkan).

1878. Notopterus kapirat Day, Fish. India , p. 653. pl. 159 fig. 4 (fresh
and brackish waters of India to the Malay Archipelago).

1889. T Notopterus kapirat Day, Fauna. Brit. India , Fish., 1, p..

406.

1890. Notopterus kapirat Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. nat.

Genova, (2) 9, p. 355 (Rangoon, Mandalay).

1907. Notopterus kapirat Lloyd, Rec. Indian Mus., 1, p. 222 (Akyab).

1910. Notopterus kapirat Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus., 1, p. 134 (Chilka
Lake).

1913. Notopterus notopterus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel. , 2, p. 9 (Java, Sumatra).

1916. Notopterus notopterus Raj, Rec. Indian Mus., 12, p. 253 (Mad-t
ras.).

1918. Notopterus notopterus Annandale, Rec. Indian Mus., 14, p.
53 (Inle Lake, Burma).

NOTOPTERIDAE

279*

1926, Notopierns notopterus Chabanaud, Ser. Oceanogr. Peches
Irtdo-Chirhi , l c note, p. 7 (Cambodia ; Cochin-china).

1929 Notopterus notopterus Prashad & Mukerji, Rec. Indian Mus.>
31, p. 209 (indawgyi Lake, Burma).

1931. Notopterus kapirat Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrìs Univ ., 1,
p. 18 (Seas of India & China ; Yunnan).

1936. Notopterus notopterus Hora & Mukerji, Rec. Indian Mus .,.
38, p. 18 (Rangoon).

1936. Notopterus notopterus Suvatti, Index Fish. Siatn , p. 18 (Siam).

1936. Notopterus osmani Rahimullah & Dàs, Bull. Soc. Port. nat .,

12, (18), p. 136. pl. 23 (type locality ; rivers of Hyderabad,
Deccan). !

1937. Notopterus notopterus Shaw & Shebbeare, J. roy, As. Soc.

Bengal , Sci., 3, p. 16 (clear streams of the Terai and Duars).

1938. Notopterus notopterus Hora & Misra, J. Bombay nat. Hist.

Soc ., 40, p. 21 (Deolali).

1938. Notopterus notopterus Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p. 23 (Kuala
Semantan).

1941. Notopterus notopterus Fowler, Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (100) 13,.

p. 546.

1942, Notopterus notopterus Hora & Misra, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc .,

43, p. 219 (Poona).

1945. Notopterus notopterus Smith, Buif, U.S. nat. Mus., 188, p. 59
(Java, Sumatra, lndia, Burma, Malaya and Thailand).

1949. Notopterus notopterus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 421._

1953. Notopterus notopterus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 50, p. 407..

Vernacular names. —India : Kan-doo-lee, Assam; Phulo, Bengaí :
Pholiy Bihar, Chalat y Chamboree, Marathi ; Wallak-cattah, Mysore ;
Puìli, Oriya ; Moh. But y Purri, Punjab ; Ambatan wahlah, Chota
wahlah , Tamil ; Moh. y Ú.P., Standardised name : Pholi. Pakistan :
Moh y But y Purri. Burma : Nga-phe.

280

TELEOSTOMI

B. 8; D. 7—8; V. 5—6; A. 100—110; C. 19; Ltr225;
Vert. 15/54.

Body oblong, much compressed, scaly, abdomen non-
keeled, serrated, dorsal; proíìle more convex than ventral;
depth 3-5—4-0 in total length (3*2 in standard length).
Head compressed, scaly, 4 -8—5 -5 in total length (4 *5
in standard length). Eyes 3 *5—5 -0 in head, 0 -7 in snout.
Preorbital serrated. Cleft of mouth lateral, moderate,
maxilla extending to midorbit. Teeth on premaxillaries,
vomer, palatines, pterygoíds and tongue. A single rayed
dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal end.
Pelvics very small, nearer to anal origin than pectoral origin.
Pectorals moderate, larger than dorsal, 1 -3 in head, reaching
beyond anal origin. Anal very long, confluent with caudal,
1*4 in total length. Lateral line almost straight. Scales
minute, on opercle much larger than on body; 8—10
transverse rows of scales on preopercle. 28 preventral
scutes.

Greyish silvery, back darker.

It attains 2 feet (609 mm.) in length; freshwater, eury-

haline.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Malaya, Thai-
land, Indo-China, Indonesia, with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 30°N.—7° S., 73°—115° E. in the
Indo-Paciflc=(5°—30°N., 73°—96° E. in the Indian

region+12°N.—7 C S., 100°—115 C E. beyond Indian region).

VIIL Order BATHYCLUPEIFORMES

Physostomus. Abdomen neither keeled nor serrated.
Large mucous cavities on skull. Soft tissues fragile,
bones thin. Maxillaries and premaxillaries bordering
•mouth. Thin supermaxillary. Orbitosphenoid present or
absent. No gular plate. Scales cycioid, deciduous, except
on lateral lines. Pelvics subjugular. A single spineless
dorsal. Anal long with a spine. No adipose dorsal.
No photophores. Bathypelagic.

Order BATHYCLUPEIFORMES co ntains a single
family and genus.

XXXIX. Family Bathyclupeidae

Head and body compressed, head naked, body and
>nape scaly. Cleft of mouth wide, nearly vertical; maxilla

BATHY CLUPEIDAE

281

exrending below orbit; lower jaw prominent. No photo-
phores. Minute villiform teeth in jaws, palatines and
vomer. Branchiostegais 7. Gill cleft very wide, gill
membranes free. Opercular # bones well developed. A
single spineless dorsal in posterior half of body. Pelvics
small, subjugular. Pectorals well developed. Anal mode-
rately long. Caudal forked. Lateral line. Scales large,
deciduous.

104. Genus Bathyclupea Alcock

1891. Bathyelupea Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 8, p. 130 (type,.
B. hoskynii Alc., orthotypic).

Body oblong, compressed, scales cycloid, large, deci-
duous; without photophores. Head with mucous cavities
well developed. Abdomen smooth, rounded. Eyes larges
about third in head length. Cleft of mouth very oblique;
lower jaw prominent. Minute villiform teeth in jaws,
palatine and vomer. Branchiostegals 7. Dorsal fin with
10 rays, often with a spine, placed in the posterior half of
body;originbehindanalorigin. Pelvics small, subjugular.
Pectorals large, extending beyond anal origin. Anal fin
with 33 rays, and a spine. Adipose fin absent. Caudal
forked. Air bladder with a pneumatic duct. Pyloric
caeca in moderate number.

Distribution .—Andaman Sea, 343—766 m., off Madras
coast, 272-—457 m.

238. Bathyclupea hoskynìi Alcock
(Pl. IX, fig. 2; Text-fig. 78)

1891. Bathyclupea hoskynii Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 8,
p. 131, fig. 4 (type locality : Andaman Sea, 11° 31' 40* N.,
92° 46' 6* E., 188—220 fms., 13-3 C., type in the Zoologicaí
Survey of India).

1899. Bathycìupea ìtoskynii Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish. y p. 140

(Andaman Sea, 189 fms., 188—220 fms., 14° 13' N., 93° 40'
E., 370—419 fms., off Madras, 13°51' 12* N., 80° 28' 12" E.,
149—250 fms.).

1900. Bathyclupea hoskynii Alcock, III. Zool. Investig. Fish ., pl.

28. fig. 2.

1941. Bathyclupea hoskynii Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p, 334
(Andamans).

1949. Bathyclupea hoskynii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 422.

1953. Bathyclupea hoskynii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p.
407. fig. 22 c.

282

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 78. —Lateral view of Bathyclupea hoskynii Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

B. 7; D. 10; P. 29; V. 6; A. 33; L. 1. ca 38; Vert. 9+22.

Body oblong, compressed, scaly; abdomen neither
Leeled nor serrated; dorsal profile horizontal, ventral
concave; depth 3 -5 in total length (3 * 1 in standard length).
Head compressed, naked, 3 -3 in total length (3 -0 in
standard length). Eyes lateral, circular, 2 9 in
head, 0*8 in rectangular snout. Interorbital flat.
half eye diameter. Nostrils small, superior. Cleft of
mouth wide, nearly vertical; maxilla extending to below
one third of eye. Teeth villiform, in narrow bands in pre-
maxillaries, mandibles and palatines; inconspicuous V-
shaped patch on vomer. Tongue large, bilobed. Gill
cleft very wide; 4 gills; gill membranes entirely free. Oper-
cular bones well developed. Preopercle partly serràted
in the horizontal part. Pseudobranchiae large. A single
rayed dorsal fin, nearly equal to snout; origin nearly in the
middle of total length and about a snout length behind anal
origin. Pectorals long, 1 1 in head extending be-
yond anal origin. Pelvics small, subjugular, close together,
2*1 in eye diameter. Anal long; origin nearer to pec-
toral base than to caudal origin; base 2 -6 in total length.
Caudal forked, 1 -9 in head. Lateral line distinct, almost
straight. Scales large, cycloid, deciduous, except on
lateral line; each lateral line scale with a deep pocket on
its inner side opening externaUy by numerous fine pores.
Pyloric appendages large. Middle gill rakers on outer-
side of first gill arch much elongated.

Silvery grey becoming black along back.

Distribution. —India; Andaman Sea, 14° 13' N., 93°
40' E., 676—766 m., 11° 31' 40" N„ 92° 46' 6" E.,

GALAXIIDAE

283

348—402 m., 13 -3 C.; ofif Madras Coast, 13° 51' 12" N.,
80° 28' 12" E., 272—457 m., in the mean annual isotherm
of 20 C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
11°—14 J N., 80°—93 E. in the Bay of Bengal.

ÍX. Order GALAXIIFORMÈS

Physostomous. Abdomen smooth, non-keeled. Maxil-
laries and premaxillaries bordering mouth. No meso-
coracoid. No orbitosphenoid. No gular plate. Post-
temporal simple. Last vertebrae not upturned, normal.
Entopterygoid toothed. Maxillary toothless, to some ex-
tend bordering mouth. Parietals apposed together sepa-
rating the frontals from supraoccipital. Bones without
bone cells. Ribs inserted on strong antogenous para-
pophyses. Basis cranii simple. Epipleurals and epi-
neurals. Postclavicle. A single rayed dorsal fin in the
porterior part of body. No adipose fin. Pectorals low.
Pelvics present or absent. Caudal forked or emarginate.
Scaleless.

This order consists of a single family Galaxudae and a
genus in the Indian region.

XL. Family Galaxiidae

Body elongate, low, scaleless. Head naked. No
photophores. Abdomen rounded, smooth. Cleft of
mouth small; maxilla extending to midorbit. Small conical
teeth in both jaws, vomer and palatines; large teeth on
tongue. A single dorsal in the posterior part of body.
Pelvics present or absent. Pectorals low. Anal more
or less opposite dorsal. Caudal forked or emaginate.
Lateral line, scaleless.

105. Genus Galaxias Cuvier

1817. Galaxias Cuvier, Régne Animal ., 2, ed. 1, p. 183 (type, Esox
truttaceus Cuvier).

Body elongate, low, scaleless ; without photophòres.
Abdomen smooth, rounded. Eyes moderate. Cleft of
mouth moderate; upper jaw prominent. Small, conical
teeth in both jaws, vomer and palatine; large teeth on
tongue. Dorsal fìn with 13 rays placed in the posterior

284

TELEOSTOMI

third of body; origin opposite to anal origin. Pelvic
with 7-8 rays ; origin far in advance of dorsal orgin and
nearer to pectoral base than to caudal base. Anal fin
with 18 rays. Adipose fin absent. Caudal forked.

Distrìbution, —India, Bangladesh,

239. Galaxias indicus Day*

(Text-fìg. 79)

1888. Gaìaxias indìcus Day, Fish. ìndia ., p. 806, fig. (type locality :

ìittoral districts of Bengal and Madras).

1889. Galaxias indicus Day, Fauna Brit. ìndia , Fish., 1, p. 405,

fig. 128.

1949. Galaxias indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 422.

1953. Galaxias indicus Misra, Rec. IndianMus ., 50, p. 408, fig. 25 a.

1956. Galaxias indicus Whitley, Austral,. Mus. Mag ., 12 (1), p.
34.

Text-fig. 79.—Lateral view of Galaxìas indicus Day (After F.

Day)

B. 9; D. 13; P. 10; V. 8; A. 18; C. 15.

Bodv elongate, flattened, naked; abdomen rounded,.
smooth, non-keeled; dorsal or ventral profiles almost
horizontal. Depth 11 *0 in total length (10*5 in standard
length). Head naked, 9 *5 in total Iength (8 -5 in standard
length). Eyes 3 -5 in head, 1 -2 times snout. Cleft of
mouth small; maxilla extending to mid orbit. Teeth small,
conical ìn both jaws, vomer and palatines; large on tongue.
A single rayed dorsal fìn opposite anal in about the com-
mencement of the last third of the total length. Pectorals
iow, long, nearly equal to head. Pelvics well developed or
rarely absent; origin midway between the third border
of eye to the posterior extremity on the anal base. Anal
long, slightly longer than dorsal base. No adipose fin.
Caudal forked, origin opposite to dorsal origin, 1' *2 times.

* a nomen dubium vide MC Dowell (1973, J. Royal Soc . New-
Zeaìand , 3 (2), p. 191)

GAIAXIIDAE

285

head. Lateral line. Scaleless. A row of black spots
along abdominal edge.

It attains 50 -8 mm. in length, euryhaline, freshwater.

Distribution. —India: Littoral districts of Bengal and
Madras. Bangladesh. Littoral districts with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 13°—23° N.,
80°—91 E. in the Indian region.

X. Order SCOPELIFORMES

Physostomous. Abdomen neither keeled nor serrated.
Premaxillaries only bordering mouth superiorly. Orbito-
sphenoid present or absent. No gular plate. Pelvics
abdominal or thoracic. Pelvic bones not united with pec-
toral arch. Mesocoracoid absent. Supraoccipital in con-
tact with frontals. Anterior vertebrae co-ossified. No
Weberian ossicles. Pectoral arch attached to skull by
forked post-temporal. Bones without bone cells. Pelvic
bone and pectoral radials ossified. Adipose fin present
or absent. Photophores present or absent. Oviducts.

Upper Cretaceous to recent.

The order SCOPELIFORMES is represented by 5
families in the Indian region.

Key to families of order SCOPELIFORMES

1. Photophores present

2. Photophores absent

3. Body totally naked (inclusive of

lateral line)

4. Body not totally naked

5. Eye telescopic

6. Eye normal

7. Cleft of mouth very oblique
and wide, extending up to opier-
culum; teeth prominent ; eye
moderate

8. Cleft of mouth neither oblique
nor very wide (except in genus
Bathypterois where the cleft of
mouth is horizontal) ; teeth
not prominent ; eye large (ex-
cept ingenus Bathypterois where
eye is poorly developed)

Myctophidae (ex-
cept Scopelengys)

3

Evermannellidae

5

SCOPELARCHIDAE

7

Synodidae

SUDIDAE

286

TELEOSTOMI

XLI. Famiiy Synodidae

Body elongate, somewhat compressed or rounded,
scaly. Head scaly. No photophores. Abdomen rounded.
Cleft of mouth oblique, wide, extending to oper-
culum. Teeth prominent. Snout pointed or blunt. A
single rayed dorsal. Adipose dorsal present. Pectorals
moderate or very long. Pelvics well developed with
inner rays much longer than or equal to outer ones. Vent
nearer to caudal or nearer to pelvic base. Anal below
adipose dorsal. Caudal forked, bilobed or trilobed.
Lateral line.

Miocene to recent.

The family Synodidae is represented by 4 genera in the
Indian region.

Key to genera of family Synodidae

1. Caudal fin trilobed ; pelvic

origin almost opposite to dor-

sal origin Harpodon

2. Caudal fin bilobed ; pelvic origin
clearly in front of dorsal ori-

3

3. Inner rays of pelvics much

longer than outer ones; a

single band of teeth on each

side of palate 5

4. Inner rays of pelvics not much
longer than outer ones; a
double band of teeth on each

side of palate Saurida

5. Snout pointed, longer than eye
diameter ; vent nearer to base
of caudal than to base of pel-

vics .. Synodus

6. Snout blunt, shorter than eye

diameter ; vent a little nearer
to base of pelvics than to base
of caudal Trachinocephalu!

106. Genus Harpodon Le Sueur

1825. Harpadon Le Sueur, /. Acad. nat. Philad 5, p. 48 (type,
Salmo (Harpadon ) microps Le Sueur = Òsmerus nehereus
Ham.. orthotypic : spelt Harpodon by later authors).

SYNODDDAE

287

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, scales deciduous;
without photophores. Head thick, short with rounded
short snout. Eyes small, with adipose lid. Cleft of mouth
very wide. Unequal, partly curved teeth in a band on jaws;
teeth in one or two rows on vomer, palatine, pterygoid
and tongue. Gill openings very wide. Pseudobranchiae
present. Branchiostegal membranes free extending be-
yond operculum. Branchiostegals 17-26. Dorsal fin with
12—14 rays, placed nearly in middle of body length; origin
far in advance of anal origin. Pectorals long, inserted
above middle of height. Pelvics very long reaching beyond
anal origin , origin almost opposite to dorsal origin. Anal
fìn with 13—15 rays, originating much nearer to caudal
base than to pelvic base. Adipose dorsal present. Caudal
fin trilobed.

Distribution. —Zanzibar. India(439—504 m.), Pakistan,
Burma, Malaya, Indonesia, China, Korea.

Key to species of genus Harpodon Le Sueur

1. Pectorals long, reaching to below
middle of dorsal fin ; pelvics long,

reaching anal fin H. nehereus

2. Pectorals short, not reaching to
below dorsal origin ; pelvics short

not reaching anal fin H. squamous

240. Harpodon nehereus (Hamilton)

(PI. VIII, fig. 2; Text-fig. 80)

1822. lOsmerus nehereus Hamilton, Fish. Ganges , pp. 209, 380 (type
locality : mouths of the Ganges).

1825. Saìmo ( Harpodon ) microps Le Sueur, J. Philad. Acad., 5, p. 48.

1849. Saurus ophiodon Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 22, p. 490
(Coromandel, Malabar).

1865. Harpodon nehereus Day, Fish. Malabar , p. 201 (Malabar).

1877. Harpodon nehereus Day, Fish. India , p. 505, pl. 118, fig. 1 (from
Zanzibar to China, Seas and estuaries of India, most com-
mon at Bombay but decreasing in number down the Malabar
coast. It is not very common at Madras and estuaries of
Bengal and Burma).

1889. Harpodon nehereus Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 412.
1907. Harpodon nehereus Lloyd, Rec. Itidian Mus., 1, p. 223 (Akyab).

1910. Harpodon nehereus De, Rep. Fish . Eastern Bangal & Assam,
p. 26 (Chittagong, Noakhali).

288

TELEOSTOMI

1911. Harpodoti nehereus Gupta, Coll. Papers Fish. Surv. BengaU

pp. 2, 6 (Sandheads).

1912. Harpodon nehereus Jenkins, Rec. Indian Mus ., 7, p. 58 (Arakan

coast).

1913. Harpodon nehereus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 151, fìg. 57 (Java; Madura; Sumatra; Singa-
pore; Banka; Borneo; Pinang; Malacca ; China; India;
Westward to Zanzibar coast).

1915. Harpodon nehereus Southwell, Rec. Indian Mus. t 11, p. 311

(Diamond Harbour).

1916. Harpodon nehereus Govindan, Madras Fish. Bull., 9, p. 115

(East Coast).

1917. Harpodon nehereus Kemp, Rec. Indian Mus ., 13, p. 234 (Matlah

river).

1922. Harpodon nehereus Moses, Madras Fish. Bull., 15, p. 161

(Madras).

1923. Harpodon nehereus Hefford, Rep. “ Wìllìam-Carrick ”, p. 31

(Bombay).

1931. Harpodon nehereus Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ ., No. 1,

p. 84 (Chusan; Woosung; Amoy; Canton; Ningpo; New
chwang; Swatow).

1932. Harpodon nehereus Setna, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 35, p. 867

(Bombay).

1933. Harpodon nehereus Sorely, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency

p. 161 (Bombay).

1934. Harpodon nehereus Hora, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc ., 37, p.

640.

1937. Harpodon nehereus Awati & Pinto, /. Bombay . Univ ., 5, p.
74 (Bombay).

1949. Harpodon nehereus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 422.

1952. Harpodon nehereus Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ . Agric ., 1 (3),

p. 42 (Chinnampo, Korea).

1953. Harpodon nehereus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 409,

text-fig. 23 a.

1955. Harpodon nehereus Anonymous, Mar Fish. Karachì , Sind Sc
Makran , p. 19 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

Vernacular names .— India : Bombil , Marathi; Bummaloh , Cucah
Sawahri, Cocomottah , Wanah monah , Telegu; Standardised name :
Bombil. Bangladesh: Luttia muchec, Chittagong. Bdrma :
Bareya , Arracan; ruat, Burmese.

SYNODIDAE

289

Text-fig. 80.—Lateral view of Harpodoti nehereus (Ham.)

B. 23—26; D. 12—14/0; P. 11—12; V. 9; A. 13—15;
C. 19; L. 1. ca 40—41.

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, scaly; addomen
rounded, smooth, non-keeled. Depth 7 -5 in total length
(6 -5 in standard length). Head scaly, 4 -7 in total length
(4*0 in standard length). Eyes with adipose lid, 12—16
in head, 2 *0in snout, 4 -Oininterorbital. Lower jaw longer
than upper, maxilla extending to gill opening. Opercular
pieces diaphanous, more or less blended together. A
sirtgle dorsal fìn; origin nearer to the snout end than to
caudal base, almost between snoutend and adipose origin
and before pelvic origin. Adiposedorsal opposite the
posterior third of anal. Pectorals very long, a little longer
than head, reaching beyond pelvic origin. Pelvics extend-
ing to middle of anal, longer than head; origin behind dor-
sal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin.
Anal moderate, midway between pelvic and caudal ori-
gins. Caudal trilobed, 1 -3 in head. Lateral line slightly
keeled. Scales deciduous.

Head back and sides semitransparent like gelatine,
light greyish with minute black or brownish dots; anterior
part of abdomen pale silvery bluish; rest greyish white;
fìns transparent, closely dotted, in some specimens black;
iris gold.

It attains 254—406 mm. in length; marine, rarely
ascending estuaries.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma.—Zanzibar,
Malaya, Indonesia, China, Korea; in the mean annual iso-
therm of 20 c C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range
of 34° N—70° S., 38°—130° E. in the Indo-Pacific=
(25° N.— 5° S., 38°—100°E. in the Indian Ocean+34°N.—
7° S; 103°—130° E. in the Pacific Ocean).

290

TELEOSTOMI

241. Harpodon squamosus Alcock
(Pl. IX, fig. 3; Text-fig. 81)

1891. Harpodon squamosus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 8, p.

127 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, 15° 56' 50" N., 81° 30'
30" E., 240—276 fms., 11.1°C.; type in the Zoological
Survey of India).

1899. Harpodon squatnosus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep. Sea Fish., p. 154

(Bay of Bengal).

1900. Harpodon squamosus Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 30,

fig. 1.

1906. Harpodon squamosus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 379 (Bay of Bengal).

1949. Harpodon squamosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 423.

1953. Harpodon squamosus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 410,
text-fig. 23 b.

Text-fíg. 81.— Lateral view of Harpodon squatnosus Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

B. 17; D. 12—14/0; P. 10; V. 9; A. 13—15.

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, scaíy; abdomen
rounded, smooth, non-keeled. Depth 6*8 in total length
(5 -8 in standard length). Head scaly, 4 -7 in total length
(3 *8 in standard length); vertex of head with minute nume-
rous pores. Snout broad, depressed, nearly equal to'eye.
Eyes 8 -5—9 -0 in head, 2 -0 in the flat interorbital. Lower
jaw projecting, maxilla extending to gill opening. Opercular
pieces diaphanous, more or less blended together. A
single dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin, and nsarly midway between hind border of eye
and adipose dorsal origin. The adipose dorsal above the
posterior half of anal. Pectorals narrow, fragile, 1.8 in
head, as long as the postorbital part of head, not reaching
the dorsal fin. Pelvics slightly shorter than head, the

SYNODIDAE

291

longest middle rays reaching to within two eye lengths
of the vent in the adult. Anal arises about an eye length
behind the vent. Vent twice as far from gill-opening
as far from the caudal base. Caudal deeply forked, 1 • 1 in
head, with an inconspicuous median lobe. Lateral line.
Deciduous cycloid scales. 18 large pyloric caeca in a pecti-
nate arrangement.

Hyaline grey, paired fins and caudal black, visceral
peritoneum black, buccal and branchial cavities partially
and slightly pigmented.

Females attain 228—266 mm. and males from 190—
215 mm. in length.

Distribution. —India: Bay of Bengal, 15° 56' 50" N.,
81° 31' 30" E., 439—504 m., in the mean annual insotherm
of 20°C.

107. Genus Saurida Valenciennes

1849. Saurida Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss 22, p. 499 (type, Salmoi
tumbil Bl., logotypic).

Body elongate, more or less rounded, scales cycloid,
deciduous; without photophores. Snout obtusely pointed,
rather short. Eyes moderate with anterior and pos-
terior adjpose lids. Cleft of mouth very wide. Teeth in
jaws in several series; a double band of teeth on each
side of palate; vomer andtongue with teeth. Gill-openings
wide. Gill membranes free. Branchiostegals 12—16.
Pseudobranchiae present. Dorsal fin with 10—13 rays,
situated nearly in middle of length ; origin far in advance
of anal origin. Pectorals rather short, inserted above
middle of height. Pelvics anterior, with the inner rays
not much longer than outer ones, origin in front of dorsal
origin. Anal with 9—12 rays, origin nearer to caudal base
thanto ventral base ; anal base widely separated from caudal.
Adipose dorsal present. Caudal bilobed.

Distribution. —Red sea, East and South coasts of Africa,
Madagascar, Mauritius, Zanzibar, Gulf ofOman, Maldives,
India, Andamans, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Singapore, Indone-
sia, Thailand, Philippines, Formosa, China, Japan, Austra-
Ka, Sandwich Islands, Micronesia, Polynesia, Hawaii.

292

TELEOSTOMI

Key to species of genus Saurida Valenciennes

1. Pectoral rays 12-13 ; axillary scale
short, broad ; back and sides mot-

tled and blotched S. gracilis

2. Pectoral rays 14—16 ; axillary

scale long, pointed; back and
sides of uniform colouration or
with rather indistinct darker mark-
ing 3

3. Outer bands of palatine teeth in

3 rows anteriorly S. tumbil

4. Outer bands of palatine teeth in 2

rows anteriorly. .. S. undosquamis

242. Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard)

1824. Saurus graciìis Quoy & Gaimard, Voy “Uranie” Zool ., p.
224 (type locality : Hawaiian Is., Mauritius).

1842. Saurus ferox Eydoux & Souleyet, in Vaillant, Voy. “ Bonite ”
Zool. t 1, 1842, Poiss., p. 197, pl. 7, fig. 3 (type locality :
not known).

1849. Saurida nebulosa Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Poiss., 22, p. 374
(504), pl. 648 (type locality : Mauritius; New Guinea; Ti-
mor; Tahiti).

1877. Saurida nebulosa Day, Fish. India, p. 505 (from the Red Sea,
Madagascar and the coasts of Zanzibar, to the Mauritius,
through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and
beyond).

1889. Saurida nebulosa Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 411, fig.
131.

1900. Synodus sharpi Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad ., p. 497,
pl. 19, fig. 2 (Hawaiian Is.)

1913. Saurida gracilis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel., 2, p. 143, fig. 53 (Singapore, Flores, Solor Timor,
Celebes, Buru, Ceram, Ambon, Aru Is., Halmahera).

1931. Saurida nebulosa Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ., No. 1, p.
84 (China).

1935. Saurida gracilis Norman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 127 (Anda-

mans; Maldives).

1936. Saurìda gracilìs Suvatti, Index Fìsh. Siam, p. 88 (Siam).

1941. Saurida gracilis Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 340 (Anda-
mans).

T949. Saurida gracilis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 423.

T953. Saurida gracilis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 410.

SYNODIDAE

29y

1953. Saurida gracilis Herre, Check List Philippine Fish,, p. 138 (Phi-
lippines).

1953. Saurida gracilis Smith, Sea Fish . South. Africa , p. 113 (as far
as Natal).

1955. Síìurida gracilis Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceyloti , p. 36*
(coastal waters).

B. 12—13;D. 11/0;P. 12—13; V.9;A.9—10;L. 1. 50—52;
L. tr. 3J/6.

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, scaly; abdomeni
rounded, smooth, non-keeled. Depth 6 -5—7 -5 in total
length (5 -6—6 *6 in standard iength). Head scaly, 5 -5 in
total length (4 -7 in standard length). Eyes with adipose
lids, 5 *0—6 -0 in head, slightly shorter than interorbital,
about J or equal to broadly depressed snout. Cleft of mouth
oblique, very wide, extending 2 -5 eye diameters be-
hind orbit. Teeth in upper jaw slightly prominent.
Teeth in jaws depressible unequal, inner series the longest
on each side of palate; 2 bands of teeth on tongue; gill
arches with fine teeth. Opercular pieces diaphanous
more or less, blended together. A single dorsal fìn;
origin nearer to snout than to caudal origin and nearly
midway between snout end and adipose dorsal origin.
Adipose dorsal above middle of anal. Pectorals short r
about equal to postorbital length of head, highly placed.
Pelvics as Iong as head; origin nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin and before dorsal origin. Anal mode-
rate; origin much nearer to caudal origin than to pelvic
origin. Caudal bilobed, 1 -1 times in head. Láteral
line; scales deciduous.

Brownish above, silvery white below; a series of bars
or blotches along middle of the sides; fins barred.

It attains 300 mm, in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka.—
Red Sea, East and Sputh coasts of Africa, Madagascar,.
Mauritius, Zanzibar, Indonesia, Thailand, China, Philip-
pines, Micronesia, Polynesia, Tahiti, Hawaii; in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 25° N.—29° C., 30° E.—149° W., in the
Indo-Pacific=(25° N.— 29° S., 30°—125° E. in the Indian
ocean+22°N.—18° S., 101°E.—149°W. in the Pacific
Ocean).

21—1341ZSI/71

294

TELEOSTOMI

243. Saurida tumbil (Bloch)

(Text-fig. 82)

1795. Salmo tumbil Bloch, Ausland. Fische y 9, p, 112, pl. 430 (type
locality : Malabar).

1829. Saurus badi Cuvier, Règne Animal., ed. 2, 2, p. 314 on Badi-
mottah Russell, Fish. Coromandel , 2, pl. 172,- 1803 (type
locality : Vizagapatam).

1837-38. Saurus badimottah Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. Fische , p.

77 (on Badi-mottah Russell, 1803, Fish. Coromandel pl. 172
(type locality : Vizagapatam).

1870. Saurida tumbil Day, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond ., p. 699 (Andamans).

1877. Saurida tumbil Day, Fish. India , p. 504, pl. 117, fìg. 6 (from the
Red Sea through the Seas of India to the Malay Archipelago,
China and Japan).

1889. Saurida tumbil Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 410, fig. 131.

1913. Saurida tumbil Weber & de Beaufort, Fish._ Indo-Austral. Archi-
pel , 2, p. 142 (Java, Bali, Sumatra, Padang, Pinang, Singa-
pore, Bintang, Banka, Borneo Celebes).

1922. Saurida tumbil Moses, Madras Fish. Bull., 15, p. 159 (Madras).

1923. Saurida tumbil Hefford, Rep. “ William Carrick ”, p. 31 (Bombay).

1928. Saurida tumbil Fowler, Mem. Bishop. Mus ., 10, p. 66.

1929. Saurida tumbil Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus. y 5, p. 77

(Western Australia, Queensland).

1933. Saurida tumbil Deraniyagala, Ceylon J. Sci., (C) 5, p. 89 (Cey-
lon).

1933. Saurida tumbil Soreley, Marine Fish. Bombay Presidency,
p. 161 (Bombay).

1935. Saurida /wwò/TNorman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 129(Karachi,

Madras).

1936. Saurida tumbil Suvatti, Index Fish. Siam, p. 88 (Siam).

1939. Saurida tumbil Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 1,
p. 23 (Gulf of Aden, OT, 18—22 m.)

1941. Saurida tumbil Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 341 (Anda-
mans).

1949. Saurida tumbil Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 424.

1952. Saurida tumbil Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1, 3, p. 41

(Chinnampo, Korea).

1953. Saurida tumbil Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 411,’fig. 24 a

1953. Saurida tumbil Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 139 (Phi
lippines).

1953. Saurida tumbil Srnith, Sea Fish. South. Africa . p. 113 (Natal).

1955. Saurida tumbil Anonymous, Mar. Fish. Karachi, Sind & Mak
ran, p. 19 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

SYNODIDAE

295

1955. Saurida tumbil Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon, p. 37
(coastal waters; Gulf of Manaar).

Vernacuìar\names .— India : Arranna , Malayalam; Chorbo -
mbil, Marathi; Oolooway, Nai meen Puna, Cul-nahmacunda, Tamil;
Bedi mottah, Telegu; Standardised name : Tambil. Sri Lanka : Mudhu

Balla, Singhalese.

Text-fig. 82.—Lateral view of Saurida tumbil (Bl.) (After F. Day)

B. 14—16; D. 11/0; P. 14—15; Y. 9; A. 10—11; L. 1.
50—63; L. tr. 4^/7.

Body elongate, more or less subcylindrical anteriorly,
depressed, scaly; abdomen ronnded, smooth, non-keeled.
Depth 7 -0 in total length (5 -8 in standard length). Head
scaly, 4-5 in total length (3-8 in standard length). Eyes
with adipose lids, 4 -7—5 -0 in head, nearly equal to bro^d
conical snout and the interorbital. Cleft of mouth very
wide, oblique; jaws subequal, maxilla extending to about
an eye diameter behind orbit. Pointed unequal teeth
partly depressible in several rows in jaws; similar teeth in
2 narrow bands on each side of palate; tongue and gill
arches with fine teeth. Opercular pieces diaphanous. A
single dorsal; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin and adipose dorsal. Adipose dorsal above middle
of anal; origin nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal origin.
Pectorals short, highly placed, 2-0 in head. Pelvics 1 -1
times in head; origin much nearer to pectoral base than to
anal origin and before dorsal origin. Anal moderate;
origin much nearer to caudal origin than to pelvic origin.
Caudal 1*2 times in head. Lateral line. Scales deci-
duous.

Brownish grey along back, white below witjh yellow
reflections; upper half of caudal barred with spots; middle
of pecloral and pelvic often almost black.

It attains 420 mm. in length; littoral.

296

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea, Gulf
of Aden, OT, 18—22 m., Natal, Madagascar, Zanzibar,
Indonesia, Thailand, China, Japan, Korea, Philippines,
Queensland, W. Australia, Sandwich Is., Vanicolo;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinaí
and longitudinal range of 34° N.—29°S., 30°—167°E. in
the Indo-Pacific=(25°N.—29° S., 30°—140°E. in the
Indian Ocean+34°N.—16°S., 101°—167°E. in the Pacific
Ocean).

244. Saurida undosquamis (Richardson)

1848. Saurus undosquamis Richardson, Zool. “ Erabus ” and “ Terror’\
Fish., p. 138, pl. 51, figs. 1—6 (type locality : N. W. Austra-
lia; type in the British Museum).

1864. Saurida grandisquamìs Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus ., 5, p.
400 (type locality : Louisiade Is.).

1913. Saurida grandisquamis Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-AustraL
Archipel., 2, p. 141 (Arafura sea, Aru Is.).

1935. Saurida undosquamìs Norman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond'., p. 131
(Maldives : River Hooghly).

1938. Saurida grandisquamis Fowler, List Fish. Malaya , p.70 (Kuala

Lumpur).

1939. Saurida undosquamis Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. r

7, p. 23 (Gulf of Oman, 73 m.; Red Sea, OT, 65-68 m.;
Zanzibar ^rea, 183—194 m.; Gulf of Aden, 220 m.).

1949. Saurida undosquamis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 424.

1952. Saurida undosquamis Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1

(3), p. 41 (Fusan; Chemulpo; Quelpart I.).

1953. Saurida undosquamis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 411.

1953. Saurida undosquamis Herre, Check List Phiìippine Fish., p.

139 (Philippines).

1953. Saurida undosquamis Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 113,
fig. 176 (reaches as far south as Knysna).

D. 11—12/0; P. 14—15; V 9; A. 10—12; L. L45—52.

Body elongate, more or less subcylindrical, scaly ;
abdomen rounded, smooth, nòn-keeled. Depth 6 0—8 0
in total length (5*5—6-5 in standard length). Head
scaly, 5 1 in total length (4-4 in standard length). Eyes
with adipose lids, 4 • 1 in head, nearly equal to snout. Cleft
of mouth oblique, very wide, maxilla extending to about
an eye diameter behind orbit. A single dorsalfin; origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin and midway

SYNODIDAE

297

between snout end and adipose dorsal origin. Adipose
dorsal behind middle of anal base. Pectorals short, 1*5
in head. Pelvics moderate, 1 - 2 in head; origin much nearer
to pectoral base than to anal origin and about an eye
diameter before dorsal origin. Anal moderate; origin
much nearer to caudal origin than to pelvic origin.
Caudal bilobed, 1-2 in head. Lateral line: Scales
deciduous.

Brownish grey above, lighter below.

It attains 457 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea,
OT. 65—68 m.; Gulf of Aden, 220 m.; Gulf of Oman,
73 m.; Zanzibar area, 183—194 m.; East and South coasts
of Africa, Singapore; Indonesia, China, Japan, Philp-
pines, N. W. Australia; in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
34° N.—33°S., 28°—135°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(25°N.—
33'S., 28 3 —120°E. in the Indian Ocean+34°N.—10°S.,
103°—135 C E., in the Pacific Ocean).

108. Genus Synodus Scopoli

1763. Synodus Gronow, Zooph., 1, p. 112 (type, Esox synodus L.,
genotypic; inadmissible, according to opinion 89 of the
International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature).

1777. Synodus Scopoli, Jntrod. nat. Hist., p. 447 (type, Esox synodus
L., genotypic).

1817. Saurus Cuvier, Regne Animal ., 2, ed. 1, p. 169 (type Salmo
saurus L., tautotypic).

Body elongate, more or less rounded, scales cycloid
deciduous ; without photophores. Snout more or less
pointed, triangular. Eyes moderate with anterior and
posterior adipose lids. Cleft of mouth wide, more or less
oblique. Upper jaw with one or two series of unequal
teeth ; a band of similar teeth in lower jaw; a single band
■of teeth on each side of palate ; teeth on tongue. Gill
openings wide. Gill membranes slightly connected.
Branchiostegals 12—16. Pseudobranchiae present. Dor-
sal fin with 10—15 rays, placed nearly inmiddle of length,
origin far in advance of anal origin. Pectoral rather
short, inserted above middle of height. Pelvics anterior,
with the long inner rays much longer than the outer ones;
origin in front of dorsal origin. Anal fin with 8—15
rays, origin much nearer to caudal base than to pelvic

298

TELEOSTOMI

base ; anal base widely separated from caudal. Ad.ipose'
dorsal present. Caudal bilobed.

Distribution .—South and East coasts of Africa, Zanzi-
bar, Madagascar, Mauritius, Arabia, Gulf of Aden, Mal-
dives, Andamans, Indonesia, Hongkong, China, Japan^
Philippines, Australia, Bismarck Archipelago, Hawaii.

Key to species of genus Synodus Scopoli

1. Lateral line scales 58-64 ; scales
between middle of dorsal fìn and

lateral line 5^— 6\ (rarely 4£) S.japonicus

2. Lateral line scales 55-57 ; scales
between middle of dorsal fin and

lateral line 3£ S. indicus

245. Synodus indicus (Day)

(Pl. VIII, fig. 4; Text-fig. 83)

1873. Saurus indicus Day, J. Linn. Soc. ( zool.) 11, p. 526 (type locality:
Madras; lectotype is in the Zoological Survey of India).

1877. Saurus indicus Day, Fish. India , p. 503, pl. 117, fig. 4 (Mad-
ras).

1889. Saurus indicus Day, Fauna Brit. India, Fish., 1, p. 409 (Mad-
ras).

1935. Synodus indicus Norman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 114 (Mad-
ras).

1939. Synodus indicus Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 1,
p. 23 (Gulf of Aden, OT, 37-91 m.)

1949. Synodus indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 424.

1953. Synodus indicus Misra, Rec: Indian Mus., 50, p. 412,
text-fìg. 24 b.

1953. Synodus indicus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa. p . 112 (N t al »
Mossel Bayj * ’ a

Text-fig. 83.—Lateral view of Synodus indicus (Day) (After F.
Day)

B. 15; D. 13/0; P. 14; V. 8; A. 9; L. 1. 55—57; L.
tr. 3i/7.

SYNODIDAE

299

Body elongate, subcylindrical, scaly; abdomen round-
ed, smooth, non-keeled. Depth7*2—8 0 in total length
(6*2 in standard length). Head scaly, 4 0—4*5 in total
length (3*4 in standard length). Eyes5 0—5*6inhead,
a little more than one eye diameter from snout end nearly

1 0 in concave interorbital. Cleft of mouth very wide,
maxilla reaching one eye diameter behind orbit. Upper
jaw slightly longer. Inner row of teeth in jaws the longest:
some in the mandible barbed; rows of Iarge teeth on tongue;
a simple band on palatine of which the inner row the
largest. Opercular pieces diaphanous. A single dorsal;
orìgin nearer to tip of snout than to caudal origin and
nearer to adipose dorsal. Adipose dorsal above middle
of anal; origin nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal
origin. Pectorals highly placed, short, 2-2 in head.
Pelvics with inner rays the longest, 1 • 2 in head; origin
much nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin, about

2 eye diameters before dorsal origin. Anal moderate;
origin much nearer to caudal base than to pelvic origin.
Caudal forked, 1*5 times in head. Lateral line. Scales
deciduous.

Brownish above, dirty white below; numerous bluish
irregular spots or blotches along back and sides, in places
nearly forming horizontal bands; dorsal and caudal white
with greyish spots forming irregular horizontal bands.

It attains 178 mm. in length; littoral.

Distribution. —India, Madras.—South Africa, Gulf
of Aden, OT 37—91 m., in the mean annual isotherm of
20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
11 N.—34 C S., 22°—80°E. in the Indian Ocean.

246. Synodus japonlcus (Houttuyn)

1782. Cobitis japonicus Houttuyn, Verh. Holl. Maat. Haarlem , 20,
p. 450 (type locality; Nagasaki 32° 47' N., 129° 52' E.).

1803. Salmo variegatus Lacépède, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 157, pl. 3,
fig.3 (type locality : Ile de France, Mauritius).

1803. Salmo varius Lacepede, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 224, (type loca-
lity : Ile de France, Mauritius).

1846. Saurus lucius Schlegel, Fauna Japonicus, Pisces , p. 232, pl. 106,
fig. 1 (type locality : Shimabara near Nagasaki).

1907. Saurida japonica Jordan & Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish ., 26,
p. 5 (type locality : Cavite, Cavíte Province).

300

TELEOSTOMI

1912. Synodtts dermatogenys Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad r .,

p. 566, fig. 3 (type locality; Hawaiian Is.).

1913. Saurus variegatus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.

Archipel ., 2, p. 147 (Java, Padang; Singapore, Celebes,
Sula Archipelago, Ambon, Bali, Fíores Sea).

1929. Synodus japonicus Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus. y 5, p. 78
(Queensland).

1931. Synodus variegatus Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrìs Univ ., 1,

p. 83 (Hongkong).

1931. Synodus japonicus Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo y 3, pt. 1, p.
17 (Southern Japan).

1935. Synodus variegatus Norman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. y p. 106
(Maldives; Andamans).

1939: Synodus variegatus Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. y 7,
p. 23 (Gulf of Aden, 12° N. 45° E., OT, 37—91 m.)

1949. Synodus variegatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 45, p. 424.

1952. Synodus variegatus Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric. y 1 (3),

p. 41 (Quelpart I.)

1953. Syttodus variegatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. y 50, p. 412.

1953. Synodus variegatus Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. y p. 140
(Philippines).

1953. Synodus varìegatus Smith, Sea Fish, South. Africa y p. 112 (not
seen S. of Durban).

B. 15—16; D. 12/0; P. 12—13; V. 8; A. 8—9; L. 1. 60—
64; L. tr. 5—6/10—11.

Body elongate, subcylindrical, scaly; abdomen round-
ed, smooth, non-keeled. Depth 7 0—7-4 in total length
(6-0—6-4 in standard length). Head scaly, 4-0 in total
length (3*5 in standard length). Eyes with adipose lid,
5*0—7 in head, nearly 1 *5 in snout, 1 - 0 in concave interor-
bital. Cleft of mouth wide, maxillary reaching an eye
diameter behind orbit. Jaws subequal. Teeth in inter-
maxillary pointed; in outer series of smaller fìxed ones
and in inner series of longer depressible ones; similar
teeth but more numerous and with 2 outer series in lower
jaw; a long narrow band on vomer and palatine; large
ones on tongue, smaller on ; basibranchia. Opercular
pieces diaphanous. A single dorsal fin; origin nearer to
snout end than to caudal origin and almost nearer to adipose
dorsal. Adipose dorsal above anterior half of anal, nearer
to caudal origin than to dorsal origin. Pectorals short.

SYNODIDAE

301

2'5 in head. Pelvics with the inner rays elongated, 1 1
in head; origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal ori-
gin, about 2 eye diameters before dorsal origin. Anal
moderate; origin much nearer to caudal base than to
pelvic origin. Caudal forked, 2*0 in head. Lateral Iine.
Scales deciduous.

Dusky above and yellowish below; cross bands on
back and sides; fins with more or less conspicuous series of
black spots forming bands.

It attains 240 mm. in length; Iittoral.

Distribution .—India, Sri Lanka.—Red Sea, Gulf of Aden,
OT, 37—91 m. Arabia, East and South coasts of Africa,
Zanzibar, Madagascar, Mauritius, Indonesia, Hongkong,
China, Japan, Philippines, Australia, Bismarck Archi-
pelago, Hawaii; in the mean annual isotherm of 20 c C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 32° N.—
29°S., 30°E.—155°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(20°N.—29 C S.,
30°—140°E., in the Indian Ocean+32°N.—8°S., 103°E.—
155°W. in the Pacific Ocean).

109. Genus Trachinocephalus Gill

1861. Trachinocephalus Gill, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. Suppl.,
p. 53 (type, Salmo myops Schn., genotypic).

1897. Goodella Ogilby, Proc. Litm. Soc. N.S. Wales , 22, p. 249 (type,
G. hypozona Ogilby, genotypic).

Body elongate, more or less laterally compressed,
scales cycloid, deciduous ; without photophores. Snout
blunt, short. Eyes moderate, with adipose lid. Cleft of
mouth wide, oblique. Jaws and tongue with small, closely
set teeih; a similar single band of teeth on each side of
palale. Gill-openings wide. Pseudobranchiae present.
Branchiostegals 16. Dorsal fin with 11—13 rays; origin
a little nearer to end of snout than to adipose fin
-and in advance of anal origin. Pectorals short, inserted
above middle of height. Pelvics anterior, with long inner
tays much Ionger than the outer ones, origin in front of
dorsal origin. Anal fin of 15—16 rays; origin approxi-
mately between pelvic and caudal bases. Adipose dorsal
present. Caudal bilobed.

Distribution. —Natal, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Malaya,
Indonesia, Philippines, Formosa, Hongkong, China, Japan,
Australia, Oceania, Hawaii.

302

TELEOSTOMI

247. Trachinocephalus myops (Schneider)

(PJ. YÍI, fig. 1; Text-fig. 84)

1801. Salmo myops Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch , p. 421 (type loca-
lity : St. Helena, 16° N., 5° W.).

1803. Osmerus lemniscatus Lacépéde, Hist. nat. Poiss ., 5, p. 236,
pl. 6, fig. 1 (type locality : Martinique, 14° 48' N., 61° 10'
W.).

1841. Saurus limbatus Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. “ Bonite ” Poiss., 1,
p. 199, pl. 7, fig. 3 (type locality : Unknown, may be Hawaii).

1846. Saurus trachinus Schlegel, Fauna Japonica Pisces , p. 231, pl.
106, fig. 2 (type Iocality : Nagasaki).

1877. Saurus myops Day, Fish. India , p. 504, pl. 117, fig. 5 (Seas of
India to the Malay Archipelago and the tropical of the
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans).

1889. Saurus myops Day, Fauna Brit. India , Fish., 1, p. 409, fig. 130.

1913. Saurus myops Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archi-
pel ., 2, p. 145 (Sumatra, Banka Bali, Celebes, Ambon,
Ceram, Ternate).

1928. Trachinocephalus tnyops Fowler, Mem. Bishop Mus., 10,

p. 64 (7 Hawaiian specimens in the U.S. National Museum).

1929. Saurus myops PilJay, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc 33, p. 360

(Travancore).

1929. Trachinocephalus limbatus Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral. Mus. r
5, p. 79 (W. Australia; Queensland).

1931. Trachinocephalus myops Chu, Biol. 1 Bull. St. Johrís Univ. y
1, p. 83 (Hongkong; China Sea; Swatow). ,

1931. Trachinocephalus myops Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo , 3, pt.
1, p. 17 (Southern Japan area).

1935. Trachinocephalus myops Norman, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond ., p.
122 (Indian Seas).

1938. Trachinocephalus myops Fowler. List. Fish. Maìaya , p. 70
(Penang).

1949. Trachinocephalus myops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 425.

1952. Trachinocephalus myops Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1

(3), p. 42 (Fusan, 35° 7' N., 129° 2' E., Quelpart I.).

1953. Trachinocephalus myops Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 412 r

fig. 22 a.

1953. Trachinocephalus myops Herre, Check List Philippine F/sh. y
p. 137 (Philippines).

1953. Trachinocephaius myops Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p.
113 (from Knysna to Natal).

1955. Saurus myops Anonymous, Mar. Fish Karachi , Sind & Makran r
p. 18 (coasts of Sind and Makran).

SYNODIDAE

303

1955. Trachhtocephalus ntyops Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceyìon ,
p. 36 (coastal waters and Gulf of Manaar).

1958. Trachinocephalus ntyops Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus., Biol.
Sci., 2 (8), p. 257 (Florida, 24°—30° N., 78°—87° W).

Text-fig. 84.—Lateral view of Trachinocephaíus myops (Schn.)

(After F. Day)

B. 16; D. 12—13/0; P. 12—13: A. 15—16; L. 1. 54—58.

Body elongate, subcylindrical scaly, abdomen smooth,
rounded, non-keeled. Depth 5*8—6 0 in total length
(5-5—4-5 in standard length). Head scaly, 4*2—4*3 in
total length (3 -5—4 0 in standard length). Eyes with
adipose lid, 4*5—6-5 in head, situated very much for-
ward and high., longer than obtuse snout, 0-5—0-7 in in-
terorbital. Cleft of mouth very wide, maxilla reaching
2/3 eye diameters behind orbit. Teeth pointed, 2 rows
in upper jaw, 3 in lower, the innermost the largest; a single

2- rowed band on palate; tongue like-wise toothed. Oper-
cular pieces diaphanous. A single dorsal fin, origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin and nearer to adi-
pose dorsal. Adipose dorsal slightly behind middle of
anal, origin nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal origin.
Pectorals highly placed, about 2 • 8 in head. Pelvics with
inner rays elongated, 1 - 2 in head; origin much nearer to
pectoral base than to anal origin, about 1 • 5 eye diameter
before dorsal origin. Ánal longer than dorsal, origin
about midway between pelvic and caudal origins; about

3- 5 eye diameters before adipose dorsal. Caudal forked,
with lower lobe slightly longer. Lateral line slightly raised
in single tubes with a small elevation on either side. Scales
deciduous.

Golden above with 4 longitudinal blue lines having
black edges and nearly as wide as the ground colour;
yellowish silvery white below with a black shoulder spot;
3 rows of yellow spots on dorsal; a yellow band along
middle of pectoral, outer half of anal yellow.

It attains 406 mm. in length; littoral.

304

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution. —India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.—Martinique,
Natal, Malaya, Indonesia, Philippines, Formosa, Hong-
kong, China, Queensland, Japan, Australia, Óceania,
Hawaii, in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35° N.—33°S.,
28°E.—155° W. in the Indo-Pacifìc Ocean=(25 c N.—
33°S., 28°—140°E. in the Indian Ocean+35° N.—8° S.,
103° E.—155° W. in the Pacific Ocean), and 14°—30° N.
5°—87° 30' W. in the tropical Atlantic.

XLII. Family Scopelarchidae

Body elongate, compressed, scaly. Head scaleless.
No photophores. Abdomen rounded. Cleft of mouth
wide, oblique, extending beyond orbit. A single row
of teeth in premaxilla; a double row in mandible and pala-
tines; tongue toothed. A single rayed dorsal. Adipose
dorsal. Pectorals large. Pelvics. Anal much longer than
dorsal, below adipose 'dorsal. Caudal forked. Lateral
line.

The family Scopelarchidae is represented by a single
genus ín the Indian region.

110. Genus Scopelarchus Alcock

1896. Scopelarchus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 306 (type, S.
guentheri Alc., orthotypic).

1902. Dissomma Brauer, Zoòl. Anz., 25, p. 278 (type, D. anale Br.,
orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed, scales deciduous; lateral
line scales much enlarged, non-deciduous, with the vertical
diameter greater than the antero-posterior diameter; with-
out photophores. Eyes large. Cleft of mouth wide. A
single row of small teeth in the premaxilla; a double row
of teeth in mandible and palatine; tongue also toothed. Gill
openings wide. Pseudobranchiae large. Gill membranes
free. Branchiostegals 9. Dorsal fìn with 9 rays, in the
anterior third of total length with its base lying between
pectorals and pelvics and its origin far in advance of anal
origin. Pectorals large. Pelvic origin behind dorsal
origin. Anal with 26 rays, much longer than dorsal,
occupying the greater part of tail. Adipose dorsal present.
Caudal forked,

Distributìon .—Off Pakistan, 1731 m.

SCOPELARCHIDAE

305

248. Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock
(PI. IX, fìg. 4; Text-fìg. 85)

1896. Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 307

(type locality : off the Indus Delta, 22° 14' 25' N., 67° 8'
55'E., 947 fms., 4-7° C.; type in the Zoological Survey
of India).

1897. Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 17,

fig. 7.

1899. Scopelarchus guntheri Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 153

1906. Scopelarchus guntheri Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 379.

1928. Scopelarchus guentheri Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. coll .,
3, art. 3, p. 159.

1949. Scopelarchus guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 425.

1953. Scopelarchus guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 413,
fig. 25 c.

Text-fig.85. —Lateral view of Scopelarchus guentheri Alc, (After
A. Alcock)

B. 9; D. 9/0; P. 19; V 8; A. 26; L. 1. ca 50.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen rounded,
smooth non-keeled. Depth 6 0 in total length (5 1 in
standard length). Head scaleless, 4 *8 in total length (4 1
in standard length). Eyes large, 3 0 in head, separated
from the one another by a mere linear space with their
visual axis rather more superior than lateral. Cleft of
mouth oblique, very wide, maxilla extending about 1/2 eye
diameter behind orbit. Jaws subequal. A single row
of teeth in premaxilla; a double row in the mandible, the
inner large, depressiblo and barbed at tip; incompletely
double series of similarly erilarged teeth on either palatine
and a long row of similar ones on tongue and hyoid. A
single dorsal; origin about an eye diameter behind pectoral
base, much nearer to snout end than to caudal origin and
midway between it and adipose dorsal. Adipose dorsal
above last third of anal; origin nearer to caudal origin than
to dorsal origin. Pectorals low, broad, falciform, reaching
beyond pelvic base, 1 1 in head. Pelvics moderate, 2*2

306

TELEOSTOMI

in head; origin just below last dorsal ray or behind dorsal,
nearly midway between anal origin and pectoral base. Anal
long; origin much nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin. Caudal forked, 1 *0 in head. Lateral line with
enlarged scales, their vertical diameter being much greater
than the antero-posterior diameter; each scale chambered,
the chamber opening dorsally and ventrally. Scales deci-
duous, except on lateral line.

In spirit white; occiput and caudal peduncle black.

It attains 127 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —Pakistan: Oíf the Indus Delta 22° 14'
25" N., 67° 8' 55" E., 1731 m., 4-7° C., in the mean annual
isotherm of 20°C.

XLIII. Family Evermannellidae

Body moderately elongate, compressed, naked. Head
naked, compressed. Snout short. Cleft of mouth very
wide, óbliqiie, maxilla extending about h^lf an eye diameter
behind orbit A series of small teeth iri premaxilla; lower
jaw, vomer and palatines with a few depressible fangs of
enormous size. A single dorsal fin. Adipose dorsal.
Pectorals low, inserted near the ventral profile in the same
plane with pelvics. Anal longer than dorsal, below adipose
dorsal. Caudal forked. Lateral line.

The family Evermannellidae is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

111. Genus Evermannella Fowler

1838. Odontostomus (nec. Beck, 1837) Cocco, Ann. Sci. nat. Bolo-
gna , 2, p. 192, as Odontostomus on p. 194, (type, O. hyalinus
Cocco, orthotypic).

1901. Evermannella Fowler, Proc. Acad. nat. Scì. Philad., p. 211
(type, Odontostomus hyalinus Cocco, orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, compressed, totally naked,
without photophores. Snout short, eyes large, orbit of
great vertical depth and with a broad transparent memb-
ranous lateral fold or wall. Cleft of mouth very wide.
Premaxilla with a series of small teeth of equal size; lower
jaw, vomer and palatine with a few depressible fangs of
enormous size. Gill openings wide; gill rakers absent.
Branchiostegals 8. Pseudobranchiae well developed. Dor-
sal fin with 11 rays, in the anterior half of body; origin in

EVERMANNELLIDAE

307

advance of anal origin. Pectorals low, inserted near the
ventral profile. Pelvic origin slightly behind dorsal origin
and nearly between pectoral base and anal origin. Anal
fin with 26 rays, much longer than dorsal, occupying greater
part of tail. Adipose dorsal present. Caudal forked.

Dìstribution. —Atlantic Ocean: Mediterranean; Indian
Ocean: Seychelles, 1500—2400 m., Zanzibar, 1500—2400.m.,
Chagos Archipelago, 2000 m., Bay of Bengal, 1048 m.,
Andaman Sea, 676—766 m., North ofCocco Is., 1500—
2200 m.

249. Evermannella atratus (Alcock)

(Pl. IX, fig. 5; Text-fig. 86)

1893. Odòntostomus atratus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 62, p. 182,
pl. 9, fig. 4 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, 14° 13' 8" N.,
80° 24' V E., 573 fms., 7 -4 C, type in the Zoological
Survey of India).

1896. Odontostomus atratus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 333
(Bay of Bengal, 573 fms.).

1899. Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 167

(Bay of Bengal, 573 fms.; Andaman Sea, 14° 13' N., 93°
40' E., 370—419 fms.).

1900. Odontostomus atratus Alcòck, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish ., pl. 33,

fig. 3.

1906. Evermannella atratus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
pp. 136, 380, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4.

1928. Evermannella atrata Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., 3,
art. 3, pp. 163, 166.

1949. Evermannella atratus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. 9 45, p, 425.

1953. Evermannella atratus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50 p, 414,
fig. 25 b .

Text-fig. 86.—Lateral view of Evermannella atratus Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

308

TELEOSTOMI

B. 8; D. 11; P. 12; V. 8; A. 26.

Body moderately elongate, compressed, naked; ab-
domen smooth, non-keeled. Depth 3-8 in total length.
(3-2 in standard length). Head naked, 3-7 in total length
(3-2 in standard length). Eyes 5 1 in head, one diameter
apart, near top of head, their major diameter obliquely
vertical and with a broad transparent, membranous lateral
fold. Snout in the form of a pointed wart beyond which
the upper jaw slightly projects; lower jaw again projecting
a little beyond the upper. Cleft of mouth very wide, maxilla
extending about half an eye diameter behind orbit. Pre-
maxilla with a series of close-set, uniform teeth, mostly point-
ing forwards; a sabre-shaped, depressible fang half as long
as head on vomer; palatines with exactly similar fangs suc-
ceeded by a row of close-set teeth; a distinct series of similar
fangs of unequal size on each side of mandible. A single
dorsal; origin nearer to snout end than to adipose dorsal or
caudal origin, altogether in the anterior half of body. Adi-
pose dorsal above last third of anal origin much nearer to
caudal origin than to dorsal origin. Pectorals moderate,
1 • 8 in head, situated near the ventral profile, in the same
level with pelvics. Pelvics moderate, 2-1 in head ; origin
slightly behind dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin. Anal longer than dorsal; origin nearer
to pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked,
1*5 in head. Lateral line as a white streak in spirit.
Skin glandular, scaleless. Rows of white dots (luminous
organs) along the free border of preopercle and inner
border of mandible.

It attains 88 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India: Bay of Bengal, 14° 13' 8" N.,
80° 24' 2" E., 1048 m., 7-4° C.; Andaman Sea, 14° 13'
N.,93° 40' E., 676—766 m.—Off Chagos Archipelago,
4° 5' 8" S., 73° 24' 8" E., 2000 m., in the mean annual
isotherm of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 14° N.—4° S., 73°—93 C E. in the Indian Ocean.

XLIV Family Sudidae

Body elongate or moderately elongate, subcylindrical
or moderately or shortly compressed, naked or scaly,
depressed or compressed. Head scaleless. No photo-
phores. Abdomen smooth, non-keeled or keeled. Snout
bluntly or sharply pointed or bill-like. Eyes large or
small or entirely reduced. Cleft of mouth moderate or

SUDIDAE

309

very wide, oblique or horizontal. Teeth villiform, in
narrow bands in jaws; vomerine and palatine teeth present
or absent. A single dorsal in the anterior or posterior
half of total length. Adipose dorsal present or absent.
Pectorals well developed, with upper rays isolated or pro-
longed or pelvics with outer rays normal or produced.
Anal short. Lateral line. Caudal forked, lowermost
rays prolonged or normal.

Upper Cretaceous to recent.

The family Sudidae is represented by 3 subfamilies in
the Indian region.

Key to subfamilies of famìly Sudidae

1. Eyes well developed ; pelvic, pecto-

ral and caudal rays normal; head
compressed 3

2. Eyes vestigial or absent ; some
of pelvic pectoral and caudal

rays unusually prolonged Bathypteroini

3. Tail (measured from vent to hy-
pural ) shorter than trunk ; dorsal
and pelvic origins, nearer to caudal
end than to snout end; adipose
dorsal present; anal longer

than dorsal. Paralepidini

4. Tail not shorter than trunk (equal
to trunk when measured in total
length) ; dorsal and pelvic ori-
gins much nearer to snout end
than to caudal end ; adipose dorsal
present; anal slightly shorter

than dorsal Chlorophthalmini

xi. Subfamily Chlorophthalmini

Body moderately elongate, scaly. Head naked, com-
pressed. Eyes large, well developed. Dorsal and pelvic
origins much before middle of total length. Anal not
longer than dorsal. Pectorals and pelvics normal.
Tail (measured from vent to hypural) about 2*4—3 0
in total length (2 0 in standard length).

Upper Cretaceous to recent.

The subfamily Chlorophthalmini is represented by
a. single genus in the Indian region.

112. Genus Chlorophthalmus Bonaparte

1832-41. Chlorophthalmus Bonaparte, Icongr. Fauna Ital ., 3, fasc.
28, p. 144 (type, C. agassizi Bonaparte).

22—1341 ZSI/71

310

TELEOSTOMI

1880. Hyphaìonedrus Goode, Proc. U. S. nat. Mus., 11, p. 183 (type r
H. chalybeius Goode).

1911. Parasudis Regan, Ann. Mag. nat . Hist. (8) 7, p. 127 (type,
Chlorophthaímus truculentus G.B., orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, subcylindrical, scaly. Scales
cycloid, ctenoid or pectinated, without photophores.
Tail about equal to trunk. Snout pointed. Eyes large.
Cleft of mouth moderately wide. Teeth minute, in
narrow bands on jaws, vomer and palatines. Gill-open-
ings wide. Pseudobranchiae well developed. Gills 4.
Gill-rakers numerous. Branchiostegals 8-10. Dorsal fin
with 11 rays, in the anterior half of body ; origin far in
advance of anal origin. Pectorals large, inserted about
middle of height. Pelvic origin slightly behind dorsal
origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal
fin with 9-10 rays, in the posterior part of tail ; origin
behind dorsal origin. Adipose dorsal present. Caudal fin
deeply forked.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean: East coast of North
America between 28°—39°N., 70°—79° W., 291—497
m.; Middle and South Atlantic, 2011—2605 m.; North
coast of Africa, 371—977 m.; Mediterranean; Indian
Ocean : Zanzibar Area, 238—293 m.; South east Africa,
274—548 m.; Bay of Bengal, 48—457 m.; West coast
of Sumatra, 371—977 m., Pacific Ocean : Madura Sea,
289 m., New Zealand, 2011—2605 m.; Fiji Is., 575 m.;
Sandwich Is., 350—641 m.; Hawaii; Gulf of Panama*
383—522 m.

250. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonaparte*
(Text-fig. 87)

1832-41. Chlorophthalmus aggassizi Bonaparte, Icongr. Fauna Ital.,
3, fasc., 28, p. 144 (type locality : Mediterranean).

1864. Chlorophthalmus agassizii Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,
5, p. 404 (Messina, 2— 2\ inches in Iength).

1887. Chlorophthaìmus productus Gunther, “ Challenger ” Rep., 22,
p. 193 (type locality : Pacific off Matuku, Fiji Is.).

1894. Chlorophthalmus corniger Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal , 63 (2) y

p. 133, pl. 6, fig. 5 (type locality : Bay of Bengal; ì\\
miles S. 83° W., off Colombo Lt., 26J—250 fms.;
type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1895. Chlorophthalmus corniger Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish. t

pl. 15, fig. 8.

*Tolasilingam, Venkataraman and Kartha (1964, J.mar. bioL
India 6 (1), p.272) have reported Chlorophthalmus bicornis Norman
off the Kerala coast besides the above species.

SUDIDAE

311

1896. Chlorophthalmus corniger Alcock, J. As. Soc . Bengal, 65,
p. 333 (Bay ofBengal, 13°5n2' N., 80° 28'12 # E., 10° C.,
145—250 fms.).

1899. Chlorophthalmus corniger Alcock, Cat. Inà. Deep Sea Fish. f
p. 155 (Bay of Bengal, off Nladras coast, 145—250 fms.).

1904. Chlorophthalmus punctatus Gilchrist, Mar. Investing. S. Africa,
3, p. 1 (type locality : South Africa).

1906. Chlorophthalmus corniger Brauer, “ Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, pp. 145,380.

1906. Chlorophthalmus productus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische,
15, p. 379.

1906. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische,
15, p. 379.

1906. Chlorophthalmus corniger Brauer, “ Valdivià ” Tiefsee Fische,
15, p, 380 (W. coast of Sumatra, 371—977 fms., 11°—
8 °C.).

1913. Chlorophthalmus productus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 177, fìg. 69 (Madura Sea, 289 m.)»

1913. Chíorophthaímus corniger Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -
Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 178 (West coast of Sumatra, 371
m.).

1928. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr „
Coll., 3, art, 3, p. 19.

1939. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray
Exped ., 7, p. 24 (Zanzibar area, AT, 238—293 m.)

1949. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Misra, Rec. ìndian Mus., 45, p. 426.

1953. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 415,.
fig. 26 b .

1953. Chlorophthalmus agassizi Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa,
p. 115 (in 150—300 fms. from Cape to Delagoa Bay).

Text-fig. 87. — Lateral view of Chlorophthaìmus agassizi Benap.
(After A. Alcock)

B. 8; D. 11; P. 14-16; V. 9; A. 9-10; L. I. ca 55-59;
L. tr. 8-9.

312

TELEOSTOMI

Body moderately elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen
smooth, non-keeled. Depth 7-5 in total length (6*1 in
standard length), about 2-2 in head. Head compressed.
naked, 3*2 in total length (2*5—2*7 in standard length).
Eyes large, 3 0 in head, 3 0 in interorbital, 0-7 in pointed
snout. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla reaching beyond
front border of eye (to the edge of the pupil ). Lower
jaw prominent forming a projecting, transverse, hori-
zontal plate the anterior margin of which strongly denti-
culated and superiorly covered by small teeth. Teeth
minute, in narrow bands in jaws; minute teeth on vomer
and palatines. A single rayed dorsal; origin in the anterior
half of total length, nearer to snout end than to caudal
origin and about midway between snout end and adipose
dorsal origin, slightly before pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal
above the last third of anal. Pectorals 1 0—1.5 in head,
almost reaching tips of pelvics or slightly beyond. Pelvics
moderate, 1 -8—2 0 in head; origin slightly behind dorsal
origin and about half eye diameter behind pectoral base,
nearer to anal origin than to snout end. Anal slightly
shorter than dorsal; origin nearer to caudal origin than
to pelvic origin. Caudal forked, 1 • 4—1 • 5 in head. Lateral
line. 7 large pyloric caeca. 17—18 long, slender, finely
denticulated gill rakers, the longest larger than fìlaments.

In spirit silvery grey; many broad, ill defined, dusky,
cross bands; fìns hyaline; top of caudal and base and top
of dorsal black; numerous parallel oblique rows, very
conspicuous on thorax and belly of tiny black specks with
a silvery centre resembling incipient luminous spots.
Fresh specimens brownish yellow with a faint silvery line,
and indistinct brownish blotches decending from above
to below; fins dusky.

It attains 200 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India: Off Madras coast, 13° 51' 12" N.,
80 D 28' 12" E., 265-457 m., 10° C., Sri Lanka: Oíf Colombo
Lt., 48—457 m.—East coast of North America between
28°—39° N., 70°—79° W., 2914—97 m., East North;
Coast of Africa, 0° 29' 3" S., 42° 47' 6" E., 977 m.; Messina,
Mediterranean; Zanzibar area, 5° S., 39° E., AT 238-293m.,
Cape of Good Hope to Delagoa Bay, 274—548 m.; West
Coast of Sumatra, 0° 43'12" S., 98° 33'8" E., 371—977m.;
11°—8° C., Madura Sea, 289 m., Fiji Is., 575 m., Hawai;
in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with the latitudinaí

SUDIDÀE

313

and longitudinal range of 20° N.—35° S., 18 c E.,—155° W.
in the Indo-Pacific =(13° N.—35° S., 18 c —98° E., in
the Indian Ocean +20° N.—16° S., 113° E.—155° W.

in the Pacifìc Ocean) and 38 c 13' N., 15° 13' E. in the
Mediterranean.

xii. Subfamily PARALEPIDINI
Body very elongate or moderately short and deep,
with deciduous scales or naked skin. Head naked, com-
pressed, moderately large. Eyes moderate or large. A
pair of large nostrils before or behind end of maxillary.
Large circular foramen at the anterior process of premaxil-
lary. Teeth in mandible slender, non-serrate, rarely ab-
sent in adult, short or long. Teeth on each gill raker in
one to 3 rows; a single or 2 separate patches on pharyn-
gobranchials on either side; palatine teeth in one or two
rows; vomer edentulous. Dorsal with 8-14 rays, origin
behind middle of total length. An adipose dorsal above
Jast third or fourth of anal fin. Pectorals well developed.
Pelvics small, outer rays distinctly shorter than inner rays;
origin behind middle of total length. Anal fin long.
Caudai forked. Lateral line with scales or with membrane
modifiedinto large scale-like structures.

The subfamily Paralepidini is represented by two
genera in the Indian region.

Key to gettera of subfamily ParaĺEPIDINI *

1. Teeth on each gill-raker in single
row; nostrils distinctly behind
hind end of maxillary ; body very
elongate : a single patch of teeth

on pharyngobranchials Stemonosudis

2. Teeth on each gill-raker in 2 or 3

rows ; nostrils distinctly before
hind end of maxillary; body not
very elongate ; two separate large
patches of teeth on pharyngo-
branchiaís Paralepis

113. Genus Paralepis Cuvier

1817. Paraìepis Cuvier, Régne Animaì , 2, ed. 1, p. 289 [ typ-,
Paralepis coregonoides (Risso) ].

1928. fíathysudis Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. 3, art.

3, pp. 41, 42 (type, Lestidium (Bathysudis) speciosum
Bellotti, orthotypic ).

*The genus Lestidium Gilbert has also been reported from Jndian
waters with the following three species, Lestidium ruigers (Jordon &
Gilbert), Lestidium japoricum Tanaka and Lestidium blanci Kartha
(vide Talwar, 1972, Curr. Scì. % 42 (2),p. 64),

314

TELEOSTOMI

Body moderately short and deep, compressed, with
deciduous scales. Head large, snout short, broad.
Nostrils considerably before posterior end of maxillary.
Eyes large. Cleft of mouth very wide, upper jaw extending
slightly beyond anterior margin of eye ; tip of lower jaw
elevated; supermaxillary curved, rod-shaped, larger than
maxillary in adult. Anterior process of supermaxillary
with a wide circular foramen. Teeth on mandible non-
serrate, slender, short, weak, sometimes absent in adult;
palatine teeth short, in 2 irregular rows, anterior one
depressible, posterior one of 15 short, fìxed teeth.
Tongue large, Teeth on each gill raker in 2 or 3 rows,
unequal in size, arranged in bunch, anterior teeth long,
extending over next raker, posterior ones short, needle-
like. Two large separate tooth patches on pharyngobran-
chials on either side. Abdominal keel not well developed
smooth. Dorsal short, in the posterior half of body.
Pectorals with 12-20 rays, well developed. Pelvics small,
far away from pectorals, opposite or behind dorsal, outer
rays distinctly shorter than inner rays. Anal long, with
20-26 rays. A small adipose dorsal. Caudal emarginate.
Lateral line; size of scales on lateral line equallmg body
scales. Branchiostegals 7-8. Yertebrae 67-74.

Distribution .—Bahamas ; off Cape Verde, West Africa;
N. Atlantic ; Mediterranean; Indian Ocean.

251. Paralepis elongatus (Brauer)
(Text-fig. 88)

1906. Omosudis elongatus Brauer, “ Valdivia ’* Tiefsee Fische, 15,
pp. 140, 380, fìg. 68 (type locality : Gulf of Guinea; Bay
of Bengal, 70° 1'12" N. , 85° 56' 5" E., 2500 m., South
of Ceylon, 4° 56' N., 78° 15' 3" E., 2000 m.

1949. Omosudis elongatus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 428.

1953. Lestidium ( Bathysudis ) speciosum (nec Bellotti) Misra, Rec.
Indian Mus., 50, p. 415.

1953. Paralepis elongata Harry, Pacific Sci ., 7 (2), pp. 230,
231, 237 (Seychelles Is., Chagos Archipelago, S. Ceylon,
Bay of Bengal, Coccos Is,).

SUDIDAE

315

1953. Omosudis elongatus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa , p. 115,
fig. 186 (off Natal, 600 fms.).

B. 8; D 8—10/0 ; P. 12; A. 20-26.

Body moderately elongate, deep, compressed, with
deciduous scales. Abdomen slightly keeled, smooth.
Depth 5 -9 in standard length. Head compressed, naked,
3. 6—4.1 in standard length. Eyes large, 3 -7—5 -5 in head.
Snout short, broad, 2.0—2.5 times eye diameter, 1.7—2.4
in head. Nostrils well before end ofmaxiliary. Cleft of
mouth wide, reaching a little beyond the anterior margin
of eye. Teeth in lower jaw short , weak, often absent in
adult; palatine teeth short, biserial anteriorly, first row
depressible, second row of 15 short, fìxed teeth; no teeth
on vomer. Teeth in each gill raker in 2 or 3 rows; two
large, separate, tooth patches on pharyngobranchials.
A single rayed dorsal fin in the posterior half of body:
origin close behind pelvic orìgin. A small adipose dorsai
above last third of anal. Pectorals low. Pelvics smali;
origin opposite dorsal origin, nearer to anal origin than to
pectoral base. Anal longer than dorsal; origin nearer to
pelvic origin thanto caudal origin. Caudal emarginate,
nearly 2 -0 in head. Lateral lme with scales. Branchioste-
gals 8.

A postlarval specimen measuring 30 mm. has been ob-
tained; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 7° 1'2" N., 85°
56' 5" E., 2500 m., South of Ceylon: 4° 56'N., 78° 15'3"
E., 2000 m. —off Natal, 29° S., 30°30' E. 600 fms.,
Seychelles, 3° 34' 6" S., 58° 38' 1" E., 2008 m., Chagos
archipelago, 6° 19' 35", 73° 18' 9" E., 1900 m., Gulf

of Guinea, 2°36'5" N., 3°27'5"E., 1200 m., 0° 26'N;

7°E., 2000 m., 3 C 55'5", 7 C 48'E., 3000 m., in the mean
annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and Iongi-
tudinal range of 7°1'2" N—29° S., 30 c 30'—85°56' 5" E.,
in the Indian Ocean, 2°36'5"N., —30°55'S., 3°27'5"->7°48'
5" E. in the Atlantic Ocean.

316

TELEOSTOMI

114. Genus Stemonosudis Harry

1951. Stemotiosudis Harry, Zoologica, 36, Pt. (1), p. 32 (type, Stemono-
sudis intermedia (Ege), orthotypic).

Body very elongate, low, slightly compressed, naked_
Head long. Snout long, narrow. Nostrils behind posterior
end of maxillary. Eye moderate. Cleft of mouth very wide;
gape near tip of maxillary, upper jaw reaching nearly an
eye diameter before anterior margin of eye; tip of lower
jaw elevated or not elevated. Supramaxillary short,
narrow, closely attached to maxiliary. A foramen in the
anterior portion of premaxillary. Teeth in upper jaw
prominent, caitine-like, antrose and retrose; teeth in
mandible slender, canine-like retrose; no teeth on vomer;
palatine teeth short, biserial anteriorly, first row depressible;
posteriorly a few short unìserial teeth. Tongue small,
far back in mouth. Teeth on gill-rakers uniserial, small,
equalling in length a fourth of the breadth of the bone of
gillarch; one patch of teeth on pharyngobranchials.
Abdominal keel moderately developed. Dorsal short
with 9—11 rays, in the posterior half of body A small
adipose dorsal. Pectorals short, 10—13 rays. Pelvics very
small, far away from pectoral base, before dorsal. Anal
very long, 37—50 rays. Caudal forked. Lateral line tubes
very large. Membrane over lateral line tube modified
into large scale-like structures pierced above and below
by 2 pores on each segment.

Distribution .—Indian Ocean: Sri Lanka, Sumatra; Paci-
fìc Ocean: Straits of Macassar, Lord Howe Island ; Atlan-
tic Ocean ; Caribbean Sea.

252. Stemonosudis elongatus (Ege)

1933. Macroparalepis elongatus Ege, Dansk. Naturalist. For. Kjoben -
hayan. Vidensk. Medd ., 94, p. 233 (type iocality : South
East of Ceylon, 4° 28'N., 82° 13'E., collected on

22. xi. 1929 by “Dana” in 1000 metres of wire out).

1953. Stemonosudis elongata Harry, Pacific Sci ., 7 (2), pp. 231,

241, 242 (Ceylon).

1955. Stemonosudis elongatus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish . Ceyìon
p. 37 (S.E. of Ceylon, 500 fms.).

B. 8;D. 11; P. 13; V. 9; A. 50.

SUDIDAE

317

Body very elongate, iow, slightly compressed,
naked; abdomen moderately keeled. Depth 33.3 in
standard length. Head long, scaleless, compressed, 6 *6
in standard length. Eyes 5*2 in snout, interorbital
11 *1 in head. Snout long, pointed, 1 -8 in head. Cleft of
mouth wide, maxilla extending an eye diameter before
anterior margin of eye. Teeth in upper jaw well deve-
loped, canine-like, anterior ones directed inwards, posterior
directed forwards; teeth in lower jaw slender, canine-
like, directed inwards, larger teeth nearly 16*6 in snout
length; vomer toothless; palatine teeth short, in 2 rows
anteriorly, first row depressible and in single row post-
eriorly; teeth in gill rakers small, in single row; a single
patch of teeth on pharyngobranchial. Dorsal short, m
the posterior half of body ; origin behind pelvic origin;
predorsal length 1 -6 in standard length. Pectorals smalL
An adipose dorsal near caudal end. Pelvics very small;
origin before dorsal origin; distance between pelvic and
dorsal origins about 10-0 in standard length. Anal
very long; origin behind dorsal origin; preanal length
in standard length. Vent before dorsal origin. Caudal
small, forked. Lateral line tube large, membrane over
lateral line tube modified into large scale-like structures.

Body pigmented with 31-32 peritoneal sections, pelvic
origin being below the interval between the 6th and 7th
pigmented segments counted from behind.

An adolescent specimen measuring 124 mm. in total
length has been obtained; bathypelagic.

Distribution .— S. E. Sri Lanka, 4° 28' N., 82° 13' E.
in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C.

xiii. Subfamily Bathypteroini

Body eíongate, scaly. Head naked, depressed. Eyes
small or entirely absent. Dorsal and pelvic origins much
before middle of total length. Anal not longer than dorsal.
A few upper rays of pectorals, outer rays of pelvics and
lower rays of caudal very much prolonged. Tail (measured
from vent to hypural) 1.1 in a standard length.

The subfamily BATHYPTEROINI is represented by a
single genus in the Indian region.

318

TELEOSTOMI

115. Genus Bathypterois Gunther

1878. Bathypterois Giinther, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (5), 2, p. 183 (type,
B. longifilis Gthr., orthotypic).

1895. Synapteretmus Goode & Bean, Ocean. Ichth. 9 p. 64 (type,
Bathypterois quadrifilis Gthr., orthotypic.).

1911. Hemipterois Regan, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (8) 7, p. 126
(type, Bathypterois guentheri Alc., orthotypic).

1916. Belonopterois Roule, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco ., p. 13,
(type, B. viridensis Ruole).

Body elongate, slightly compressed, with cycloid scales;
without photophores. Tail longer than trunk. Snout,
long, bill-like. Eyes very small or entirely reduced.
Cleft of mouth very wide, horizontal. Villiform teeth
in narrow bands on jaws; vomerine teeth present or
absent; no teeth on palatine and tongue. Gill openings
very wide; gill rakers long, numerous. Pseudobranchiae
absent. Dorsal fin with 12—15 rays, in middle of back:
origin in front of anal origin. Pectorals high on the shoulder
remarkably developed, with the upper rays isolated and
enormously prolonged. Pelvics abdominal with their
outermost rays usually produced : origin in front of dorsal
origin. Anal fin with 10—11 rays, in anterior part of tail
origin behind dorsal origin. Adipose dorsal present or ab-
sent. Caudal fin well developed deeply forked, with
its lowermost rays prolonged. Ventral outline of tail
notched ornot notched.

Distributìon. —Altantic Ocean : East coast of South
America, 36 0 44' S., 46° W., 4844 m.;North coast of Africa,
1644 m.; Morocco coast, 834—1635 m.; Canary Is., 834—
1635 m., Sudan coast, 834—1635 m., Brazil, 914 m., Azores,
1300—1384m.; Indian Ocean : Arabian Sea, 1163—2084
m.; Bay of Bengal, 1026 m., Andaman Sea, 896—1026
m.; Pacific Ocean : Sandwich Is., 571—2401 m., New
Zealand, 950—1151 m.; West coast of Central Americas,
1207—2068 m., South Pacific, 39° 41' S., 131° 23' W.,
3761 m.

The genus Bathypterois is represented by 2 subgenera
in the Tndian region.

SUDIDAE

319

Key to the subgenera of genus Bathypterois Gilnther

1. Pectoral of 3 distinct portions;
an upper of 2 Iong, detached,
rigid filaments, the middle of 6
short, branched rays connected
together by stout inter-radial
membrane, and the lower of 5 free,

long, simple rays. Hemipterois

2 . Pectoraí 2 distinct portions; an
upper of 2 long, basally coherent
rays and a lower of 12—13 long,

free, rigid rays Bathypterois

x. Subgenus Bathypteiois Guntber

Pectoral of 2 distinct portions; an upper of 2 long,
basally coherent rays and a lower of 12—13 long, free,
rigid rays.

Key to species of subgenus Bathypterois Giinther

1. Ventral outline of tail notched at

base of lower caudal rays B. {B.) atricolor

2. Ventral outline of taU not notched B. ( B.) insularum

253. Bathypterois (Bathypterois) atricolor Alcock

(Pl. XI, fig. 1; Text-fig. 89)

1896. Bathypterois atricolor Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, p. 306

(type-locality : Laccadive Sea, 13°47' N., 72° 34'45" E., 891
fms., 5°C. ; type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1897. Bathypterois atricolor Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 17,

fig. 6.

1898. Bathypterois atricolor Alcock, Amt. Mag. nat . Hist., (7) 2, p.146

(off Laccadives, 891 fms.; off Maldives, 6°56'56" N.,
72°53'30* £., 459 fms.; off Cape Comorin, 7°40' N. 76°0'52"
E., 824 fms., 4 *4°C.).

1899. lìathypíerois atricolor Alcock, Cat. ìnd. Deep Sea Fish.,

p. 159.

1906. Bathypterois atricolor Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15
p. 380.

1928. Bathypterois atricolor Parr, Buli. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., 3,
art, 3, p. 30.

1949. Bathypterois atricolor Misra, Rec. Indian Mus.,
45, p. 426.

1953. Bathypterois atricolor Misra, Rec. Indiatt Mus., 59, p. 416,
flg. 29 a .

320

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 89. —Lateral view of Bathypterois ( Bathypterois ) atricoìor
Alc. (After A. Alcock)

B. 12; D. 15/0; P. 2/12; V. 9; A. 10; L. 1. 52; L. tr. 15.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 9 0 in total length (7-5—8 0 in standard
length). Head depressed, naked, 6 0 in total length (5*0
in standard length). Eyes small, 5 0 in snout. Snout 3*3
in head, equal to interorbital. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla.
reaching 3 eye diameters behind eye. Lower jaw prominent.
Villiform teeth in narrow band in jaws palatine eden-
tulous. A single rayed dorsal; origin in the anterior half,
of total length, nearer to snout end than to caudal origin,.
nearer to adipose dorsal origin than to snout end, about 3.2
eye diameters behind pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal far be-
hind anal origin on the caudal peduncle, nearer to caudaf
origin than to dorsal origin and midway between last
dorsal ray and the first caudal ray. Two upper pectoral
rays prolonged, at least as far as the end of the caudal fin,
coherent in basal part but not fused. Pelvic abdominal;.
origin 3 eye diameters before dorsal origin, nearer to pec-
toral base than to anal origin; 2 outer pelvic rays thickened,
branched, prolonged as far as the 7th or 8th anal ray, not
quite as long as head. Anal shorter than dorsal; origin just
behind last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudaf
origin and midway between adipose dorsal origin and
pelvic origin. Caudal lobed, the lower lobe the longer,
11 in head. The ventral edge of caudal peduncle
notched; length 3 -2 in standard length; least height 4 0 in.
its length.

Uniform black except the pectoral fìlaments.

ít attains 203 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution— India: Laccadive Sea, 13°47' N., 72 c 34'
45" E., 1629 m., 5 C., Off Comorin, 7° 40' N.,

76 o 0'52" E., 1506 m., 4-4 c C., Off Maldives, 6°56' 56" N.,.
72° 53' 30" E., 830 m., in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 6°—13°N.,72 C
—76° E. in the W. Arabian Sea.

SUDIDAE

321

254. Bathypterois (Bathypterois) insularum Alcock
(Pl. XI, fig. 2; Text-fig.90)

18°2. Bathypterois insularum Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 10, p.

356 (type-locality : Arabian Sea, 14°35' 15* N., 70°2'37" E.,
1140 fms.; 3 -1°C., type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1896. Bathypterois insularum Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal ', 65, p. 33
(Laccadive Sea, 1140 fms.).

1899. Bathypterois insularum Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p. 158

(Arabian Sea, oíf Laccadive ls., 1140 fms.).

1900. Bathypterois insularum Alcock, ///. Zooì. Investig. Fish., pl. 32,

fig. 1.

1906. Bathypterois insularum Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische , 15,
p. 380.

1924. Bathypterois capensis Gilchrist & von Bonde, Fish & Mar.

biol. Surv. Rep.y 3, Spec. Rep. 7, p. (type locality : S.
Africa).

1928. Bathypterois insularum Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., 3,
art. 3, p. 27.

1949. Bathypterois insuìarum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 427.

1953. Bathypterois insularum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 416,
fig. 26 a.

Text-fig. 90.—Lateral view of Bathypterois (Bathypterois) insula -
rum Alc., (After A. Alcock)

B. 13-14; D. 12-13/0 : P. 2^12-13; V 9; A. 10; L. 1.

48-51; L.tr. 13.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth a little more than half head length,
9 • 5 in total length (7 • 5 in standard length). Head depressed,
naked, 5-4 in total length (4 0 in standard length). Eyes
minute, 13*0 in head, about a snout length apart, 4*5 in
snout. Snout spatulate, about 3 • 5 in head. Cleft of mouth

322

TELEOSTOMI

very wide, horizontal, maxilla extending 3*5 eye diameters
behind orbit. Lower jaw prominent. Dentition as in B.
guentheri. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout
end than to caudal origin, nearer to adipose dorsal origin
than to snout end, about 5 eye diameters behind pelvic
origin. Adipose dorsal far behind anal origin; origin
nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal origin. Two upper-
most rays of pectoral coherent in their basal half, reaching
at least as far as the adipose dorsal;other pectoral rays
slender, rigid, reaching at least as far as the vent. Pelvic
large, abdominal; origin 5 eye diameters before dorsal
origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin; 2 outer-
most rays very stout, stiíf, prolonged, about 1- 6^2-0
times as long as head. Anal slightly shorter than dorsal;
origin below last dorsal ray, much nearer to pelvic origin
than to caudal origin and midway between pelvic and adipose
dorsal origins. Caudal large, forked; 2 or 3 lower most
rays of the lower lobe prolonged to a length at least 1/3
that of standard length. The ventral edge of caudal
peduncle not notched, its length 3*0 in standard length; its
least height 5*0 in its length.

Uniform black; fìns hyaline grey.

It attains 139 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution ,—India : Oíf the Laccadives, 14° 35' 15" N.,
70E., 2084 m., 3 1° C.—Coast of South Africa; in
the mean annual isotherm of 20 C C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 14° N.—29° S., 30°—70°E., in the
Indian Ocean.

xi. Subgenus Hemipterois Regan

Pectoral of 3 distinct portions; an upper of 2 long,
detached, rigid filaments, the middle of 6 short, branched
rays connected together by stout inter-radial membrane,
and a lower of 5 free, long, simple rays.

The subgenus Hemipterois is represented by a single

species, Bathypterois (Hemipterois) guentheri Alcock, in
the Indian region.

255 v Bathyptois (Hemipterois) guentheri Alcock

(P1 X)

1889. Bathypteroìs guentheri Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist (6) 4,
p. 450 (type locality : Andaman Sea, 1\ miles east of N.
Cinque I., 13°15' N., 48 C I8' E., 490 fms., I2-8°C.; type in
the Zoological Survey of India).

SUDIDAE

323

1891. Bathvpterois guentheri Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 8,

p. 129 (Bay of Bengal, 13°4T30r N., 92°36' E., 561 fms.,
7 •2°C.).

1892. Bathypterois guentheri [lAlcock, ///. Zoo/. Investig. F/j/j., pl. 7,

fig. 6.

1896. Bathypterois guentheri Alcock, /. As. Soc. Bengal\ 65, p. 332
(off the coast of Andaman Is., 490-561 fms.).

1899. Bathypterois guentheri Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep. Sea Fish
p. 157 (Andaman Sea, 490 fms„ Arabian Sea, off the
Laccadives and Maldives, 636 & 719 fms., 7.6° C.).

1906. Bathypterois guentheri Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 380.

1928. Bathypterois guentheri Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll '., 3,
art. 3, p. 25.

1949. Bathypterois guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 426.
1953. Bathypterois guentheri Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, p. 416.

B. 12; D. 13/0; P. 2/6/5; Y 7-8; A. 11; L.l. ca. 55.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly: abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 8 -7 in total length (6 0 in standardlength).
Head depressed, nearly as broad as deep, naked, 6-0 in
total length (3 *7 in sfandard length). Eyes minute, nearly
in the middle of maxilla close to its edge, a snout length
apart; orbital margins rounded, inflated. Interorbital flat
from side to side. Nostrils small, superior, far in advance
of eye. Cleft of mouth. very wide, slightly oblique, more or
less horizontal; maxilla reaching about a snout length be-
hind orbit; maxilla dilated abruptly, truncated at hinder
end, nearly 2/3rd head length. Lowerjaw prominent.
Villiform teeth in broad bands in the outer edges of the
strong jaw bones; a minute patch on each side of expanded
bone. A single rayed dorsal; origin before middle of total
length, nearer to snout end than to caudal origin,
about 4 eye diameters behind pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal far behind anal origin; origin nearer to caudal
origin than to dorsal ongin. Pectoralsof 3 distinct
portions, an upper portion of 2 detached rigid
fìlaments, the first of which reaching to the tip of the
upper caudal lobe; the middle portion of 6 com-
paratively short, branched rays decreasing in length from
above downwards connected together by stout inter-radial
membrane; the lower portion of 5 free, simple, elongated
rays reaching at least half way along the tail. Pelvics
abdominal; origin 4 eye diameters before dorsal origin, its

324

TELEOSTOMI

outcrmost ray forming a long curved rigid spatulate appen-
dage nearly 2 • 2 in totai length in the adult and much longer
in the young. Anal shorter than dorsal; origin below 9th
—lOth dorsal ray, much nearer pelvic origin than to adipose
dorsal and caudal origins. Caudal large, deeply forked;
the lowermost ray rigid, prolonged, curved with spatulate
tip about 2*4 in total length. Ventral edge of caudal peduncle
not notched; length 2-8 in standard length, its least height
5 0 in its length. Gill rakers numerous, closely-set, long,
bristle-like except on the 4th arch.

In spirit the head nearly black, the body dark brown with
2 broad, transverse, white bands, one in front of dorsal, the
other near the middle of tail; caudal white, other fins black.

It attains 190 mm. in length excluding caudal rays;
bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India: East of North Cinque I., 13°15' N.,
4VIZ' E., 896 m., 12-8° C., Bay of Bengal, 13 o 4r30" N.,
92°36' E., 1026 m., 7*2°C., oíf the Laccadives, 1163 m.,
7 ? C.; Sri Lanka: oíf the Maldives, 1316 m., 6 C., in the
mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 4°—13°N., 72°—92° E. in the Indian
Ocean.

XLV. Family Myctophidae

Body moderately elongate, compressed, scaly or naked.
With or without photophores, photophores when present
restricted to definite and separate series or not infra and
supracaudal luminous scaies present or absent or only
infra or supracaudal present. Head scaless, more or less
compressed. Eyes large or moderate. Cleft of mouth
wide, oblique, maxilla extending to or behind hind border
of eye. Jaws more or less subequal. Villiform teeth in
band in jaws, palatines, pterygoid and often on tongue and
vomer. Gill openings wide; gill rakers long, numerous.
A single rayed dorsal fin. Adipose dorsal present or
absent. Pectorals long or short, in the middle or below
the middle of body. Pelvics moderate. Anal equal,
longer or shorter than dorsal Caudal forked. Branchioste-
gals 8—10.

Miocene to recent.

Family Myctophidae is represented by 3 subfamilies in
the Indian region.

MYCTOPHIDAE

325

Key to subfamilies of famiìy Myctophidae

1. Photophores ; present ; supramaxillary

present or absent 3

2. Photophores absent ; supramaxillary

present Scopelengini

3. Photophores restricted to definite

and separate series ; supramaxillary
absent . Myctophini

A. Photophores not restricted to definite
and separate series but one photo-
phore to each scale on entirè body
or photophores only on the ventral
part of body ; supramaxillary
present Neoscopeuni

xiv. Subfamily Myctophini
(Text-fig. 91)

Text-Fig. 91. —A hypothetial myctophid fish showing the topography
of photophores (terminology i s after A. Brauer andA.Parr).
a. antorbital; AO==anal; AOa=antero-anal; AOp—
postero.anal; ór^branchiostegal; ífl=inferior or
lower antorbital; /c=infracaudal luminous organ;
op=opercu!ar; PLO=suprapectoraI; PO=pectoral;
Pol=postero-lateral; Prc=precaudal; PVO=
subpectoral; ja=superior or upper antorbital;
SAO=supra-anal; jc=supracaudal luminous organ;
VLO=supra-ventral; VO=ventral.

Supramaxillary absent. Maxilla extending to or beyond
postorbit. Photophores restricted to definite and separate
series. Antorbital normal or conspicuously enlarged. Photo-
phores above or below the lateral line. 1 or 2 Pol, or
Pol absent. Prc 2 or 3 or 4. Supra—and infracaudal lumin-
ous glands present or absent or only supra or infracaudal
present. Anal base longer or equal to or shorter than
dorsal origin; below dorsal base or behind last dorsal
ray. Procurrent caudal rays soft without luminous glands
*or stiíF, spine-like with or without luminous glands.

Small shining fishes of deep water.

23 —1341 ZSI/71

326

teleostomi

The subfamily Myctophini is represented by 8 genera?
in the Indian region.

1 .

2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

8 .

9.

10 .

11 .

12 .

13.

Key to genera of subfamily MyCTOPMNI 1

Anal base longer than rayed dorsal
base; 2Prc.

Anal base equal to or slightly shorter
than rayed dorsal base (except genus
Lampanyctus where slightly longer);
Prc 2,3 or 4

PLO above pectoral base

PLO not above pectoral base

2 Pol : VO level ; PVO oblique in a
straight line with first PO : second
Prc elevated

One Pol : second VO elevated or level;
PVO not ìn a straight line with first
PO or PVO oblique in straight line
with fìrst PO

Second VO elevated ; PVO horizontal:
anal origin before last dorsal

Second VO level ; PVO oblique ;
anal origin opposite or behind last
dorsalray . . .

Teethcardiform; second prc much
elevated.

Teeth flattened lanceolate ; second
Prc level

Procurrent caudal rays spine-like ;
superior (sa) antorbital absent ;
inferior (ia) antorbital normal ;
Prc 3 or 4.

Procurrent caudal rays soft ; superior
(sa) antorbital well developed or
not well developed ; inferior (ia)
antorbital in 2 or 3 separate or
confluent parts or absent ; 2 or 4
Prc ; fourth PO elevated or third
and fourth PO much elevated ;
lateral line prominent or obsolete ;
photophores above or below lateral
line

3

11

5

Gonichthys

Hygophum

7

9

Myctophnm

Benthosema

Diogenichthys

Lampanyctus

13

Superior (sa) antorbital well developed
inferior (ia) antorbital in 2 or 3
separate or confluent parts ; 4 Prc
in ascending series ; lateral line
prominent ; photophores below
lateral line . . Diaphus

iThe key is modified after A. Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond 118, p. 1040.

MYCTOPHIDAE

327 “

14. Superior ( sa) antorbital organ not well
developed ; inferior (ia) antorbital
absent ; 2 Prc in a vertical line;
lateral line obsolete ; photophores
above lateral line Notolychnus

116. Genus Benthosema Goode & Bean

1895. Benthosema Goode & Bean, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus ., 17 [1894],..
p. 75 (type, Scopelus mulleri Gmelin =Scopelus glacialis
Reinhardt).

Body moderately elongate, compressed with scales and
photophores. Photophores limited to definiteand separate
series; precaudal photophores two; antorbital photo-
phores not enlarged; superior antorbital ( sa ); no inferior
antorbital ((/a); a small suborbital (SO) present or absent;
suprapectoral (PLO) above pectoral base; subpectoral
(PVO) horizontal; 5 PO; 4 VO, the second VO elevated ;
AOp entirely behind anal fin in the species of the Indian
region; a single Pol; Prc 2, second elevated; a small supra-
caudal in male and an infracaudal in female. No pterotic
spine. Snout short. Eyes large. Cleft of mouth wide,
maxilla extending to or a little beyond postorbit. Teeth
cardiform in bands on jaws and palatines; a small patch on
vomer and a broad patch on entopterygoid. Gill openings
wide; gill-rakers well developed. Pseudobranchiae well
developed. Dorsal fin with 11-13 rays; origin nearly opposite
or behind pelvic origin; adipose dorsal origin opposite or
slightly behind last anal ray. Pectoral reaching or not
reaching anal origin. Pelvics short not reaching anal
origin, origin opposite or before dorsal origin. Anal with
17-19 rays, origin nearly below middle of dorsal base or
opposite last dorsal ray; base longer than dorsal base.
Caudal forked, procurrent caudal rays soft. Cycloid
scales. Lateral line.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : North and South
Atlantic; Indian Ocean : offCape Point; ArabianSea; Gulf
of Oman; Bay of Bengal; Pacific Ocean : Macassar strait;
Philippines; Japan; Hawaii; Arctic Ocean.

Key to the species of genus Benthosema Goode & Bean

1. PO level; second Prc well below lateral

line ; PLO nearer lateral line than

to pectoral base . . .5. fibulatum

2. Last PO elevated ; second Prc near

lateral line; PLO midway between

lateral line and pectoral base B. pterotus

328

TELEOSTOMI

256. Benthosema fibulatum (Gilbert & Cramer)

1897. Myctophum fibulatum Gilbert & Cramer, Proc. U.S. nat. Mus .,
p. 411, pl. 38, fig. 3 (type locality : 12°13' N., 157°43'37" E..
type in the United States National Museum).

3906. Myctophum pterotum Brauer ( partim ), “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische ,
15, p. 182, fig. 93.

1913. Myctophum pterotum Weber & de Beaufort. ( partim ), Fish.
Indo-Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 157 (Macassar Strait).

1928. Myctophum fibulatum Parr, BuII. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll .,
3, art. 3, pp. 61, 67, fig. 7 (Hawaiian Is.).

1930. Myctophum fibulatum Norman, “ Discovery” Rep., 2, p. 325
(35°01' S., 10°18' E., TYF, 250 (—0) m.).

1939. Myctophum fibulatum Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped .,
7, p. 28 (Arabian Sea, 23°2' 48" N., 64° 31' 54" E., 23°2'
30" N., 64° 41' E., N 200, 2000 (—0) m., 3 -18°C., N 100,
1500 (—0) m., 5 *57°C.).

1948-49. Benthosema fibulata Fraser-Bruńner, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond ., 118, p. 1052.

1949. Myctophum fibulatum Misra, Rec. lndian Mus., 45, p. 427.

1953. Myctophum fibulatum Misra. Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 418.

3953. Myctophum fibulatum Herre, Check List Philippine Fish .,
p. 143 (Philippines).

B. 8-10; D. 12/0; P. 16; V. 8; A. 19; L. 1. 27-28.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4.8-5.0 in total length (4-0 in standard
length); width about 2*0 in its depth. Head compressed,
naked, 3-9 in total length (3-0—3-2 in standard length).
Eyes large, 2;7—2*9 in head, its upper rim nearly entering
profile. Interorbital flat, broad, 1 • 5 in eye. Snout steep,
blunt, short, 2 0 in eye. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla
extending to 1/4 or 1/5 of its length beyond the postorbit.
Teeth very small, in narrow bands in jaws and palatines.
Jaws subequal, lower jaw with a very small symphysial
base. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearly midway
between snout end and caudal origin, nearer to adipose
dorsal than to snout end. Adipose dorsal above last
third of anal; origin nearer to caudal origin thap to dorsal
origin. Pectorals 1 1 in head, reaching beyond anal origin.
Pelvics small, 2 -5 in head, not reaching anal origin; origin
nearer to pectoral báse than to anal origin, about 1/2
eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal longer than
dorsal; origin below 9th or lOth dorsal ray, much nearer
to pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked.

MYCTOPHIDAE

329 »

1-2 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle 1 - 5 in its
Iength. Lateral line. Cycloid deciduous scales. Photo-
phores: no suborbital; one opercular; one suprapectoral
(PLO) nearer lateral line than to pectoral base; 2 subpec-
torals (PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO) level;
one supraventral (VLO), below lateral line; 5 ventrals
(VO), second VO elevated; 3 supra-anals (SAO), first SAO
lower than second SAO and such lower than VLO, third
SAO elevated, on the lateral line; anals (AO) 6+5; one
posterolateral (Pol); 2 precaudals (Prc), second elevated,
well below lateral line; one supracaudal luminous scale in
male.

In spirit dusky to blackish brown; scales silvery steel
blue, iridescent; snout whitish, adipose dorsal white, black
at base, peritoneum black.

It attains 101 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distńbution .—Arabian Sea, 23°2 / 4S ,/ N., 64°3r

54" E., 23°2' 36" N., 64°4r E., N. 200, 2000 (—0) m., 3.18°
C., N 100, 1500 (—0) m., 5-57° C. —Macassar Straits;
Philippines, 14° N., 123° E., Hawaii; South Atlantic Ocean,
35 0 !' S., 10" 18' E., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C.
and 12°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
23° N.—5° S., 64° E.—155° W. in the Indo-Pacific=
(23° N., 64° E. in the Indian Ocean + 20 C N.—5 r S., 119°E.
—155° W. in the Pacific Ocean) and 35° 1' S., 10° 18 7 E. in
the Atlantic Ocean.

257. Eenthosema pterotus (Alcock)

(Text-fig. 92)

1890. Scopelus ( Myctophum) pterotus Alcock, Anrt. Mag. nat. Hist .,
(6) 6, p. 217 (type locality: Bay of Bengal, 18°30' N., 8 4°46 A ~
È., 98—102 fms.; type in the Zoological Survey of India).

1894. Scopelus pterotus Alcock, ///. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 4,
fig. 3.

1896. Scopelus ( Myctophum) pterotus Alcock, J. As. Soc.Bengaì,
65, p. 333 (off Madras coast, 98—102 fms.).

1899. Scopeìus pterotus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 162
(Bay of Bengal, 98—102 fms.; Andaman Sea, 14°13' N.^
93°40' E., 370—419 fms.).

1906. Myctophum {Myctophum) pterotum Brauer (partim), “ Valdivia”
Tiefsee Fische, 15, pp. 182, 382, fig. 94, nec. fig. 93.

1913. Myctophum pterotum Weber & de Beaufort {partim ),. Fisk~
Indo-Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 157 (Macassar Straíts).

330

TELEOSTOMI

1928. Myctophum pterotum Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. t
3, art. 3, p. 60 (Indian and Pacific Oceans; occurrence in
Atlantic very doubtful, the records being based upon an
erroneous identification of this species with M. fìbulatuni).

.1931. Myctophum pterotum Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo y 3, pt. 1,
p. 19 (Southern Japan area).

1939. Myctophum pterotum Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 28 (Arabian Sea, 23°2' 48" N., 64°31'54"E., 23°2'30"
N., 64°41' E., N 200, 2000 (—0) m., 3 18° C., N 100, 1500
(—0) m., 5-57° C.; 19°21'18" N., 69°30'24" E., 19° 19'
N., 69°30' 24" E., 549—640 m., 11 -8° C.).

1948-49. Benthosema pterota Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 118, p. 1052.

1949. Myctophum pterotus Misra, Rec. Indìan Mus. t 45, p. 428.

1953. Myctophum pterotus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50 p, 418, fig.

27 d.

1953. Myctophum pterotum Herre, Check List Philippine Fish. y p.
144 (near Romblon I., Philippines).

1953. Myctophum pterotum Smith. Sea Fish. South . Africa , p. 121,
(off Cape Point).

Text-fig. 92.—Lateral view of Benthosema pterotus (Alc. (After A.

Alcock)

B. 8—10; D. 11-13/0; P. 12-15; V. 8; A. 17-18;
L. 1 30—34.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4*5—5*0 in total length (3*6—4 0 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 3*7 in total
length (2*9—3*0 in standard length). Eyes large, 3*0 in
liead, thrice obtuse snout. Cleft of mouth oblique,
maxilla extending beyond orbit. Jaws subequal. No
vomerine teeth. Opercle large; operculum produced
into a membranous spur behind; vertical border of
preopercle very oblique. A single rayed dorsal fin;

MYCTOPHIDAE

331

origin slightly nearer to caudal origin than to
snout end, half eye diameter behind pelvic origin.
Adipose dorsal above last fourth of anal; origin
nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal origin.
Pectorals long, reaching beyond anal origin, equal to head.
Pelvics moderate, 2-2 in head, reaching vent and not
reaching anal origin; origin half an eye diameter before
dorsal origin. Anal longer than dorsal; origin below the
12-15th dorsal rays, much nearer to pelvic origin than
to caudal origin. Caudal deeply forked, 1 1 in head.
Least height of caudal peduncle 2 *0 in its length. Lateral
line. Photophores: one antorbital; no suborbital; one
preopercular; 2 along edge of gill opening; one supra-
pectoral (PLO) 2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchiostegals;
5 pectorals (PO) last elevated; 4 ventrals (VO), second VO
more or less elevated; one supraventral (VLO); 3 supra-
anals (SAO), íìrst SAO on a level with second SAO and
VLO, third SAO elevated from the two; anals (AO)
5+5; one postero-lateral (Pol) below lateral line; 2 pre-
caudals (Prc.) second close to lateral line; 3 supracaudal
luminous scales. (O).

Silvery.

It attains about 61 mm.; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—India : Bay of Bengal, 18°30' N.,
84°46 # E., 179—186 m.; Andaman Sea, 14°13' N., 93°40'
E., 676—766 m.; Arabian Sea, 19°21T8" N., 69° 30'24"
E., 19°19' N., 69°30'24" E., AT 549—640 m., 11.8° C.,
Pakistan : Arabian Sea; 23°2'48" N., 64°31'54" E., 23°2'30"
N., 64°41' E., N 200, 2000 (—0) m., 3-18° C., N 100, 1500
(—0) m., 5*57° C.; Guif of Oman; Off Cape Point; Macas-
sar Strait 5°5' S., 119°30' E.; Philippines; Japan 34°N # ,
135° E.; in the mean annual isotherm of 20° C. with
latitudinal and longitudinal range of 34° N.—35° S.,
18°—135° E. in the Indo-Pacific=(23°N. —35° S., 18°—
93° E. in the Indian Ocean + 32° N. — 5° S., 110°—135°
E., in the Pacific Ocean).

117. Genus Diogenichthys Bolin

1939. Diogenichthys Bolin, Stanford Ichth. Bull ., 1, p. 119 (type
Myctophum laternatus Garman, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed with scales and photo-
phores. Photophores limited to definìte and separate

332

TELEOSTOMI

series; precaudal photophores two; sa Present no za;
PLO well above pectoral base ; 5 pectorals (PO)
level; 4 ventrals (VO), second (VO) elevated;
AOP entirely behind anal end; a single Pol;
Prc 2, the second not elevated; supracaudal Iuminous
gland in male, infracaudal in female. Snout short. Eyes
large. Maxillary extending to or beyond postorbit. Teeth
lanceolate, flattened in single series in upper jaw; in 2
series in lower jaw; 2 or 3 cardiform teeth on each vomer;
irregular series of cardifòrm teeth on palatines and en-
topterygoids. No pterotic spine. Gill openings wide;
gill-rakers well developed. Pseudobranchiae well develop-
ed. Dorsal fin origin opposite or behind pelvic origin.
Adipose dorsal above last portion of anal base. Pectorals
reaching anal origin. Pelvics small, reaching or not re-
aching anal origin ; origin opposite or before dorsal
origin. Anal origin nearly opposite or before last dorsal
ray; base longer than dorsal base. Caudal forked; procur-
rent caudal rays soft. Scales. Lateral line.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean : Cape Verde; Sierre
Leone; Gulf of Guinea, 2000—3000 m.; Indian Ocean :
between Zanzibar and Seychelles, 2500 m., between
Chagos Archipelago and Sri Lanka, 1900—2500 m., S.
of Socotra, 1500—2000 m., Gulf of Aden, 1200 m.,
between New Amsterdam and Sumatra, 2200—2400 m.,
Arabian Sea, S.E. of Maldives, 2500 m., Pacific Ocean:
Japan; Gulf of Panama; West coast of California, between
7° N. and 27° 39' N.

The genus Diogenichthys is represented by two species*
in the Indian region.

Key to the species of genus Diogenichthys Bolin

1. Maxilla extending beyond postorbit ;
dorsal origin behind pelvic origin;

VLO nearer to pelvics than to lateral

line ; fìrst SAO above 4th VO D. laternatum

2. Maxilla extending to postorbit;
dorsal origin opposite pelvic origin;

VLO midway between lateral line
and pelvics; first SAO above and
a little behind VO

D. panurgus

MYCTOPHIDAE

333

258. Diogenichthys laternatum (Garman)

(Text-fig. 93)

1899. Myctophum laternatum Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp.

Zool. , 24, p. 267, pl. 56, fig. 1 (type locality : 10° 14' N.,
96° 28' W., surface to 200 fms.).

1906. Myctophum ( Myctophum ) laternatum Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische, 15, pp. 178, 382, figs. 89— 9\ (Bay of Bengal,
N., 85°56'5" E., 2500 m.)

1913. Mvctophum laternatum Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral
Archipel., 2, p. 156 (Banda Sea, 5° S., 128° E., 1500 (—0).
m.).

1928. Myctophum laternatum atlanticum Taaning, Vidensk, Medd.

Dansk. Naturhist. Foren., 86, p. 52 (type locality : Atlantic
Ocean).

1928. Myctophum laternatum Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll.,
3, art. 3, pp. 61, 67 (Atlantic, Indian & Pacific Oceans).

1930. Myctophum Iaternatum Norman, “ Discoverý' Rep.,- 2, p.

324 (8°N.—34°S., 16° E.—16° W., TYE, 250—2500 (—0)
m., N 450, 125—175 (—0) m., N 70, 750—1000 m., at
34° S., 16° E., TYF, 1000 (—0) m., surf. temp. 16-53° C.,
bottom temp. 352° C.; at 3° N., 16° W., N 70, 750—1000
m., surf. temp. 25 -30° C., bottom temp. 4 -68° C. at 1000
m.).

1931. Myctophum laternatum Tanaka, /. Faculty Sci. Tokyo, 3, pt.

1, p 4 18 (Southern Japan area).

1949. Myctophum laternatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 427.

1953. Myctophum laternatum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 418,
text-fig. 27 c.

Text-fig. 93.—Lateral view of Diogenichthys laternatum Garm.

(After S. Garman)

B. 8-10;—D. 11-12/0; P. 10-11;V.8;A. 15-16; L.l. 32-34:

Body elongateí compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4*7—5*1 in total length (3 *7—4*2’
in standard length). Head compressed, naked, 4 *2 in total
Iength (3-4 in standard length). Eyes 3-2 in head, 2-0»

334

TELEOSTOMI

times snout. Cleft of mouth oblique, maxilla extending
beyond postorbit. Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal
fìn; origin midway between snout end and caudal origin,
or nearer to snout end than caudal origin, nearer to adipose
dorsal origin than to snout end, about 3/4 eye diameter
behind pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal above last half of
anal, nearer to caudal origin than to dorsal origin; base
2 *0 in eye. Pectorals reaching beyond anal origin, 1 *2
in head. Pelvics small, 2*5 in head; origin 3/4 eye dia-
meters before dorsal origin. Anal longer than dorsal;
origin below last lOth or llth dorsal ray, much nearer to
pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked, equal
to or 1 *1 in head, least height of caudal peduncle 1 -6—2 -0
in its length. Lateral line. Photophores: one antorbitals;
no suborbitals, one suprapectoral (PLO); 2 subpectorals
(PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO) between

isthmus and pectorals; 1 supraventral (VLO) nearer pelvics
than to lateral line; 4 ventrals (VO) between pelvic and anal
origins; second VO more or less elevated; first supra-anal
(SAO) above fourth PO not in line with other 2 SAO,
and much below VLO (supraventral); 3 supra-anals; anals
(AO) 6 + 3 ; 1 postero-lateral (Pol); 2 precaudals (Prc)
close together, falling far below the line between these two
organs; a large supracaudal luminous scale male specimen.

It attains 220 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal, 7 C 1'2" N., 85 c 56'5"
E., 2500 m.; Sri Lanka; Southeast of Maldives, 2 C 29'9" N.
76°47' E., 2500 m.—Cape Verde, 14° N., 21° W. ;
Sierra Leone, 5° N., 13° W., Gulf of Guinea, 0°25'
N.—3° S. 7°E.—6°W., 2000—3500 m., between
Seychelles and Chagos Archipelago, 2° —4° S., 58°—
70° E., 2000—2500 m.; between Chagos Archipelago
and Sri Lanka, 4° N.—6° S,; 73°,—78° E., 1900—2500
m., S. of Socotra, 9° N. 53° E., 1500—2000 m.; Gulf of
Aden, 13° N. 46°E., 1200 m., between New
Amsterdam and Sumatra, 10°—26°S., 93°—97°E., 220°—
2400 m. West coast of California between 7°N. and 27°39 #
N.; Gulf of Japan, 34°N. 130° E, Panama; in the mean
annual isotherm of20°C. with the latitudinal and longi-
tudinal range of 34° N.—26° S., 46° E.—80° W in the
Lndo-Pacific=(13° N.—26° S., 46°—97° E. in the Indian
Ocean+32 0 N.—5° S., 128° E.—80° W. in the Pacific
Ocean) and 14° N.—34° S., 16° E.—21° W. in the Atlantic.

MYCTOPHIDAE

335

259. Diogenichthys panurgus Bolin

1939, Myctophum laternatiun Norman, (nec. Garman) Sci. Rep.

John Murray Exped ., 7, p. 29 (Àrabian Sea, 12° 8' 6" N.,
63° 4'36' E.; 12°5'18' N., 63°1'42" E., N 200, 480-980 m.,
12. 12°—8 -40° C.)

1946. Diogenichthys panurgus Bolin, Stanford Ichth. Bull., 3, p.

140, fig. 2 (type locality: 5° 56' N.i 76° 22' E., 0—200 fms.,
collected on 23-4-1924 A. D., with Mid-water Townet by
R.I.M.S. Investigator”).

1948-49. Diogenichthys panurgus Frasei-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc .
Lond.y 118, p. 1053, fig. (Indian Ocean).

B. 8—10; D. 11—12/0. P. 10—11; V 8; A.15—16;
L.l. 32—34.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4 *7 in total length (3 -9 in standard
length). Eyes 3*1 in head, 2*4 times snout. Cleft of
mouth oblique, maxilla extending to postorbit. Jaws
subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout
end than to caudal origin, nearer to adipose dorsal origin
than to snout end and opposite pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal above last half of anal, near to caudal origin
than to dorsal origin; 2*2 in eye. Pectorals 14
in head just reaching anal origin. Pelvics small, 2 *2 in
head reaching anal origin; origin opposite dorsal origin.
Anal longer than dorsal; origin opposite last dorsal ray f
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal
forked 1 -3 in head; least height of caudal peduncle 2 -0
in its length. Lateral line. Photophores: one antorbital;
no suborbital; one suprapectoral (PLO); 2 subpectorals
(PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO); one supra-
ventral (VLO) midway between lateral line and pelvics; 4
ventrals (VO), second VO elevated; first SAO (supra-anal)
above and a little behind fourth VO, not in line with other
two SAO; 3 supra-anals (SAO) 5 + 3 anals (AO); one
postero-lateral (Pol); 2 precaudals (Prc) close together a
large supracaudal luminous gland medially behind adipose
fin in male; a smaller infracaudal luminous gland in female.

It attains 27 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution. —India: Arabian Sea, 12°5' 18"—

N., 63°r 42"—63 0 4' 36" E.—Arabian Sea 9°40'24"—9° 42'
18" N., 54° 33'36"— 54°29' E., in the mean annual isotherm
of 20° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 9°
N., 54°—63° E., in the Arabian Sea.

336

TELEOSTOMI

118. Genus Gonichthys Gistel

1839. Alysia Lowe, (jiec. Latreille, 1804, in Hymnopteva ) Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond ., 7, p. 87 [type, A. loricatus Lowe (= Scopelus
coccoi Cocco ), name preoccupied; inadmissible].

1850. Gonichthys Gistel, Isis Munich, (5), p. 71 [type, G. loricatus
(Lowe )=Scopeìus coccoi Coccoj

1892. Rhinoscopelus Líitken, Vid. Selsk. Skr., (6) 7, p. 242 (type,
Scopelus coccoi Cocco, orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, compressed, with scales
and photophores. Photophores limited to definite and
separate series; Prc two; superior antorbital (sa) and
inferior antorbital (ia) present; PLO at upper end of
pectoral base; PVO in straight line with first PO; 5 PO;
4 VO; PO and VO level; AO in 2 distinct series level;
Pol far in advance of adipose dorsal; 2 Prc level; a series
of separate luminous glands between procurrent caudal
rays and adipose in male, a similar series between anal
fin and procurrent caudal rays in female. Snout project-
ing. Eyes large. Cleft of mouth wide; maxillary slender
extending beyond postorbit. Teeth cardiform in single
series in premaxillaries; in bands in lower jaw and pala-
tines; a small patch of similar teeth on vomers and large
patch on entopterygoids. Gill openings wide; gill-rakers
well developed. Pseudobranchiae well developed. No
pterotic spine. Dorsal fin with 10-12 rays; origin behind
pelvic origin; adipose dorsal above last third of anal base.
Pectoral short reaching beyond pelvic base and end far
away from anal origin. Pelvics not reaching anal origin.
Anal with 19—21 rays; origin below lOíh or llth dorsal
ray; base longer than dorsal base. Caudal forked;least
height of caudal peduncle 5 *0 in its length and less than
eye diameter; procurrent caudal rays soft. Scales. Lateral
line.

Distribution. —Atlantic: between Azores and New-
foundland; North of Bermudas; West Indies; off Cape
Verde Is.; off Canary Is., off Brazil; mid-Atlantic Ocean
between 42°—13° N., 57°—17° W., Gulf Guinea; Gulf of
Mexico; West of S. Africa, 3000 m., South of Cape of Good
Hope, 2000 m., Indian Ocean between Zanzibar and Sey-
chelles; S. of Madagascar; Bay of Bengal; West of Suma-
tra; Northof Australia, 15°—16° S„ 109°—110° E„ Pacific
Ocean : East coast of Australia, New Zealand; Japan;
Gulf of Panama; Admiralty Is., West coast of South
America.

MYCTOPHIDAE

337

260. Gonichthys coccoi (Cocco)

(Text-fig. 94)

1829. Scopelus coccoi Cocco, Giorn. Sci. per la Sicilia , 7, p. 143
(type localìty: Mediterranean).

1839. Alysia loricata Lowe, Proc. zool. Soc. Lor.d ., 7, p. 87.

1844-48. Myctophum coruscans Richardson, ZooL Voy. “ Erebus ”

& “ Terror ”, Lortdcti , Fish., 40, pl. 27, figs. 1—5 (type locality:
S. Atlantic and Australian Ocean; specimen 2£ inches in
length).

1844-48. Myctophum hianus Richardson, Zool. Voy. “ Erebus ”

& “Terror”, Londott, Fish., p. 41, pl. 27 (type locaiity: Open
Sea., type in the Britísh Museum).

1864. Scopelus coccoi Gtinther, Ctf/. F/j/r. J7/7/. Mus., 5, p. 413.

1892. Scopelus gracilis Liitken, Spolia Atlantica , 11, p. 35 (type
locality: west to 48° W., 23° N.)

1896. Myctophum gracile Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U.S. nat.Mus.,
No. 47, p. 572.

1899. Myctophum tenuiculum Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp.

Zool. , 24, p. 262, pl. J, fig. 5 (type Iocality: 6° 2T N., 80°41'
W., 1793 fms.; surface temperature, 75° F.).

1906. Myctophum hianus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische, 15,
p. 383 (Mid Atlantic Ocean, 22° 12' N. 48° W.; south of
the Cape of Good HoPe. 37° 30' S., 17° E.; south of Ma-
dagascar).

1906. Myctophum (Myctophum) coccoi Brauer, “Valdivia” Tiefsee Fis-
che , 15, pp. 199, 383,figs. 116—120 (Atlantic Ocean between
46° N. and 38° S.; Indian Ocean north of 40° S; Chile;
Australia; South Pacific ocean, 30°—31° S., 126° W., S.
America; Caroline Is.; China Sea; Admiralty Is.; Japan;
New Zealand).

1913. Myctophum coccoi Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 158 (Ombai straits).

1928. Myctophum coccoi Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., 3, art.
3, p. 61.

1930. Myctophum coccoi Nòrman, Discovery Rep ., 2, p. 325 (Atlantic:

33°—37° S., 90° E.—12 0 W., TYF, 100—1000 (—0) m.;
at 33° S., 9° E., TYF, 1000 (—0) m., surf. temp. 16'51° C.,
bottom temp. 7*57° C.)

1931. Myctophum coccoi. Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John's Univ., l,p. 85

(China Sea).

1949 Gonichthys coccoi Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.„
118, p. 1061, fig.

1949. Myctophum coccoi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 427.

1953. Myctophum coccoi Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 418,
text-fig. 27 b.

338

TELEOSTOMI

1953* Myctophum coccoi Smith, Sea Fish. South Africa, p. 120, fig.

196 (occurs in large shoals, taken at several points in southern
Africa).

Text-fig. 94. —-Lateral view of Gonichthys coccoi (Cocco) (After

A. Brauer)

B. 8-10; D. 10-12/0; P. 14-15; V 8; A. 19-21.
L.l. 39-41.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 5 -1—6 -0 in total length (4 -4—5 -0 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 4-1—5*1
in total length (3 -5—4-2 in standard length). Eyes 4*1
in head, 0 -7 in prominent, pointed snout. Cleft of mouth
wide, oblique, maxilla extending an eye diameter behind
orbit. Upper jaw prominent. A single rayed dorsal
fin; origin nearer to snout end than to caudal origin, nearer
to adipose dorsal origin than to snout end, about an eye
diameter behind pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal above
last third of anal, nearly midway between dorsal and
caudal origins. Pectorals moderate, 1 -7 in head. Pel-
vics 2 *8 in head; origin an eye diameter before dorsal origin,
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal longer
than dorsal; origin below last lOth to llth dorsal ray;
origin nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal
forked, 1 -3 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle 5 -0
in its length. Lateral line. Photophores : 2 antorbitals;
2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO); 2 subpectoral
isthmus and pelvics; one supraventral (VLO); 4 ventrals
(VO) between pelvic and anal, second VO in a line with the
rest of the series; anals (AO) 4—5+7—14; 3 supra-anals
(SAO) broadly angulate; one lateral (POL) ; 2 precaudals
(Prc); 5 infracaudals luminous scales (female specimen).

Silvery with blue iridescence.

It attains 60 mm„ abyssal.

MYCTOPHIDAE

339 '

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal; Sri Lanka: 4 C 56'
N., E., 2000 m.—Between Azores Is. and New-

foundland 42° N., 43° W., North of Bermudas 35° N.
60° W., West Indies 28 c N., 70° W., between Azores and
Bermudas 31 c N., 43° W., off Cape Verde Is. 4°—17° N.
28°—40° W., off Canary Is. 26°—30 C N., 22°—26° W.,
off Brazil 4°—25° S., 28 c —40° W., Gulf of Madiera; Mid-
Atlantic Ocean between 42°—13°N., 57°—17° W., Gulf of
Guinea; Gulf of Mexico; Atlantic Ocean between 46° N.
and 38° S., West of South Africa, 3000 m., South of Cape
of Good Hope, 2000 m; between Zanzibar and Seychelles;
South of Madagascar; West coast of Sumatra, 520 m.,
North of Australia, 15°—16° S., 109°—110°E., East coast
of Australia 33 c —34 c S., 153°—154 c E., West coast of South
America; West coast of Chile, 20°—39° S., 71°—90°
W., Admiralty Is, Japan 34° N., 135° E., New Zealand;
Gulf of Panama, 6° 21' N., 80° 41 ; W., 3279 m., in the mean
annual isotherms of 20° C., 12° C. and 6° C. with the lati-
tudinal and longitudinal range of 34° N.—39° S., 18° E.—
71° W. in the Indo-Pacific=(7° N.—35° S., 18 c —110° E.
in the Indian Ocean+34 0 N.—39° S., 135 C É.—71° W. in
the Pacific Ocean), 46° N.—38° S., 2° E.—70° W. in the
Atlantic Ocean and 37 c 35' N., 14° 10' E. in the Medi-
terranean.

119. Genus Hygophum Bolin

1939. Hygophum Bolin, Stanford Ichth. Bull., 1, p. 2 (type, Sco-
pelus hygomi Líitken, orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed with scales and photopho-
res. Photophores limited to definite and separate series;
precaudal photophores (Prc) two; sa and ia PLO well
above pectoral base; Two PoJ, the posterior elevated;
5 PO and 4 VO level; third SAO elevated, near lateral line;
AO in 2 distinct series; second AO elevated or level; 2
Prc, the second elevated, below or close to lateral line.
Maxillary broadly expanded, posteriorly not extending
beyond postorbit. Mouth wide. Snout short. Eyes
large. Teeth cardiform in narrow bands in jaws and pala-
tines; a large patch of similar teeth on entopterygoid;
vomer edentulous or with a few small teeth mesially. Gill
openings wide; gill rakers well developed. Pseudobran-
chiae well developed. Pterotic spine absent. Dorsal'

340

TELEOSTOMI

short; origin behind pelvic origin: adipose dorsal origin
opposite to hindermost anal rays. Pectorals moderate,
reaching or just not reaching anal origin. Pelvics small;
origin before do t sal origin. Anal ba,e longer than dorsal
base. Caudal forked; procurrent caudal rays soft. Scales
cycloid. Lateral line.

Distribution. —Atlantic: between Africa and South
America 5°31' N., 23°15'W., South of Canaries Is., 2000
m., Madeira, 1800 m., coast of Sierre Leone, 1300—3000
m., Gulf of Guinea, 700—4000 m., S.W coast of Africa,
2000 m., North Atlantic; Mediterranean, Indian Ocean:
South of Socotra, 1500—2000 m., Gulf of Aden, 1200 m.,
Cape to East London; between Zanzibar and Seychelles,
2000 m., between Seychelles and Chagos Archipelago,
2000—2500 m., between Chagos Archipelago andSriLanka,
2000 m., Arabian Sea, 430—984 m., Bay of Bengal, 2000
m., Pacific Ocean; Banda Sea; Halmaheira sea, 1000—
(O)m.; Japan; west coast of Chile; New Zealand.

261. Hygophum reinhardti (Llitken)

1892. Scopelus reinhardti Líìtken, Spolia Atlantiea Scòpeìini, p. 257.
fig. 16 (type locality : Madeira, 34° 22' N., 18° 10' W.).

1899. Myctophum atratum Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp.

Zool. , 24, p. 268 (type locality : 25° 26' 15" N., 109° 48'
W., 1218 fms., temp. 36-5° F. = l -97° C.).

1906. Myctophum >benoiti reinhardti Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische , 15, pp. 185, 382, figs. 96—101 (type locality : 24°
43' 4" N., 17° 1' 3" W., 2000 m.).

1913. Myctophum benoiti (Cocco) var. reinhardti Weber & de Beau-
fort, Fish. lndo-Austral. Archipal., 2, pp. 152, 155, fig. 60,
(Banda sea; Halmaheira sea).

1928. Myctophum reinhardti Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. ColI. 9
3, art. 3, p. 66 (Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans).

1931. Myctophum reinhardti Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo, 3,
pt. 1, p. 18 (Southern Japan area).

1939. Mycotophum reinhardti Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped.,
7, p. 29 (Arabian Sea, 12° 8' 6" N., 63° 4' 36" E., 12° 5' 18"
N., 63° 1' 42" E., N. 200, 430—984 m., 12-12°—8.48° C.).

1948-49. Hygophum reinhardti Fraser-Brunner, Proc. z ool. Soc.
Lond., 118, p. 1050, fig.

1949. Myctophum renhardti Misra, Rec. lndian Mus., 45, p. 428.
1953. Myctophum reinhardti Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. f 50, p. 417.

MYCTOPHIDAE

341

1953. Myctophum reinhardti Smith, Sea Fish. South Africa , p. 121
(from Cape to East London).

B. 8-10; D. 12-14/0; P. 13-14; V 8; A. 18-20; L. 1.
39-40.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4.6-5 -5 in total length (3.7-4.6 in
standard length). Head compre;sed, naked 4.0-4.5 in total
length (3.1-3.4 in standard length). Eyes large, 2.6-3.5 in
head, twice obtuse snout. Cleft of mouth oblique,
maxilla extending to postorbit, dilated; jaws subequal;
end of maxillary extending nearly to preopercular border.
A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than
to caudal origin, slightly behind pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal opposite to hindermost anal rays: origin midway
between last dorsal ray and caudal origin. Pectorals
moderate, nearly reaching anal, 1*1 in head. Pelvics
moderate, 2-1 in head, reaching vent; origin slightly before
dorsal origin and nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin. Anal longer than dorsal; origin below last dorsal
ray, much nearer to pelvic than to caudal origin. Caudal
forked, $qual to or slightly longer than head. Least
height of caudal peduncle 1 -7 in its length. Lateral line.
Scales cycloid, deciduous. Photophores: 2 antorbitals;
no suborbitals; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO);
2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals
(PO); one supraventral (VLO) branchiostegals; 5 pectoráis
(PO); one supraventral (VLO) below lateral line; 4 ventrals
(VO): 3 supra-anals (SAO); first SAO above and behínd
second VO, Second SAO on level with VLO, third SÀO
elevated; anals (AO) 5—8+6—8; 3 Postero-laterals (Pol);
2 precaudals (Prc), the second nearer to lateral line; one or
two supracaudal luminous scales.

Silvery.

It attains 25 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal, 1 0 43'2" N.,
88-44'9"E., 2000 m.; Arabian Sea, 12 3 8'6" N., 63°4'36" E.,
12 5 ; 18" N f , 63T42" E., N. 200, 430-984 m., 12-12°-
8-48 C. between Africa and South America, 5°31' N.,
23° 15' W.; South of Canaries Is., 24 43'4" N., 17°1'3" W.,
2000 m.; Madeira, 34°22' N., 18 10' W., 1800 m.; Coa$t
of Sierre Leone, T-8 3 N., 10-16° W., 1300-3000m., Gulf
of Guinea, 2°N.—5° S., 9° E.—6° W., 700-4000 m. South
24—1341ZSI/71

342

TELEOSTOMI

Westcoast of Africa, 11°—31° S.,9°—10 c E.,2000m.; South
of Socotra, 9°6'r N., 53°41 # 2" E., 1500—2000m.; Gulf of
Aden, 13°2'8" N., 46°41 # 6 ## E., 1200 m.; Cape to East
London; between Zanzibar and Seychelles, 4°45 # S., 48°
58 # 6 /# E., 2000 m., between Seychelles and Chagos
Archipelago, 2°—4° S.,58°—70 E, 2000—2500m.; between
Chagos ArchipelagoandSriLanka,4°N.—6°S.,73°—78° E.,
2000 m ; Banda Sea, 5° S., 128° E , surface plankton;
Halmaheira Sea 1° N., 128° E., 1000 (—0 m.), vertical net;
West coast of Chile; 30° S., 84° W., 31° S., 74° W., Japan;
in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C. and 12° C. with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 34°N.—35° S.,18°
E.—74°W., in the Indo-Pacific=(13°N.—35°S.,18 3 —88°E.
in the Indian Ocean + 32 3 N.—31° S., 128° E.—74° W.
in the Pacific Ocean) 34° N.—31° S., 10° E.—18° W in the
Atlantic.

120. Genus Notolychnus Fraser-Brunner

1946. Vestula (nec . Stal, 1865) Bolin, Stanford Ichth. Bull. , 3, p. 144
(type, Myctophum Valdiviae Br., orthotypic).

1948-49. Notolychnus Fraser-Brunner, Proc. lool. Soc. Lond ., 118
p. 1077, fìg. (type, Myctophum valdiviae Brauer, ortho-
typic).

Body elongate, compressed with scales and photo-
phores. Photophores limited to definite series: precaudal
scales two: superior antorbital ( sa ) present; no inferior
antorbital (ià); PLO above pectoral base: subpectoral
(PVO) in straight line with first pectoral (PO); 5 pectorals.
(PO), the second and third elevated; VLO (supraventral),
above lateral line, close below dorsal origin; 4 ventrals
(VO), first VO elevated; 3 supra-anals (SAO) angulate,
the third SAO above lateral line, below end of dorsaí
base; Pol above lateral line close below adipose dorsal;
last AOa elevated; AOp level; 2 prc, second elevated ver-
tically above fìrst; a single supracaudal luminous gland in
both sexes. Maxillary narrow, extending beyond poste-
rior margin of eye. Teeth cardiform in narrow bands in
both jaws; a few small teeth on vomer; palatines and entop-
terygoid toothed. Gill-opening wide gill rakers well;
developed. Pseudobranchiae developed. Dorsal fin with
11-12 rays, nearly midway between snout end and caudal
origin and an eye diameter behind pelvic origin. A smalL

MYCTOPHIDAE

343

adipose dorsal; origin far behind last anal ray. Pectoral
moderate not reaching anal origin. Pelvics moderate;
origin before dorsal origin. Anal with 12-13 rays; origin
nearly below middle of dorsal base and its base equal to
dorsal base. Caudal forlced; procurrent caudal rays
soft. No distinct lateral line. Scales cycloid.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean; Canaries Is., 2000 m.,
between Sierre Leone and Gulf of Guinea, 600-3070 m.,
S. W Africa, 500-4000 m., Indian Ocean; belween
Zanzibar and Seychelles, 2000 m., between Scychelles and
Chagos Archipelago, 1500—2000 m., between Chagos
Archipelago and Sri Lanka, 2000 m., N. E. coast of Africa,
1500—2000m., Gulf of Aden, 1200 m., N. E. Coast of Ams-
terdam, 1800 m., North of Coccos Is., 2400 m.

262. Notolychnus valdiviae (Brauer)

(Text-fìg. 95)

1904. Myctophum valdiviae Brauer, Zool. Atiz ., 28, p. 398, fìg. 6>
(type locality : Atlantic and Indian Oceans).

1906. Myctophum. (Myctophum) valdiviae Brauer, “Valdivia” Tiefsee
Fische y 15, pp. 206, 384, fig. 127 (Bay of Eenjai), 1 0 43'
2” N., 88° 44' 9' E.).

1928. Myctophum valdiviae Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocecn. Coll. y 3 r
art. 3, p. 57.

1948-49. Notolychnus valdiviae Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zooi. Soc.,.
Lond., 118, p. 1077, fig.

1949. Myctophum valdiviae Misra, Rec. Jndian Mus., 45, p. 428.

1953. Myctophum valdiviae Misra, Rec. Ir.dian Mus., 50, p. 417,.

text-fig. 27 a.

Text-fig. 95.—Lateral view of Nctolychnus valdiviae Br. (After
A. Brauer)

B. 8-10; D. 11-12/0; P. 14; V. 8; A. 12-13; L.l. 30.

344

TELEOSTOMI

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 6 -4 in total length (5 -6 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked, 4 *0 in total length
(3 -6 in standard length). Eyes moderate, 4 -0 in head.
Snout short, bluntly pointed, 0 -7 in eye diameter. Cleft
of mouth very wide, oblique, maxilla extending to pre-
opercular edge. Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal
fín; origin nearly midway between snout end and caudal
origin and far behind last anal ray. Pectorals moderate,

2 -0 in head, reaching beyond pelvic origin. Pelvics mode-
rate, 2-1 in head, reaching vent, an eye diameter before
dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin.
Anal equal to dorsal; origin below middle of dorsal, much
nearer to. pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudai
forked, 1 -2 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle
4*1 in its length. Lateral line. Cycloid deciduous scales.
Photophores: one antorbital; 2 operculars; one supra-
Pectoral ÍPLO) near the lateral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO)

3 branchiostegals; 4 pectorals (PO), third PO elevated;
one supraventral (VLO) near lateral line; 4 ventrals (VO),
fírst VO elevated in a vertical line with the second VO,
last VO slightly elevated in a vertical line with supra-anaí
(SAO); one supra-anal; anals (AO) 5+4; 2 postero-laterals
(Pol) anals (AO) 5+4; 2 postero-laterals (Pol) one above
middle of anal, the other much behind last anal ray; 2 pre-
caudals (Prc) widely set; 4 photophores above lateral line;
one below dorsal origin, second behind last dorsal ray,
3rd below adipose dorsal, 4th opposite 2nd Prc; a large
supracaudal luminous scale.

It attains 23 mm. in length; abyssal..

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal, 7°43'2" N.,
88 ° 44 ' 9 " é., 2000—2500 m.—S. of Canaries Is. 24°43'4"
N., 17 1'3" W., 2000 m., between Sierre Leone and Gulf
of Guinea, 5' N.—1° S., 7°+-13° W., 600—3070 m., South
west Africa, 26° 49' 2 " S., 5 1 54' E., 500—4000 m., between
Zanzibar and Seychelles, 4° S., 51°—53°E., 2000 m., between
Chagos ArchipelagoandSri Lanka,4°N.— 6 °S., 73°—78°É„
2000 m., North east coast of Africa, 4°—9 C N.,48 : —53 C E.,
1500—2000 m., Gulf of Aden, 13° 2'8" N. 46 41'6" E.,
1200 m.; North east of New Amsterdam,, 31 0 46'4" S.,
84 J 55' 7" E.,1800 m., North of Coccos Is., \0° 8'2" S.,
97° 14' 9" E., 2400 m.; between Seychelles and Chagos
Archipelago, 2 D —3° S., 58°—61° E., 1500—2000 m., in the

MYCTOPHIDAE

345

mean annual isotherms of 20° C. and 12 3 C. with the
latitudinal and Iongitudinal range of ,13° N.—31° S.,
46°—97 E. in the Indian Ocean and 24° Ń.—26° S., 7° E.—
17 C W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

121. Genus Myctophum Rafìnesque

1810. Myctophum Rafinesque, Indice d' Ittiologia Siciíiana Messina „
p. 56 (type, M. punctatum Raf.).

1817. Scopelus Cuvier, Régne Animal. y 2, ed. 1, p. 169 (type, Gastero-
pelecus humboldti Risso).

1864. Dasyscopelus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 5, p. 405 (type,.
Myctophum asperum Rich., orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, compressed, with scales
and photophores. Photophores limited to definite and
separate series; precaudal photophores always two; supe-
rior antorbital ( sa ) present or absent; inferior antorbital
(ia ); PLO above pectoral base; subpectoral PVO in a strai-
ght or oblique series with PO (pectorals), last PO elevated;
VO level; AO in 2 separate series; a single Pol below or
before adipose fin; supracaudal luminous scales in males,
infracaudal luminous scales in females. Maxilìary slender
extending beyond postorbit. Snout short. Cardiform
teeth in band in jaws and palatines, a small patch of cardi-
form teeth on vomer and a large patch on entopterygoid.
Gill-opening wide; gill-rakers Iong and numerous.
Pseudobranchiae wejl developed. Dorsal fin with 10-15
rays, nearly in the middle of back; origin in front of anal
origin. Pectoral moderate, not reaching anal origin.
Pelvics small; origin before or opposite dorsal origin.
Anal with 18—20 rays; base longer than dorsal base. A
small adipose dorsal. Caudal forked; procurrent caudal'
rays soft. Scales ctenoid or cycloid. Lateral line.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean : Azores Is.; New-
foundland; Cape Verde Is., Canary Is., 2000 m., Madiera,.
31 59'3" Ń., 15° 5' W., 1800 m., Brazil; East coast of North
America, 38°—44° N., 73°—74° W., South Atlantic
Ocean 37 3 S., 5° E., 29° 30' S., 12° W., 32° S., 50° W.;
Atlantic Ocean between 38°—40° N., and 32° N., Portugal;
Gulf of Guinea, 0° 25' 8 W N., 7° 0' 3" E., 700—4000 m. y
Mediterranean; Indian Ocean : between _Zanzibar and
Seychelles, 2000—2500 m., between Seychelles and Chagos
Archipelago; between Chagos Archipelago and Sri Lanka
2000—2500 m., S. of Madagascar; Gulf of Aden; Gulf

346

TELEOSTOMI

of Oman; Arabian Sea; Bay of Bengal; Bouth Indian Ocean,
40° S, 41° 30' E., N. W. of Australia between 13°—16° S.
and 103 3 —111 0 E. Pacific Ocean: Banda Sea 1500—2000—*
0 m., Halmahera Sea; Manipa Strait, 1536—0 m., Celebes
Sea; Ombai Straits; North of New Zealaud: Sandwich
Is., China; Japan; Hawaiian Is., Admiralty Is.

Key to species of genus Myctophum Rafinesque*

1. Scales cycloid; anal origin slightly

behind middle of dorsal

base M. indicus

2. Scales ctenoid ; anal origin just

behind last dorsal ray M. spinosum

263. Myctophum indicus (Day)

1878. Scopelus indicus Day, Fish . india, p. 507, pl. 118, fig. 2 (type
locality : Vizagapatnam)

1889. Scopelus lcndìcus Day, Fauna Bńt. India, Fish., I, p. 413, fig.
133.

1899. Myctophum indicus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p.
161.

1928. Myctophum indicus Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll. y 3, art.
3, p. 53.

1949. Myctophum indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 427.
1953. Myctophum indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 418.

B. 8—10; D. 10/0; P. 14; V. 8; A. 18; L. 1. 43; L. tr.
3i/5.

Body moderately elongate, compressea, scaly; abdomen
smooth, non-keeled. Depth 4*5—-4*7 in total length
(3*9 in standard length). Head compressed, partially
scaly, 5*0 in total length (4 1 in standard length). Eyes
2*4—2*5 in head, 4*0 times in snout and interorbital. No
orbital spine. Cleft of mouth wide, oblique, maxilla ex-
tending beyond postorbit. Jaws subequal. Teeth villi-
form in both jaws, palatines, pterygoid and tongue. A
single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout end than to
caudal origin, nearer to adipose dorsal origin than to snout
end and about 3/4 eye diameter behind pelvic origin. Adi-
pose dorsal in the last third of anal, nearer to caudal
origin than to dorsal origin. Pectorals moderate, 1 • 1 in

♦Jones and Kumaran (1968, J. mar. biol. Ass. India , 8, p. 163-164)
reported two more species, Myctophum aurolaternatum Garman
and M. evermanni Gilbert from the Laccadive Sea.

MYCTOPHIDÀE

347

head, reaching middle of pelvics, nearly extei\ding to anal
origin. Pelvics 1 1 in head; origin 3/4 eye diameter before
dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin.
Anal slightly longer than dorsal; origin below 8th—lOth
dorsal rays; origin much nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal origin. Caudal forked, 1 1 in head. Least height
of caudal peduncle twice in its length. Lateral line. Pho-
tophores in line along lower edge of abdomen and a few
larger ones scattered over the sides; superior {sà) and in-
ferior (ia) antorbitals; postero-lateral (Pol) above middle of
anal fin close to the lateral line, away from adipose dor-
sal.

Deep metallic blue in the upper portion of body be-
coming lighter on sides and beneath.

Distribution .—India : Oíf Vizagapatnam coast, 17°
42' N., 83° 20' E., in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C.

264. Myctophum spinosum (Steindachner)

1867. Scopelus spinosus Steindachner, ìchth, Notizen, 5, Sitzbar.
Akad. ÌVien, 55, p. 711, pl. 3, fig. 4. (type locality : China).

1896. Dasyscopeìus spinosus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat.

Áíus.. 47, p. 575 (mid-Atlantic, 14° 11' N. and 7° 6' S.,
11° 3Ó'—29° 32' W., Hawaiian Is.).

1906. Myctophum (Myctophum) spinosum Brauer, “Valdivià” Tiefsee
Fische , 15, pp. 196, 383, figs. 113,114 (Bay of Bengal).

1913. Myctophum spinosum Weber & de Beaufort, Fish . Indo-Austral.
ArchipeL , 2, p. 163.

1928. Myctophum spinosum Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., 3,
art. 3, p. 63.

1931. Dasyscopelus spinosus Chu, Biol. Bull. St. Johrts Univ. t 1,
p. 85 (China).

1931. Dasyscopelus spinosus Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo , 3, pt. 1,
p. 18 (Southern Japan area).

1948-49. Myctophum (M.) spinosum Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zcol.
Soc. Lond., 118, p. 1057, fig.

1949. Myctophum spinosum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45 f p. 428.

1953. Myctophum spinosum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 418.

348

T ELEOSTOMi

B. 8-10; D. 13-14/0; P. 14; V. 8; A. 19-20; L. 1.40.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4-6—4-8 in total length (4 0—4*2 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked 4-5—5 0 in
total length (4-0—4*4 in standard length). Eye moderate,
2-4—3-2 in head. Snout short, blunt, 3 0 in eye. Cleft
of mouth oblique, maxilla reaching to preopercular edge.
Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin much
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin, nearer to adipose
dorsal origin than to snout end, 1/3 eye diameter behind
pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal above the last quarter of
anal; origin nearer to caudal origin than to the last dorsal
ray. Pectorals moderate, 1 1 in head, reaching beyond
pelvic origin. Pelvics small, not reaching vent, 2 • 5 in head;
origin nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin, 1/3 eye
diameter before dorsal origin. Anal longer than dorsal;
origin nearly half eye diameter behind last dorsal ray.
Caudal forked, 1 - 2 in head. Least height of caudal ped-
uncle 3 0 in length. Lateral line. Scales ctenoid. Gill
rakers 7+16. Photophores: 2 antorbitals; 2 opercular;
one suprapectoral (PLO) midway between lateral line and
pectoral base; 2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchiostegals;
5 pectorals (PO); one supraventral (VLO), below lateraí
line; ventrals (VO), second VO in a line with the rest of
series; 3 supra-anals (SAO), all in a concave or oblique
line, fìrst SAO above space between third and fourth VO;
anals (AO) 6—8+5—8, 2 AOp above end of anal fin; one
postero-lateral (Pol) before adipose fin; 2 precaudals (Prc),
second Prc slightíy elevated; 7 supracaudal luminous
scales in male, 3 infracaudal luminous scales in females.

Dark blue above, silvery below.

It attains 90 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India : Bay of Bengal. Atlantic Ocean,
14° N. to 7°6' S. and 29° 11' W. to 11° 30' W., Zanzibar;
North-West of Australia, between 13°—16°S., and 103°—
111° E.; North of New Zealand; Sandwich Is., Hawaiian
Is., China; S. Japan area; in the mean annuaí isotherms
of 20° C. and l2° C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal
range of 34° N.~32° S., 38° E.—153° W. inthe Indo-Paci-
fic=(14° N.—16° S., 38°—111° E. in the Indian Ocean +
32° N,— 32° S., 114° E.—155°W. in the Pacific Ocean) and
14° N.— 7° S., 11°—29° W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

MYCTOPHIDÀE

34$

122. Genus Lampanydus Bonaparte

1810. “ Serpe ” Risso, lchth. Nice. p. 356, Vemacular name for Cas-
teropelecus spp. (Risso described S. microstoma , S. croco -
<///«5 and S. humboli.).

1827. 5W*/ki Cloquet, Dict. Sci. rtat ., 48, p. 190 (type, Gasteropelecus
crocodilus Risso, logotypic).

1840. Lampanyctus Bonaparte, Fauna ítal, pt. 27, fasc. 138, (type,
Myctophus bonapartii Cocco, orthotypic).

1887. Mannobrachium Gíinther, Rep. Deep Sea Fish., “Challenger”
(1873-76), 22, pt. 57, p. 199 (type, M. nigrum Gthr., ortho-
typic).

1890. Stenobrachius Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci ., 3, p. 4 (type, S. leucosparum Eig. & Eig., orthotypic).

1922. Nyctomaster Jordan, Proc. U. S. nat. Mus., p. 645 (type,
Lampanyctus jordani Gilbert, orthotypic).

1948-49. Triphoturus Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 118,
p. 1083, (type, Myctophum ( L .) micropterus Br., ortho-
typic).

1948-49. Lepidophanes Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 118,
p. 1090 (type, Lampanyctus guentheri Goode & Bean, ortho-
typic).

Body elongate, compressed, with scales and photo-
phores. Photophores limited to definite and separate
series; precaudal photophores (Prc) when separate from
postero-anal series (AOP) present in numbers 3 or 4; the
lower precaudals in some forms confluent with postero-
anals; inferior antorbital (ia ); PLO above pectoral base;
first PVO always below the second in a vertical or
oblique line; 5 PO, the fourth greatly elevated; 4 or 5 VO;
first AOa never elevated, last AOp often elevated; one Pol;
luminous glands at dorsal, pelvic and anal bases present
or absent. Snout short. Eyes large. Cleft of mouth
wide; maxillary slender, expanded posteriorly, extending
beyond postorbit. Teeth cardiform in narrow bands in
jaws and palatines; a small patch on each side of vomer;
a large patch of small teeth on entopterygoids. Gill openings
wide; gill rakers long, numerous. Pseudobranchiae pre-
sent. Dorsal origin opposite or behind pelvics and before
anal origin; base usually shorter, never longer than anal
base. Pectoral short or long. Pelvics short; origin opposite
or before dorsal origin. Anal base equal to or slightly
longer than dorsal base; origin below dorsal base. Adipose
dorsal present. Caudal forked; procurrent caudal rays^
spine like, stiff.

350

TELEOSTOMI

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean : Madeira, 1800 m.,
Gulf of Guinea, 2000 m., East coast of North America;
Indian Ocean : North east coast of Africa, 1000—2000 m.,
Gulf of Aden, 1200 m., between Zanzibar and Seychelles,
2000 m.; Seychelles, 1500—2000 m. Chagos Archipelago,
2000 m., Coccos Is., 2200—2400 m., Arabian Sea,
1731m., South of Sri Lanka, 2000 m., Bay of Bengal,
2000—2500 m., Pacific Ocean : Japan.

The genus Lampanyctus Bonaparte is represented by
2 subgenera in the Indian region.

Key to subgenera of genus Lampanyctus Bonaparte

1. Luminous glands at dorsal, pelvic
and anal bases ; 5-6 VO, the
second VO elevated ; Prc 3-4 Lepidophanes

2. Luminous glands at dorsal, pelvic
and anal bases absent ; 4 VO,
level or second elevated ; Prc
4 .. Lampanyctus

xii. Subgenus Lepidophanes Fraser-Brunner

Luminous glands at dorsal, pelvic, anal bases and also
on procurrent caudal rays. Pectorals reaching anal or
beyond anal origin. 5 or 6 VO, the second elevated.
3|or 4 Prc.

The subgenus Lepidophanes is represented by 2 species
in the]Indian region.

Key to species of subgenus Lepidophanes Fraser-Brunner

1. Lateral line scales 29 ; adipose
dorsal origin behind last anal

ray ; AO 4+3 Lampanyctus ( Lepidophanes )

pyrsobolus

2. Lateral line scales 35—36 ; adipose
dorsal origin opposite lOth
branched ray of anal; AO 4-6+

3-5 Lampanyctus ( Lepidophanes )

longipes

MYCTOPHIDAE

351

265. Lampanyctus (Lepidopbanes) longipes Brauer

1906. Myctophum ( Lampanyctus) longipes Brauer, “ Valdìvia ” Tiefsee
Fische> 15, p. 236, fig. 155 (type locality : Madeira, 31° 59'
y N., 15° 5' W., 1800 fms., Gulf of Guinea; Coccos Is.,
Bay of Bengal; Seychelles).

1928. Lampanyctus longipes Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll ., 3,
art. 3, p. 82 (Atlantic and Indian Oceans).

1949. Lampanyctus longipes Misra, Rec. Indian Mits., 45, p. 429.
1953. Lampanyctus longipes Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 419.

B. 8-10; D. ll-13/O; P. 12; V 8; A. 13-15; L. 1. 35-36.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 5*7 in total length (4-8 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked, 3-8 in total length
(3*2 in standard length). Eyes moderate, 3 0—3-3 in
head, snout obtusely rounded, 2*3 in eye. Cleft of mouth
very wide, maxilla extending upto preopercular edge. Jaws
subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer to snout
end than to caudal end and opposite pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal above last third of anal, origin nearer to last dorsal
ray than to caudal origin. Pectorals long, reaching slightly
beyond anal, equal to head. Pelvics moderate, reaching
vent, 2*0 in head; origin opposite dorsal origin, nearer to
pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal slightly longer
than dorsal; origin distinctly behind last dorsal ray, much
nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked,

1 *2 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle 1*9 in its
iength. Lateral line. Scales deciduous. Photophores:
one antorbital; 3 postorbitals; 2 operculars 1 suprapectoral
(PLO) near the lateral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO) not
above pectoral base; 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO)
fourth PO elevated from the rest of the series; one supra-
ventral (VLO) near the lateral line; 5 Ventrals, VO, second
VO elevated; 3 supra-anals (SAO) oblique in disposition,
superior SAO on lateral line in a line with superior Pol
(postero-lateral); anals (AO) 4—6+3—5; 2 postero-laterals
(Pol); 3 precaudals (Prc), the superior one on lateral line;
2supracaudal luminous scales; 2 or 3 infracaudal lumin-
ous scales; one luminous scale below middle of dorsal
base, pelvic base and at the anterior end of anal base.

It attains 32 mm. in length; abyssal.

352

T&LEOSTOm

Distribution. —India: Bay of Bengal, VY2” N., 85°56'5 # E
2500 m.; Sri Lanka : South of Sri Lanka, 4°56' N., 78°
15'3" E., 2000 m.; Madeira, 31°59'3" N., 15°5' W., 1800 m. t
Gulf of Guinea, 0°25'8" N., 7°3"E., 2000 m.; Off Seychelles,
2°—4 C S., 53°—61°E., 1500—2000 m.; Chagos Archipelago,
4° S., 70°—73° E.,2000 m.; South of Coccos Is., 10°—26° S.,
93°—97° E., 2200 m., North Coccos Is., 2400 m., in the mean
annual isotherms of 20° C. & 12° C. with the latitudinal
and longitudinal range of 7° N.—26° S., 53°—97° E., in
thelndian Ocean and 0°—25' N.—31° N., 7°E.—15°W.

266. Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes) pyrsobolus (Alcock)

(Text-fìg. 96)

1890. Scopelus pyrsobolus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 6, p. 218,
pl. 8, fig. 3 (type locality : Bay of Bengal, 15° 38 r N., 82° 30 r
E., 690—920 fms., 4-3° C.,; type in the Zoological
Survey of India).

1896. Scopelus pyrsobolus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal , 65, p. 333
(off Madras coast, 690—920 fms.).

1899. Scopelus pyrsobolus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., p. 163

(Bay of Bengal, 690—920 fms.).

1900. Scopelus pyrsobolus Alcock, III. Zool. Investig. Fish. } pl. 30,

fig. 3.

1928. Lampanyctus pyrsobolus pyrsobolus Parr. Bull. Bingham
Oceanogr. Coll ., 3, p. 82.

1948-49. Lampanyctus ( Lepidophanes) pyrsobolus Fraser-Brunner,
Proc. zool. Soc. London, 118, p. 1092.

1949. Lampanyctus pyrsobolus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 429.

1949. Lampanyctus pyrsobolus Misra, J. z ool. Soc. India, 1, (1),
p. 37, text-fig. 1.

1953. Lampanyctus pyrsobolus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 419.

Text-fig. 96.—Lateral view of Lampanyctus ( Lepidophanes ) pyrso -
bolus (Alc.)

MYCTOPHIDAE

353

B. 8—10; D. 12/0; P. 12; V 8; A. 13; L. 1. 29.

Body compressed, moderately elongate, scaly; abdomen
smooth, non-keeled. Depth 4*5 in total length (3*8 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 3 1 in total
length (2-6 in standard length). Eyes Jarge, round, 3-0 in
head, strongly convergent, bulging beyond dorsal profile,
a little more than interorbital. Cleft of mouth wide, oblique,
maxilia not quite reaching preopercular angle. Jaws
subequal, vilíiform teeth on vomer. Opercle Iarge, extreme-
ly thin; vertical border of preoperculum oblique. A single
rayed dorsal fin; origin slightly nearer to snout end than
to caudal origin, opposite to pelvic origin. Adipose fin
above last anal ray, nearer to caudal ońgin than to last
dorsal ray. Pectorals long, reaching 6th anal ray, 1 - 3 in
head Pelvics moderate , 2*7 in head; origin opposite to
dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anai origin.
Anal more or less equal to dorsal; origin 1 /4 eye diameter
behind last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal orígin. Caudal forked, 1 - 6 in head. Least height of
caudal peduncle 1-8 in its length. Lateral line. Scales
deciduous. About 5 large pyloric caecae. A well deve-
loped air bladder. Photophores : one antorbital; 3 post-
orbitals; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO) on the
lateral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5
pectorals (PO), fourth PO elevated: one supraventral (VLO)
below lateral line; 5 ventrals (VO), second VO elevated;
3 supra-anals, angulate in disposítion; 4+3 anals (AO);

2 posterolaterals (Pol), the superior one on the lateral line;

3 precaudals, the superior one on the lateral line; one or 2
supracaudal luminous scales; one or 2 infracaudal luminous
scales.

Apparently black; iris and lower part of opercles like
burnished silver; opercles when in the fresh state brilliantly
coruscating.

It attains 76 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Dìstribution .—India : Bay of BengaJ, 15 38' N., 82 c 30 E.,
1261—1682 m., 4*3 J C., in the mean annual isotherm of
20 C.

xiii. Subgenus Lampanyctus Bonaparte

No luminous glands at dorsal, pelvics or anal base.
Pectorals small or long, not reaching beyond pelvics or

354

TELEOSTOMI

reaching to anal origin. 2 postero-laterals (Pol). Last
antero-anal (AOa) elevated. Ventrals (VO) 4, level or
second elevated. Pectorals (PO) 5, the fourth elevated.
Prc 4, distinct or continuous with postero-anals (AOp).
Anal origin below middle or end of rayed dorsal.

The subgenus Lampanyctus is represented by 2 species
in the Indian region.

Key to species oj subgenus Lampanyctus Bonaparte

1. Prc not continuous with AOp;

AO 6—7+8—10; lateral line

scales 35 Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus )

macropterum

2. Prc continuous with AOp; AO 5—7+

6—8; lateral line scales 38 Lampanyctus ( Lampanyctus )

crocodilus

267. Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) crocodilus (Rissoj

(Text-fig. 97)

1810. Gastropelecus crocodilus Risso, Ichth. Nice , p. 357 (type loca-
lity : Mediterranean).

1895. Lampanyctus gemmifer Goode & Bean, Ocean. Ichth ., 81,

fig. 88 (type locality : Grand Banks, 2>9°39'45'' N., 71 35'15'
W., 538 fms.).

1896. Lampanyctus gemmifer Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat.

Mus.y 47, p. 559.

1906. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) gemmifer Brauer, “ Valdiviae ” Tiefsee
Fische, 15, pp. 246, 385, fig. 163.

1928. Lampanyctus gemmijer., Parr. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll .,
3, art. 3, pp. 90, 112 (Atlantic Ocean).

1948-49. Lampanyctus (L.) crocodilus Fraser Brunner, Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond. 118, p. 1089 (3 photophores on cheek, second AOa
elevated, those behind forming descending series).

1949. Lampanyctus gemmifer Misra, Rec. Indian., Mus., 45, p. 429
(22°14'25" N., 67°8'5" E„ 947 fms., 4 -7°C.).

1953. Lampanyctus gemmijer Misra, Rec. Indian. Mus., 50, p. 420,
text-fig. 28 b.

Text-fig . 97.—Lateral view of Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) croco -
dilus (Risso) (After A. Brauer)

B. 8-10; D. 13-14/0; P. 12-16; V 8; A. 16-18; L. 1.38.

MYCTOPHIDAE

355

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 6-7 in total length (5-5-5-7 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 4*3-4*4in
total length (3-6-3-7 in standard length). Eyes moderate,
4*5 in head. Snout obtusely rounded, 0-5 in eye. Cleft of
mouth very wide, maxilla extending upto preopercular edge.
Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal fìn; origin nearer to
snout end than to caudal origin, nearly opposite the pelvic
origin. Adipose dorsal above last fourth of anal; origin
nearer to caudal origin than dorsal origin. Pectorals very
long, reaching beyond anal, 1-2 times head. Pelvics
moderate, reaching anal, 1*6 in head; origin opposite to
dorsal origin, midway between pectoral base and anal
origin. Anal slightly longer than dorsal; origin just behind
last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin. Caudal moderate, forked, 1 1 in head. Least
height of caudal peduncle 2*3 its length. Lateral line.
Cycloid scales, on lateral line scarcely longer than others.
Gill rakers 6 + 12, 2/3 as long as eye. Photophores : 1
antorbital; 2 preoperculars; 2 operculars, none on shoulder;
one suprapectoral (PLO); 2 subpectorals (PVO), not above
the pectoral base; 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO),
fourth PO elevatsd considerably above the rest of the
series, one supraventral (VLO), nearly on a line with 4th
PO; 4 ventrals (VO); 3 supra-anals, angulate in disposition;
anals (AO), 5—7+6—8; 2 postero-laterals (Pol);4pre-
caudals (Prc); 4 supracaudal luminous scales; 7 infra-
caudal luminous scales.

It attains 54*5 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—Arabian Sea, 22°14'25" N., 67°8'55"

E., 1731 m.; East coast of North America, 39°39'45" N.;
71°35'15" W., Mediterranean, 36°—38° N., 15° E.—5° W.;.
in the mean annual isotherms of 20° C. and 12° C.; with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 22°14'25" N.,
67 8'55" E., in the Indian Ocean and 39'39'45" N., 71°35'15"
W. in the Atlantic Ocean and 36°-38°N., 15° E.-5°W. in the
Mediterranean.

268. Lampanyctus (Lampanyctus) macropterum (Brauer)

1904. Myctophum ( Lampanyctus ) macropterum Brauer, Zool. Anz. y .
28, p. 404, fig. 5 (type Jocality : Indian Ocean).

356

TELEOSTOMI

1906. Myctophum ( Lampanyctus ) macropterum Brauer, “ Valdivia ”
Tiefsee Fische , 15, pp. 249, 386, figs. 166, 167 (South of
Ceylon, 4°56' N., 7S°\5'3" E., Báy of Bengal).

1928. Lampanyctus macropterum Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll .,
3, art. 3, pp. 88, 110, fig. 20 (Atlantic, Indian, Pacifìc
Oceans).

1931. Lampanyctus macropterus Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo , 3,
pt. 1, p. 18 (Southern Japan area).

1939. Lampanyctus macropterus Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray
Expeà ., 7, p. 29 (Arabian Sea, 12 0 8'6" N., 63 0 4'36" E.,
12°5T8" N., 63°T42" E., N. 200, 430—984 m., 12-12°
to 8-48° C., 9°40'24" N., 54 0 33'36" E., 9°42T8" N.,

54°39' E., N 100, 200 (—0) m.).

1944. Lampanyctus macropterus Beebe & Vander Pyl, Zoologica , 29,
No. 9, pp. 59, 82 (surface to 100 fms., 2° S.—4°50' N.,
87°—91°53' W ; length of specimens 16—70 mm.)

1948-49. Lampanyctus ( Lampanyctus ) macropterus Fraser-Brunner,
Proc. zool. Soc. Lonà. 118, p. 1088 (Prc distinct from AOp).

1949. Lampanyctus macropterum Misra, Rec. Inàian Mus ., 45, p. 429.

1953. Lampanyctus macropterum Misra, Rec. Inàian Mus ., 50, p. 420.

B. 8-10; D. 12-14/0; P. 13; Y. 8; A. 18-19; L. 1. 35.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 5 • 5 in the total length (4-7 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked, 3-7 in total length
(3-3-3-5 in standard length). Eyes moderate, 5 0-5-5 in
head. Snout obtusely pointed, nearly equal to eye. Cleft
of mouth very wide, oblique, maxilla extending to pre-
opercular edge. Jaws subequal. A single ráyed dorsal fin;
origin midway between snout end and caudal origin and
an eye diameter behind pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal;
origin nearer to last dorsal ray than to caudal origin, and
above the last fourth of anal. Pectorals long, low, reach-
ing beyond anal origin, 1 1 in head. Pelvics moderate,
reaching anal origin, 1*7 in head and an eye diameter be-
fore dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origiń or nearly equidistant between them. Anal lońger
than dorsal; origin below middle of dorsal base, much
nearer to pelvic origin than to anal origin. Caudal
forked, T3 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle
2 0 in its length. Lateral line. Scales deciduous.
Photophores : one antorbital: one òn shouldér; 2 operculars;
one suprapectoral (PLO) near lateral line; 2 subpectorals

MYCTOPHIDAE

357

(PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO), fourth PO
elevated; one supraventral (VLO) much below lateral line;
4 ventraís (VO), second VO elevated; 3 supraanals (SAO)
in an obtuse angle, the superior one on lateral line in a iine-
with the superior postero-lateral; anals (AO) 6—7+8—10;
2 postero-laterals (Pol), 4 precaudals (Prc.), the super-
iormost one on the lateral Iine, inferíormost when 2 close
together; 3-4 supracaudals luminous scales; 5-7 infracaudal
luminous scales.

It attains 65 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution .—India : Arabian Sea, 12 ; 8'6" N., 63 3 4'36^
E., N 200, 430-984 m., 12-12° to 8-48 c C., N. 200, 2091 (-0>
m., Bay of Bengal, 6°53'1" N., 93° 33'5" E., 7°57'9" N., 91°
47'2" E., 2000m., 7°1'2"N., 85°56'5" E., 2500m., Sn Lanka
South of Sri Lanka, 4°56' N., 78°15'3" E., 2000 m.—
North east Coast ot Africa, 0°-9°N., 43°-53°E. 1000-2000
m., Gulf of Aden, 13 c 2'8" N., 46°41'6" E., 1200 m., between
Zanzibar and Seychelles, 4°45' S., 48 c 58'6" E., 2000 m. v
North of Chagos Archipelago, 4°5'8" S., 73°24'8" E.
2000 m., Arabian Sea, 9°40'24" N., 54°33'36" E. 9°42'18"
N., 54°39'E., N 100, 200 (—0) m., North of Cocos Is„.
10 8'2" S., 97°14'9" E., 2400 m., Japan; Atlantic Ocean
23°-24°N., 75°-77° W., in the mean annuaí isotherm of 20°
C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 34°N.-
10° S., 46°-135° E. in the Indo-Pacifìc =(12° N.~10° S.,
46 -97° E. in the Indian Ocean-f34° N. 135° E. in the
Pacific Ocean) and 23°-24° N., 75°-77° W. in the Atlantic.

123. Genus Diaphus Eigenmann & Eigenmann

1891. Diaphus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci
(2) 3, p. 3 (type, D. theta Eig. & Eig., orthotypic).

1896. Collettia Goode & Bean, Spcì. Bull. U. S. tiat. Mus. (1895) 2,.
p. 83 (type , Myctophum rafìnesquii Cocco, orthotypic),

1896. Aethoprora Goode & Bean, Spcl. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., (1895) 2,
p. 86 (type, Nyctophus metopoclampus Cocco, orthotypic).

1925. Pantophos Jordan & Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus. y 10, p. 156
(type, Diaphus glandulifer Gilbert, orthotypic).

1925. Lamprossa Jordan & Hubbs, Mem . Carnegie Mus., 10
(type, Diaphus antorbitalis Gilbert, orthotypic).

1933. Cavelampus Whitley, Rec. Austral Mus., 19, p. 62 (type,.
Aethoprora perspìciiiata Ogilbey, orthotypic),

25—1341 ZSI/71

358

TELEOSTOMI

Body moderately elongate, compressed, with scales and
photophores. Photophores limited to defìnite and separate
series, precaudal photophores usually or always separate
from posteroanal series, their number being 4 ; antorbital
photophores greatly enlarged. No supra or infracaudal
luminous scales in Indian species. Luminous scales at
suprapectoral organ, but never along dorsal or anal base.
Snout blunt, short. Eye large, prominent. Cleft of
mouth wide. Villiform teeth in bands on jaws, palatine,
pterygoid, and tongue. Gill openings wide; gill-rakers
long, numerous. Pseudobranchiae present. Dorsal
fin with 12-17 rays, in or nearly in middle of back; origin
in front of anal origin. Pectoral short, low. Pelvic origin
opposite to, or behind, or slightly in front of dorsal origin.
Anal with 12-17 rays; origin below or behind dorsal origin;
anal base equal to or shorter than dorsal base. Adipose
dorsal present. Caudal forked, [ procurrent caudal rays
soft.

Distribution. —Atlantic Ocean : Mediterranean; coast of
Cuba; Southeast coast of South America; Gulf of Mexico,
East coast of North America between 35°—39°N., and
70°—74°W.; Gulf of Guinea, 600—3500 m., Indian Ocean:
Red Sea, North east coast of Africa, 1000—2000 m., Gulf of
Aden 1200 m., Seychelles, 1500—2000 m., Mauritius, 1500-
2000 m., Zanzibar, 3000 m., Chagos Is., 2000 m., Arabian
Sea, 214—1024 m., Bay of Bengal, 2000—2500 m., Maldive
area, 457—2000 m., between Coccos Is. and West coast of
Sumatra, 520—2400 m., West coast of Sumatra, 371 m.,
Pacific Ócean: Madura Sea, 289 m., Molucco passage,
Celebes Sea, 457 m, Japan; Australia ; Polynesia.

The genus Diaphus is represented^by three subgenera
in the Indian region.

Key to the subgenera of genus Dìaphus Eigentnann &
Eigenmann

1. A single inferior antorbital (ia) • 3

2. Two inferior antorbitals (ia) con)
fluent or extending beyond midor-

bit. Diaphus

3. Inferior antorbital (ia) and superior
antorbital (sa) separated by nasal

organ. * . Pantophos

4. Inferior antorbital (ia) and superior
antorbital (sa) touching or con-
fluent behind nasal organ, not
extending beyond midorbit . Lamprossa

MYCTOPHIDAE

359

xiv. Subgenus Pantophos Jordan & Hubbs

A single inferior (ia) and superior (sa) antorbital
separated by nasal organ; last antero-anal elevated; fìrst
.antero-anal not elevated.

269. Diaphus (Pantophos) dumerili (Bieeker)

1836. Scopelus dumerili Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Neerí. (Menado ),
1, p. 66 (type locality : Menado, Celebes).

1860. Myctophum nocturnum Poey, Mem. Hist. nat. Cuba , 2, p. 426
(type locality : coast of Cuba).

1890. Scopelus schmitzi Johnson, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. y p. 456 (type
locality : Fossil Bed at the east end of Madeira; type in the
Brítish Museum).

J895. Lampanyctus lacerta Goode & Bean, Ocean. Ichth., p. 74,
fig. 83 (type locality : Gulf of stream, 28°38 / 3Ò A ' N., %5°52"òW'
W.).

1896. Lampanyctus lacerta Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus. 9
47, p. 560.

1896. Collettia nocturna Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. nat. Mus .,
47, p. 567.

1899. Scopelus dumerili Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish ., p. 162
(off the Malabar Coast, 13°5'6" N., 72°48'10" E., 172 fms.).

1906. Myctophum ( Diaphus ) lacerta Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische,
pp. 214, 384, text-figs. 132—135.

1913. Myctophum dumerili Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 166 (Celebes : tropical Indian and
Pacific oceans; Atlantic between 39° N. and 37°S.).

1928. Diaphus dumerili Parr, BuII. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. 9 3,
art 3, pp. 118, 126.

1930. Diaphus dumerili Norman, Discovery Rep., 2, p. 331 (0°36'S.,
8°28' E., TYF , 100—200 (—0) m; 1 specimen, 47 mm.).

1948-49. Diaphus ( Pantophos) dumerili Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 118, p. 1068, fig. (error in spelling of Pantophos ).

1949. Diaphus dumérili Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 430.

1953. Diaphus dumerili Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 421.

1958. Diaphus dumerili Briggs, Bull. Florida State Mus. Biol. Sci., 2,
(8) p. 258 (Fiorida, 24°—30° N., 78°—87°W.).

B. 8-10; D. 15-16/0; P. 12; V. 8-9; A. 15-16; L. 1. ca

360

TELEOSTOMI

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,.
non-keeled. Depth 5'8-6-4 in the total length (4-5-5-3'
in standard Iength). Head compressed, naked, 4-0-4-5 in
total length (3-2-3-7 in standard length). Eye's moderate,
3 0-3-8 in head, nearly twice in snout. Cleft of mouth>
very wide, oblique, maxilla extending to preopercular edge.
Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin much
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin, opposite to pelvic
origin. Adipose dorsal in the last third of anal, slightly
nearer to caudal origin than to last dorsal ray. Pectorals
short, reaching pelvic origin, 2 0 in head. Pelvics 1 -4 in
head, reaching vent; origin opposite dorsal origin much
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal equal to
dorsal; origin just behind last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic
origin than to caudal origin. Caudal forked, nearly equa.1
to head. Lateral line. Least height of caudal peduncle

1 -5 in its length. Scales cycloid, deciduous. Photophores:

2 small antorbitals, both widely separated from each other;
one minute suborbital; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral
(PLO) near lateral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchios-
tegals; 5 pectorals (PO), fourth PO elevated one supraventral
(PLO), much below lateral line; 5 ventrals(VO), second and
third VO outside the series; 3 supra-anals (SAO), the
superiormost near the lateral line; usually 7+5 anals (AO),.
last antero-anal series elevated appearing like second Pol.,
one postero-lateral (Pol) just below laterai line and below
adipose dorsal; 4 precaudals (Prc) the superiormost one
near the lateral line; one luminous scale at PLO.

Violet brown, opercle silvery.

It attains 80 mm. inlength; abyssal.

Distribution .—India :-Arabian Sea; Off the Malaba r
coast, 13°5'6" N., 72°48'10" E., 214 m., Bay of Bengal
7°53'2" N., 88°44'9"E., 2000 m., Sri Lanka, 4°56' N., 78°1 5 r
8" E., 2000 m.,—Coast of Cuba, 22° N., 80° W., South east
Coast of South America, 37°S., 53°W., Gulf of Mexico
Florida, 24°—30° N., 78°—87° W., East coast ofNorth Ame-
nca between 35°—39° N. and 70°—74° W., Gulf of Guinea,
5° N.—9° S., 9° E.—13° W., 600—3500 m., West and east
coasts of Seychelles, 3°—4° S., 51 °—58° E., 2000 m., North
of Chagos Archipelago, 4°5 # 8" S., 73°24' 8" E., 2000 m.,
Celebes, 2 C S., 120°E., in the mean annual isotherms of 12°cl
and 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 13°

MYCTOPHIDÀE

361

N.-4 C S., 51°—120° E. in the Indo-Pacific—(13° N,—4° S.,
51°—88° E. in the Indian Ocean'+2° S. 120 C E. in the
Pacific Ocean) and 39° N.—37° S., 9° E.—87° W. in the
Atlantic Ocean.

xv. Subgenus Lamprossa Jordan & Hubbs

A single inferíor (ia) and superior (sa) antorbitals
touching or confluent behind nasal organ, but not extending
beyond mid-orbit. First and last antero-anal elevated.

The subgenus Lamprossa is represented by 3 species in
the Indian region.

Key to species of subgenus Lamprossa Jordan & Hubbs

1. Upper SAO (supra anal organs),

Pol (posterio-Iateral organ) and
superior most Prc (precaudals)
touching lateral line; pectoral just
reaching or not reaching pelvic
origin. 3

2. Upper SAO, Pol and superiormost
Prc far below ìateraì ìine; pectoraì

reaching beyond pelvic origin Diaphus {Laniprossa) coeruleus

3. VLO midway between lateral line
and pelvic base ; pelvic origin
before dorsal origin ; pectoral

almost reaching pelvics Diaphus {Lamprossa) garmani

4. VLO nearer lateral Jine than to
pelvic base ; pelvic origin opposite
dorsal origin; pectoral not reaching

pelvics Diaphus{Lamprossa) splendi -

dum

270. Diaphus (Lamprossa) coeruleus (Klunzinger)

1871. Scopelus coeruleus Klunzinger, Verh. zooì. bot. Ges. Wien., 21,
p. 592 (type locality ; Kosseir , Red Sea; type in the Berlin
Museum).

1887. Scopelus engraulis Gunther, “ Challenger ” Rep., 22, p. 197,
pl. 51, fig. C (type Jocality : PhiJippines, 250 fms.).

1891. Scopelus engraulis Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 8, p. 129
(Andaman Sea, 11°31'40" N., 92°46'6" E., 188—220 fms.,
13-3°C.).

1896. Scopelus engraulis Alcock, J. As. Soc . Bengal , 65, p. 333
(Andaman Sea , 188—220 fms.).

1899. Scopelus engraulis Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish. t p. 161.

362

TELEOSTOMI

1904. Diaphus watasei Jordan & Starks, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comrn., 22’
p. 580 (type locality : oíf Atami in Sagami Bay, 153 fms.)*

1906. Myctophum ( Diaphus ) coeruleum Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische , 15, pp. 217, 384, text-fíg. 137.

1913. Myctophum caeruleus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo -•
Austral. Archipel., 2, p. 168, fig. 65 b. (Celebes Sea; Molucco
Passage, West coast of Sumatra).

1928. Diaphus coeruleus Parr, Bulì. Bingham Ocean. Coll ., 3, art. 3,.

p. 122 (Indian & Pacifìc Oceans).

1929. Diaphus coeruleus Mc Culloch, Mem. Austral Mus ., 5, pt. 1.,-

p. 81 (Great Australian Bight).

1931. Diaphus coeruleus Tanaka, /. Faculty Sci. Tokyo, 3, pt. \ r
p. 17 (Southern Japan area).

1941. Diaphus coeruleus Herre, Mem. Indian Mus., 13, p. 341.

1948-49. Diaphus ( Lamprossa ) coeruleus Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 118, p. 1070, fig.

1949. Diaphus coeruleus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 429.

1953. Diaphus coeruleus Misra, Rec. lndian Mus., 50, p. 421. text-fig.-
28 a.

1953. Myctophum coeruleus Herre, Check List Philippine Fish., p. 143.
(Philippines).

B. 8-10; D. 12-14/0; P. 10-12; V 8-9; A.15; L. 1. 37.

Body elongate compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth, non-
keeled. Depth 5 *5 in total length (4 -5-5 -0 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked,4-0 in total length
(3 4—3 *6 in standard length). Eyes moderate, 3 -8—4 -0
in head, 1 -5 times snout, 3 times in interorbital. Cleft of
mouth very wide, maxilla reaching preopercular edge.
A single rayed dorsal fin; origin near to snout end than to^
caudal origin, opposite to pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal
above 13-14th anal ray, nearer to caudal origin than to last
dorsal ray. Pectorals small, low, reaching beyond pelvic
origin, 2 -1 in head. Pelvics just reaching vent, 1.8 in head;
origin opposite dorsal origin, much nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin. Anal nearly equal to dorsal; origin

MYCTOPHIDAE

363

half an eye diameter behind Iast dorsal ray, much nearer
to pelvic origin than to anal origin. Caudal forked, 1 -3 in
head. Least height of caudal peduncle 1 -7 in its length.
Lateral Iine. Scales cycloid, deciduous. Photophores ;
2 antorbitals, upper one smaller, one behind nasal organ;
no suborbital; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO) below
Iateral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO) ; 3 branchiostegals ; 5
pectorals (PO), fourth PO elevated one supraventraf
(VLO) mucn below lateral line. 5 ventrals (VO), second and'
third VO outside the series; 3 supra-anals (SAO), superior 1 -
most SAO far below lateral line; anals (AO), 6+5, fìrst and
last in the antero-anal series elevated, one postero-lateral
(Pol) below Iateral line; 4 precaudals (Prc), superiormost
one far below Iateral line.

Silvery, black, blackish-blue; fins hyaline.

It attains 150 mm. in length.

Distribution .—India ; Andaman Sea, 11 C 31 '40" N.,
92 3 46'6" E., 343—402 m., 13 -3°C.—Red Sea; West coast of
Sumatra, WAyi" S., 98°33'8" E., 371 m., Molucco passage,
1500 m., Philippines; Celebes Sea off Mindanao, 457 m. v
Japan; Australia in the mean annual isotherms of 20°
C. and 12°C. withthe latitudinal and longitudinal range
of 34 C N.—32°S., 39°—135° E. in th e Indo-Pacific=(l 1°N—
32 S., 39°—135° E. in the Indian Ocean+34° N.—2°S. V
123'—135° E. in the Pacific Ocean).

271. Diaphus (Lamprossa) garmani Gilbert

1906. Diaphus garmani Gilbert, Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp . Zool. y 46
(14), p. 258, pl. 2, (type locality: Cuba).

1928. Diaphus garmani Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr * Coll ., 3, art. 3,.
pp. 123, 145 (West Indian waters).

1939. Diaphus garmani Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped ., l r
p. 30 (Arabian Sea, 23°2'48" N., 64°31'54' E„ 23°2'30' N.,
64°41'E., N 100, 1000 (-0) m., 9°C., N 200, 2000(-0>
m., 3 *18°C., 9°42'18^ N., 54°39' E., N 200, 2091 (-0) m.).

1948-49. Diaphus ( Lamprossa) garmani Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zooL
Soc. Lond ., 118, p. 1070, fig.

364

TELEOSTOMI

1949. Diaphus garmani Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 45, p. 430.

1953. Diaphus garmani Misra, Rec. Indian Mus ., 50, p. 420.

B. 8-10; D. 14/0; P. 12; V 8; A. 15; L. 1. 34.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen. smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4 • 2—4 • 6 in total length (3 • 4 —3 • 8 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 4*0—4*4
in total length (3 • 2—3 • 8 in standard length). Eyes moderate,
3-0—3-7 in head. Snout obtusely rounded, half in eye
diameter. Cleft of mouth very wide, oblique, maxilla
extending to preopercular edge. Jaws subequal. A single
rayed dorsal fin; origin much nearer to snout then to caudal
origin, about 3 eye diameters behind pelvic origin. Adipose
dorsal over llth or 12th anal ray; origin nearer to last
dorsal ray than to caudal origin. Pectorals very short,
almost reaching pelvics, 1 1 times eye, 3 1 in head. Pelvics
not reaching vent, 1-8 in head, about 3/4 eye diameter
before dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral origin than
to anal origin. , Anal nearly equal to dorsal; origin
below last dorsal ray, much nearer to pelvic origin than to
caudal origin. Caudal forked, 1 1 in head. Least height
of caudal peduncle 2-1 in its length. Lateral line. Scales
deciduous. Photophores, 2 antorbitals, upper small meeting
the lower behind nasal organ; one opercular; one supra-
pectoral (PLO) much below lateral line; 2 subpectorals
(PVO); 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO), fourth PO
elevated; one supraventral (VLO) midway between lateral
line and pelvic base, 5 ventrals (VO), 2nd and 3rd VO
outside of the series; 3 supra-anals (SAO), the superiormost^
touching lateral line; anals (AO) 7+5, first and last of the
antero-anal series elevated; one postero-lateral (Pol)
touching the lateral line; 4 precaudals (Prc), the superior-
most near lateral line; one large luminous scale at PLO;
one luminous scale at antorbital.

It attains at least 49 mm. in length excluding caudal;
abyssah

Distribution .—Arabian Sea, 23°3'48" N., 64°3r54" E.,
N 100, 1000 (-0)m., 23°2'30" N., 64°41' E., N 200, 2000
(-0) m.—Arabian Sea, 9°42'18" N., 54°39' E., 9°40'24" N.,
54°39' E., N 200, 2091 (-0) m., Cuba, 22°N. 80°W„ in
the mean annuál isotherm of 20°C. with the latitudinal and
longitudinal range of 9°—23° N., 54°—64° E. in the
Jndian Ocean and 22°N. 80°W. in the Atlantic.

MYCTOPHIDAE

365

272. Diaphus (Lamprossa) splendidum (Brauer)

(Text-fig. 98)

1904. Myctophum ( Nyctophus) splendidum Brauer, Zool. Anz., 28,
p. 399, fig. 7 (type locality: Atlantic and Indian Oceans).

1906. Myctophum ( Diaphus) splendidum Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee
Fische , 15, p. 218, 384, figs. 138, 139 (Bay of Bengal,
7M'2' N., 85°56'5" E., 2500 m.).

1913- Myctophumsplendidum Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Archipel ., 2, p. 170 (Madura sea, 289 m.).

1928. Diaphus splendidus Parr, Buìl. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., 3,
art. 3, p. 123 (Indian and Atlantic Oceans)

1930. Diaphus spìendidus Norman, “ DiscoveryRep., 2, p. 335 (2°43'

30"S..0°56 , 36' W., 125—175(-0)m.).

1931. Diaphus splendidus Tanaka, J. Faculty Sci. Tokyo , 3, pt. 1, p. 18

(Southern Japan area).

1939. Diaphus splendidum Norman, Sci. Rep. John. Murray Exped.,
7, p. 31 (Maldives, 4°47' N., 72°50'54" E., 4°45'30" N.,
72°47'42" E., AT, 457 m., 9°7'6" N., 55°27'6" E., 9°8'48" N.,
55°31'48'E. AT 3840—3872 m., 3-68°C. at 2000 m.).

1948-49. Diaphus ( Lamprossa ) splendidus Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond. 9 118, p. 1070, fig.

1949. Diaphus splendidum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 430.

1953. Diaphus splendidum Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 421,
fig. 28a.

1955. Diaphus splendidus Munro, Mar. Freshwater Fish. Ceylon , p. 37
(Ceylon).

B. 8—10; D. 13—15/0; P. 11; V. 8; A. 15-16; L. 1.
38-39.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 5-8 in total length (4*8 in standard
length), Head compressed, naked, 4 0—4 2 in total length

366

TELEOSTOMI

(3-2—3*5 in standard length). Eyes moderate, 3-0—4-2
in head. Snout rounded, 1-5 in eye. Cleft of mouth
wide, oblique, maxilla reaching to preopercular edge.
Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer
to snout end and adipose dorsal origin than to caudal origin,
slightly before pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal above last
14th to 15th anal ray. Pectorals short, not reaching
pelvic origin, 2*9 in head. Pelvics almost reaching anal,
1*8 in head; origin slightly behind dorsal origin, midway
between pectoral base and anal origin. Anal nearly
equal to dorsal; origin about half eye diameter behind last
dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal origin.
Caudal forked, 1 - 2 in head. Least height of caudal pedun-
ele 2*2 in its length. Lateral line. Scales deciduous. Photo-
phores: 2 antorbitals, upper or superior antorbital small,
meeting the lower or inferior one behind the nasal organ;
no suborbital; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO)
midway between pectoral base and lateral line; 2 subpecto-
rals (PVO), 3 branchiostegals; 5 pectorals (PO), fourth
elevated; one supraventral (VLO), much nearer to lateral
line than to pelvics; 5 ventrals (VO), second elevated; 3
supra-anals (SAO), the superiormost touching lateral
line; anals (AO) 5-6+4-6, the first and last AO of the
antero-anal series elevated; 4 precaudals (Prc), the
superiormost touching lateral line; one luminous scale
at PLO.

It attains 75—90 mm. in length ; abyssal.

Distribution. —India: Bay of Bengal, 7° 1' 2" N., 85°
56' 5" E., 2500 m., Maldive area, 4° 47' N.. 72° 50' 54" E.,
4°45'30" N., 72 3 47'42" E., 457 m.—Arabian Sea, 9°7'6" N.,
55°27'6" E., 9 r 8'48" N., 55°31'48" E., AT 3840—3872 m.,
3-68°C. at 2000 m ., Gulf of Guinea, 3°—9° S., 7°—9° E.,
700—3000 m., Northeast coast of Africa, 9° N.—0°27' S.,
42°—53° E., 1500—2000 m., oíf Seychelles, 3°26'2" S.,
58°34'2" E., 1500 m., Mauritius, 1500—2000 m., between
Coccos Is. and West Coast of Sumatra, 8°N.—10°S.,
94°—99° E., 520—2400 m., Madura Sea, 7° S. 113° E.,
289 m. Japan, 35° N., 135° E., in the mean annual isotherm
of 20°C. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of
35°N.—20'S., 42°—135°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(9°N.—
20°S., 4299°E. in the Indian Ocean+35°N.~7°S.,
113°—135° E„ in the Pacific Ocean) and 3°—9° S„ 7 —9° E.
in the Atlantic Ocean.

MYCTOPHIDAE

367

xvi. Subgenus Diaphus Eigenmann & Eigenmann

A single upper or superior (sa) antorbital and 2 or 3
Iower or inferior antorbitals (ia) separate or confluent
extending beyond mid-orbit. First antero-anal elevated
or not elevated; last antero-anal (AOa) elevated.

The subgenus Diaphus is represented by 2 species
in the Indian region.

Key to species of subgenus Diaphus Eigenmann &
Eigenmann

1. Anal origin 1/3 eye diameter

bahind last dorsal ray; supra
ventral (VLO) midway between
Pelvic base and lateral line;

2 inferior antorbitals (ia) sepa-

rate Dìaphus (Diaphus) rafinesquiì

2. Anal origin before last dorsal ray;

supraventral (VLO) nearer;
lateral Iine than to pelvic base;

2inferiorantorbitalsconfluent. Diaphus (Diaphus) lutkeni

273. Diaphus (Diaphus) lutkeni (Brauer)

1904. Myctophum ( Myctophum ) ìutkeni Brauer, Zooì. Anz., 28, p. 400
(type iocality: Indian Ocean).

1906. Myctophum (Diaphus) lotkeni Brauer, “Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische,
15, pp. 221, 384, figs. 141, 142.

1928. Diaphus lutkeni Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. 9 3, art. 3,
p. 118 (Indian and Atlantic Oceans).

1930. Diaphus luetkeni Norman, “ Discovery ” Rep ., 2, p. 333 (3°N.—
35°S. and I0°E._16°W., TYF, 125—1000(-0)m., at 1000 m.
7 '57°c., at 200 m. 13 -48°C).

1939. Diaphus luetkeni Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped ., 7 ,
p. 30 (Arabian Sea, 10°54'42" N., 61° 20'54" E. 10°53'18"
N., 6l°22'24' E., N 200, 400—645 m., 1«39'6" N., 61°13'44"
E., 2°7'30" N., 61°21'12" E., N 200, 600—0 m.).

1949. Diaphus lutkeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45 , p. 430.

1953. Diaphus lutkeni Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50 , p. 420.

1368

TELEOSTOMI

B. 8—10; D. 15—16/0; P. 11; V. 8; A. 16; L. 1. 36.

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4-4 in total length (3-8 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked, 3-7 in total length
(3 -2 in standard length). Eyes large, 3 1—4 0 in head.
Snout obtusely rounded, half of eye. Cleft of mouth
very wide, oblique, maxilla extending to preopercular edge.
Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal fin; origin nearer
to snout end and adipose dorsal origin than to caudal
origin, slightly behind pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal
above 14th to 15th anal ray; origin nearer to caudal
origin than to last dorsal ray. Pectorals short, not reaching
pelvics, 3 0 in head. Pelvics reaching anal; origin slightly
before dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than to anal
origin. Anal nearly equal to dorsal; origin below 13th
to 14th dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin. Caudal forked, 1-8 in head. Least height of
caudal peduncle 1*8 in its length. Lateral line. Scales
cycloid, deciduous. Photophores: one superior antorbital
(sa) and 2 inferior antorbitals (ia) confluent occupying entire
ventral marginof orbit; 2 operculars;3 branchiostegals, 5
pectorals (PO), fourth PO elevated; one supraventral
(VLO), much below lateral line; 4 ventrals (VO), first
and second VO outside the series, 3 supra-anals (SAO),
superiormost below lateral line; anals (AO) 6+5, first
and last AO of antero-anal series elevated; one postero-
lateral (Pol) just below lateral line; 4 precaudals (Prc),
superiormost just below lateral line; one luminous scale
below PVO.

It attains 55 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distribution. —India: Arabian Sea, 10°54'42 l ' N.,
ól^O^" E., N. 200,400—465 m., ì°39'6" N., 6Ì°Ì3'4S" E.,
^^'SO^N., 61°21 , 12 ,, E.-North coast of Africa, 0°—9°N., 43°
—53° E., 1000—2000 m., Atlantic Ocean, 9°N.—35° S., 10°
E.,—16°W., TYF, 125—1000 (-0)m., at lOOOm. 7-57°C., at
200 m. 13-48° C.; West of Chagos archipelago, 4^5'S" S.,
^O 0 ^" E., 2000 m., near Zanzibar, 5°Ì2'5" S., 46°32'3" E.,
3000 m., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C.
with the latitudinal and Iongitudinal range of 10 3 N.—5°S.,
43°—70° E., in the Indian Ocean and 9° N.—35° S., 10°E.
—16° W. in the Atlantic Ocean.

MYCTOPMDAE

369

274. Diaphus (Diaphus) rafinesquii (Cocco)

(Text-fig. 99)

1838. Nyctophus rofinesqiiii Cocco, N. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologna, 2,-
p. 20, pl. 3, fig. 7 (type locality: Mediterranean).

1864. Scopelus rafinesquii Gonthur, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 5, p.
410.

1906. M. (Diaphus) r afinesqueii Brauer, “Valdivia” Tiefsee Fische,
15, pp. 223, 384, fìgs. 144, 145.

1908. Diaphus nunus Gilbert. Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. , 26, No. 6
p. 224, pí. I. (type locality: near Nukuhiva I, Marquesas
group, taken in open intermediate net from surface to 300
fms.).

1928. Diaphus rafinesquii Parr, Bull- Bingham Oceánogr. Coll „ 3, art.
3, pp. 119, 131 (Mediterranean, Atlantic, Pacific).

1930. Diaphus rafinesquii Norman, “ Discovery y ’ Rep ., 2, P- 334
(Marquesas Is., Japan, Mediterranean, Atlantic, 2°—40° S.,

16°E_36°W., N 450, 125—400(-0) m., TYF, 100—550’

(-0) m.).

1939. Diaphus rafinesqufi Norman, Sci. Rep. John. Murray Exped .,
7, p. 30 (Arabian Sea, 23°2'48" N., 64°31'54* E., 23°2'12-
N., 64°33'39" E., 23°2'30" N., 64°15'54" E., N 100, 1500 C-0)
m., 5 -57°C, N 200 2000(-0) m., 3-18° C., 19°24'20" N
69°24'18' E., 19°25'42" N., 69°22'54" E., AT, 759—1024 m.,
10 o 54'42"N., 61°20'54" E., 10°53'18" N., 61°22'24" E„ N
200 400—645m.< 1°39'6" S., 61°13'48" E„ N 200 2°7'30" S„
61°21'12" E„ N 200, 600 (-0) m).

1949- Diaphus rafinesqu[i Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. m 45, p.
430. •

1953. Diaphus rafinesquii Misra, Rec. Indian Mus m 50, p. 421
text-fig. 28 d.

Text-fig. 99. Lateral yiew of Diaphus ( Diaphus ) rafinesauii
(Cocco) (After A. Brauer)

B. 8-10; D. 12/0; P. 9—10; V. 8; A. 12—14; L. 1.
32—36.

370

TELEOSTOMl

Body elongate, compressed, scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4*6 in total length (3*8 in standard
length). Head compressed, naked, 3-8 in total length
<3 1 in standard length). Eyes large, 2*6—2-9 in head.
Snout rounded, 3-5 in cye. Cleft of mouth wide, oblique,
maxilh ' eaching preopercular edge, maxilla 5 0 in standard
length. Jaws subequal. A single rayed dorsal íìn; origin
nearer to snout end than to caudal origin, opposite pelvics.
Adipose dorsal over lOth or llth anal ray, nearer to caudal
origin than to last dorsal ray. Pectorals low, 2 • 1 in head,
reaching pelvic origin. Pelvics reaching vent, 1 - 8 in head;
origin opposite dorsal origin, nearer to pectoral base than
to anal origin. Anal nearly equal to dorsal; origin 1/3 eye
diameter behind last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin
than to caudal origin. Caudal forked, 1 - 2 in head. Least
height of caudal peduncle 2 0 in its length. Lateral line.
Scales deciduous. Photophores: One superior (sa) antorbi-
tal (ia) and 2 inferior (ia) antorbitals separate extending
beyond mid-orbit; 2 operculars; one suprapectoral (PLO),
below hteral line; 2 subpectorals (PVO); 3 branchioste-
gals; 5 pectorals (PO), 4th PO elevated; one supraventral
(VLO), nearly midway between lateral line and pelvic
base; 5 ventrals (VO), 3rd VO elevated; 3 supra anals
(SAO) the superiormost near the lateral line; anals (AO)
5—7+3—5, usually 6+4, the íìrst and last AO of the
antero-anal series elevated; one postero-lateral (Pol) near
the lateral line; one luminous scale below antorbital; one
very large, broad luminous scale at PLO.

It attains 66 mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution .—Arabian Sea, \9°242V' N., 69'24'IS" E.,
\9°25'4T N., 69°22'54" E., AT, 759—1024 m., 10°54'42" N.,
61°21'54" E., 10°53'18" N., 61° 22'24" E., N 200, 400—
645 m., Oíf Indus Delta, 23°2T2" N., 6V>33'39" E.,
23°2'30" N., 64°\5'54" E., N 100, 1500 (-0) m., 5-57° C.,
N 200, 2000 (-0) m., 3 18°C—Arabian Sea, 1°39'6" S.,
61°13'48" E., 2°7'30" S., 61°21T2"-E., N 200, 600 (-0) m.,
East coast of North America, 37° 12'20" N., 69°39' W.,
Messina, 38°13' N., 15°13' E., Gulf of Aden, 13° N.,
46° E., 1061—1080 m., Japan, 35° N., 135° E., Marquesas
Is., 140°W., 10° S., Atlantic Ocean, 2°—40° S., 16° E..
—36° W., in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12° C.
with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°N.—10°
S., 46°E—140°W. in the Indo-Pa:ific=(r—23° N.,
-46°—69° E, in the Indian Ocean +35°N.—10° S., 135°E.

MYCTOPHIDAE

371

—140°W. in the Pacific Ocean) 37° N.-40 0 S., 16° E.—69°
W. in the Atlantic Ocean and 38°13' N., 15° 13' F. in the
Mediterranean.

xv. Subfamily Neoscopelini

Photophores not restricted to definite and separate
series, but one photophore to each on entire body or
photophores only on the ventral part of body. Vomerine
teeth in one patch; teeth on erttopterygoid.

The subfamily NeoSCOPELINI is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

124. Genus Neoscopelus Johnson

1863. Neoseopelus Johnson, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 44, (type
N. macrolepidotus Johnson, orthotypic).

Body moderately elongate, compressed, scales spiny
cycloid, deciduous; with photophores. Photophores not
limited to defìnite and separate series, they being present
only on ventral part of body. Snout rather long, depressed.
Eyes moderate. Cleft of mouth moderate. Villiform
teeth on jaws, palatine pterygoid, tongue and vomer. Gill-
openings wide, gill membranes free from isthmus. Bran-
chiostegals 8-9, gill rakers slender, long, numerous.
Pseudobranchiae well developed. Dorsal with 11—13
rays; origin midway between tip of snout and adipose
dorsal and much in advance of anal origin. Pectorals
moderate, slightly below middle of height. Pelvic origin
below dorsal fin. Anal with 11—13 rays; origin far remote
from dorsal origin. Adipose dorsal present. Caudal
forked.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean: Madeira, Coast of
Morocco, 1350—1590 m.; West Indies, 592—652m.,

Indian Ocean: Alagoa Bay to Natal, 548 m.; East coast
of Africa, 693 m.; Arabian Sea, 658 m.; Maldive area,
494 m.; Bay of Bengal, 343—740m.; West coast of Sumatra,
614 m.; Pacific Ocean: Japan, Northeast of New Zealand,
940—1097 m.; Sandwich Is.; Australia.

372

TELEOSTOMI

275. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson
(Text-fig. 100)

1863. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson, Proc. zool . Soc. Lond. y
p. 44.

1891. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6)
8 , p. 129 (Andamans, 11°31'40" N., 92°46'6" E., 188—220
fms., 13. 3°C).

1896. Neoscopelus macropidotus Alcock. J. As. Soc. Bengal, 65, P.
33 (Andamans Sea, 188—220 fms.).

1899. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish .,
p. 164 (Andaman Sea, \\ 0 25'5" N., 92°47' E., 405 fms.,
8 •3°C., Arabian Sea, off Travancore coast, 9 0 29'34" N.,
75°38'360 fms., 9 -2°C.).

1904. Neoscopelus alcocki Jordan & Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm
p. 580 pl. 2 figs. 1 -2 (type locality: Suruga Bay, 173—260
fms.)

1906. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Brauer, “ Valdivia ” Tiefsee Fische,
15, pp. 147, 381, pl. 11, figs. 2, 3, text-figs. 72—76 (West
Coast of Sumatra, East coast of Africa, 614—693 m.,
10-2°—90:C., North east of New Zealand, 950—1097m.,
6 °—4°C., Sandwich Is., 405—1463m.).

1913. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. lndo-
Austral. Archipel ., 2, p. 174, fig. 61. (Madura Sea, 289m.,
Bali Sea, 538 m., Flores Seá, 521 m., Timor Sea, 709
m., Arafura Sea, 560 m., west of Sumatra, 614 m.).

1928. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.

Coll. 3, art. 3, p. 48 (known from all temperature and warm
seas).

1929. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Mc Culloch., Mem. Austral. Mus.,

5, pt. 1, p. 81 (Great Australian Bight).

1931. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Tanaka, /. Faculty Soci. Tokyo,
3, pt. 1, p. 17 (Southern Japan area).

1939. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray
Exped ., 7, p. 28 (Maldive area, 45°84'2" S., 73°16'24" E.,
AT, 494 m., 10 -86°C. at 400 m.).

1941. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Herre, Mem. IndianMus ., 13, p. 341
(Andamans)*

1948-49. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond ., 118, p. 1039, fig.

1949. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45
p.431. 9

1953. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus 50,
p. 422, fig. 28 c.

1953. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Smith, Sea Fish. South. Africa
p. 188, fig. 190 (from Algoa Bay to Natal, 300 fms.).

MYCTOPHIDAE

373

Text-fig. 100— Lateral view of Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson
(After A. Brauer)

B. 8—9; D. 11—13/0; P. 15—18; V. 8; L 1.30—31;

L. tr. 3/5.

Body elongate, compressed scaly; abdomen smooth,
non-keeled. Depth 4*8—5*3 in total length (4 0—4-5 in
standard length). Head compressed, naked, 3*5—4 0
in total length (3 *0—3 *4 in standard length). Eyes moderate,
4*5—5 0 in head, midway between tip of the depressed
snout and the vertical limb of preopercle, less than inter-
orbital. Snout depressed, 1 * 1 times eye. Cleft of mouth
moderate, obhque, maxilla reaching hind border of eye.
Jaws subequal. Villiform teeth on vomer. A single rayed
dorsal fin; origin’much nearer to snout end and adipose
dorsal origin than to caudal origin, half eye diameter
before pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal abovò middle of
anal; origin nearer to caudal origin than to last dorsal ray.
Pectorals low, long, equal to head, reaching nearly pelvic
tips. Pelvics moderate, 1*8 in head, not reaching vent;
origin half an eye diameter behind dorsal origin, much
nearer to pectoral base than to anal origin by a distance
nearly half of that between pelvic and anal origins. Anal
slightly shorter than dorsal; about half head length, behind
last dorsal ray. Caudal forked, 1 - 2 in head. Least height
of caudal pedunde 1 1 in its length. Lateral line. Scales
with minute spines. A ir bladder. Gillrakers long, slender.
Photophores: One opercular; a few small ones on gill
membranes; 8-9 smalt ones on each side on lower surface
of tongue, with a large one behind them; 8-9 along each
side on isthmus; 3 smaller ones medially on isthmus followed
by 14—17 to vent; a small one between urogenital papillae
followed by 4-5 behind last ray of anal; on each side of
ventJFa row of 4 small ones; in the ventrolateral series
31—35 beginning at the vertical through' the fìrst one in

26—1341 ZSI/71

374

TELEOSTOMI

the median series to caudal; in the inferior lateral series
9 from the vertical through the íìrst one in the median
series to pelvics; in the superior lateral series 20—25 from
dorsal of pectorals to somewhat behind end of anal; 3
large ones before base of pectoral, 3—4 smaller behind it,
2—3 small ones before pelvic base; besides some scattered
smaller ones.

Reddish with back and belly darker; head silvery;
íins red.

It attains 24o mm. in length; bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India* Andaman Sea, ll°3r40" N., 92®
46'6" E., ll 0 25 , 5 ,, N., 92 c 47' E., 343—740 m., 13-3°—8.3 C C;
Arabian Sea, 9 C 29 , 34 ,/ N., 75°38' E., 658 m., 9-2°C., Maldive
area, 4°58'4T S., 73°\6'24" E., 494m., 10-86 C C. at 400 m.
Madeira, Coast of Morocoo, 30°—35° N., 5°—10° W.,
1350—1590m. West Indies, 22° N., 80° W., 592—652m.,
Alagoa Bay to Natal, 548 m., East coast of Africa, l°40'6"
S., 41 0 4rrE., 693 m., 9°C., West coast of Sumatra, 0 Ò \5'2"
N., 9S°8'9" E., 614 m., 10-2° C., Indonesia, 289—709 m.,
Japan, Northeast of New Zealand 29°55' S., \18°\4' W.,
950—1097 m., 6°—4°C., Sandwich Is., 405—1463 m., Aust-
ralia, in the mean annual isotherms of 20°C. and 12°C. with
the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 35°N.—29 C S., 30°E
—178°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(ll°N.—29° S., 30°—125° E.
in the Indian ocean+35° N.—29° S., 120° E.—178° W.
in the Pacific), 22°—36° N., 50°—80° W. in the Atlantic
Ocean.

xvi. Subfamily ScOPELENGlNl

The subfamily SCOPELENGINI differs from the sub-
families Neoscopelini and Myctophini in having no
photophores and no teeth on entopterygoid and in having
2 separate patches of vomerine teeth.

This subfamily is represented by a single genus in the
Indian region.

125. Genus Scopelengys Alcock
1890. Scopelengys Alcock,, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 6, p. 302
(type, S. tristis Alc., orthotypic).

Body elongate, compressed (scales unknown, if present
very deciduous): without photophores. Head compressed.
Snout moderate; eye small. Cleft of mouth wide, oblique.

* Samuel (1966, Bull. Dept- mar. biol. & Oceanogr. Univ. Kerala ,
2, P. 29) also records the species from off the South west coast
of India.

MYCTOPHIDAE

375

Villiform teeth in premaxilla, mandible, palatine and head
of vomer; no teeth on tongue. Gill openings wide; gill
rakers closely set. Branchiostegals 8. Pseudobranchiae
rudimentary. Dorsal fin with 12 rays, placed in anterior
half of body measured with caudal; origin far in advance
of anal origin. Pectorals inserted close to ventral profìle.
Pelvic origin opposite to dorsal origin. Anal fin with 13
rays , in posterior half of body measured with caudal and
originating far remote from dorsal origin. Adipose dorsal
present. Caudal forked. No air bladder. Pyloric caeca
in moderate number.

Distribution .—Atlantic Ocean: West coast of Central
America, 1271-3279m., Indian Ocean: Laccadive Sea,
1828m., Arabian Sea, N 200, 430-984m.

276. Scopelengys tristis Alcock

(Text-fig. 101)

1890. Scopelengys tristis Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6), 6, p.303
(type locality : Laccadive Sea, 11°12' 47" N., 74° 25' 30"
E., 1000 fms., 3 -7°C.; type in the Zoological Survey of
India).

1892. Scopelengys tristis Alcock. ///. Zool. Investig. Fish ., pl. 7,
fig. 7.

1899. Scopelengys dispar Garman, Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. f
24, p. 254, pl. 54, figs. 2-2 d (type locality : 7°6'15" N., 80°
34' W., 695 fms., 39° E., 6°17' N., 82°5' W., 1072 fms.
36 -4° E., 6° 21' N., 80° 41' W., 1793 fms., 35 -8° E.).

1899. Scopelengys tristis Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep. Sea Fish. f p. 166
(Arabian Sea, off the Laccadive Is., 1,000 fms.).

1928. Scopelengys trístis Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll. t 3, art. 3,
p. 48.

1939. Scopelengys tristis Norman, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped .,
7, p. 28 (Arabian Sea, 12°8'6" N., 63° 4' 36" E., 12° 5' 18"
N., 63° 1'. 42" E., N., 200, 430—984 m., 12-2°—8 -48° C.).

1948-49. Scopelengys tristis Fraser-Brunner, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. f
118, p. 1040.

1949. Scopelengys tristis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 431.

1953. Scopelengys tristis Misra, Rec. Indian Mus. t 50, P. 422,
text-fig. 30a.

376

TELEOSTOMI

Text-fig. 101.—Lateral view of Scopeìengys tristis Alc., (After

A. Aloock)

B. 8; D. 11-12/0; P. 15; V. 8, A. 11-13.

Body elongate, compressed; scales if present rudi*
mentary and deciduous; abdomen smooth, non-keeled.
Depth 5-9 in total length (5*0 in standard length). Head
compressed, naked, 4-0 in total length (3*4 in standard
length). Opercle complete. Eyes small, situated high up,
slightly more than snout, 9—10 in head. Snout 3*0 in
head. Cleft of mouth very wide, oblique, maxilla
reaching beyond postorbit. Acute villiform teeth in
rather broad bands uncovered by lips in the premaxiUae
and mandibles; in narrow bands in palatine and a small
patch on each side of vomer. No teeth on tongue. A
single rayed dorsal fin in the anterior half of the standard
length, much nearer to snout end than to caudal origin,
nearly midway between adipose dorsal origin and snout
end, opposite pelvic origin. Adipose dorsal large, fim-
briated, origin slightly nearer to caudal origin than to last
dorsal ray, above lOth or llth anal ray. Pectorals very
low, reaching pelvic origin, 1*8 in head. Pelvics short,
3-1 in head; origin opposite dorsal origin, much nearer
to pectoral base than to anal origin. Anal nearly equal
to dorsal; origin a little more than snout length, behind
the last dorsal ray, nearer to pelvic origin than to caudal
origin. Caudal forked, 1*5 in head. Least height of
caudal peduncle 2*4 in its length. Lateral line. Deci-
duous, rudimentary scales rarely present. No photo-
phores. Gill rakers long, close-set on the first arch.
8 large pyloric caeca. No air bladder.

Uniform black throughout.

It attains 171 mm. in length; abyssal.

Distríbution. —India: Laccadive Sea, 11°12' 47" N
74°25' 30" E., 1828 m., 3*7°C., Arabian Sea, 12°5' 18" N.’
63° 1' 42", N 200, 430—984m., 12-2°—8-48° C.-Pacific
coast of. Central Americas, 6°-7° N., 80°—82° N., 1271-
3279m., 3-8°-2*rC., in the mean annual isotherm of
20°G. with the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 6°-
12° N., 63° E.80°W. in the Indo-Pacific=(ll°—12° N.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE

377

63°-74° E. in the Indian Ocean+6°-7°N., 80°-82°W. in
the Pacific Ocean).

XI. Order ATELEOPIFORMES

No air bladder. Abdomen neither keeled nor serrated.
Mouth bordered by premaxillaries only. Orbitosphenoid,
basisphenoid, alisphenoid, epiotic and opisthotic absent.
Pelvics jugular, each reduced to a single, stout fìlament
of 2 coherent rays, scarcely ossifìed, articulated to cora-
coids. Supratemporal loosely attached by ligament to
skull. No adipose fin. Endocranium mainly cartila-
ginous. Post-temporal forked. No photophores. No
scales.

The order ATELEOPIFORMES is represented by a
single family in the Indian region.

XLVI. Family Ateleopidae

Body elongate, gelatinous, scaleless semi-transparent.
Head scaleless. No photophores. Abdomen rounded.
Mouth inferior, protractile, maxilla extending to midorbit.
Eyes small. Toothless or minute teeth. No adipose
dorsal. Tail elongate and tapering. A single rayed
dorsal fin above pectorals. Pectorals long reaching anal.
Pelvics wide with 2 foramina and 2 ossified laminae or
narrow with a foramen and no ossifìed laminae. Vent
much nearer to pelvic base than to caudal origin. Anal
very long, continuous with caudal. Precaudal vertebrae
with trasverse processes, attaching the ribs. No pyloric
caeca, no air bladder. Gill membranes narrow, attached
to isthmus. Gills 4. No pseudobranchiae. 8 or 9 bran-
chiostegal rays. No scales.

The family Ateleopidae is represented by a single
genus in the Indian region.

126. Genus Ateleopus Temminck & Schlegel

1846. Ateleopus Temminck & Schlegel (Atelopus Dumeril Biboon,
1841) Fauna, Japon-Pisc ., p. 255 (type, A. japonicus Bikr.,
orthotypic).

1902. Podateles Boulenger, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (7) 10, p. 403 (type
Ateleopus japonicus Blkr., orthotypic).

Body elongate, somewhat compressed, tapering to the
pointed tail, with scaleless, gelatinous skin without
photophores. Skeleton semi-cartilaginous. Snout pro-
jects well ^beyond small, inferior, protractile mouth.
Teeth minute, villiform; in a band in upper jaw only, or

378

TELEOSTOMI

in both jaws; palate smooth. Gill openings fairly wide;
gill rakers short, cartilaginous. Pseudobranchiae absent.
Gill membranes slightly united anteriorly. Branchios-
tegals 8. Dorsal fin with 8-10 rays, short, in anterior one
fourth of body and above pectoral fins ;origin considerably
in front of anal origin. Pectorals long pointed, inserted
a little below middle of height. Pelvics wide with 2 for-
amina and 2 ossified laminae, jugular, consisting of a
single, short filament formed by two closely coherent rays;
origin a little ahead of dorsal origin. Anal fin with 76
rays, very long, occupying more than half length of body,
continuous with 9 caudal rays and originating far remote
from dorsal origin. Adipose dorsal absent. Caudal pointed
united wi th anal fin. No air bladder. No pyloric caeca.

Distributìon .—Indian Ocean: Arabian Sea, 409—529m.,
Bay of Bengal, 343—402m., Maldive area, 494m.; Pacific
Ocean: Philippines.

277. Ateleopus indicus Wood-Mason & Alcock*

(Pl. XI, fig. 3; Text-fig. 102)

1891. Ateleopus indicus Wood-Mason & Alcock, Ann. Mag. nat.

Hist ., (6) 8, p. 123, fig. 3 (type locality : Andaman Sea,.
10°3r 40" N., 92°46' 6" E., 188—220 fms., 13 -3° C., type
in the Zoological Survey of India).

1892. Ateleopus indicus Alcock, III. Zool. Investig. Fish., pl. 2, fig. 2.

1896. Ateloepus indicus Alcock, J. As. Soc. Bengal , 65, p. 327.

1899. Ateleopus indicus Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep Sea Fish., 123,
(Andaman Sea, 188—220 fms., Arabian Sea, off* Travancore
Coast, 8° 37’ N., 75°3T 30” E., 224—284 fms., 12-2—
11 1° C.)

1939. Ateleopus indicus Norman, Sci. Rep.John Murray Exped ., 8,
p. 32 (Maldive area, 4° 58' 42" S., 73° 16' 24" E., 494 fms.
10 -86° C., at 400 m.).

1949. Podateles indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 45, p. 431.

1953. Podateles indicus Misra, Rec. Indian Mus., 50, p. 422,
text-fìg. 29 b.

♦Bssides this species, Samuel (1963, Curr. Sci.32,p. 413) reco~
rded Ateleopus natalensis Regan off the South West coast of India^

ATELEOPIDAE

379

1953. Ateleopus indicus Herre, Check List Philippine Fish p. 145
(Philippines).

Text-fig. 102.—Lateral view of Ateleopus indicus Wood-Mason &
Alcock (After J. Wood-Mason & Alcock)

B. 8; D. 8-10; P. 12; V 2; A+C. 76-85.

Body elongate, compressed, naked, gradualíy tapering
to the pointed tail. Depth equal to head, behind middle
of snout, 8 0 in total length (7 -2 in the standard length).
Head large, with muciferous cavities, 5-7 in total length
(5-2 in standard length). Eyes 5-5-6-7 in head, 1*6
in interorbital, 1*8 in snout. Snout broadly pointed,
depressed, projecting, marginally inflated, 3 0 in head,
1-8 times eye; nearly half its extent in preoral. Nostrils
large, situated superiorly immediately in front of eye.
Mouth small, inferior, crescentic, width hardly equal to
diameter of eye-ball, its angle barely reaching the vertical
through anterior border of orbit; maxilla reaching nearly
mid-orbit and slightly protractile downwards as if adopted
for suction. A short band of very minute teeth in the inner
aspects of upper jaw; lower jaw toothless. A single, short,
rayed dorsal fìn; origin midway between snout end and vent,
above pectoral base, half an eye diameter behind pelvic
origin, just behind head; its base about 3/4 of snout. Pec-
torals long, reaching vent, 1 1 in head, equal to the longest
dorsal ray. Pelvics jugular consisting of 2 stiff coherent
cartilaginous rods, nearly half as long as head; origin
about an eye diameter before dorsal origin. Anal long,
confluent with caudal, its base 1 • 5 times trunk. Lateral
line following the dorsal curve of trunk runs along the
middle of the tail. Head, body and fìns covered with
thick gelatinous, scaleless skin. Gill rakers short, coarse,
cartilaginous.

Mottled dark brown to purple black; ali fins except
pelvics black.

It attains 381 mm. in length. 260-370m., bathypelagic.

Distribution. —India: Andaman Sea, 10° 31'40" N., 92°
46' 6" E., 343-402 m., 13 -3 C C.; Arabian Sea, 8° 37' N.,
75 0 37' 30" E., 409—529 m., 12-2°—11 1°C.—Maldive

area, 4°58' 42" S., 73° 16' 23" E., 494 m., 10-86°C., at 400
m., Philippines; in the mean annual isotherm of 20°C. with

380

TELEOSTOMI

the latitudinal and longitudinal range of 14° N.—4 C S., 73°—
123°E. in the Indo-Pacific=(10°N.—4°S., 73°—92° E. in
the Indian Ocean+14°N., 123°E. in the Pacific Ocean).

A field key to Orders of TELEOSTOMI :

CLUPEIFORMES, BATHYCLUPEIFORMES, GALAXIIFORMES,
SCOPELIFORMES and Ateleopiformes of the Indian region.

1. Radials of pectorals and pelvics,

biserially arranged; 2 rayed
dorsals (mostly fossils except
Order COELACANTHI-
FORMES not yet been found

in thelndian region) Subclass CROSSOPTERYGII

2. Radials of pectorals and pelvics

uniserially arranged ; 1 or 2
dorsals (mostly living, found

in the Indian region). Subclass ACTINOPTERYGII, 3

3. Air bladder totally absent 5

4. Air bladder present (except in

superfamily Alepocephaloidae
of Order CLUPEIFORMES; in
some species of Order ANGUI-
LLIFORMES; in some species
of Order TETRODONTIFOR-
MES; in some species of subor-
der AMMODYTOIDEI of
Order PERCIFORMES 13

5. Skull mainly cartilaginous Order ATELEOPIFORMES

Family Ateleopidae
Genus Ateleopus
(A . indicus )

6. Skull mainly bony .. ..7

7. Gill openings confluent as a single

transverse slit. Order SYMBRANCHIFO-

RMES

8. Gill openings as two lateral slits 9

9. Pelvics modified into a true suck-

ing disc. Order GOBIESOCIFORMES

10. Pelvics not modìfied into a true

sucking disc. .. 11

11. A sucking disc. (modified spinous

dorsal) on top of head; body

not covered with bony plates Order ECHENEIFORMES

12. No sucking disc on top of head;

body covered with bony
plates

Order PEGASIFORMES

A FIELD KEY

381

13. Physostomous

14. Physoclistic 25

15. Body cylindrical, greatly elongate 17

16. Body neither cylindrical nor great-

ly elongate 19

17. A distinct caudal; pelvics present;

body not eel like; air bladder

always present Ordèr GALAXIIFORMES

Family Galaxudae
Genus Galaxias
(G. indicus)

18. No distinct caudal; pelvics present

or absent; body eel-likef air

bladder present or absent Order ANGUILLIFORMES

19. Weberian ossicles present Order CYPRINIFORMES

20. Weberian ossicles absent 21

21. Photophores always present (ex-

cept in genus Scopelengys
and family Synodjdae); air

bladder present or absent Order SCOPELIFORMES, 327

22 . Photophores always absent (ex-

cept in suborder STOMIAT-
OIDEl of Order CLUPEI-
FORMES); air bladder
always present 23

23. Pelvics thoracic; always physos-

tomous Order BATHYCLUPEI-

FORMES

Family Baihyclupeidae
Genus Bathyclupea
(B. hoskynii )

24. Pelvics abdominal (except in genus

Raconda where they are ab-
sent; rarely physoclistic, as
in g nera Argentina and Opi-

sthoproctuse) Order CLUPEIFORMES, 69

25. Head asymmetrical; both eyes on

one side; no air bladder in
adult (except in Manochirus

híspidus Rafinesque) Order PLEURONECTI-

FORMES

26. Head symmetrical; eyes normal;

air bladder present or absent
in adult 27

27. A non-labyrinthic suprabranchial

organ Order OPHIOCEPHALI-

FORMES

28. No non-Iabyrinthic suprabranchial

organ 29

29. Pectoral fins divided into distinct

upper and lower portions 31

382

TELEOSTOMI

30. Pectoral fins not divided into up-

per and lower portions ex-
cept in genus Dicrolene of
family Ophidiidae, genus Le-
pidotrigla of family Tjugli-
dae and family Cirrhitidae
of order PERCIFORMES 33

31. Upper portion of pectoral elon-

gate and wing-like and lower
portion devoid of free fila-

mentous rays Order DACTYLOPTERI-

FORMES

32. Upper portion of pectoral neither

elongate nor wing-like; lower
portion of free filamentous

rays Order POLYNEMIFORMES

33. Anterior vertebrae 1-4 immovably

united .. Order SYNGNATHIFORMES'

34. Anterior vertebrae normal 35

35. Lateral muscles highly vascular

and dark red; warm blooded;
scales on the anterior part

of body forming corselets Order THUNNIFORMES

36. Lateral muscles not highly vascu-

lar and not dark red; cold
blooded; no corselets 37

37. No post-temporal 39

38. Post-temporal (either large, small

or replaced by ligament) pre-
sent 41

39. No spines before dorsal fin Order CHAUDHURIFORMES

40. Free spines before dorsal fin Order MASTACEMBELI-

FORMES

41. Orbitosphenoid present 43

42. Orbitosphenoid absent 45

43. Vertical fins with true spines Order

44. Vertical fins without true spines Order

45. Dorsal with spines except in

families Cepolidae and Cory-
phaenidae and suborders
OPHIDIOIDEI AMMODY -
TOIDEI and TRÌCHIUROI -
DEI of order PERCIFOR-
MES and families Trjodon-
tidae; Ostraciidae, Tet-
rodontidae, Diodontidae
and Molidae of order TET-
DONTIFORMES, 47

BERYCIFORMES

LAMPRIDIFORMES

A FIELD KEY

383

46.

Dorsal without spines

63

47.

Exoskeleton of bony rings

Order GASTEROSTEIFO-
RMES

48.

No exoskeleton of bony rings

49

49.

Gill openings restricted

51

50.

Gill openings wide (except in
suborder CALLION YMOIDEI
of order PERFORMES)

55

51.

Mesethmoid present

53

52.

Mesethmoid absent

Order BATRACHOIDI-
FORMES

53.

Upper ribs present

Order TETRODONTI-
FORMES

54.

No ribs

Order LOPHIIFORMES

55.

Anal very long, 2/3 of the total
length of fish and equal to
second dorsal (when present) 57

56.

Anal short, or if long not equal
to second dorsal 59

57.

14 anal spines; single dorsal re-
duced to 10 spines

Order NOTACANTHI-
FORMES

58.

No anal spines; two dorsals with-
out spines

MACRURIFORMES

59.

3 anal spines remote from soft
anal; body covered with
spiny scales

Order ZEIFORMES

60.

Anal spines continuous with soft
anal or if remote only 2
spines; body not covered with
spiny scales

61

61.

Pelvics always abdominal

Order MUGILIFORMES

62.

Pelvics, mental, jugular, thoracic
and sometimes abdominal

Order PERCIFORMES

63.

Pelvics abdominal

65

64.

Pelvics jugular

Order GADIIFORMES

65.

Anal very long; caudal tapering;
pelvics with 8—10 rays; ba-
thypelagic

Order HALOSAURIFORMES

66.

Anal short; caudal not tapering:
pelvics with 6—7 rays; pela-
gic or littoral

67

67.

Lateral line present

Order BELONIFORMES

68.

Lateral line absent

Order CYPRINODONTI-

FORMES

384

TELEOSTOMI

69. Photophores present (in double

rows) Suborder STOMIATOIDEI,

267

70. Photophores absent (or when pre-

sent as in superfamily Ale-
pocephaloidae of suborder
CLUPEOIDEI, not in doub-
le rows) 71

71.

Adipose fin present

Suborder

261

SALMONOIDEI

72.

Adipose fin absent

73

73.

Dorsal fin situated in caudal re-
gion of body

75

74.

Dorsal fin situated in trunk re-
gion of body

77

75.

Body elongate, narrow; anal fin
short (less than 40 rays); ca-
udal bifurcate; dorsal fìn al-
ways present

Suborder

CHIROCENTROI-

DEI

Family Chirocentridae
Genus Chirocentrus, 259

76. Body neither elongate nor narrow;

anal fin very long (more than
100 rays); caudal not bifur-
cate; dorsal fin present or

absent Suborder NOTOPTEROIDEI

Family Notopteroidae
Genus Notopterus, 325

77. Mouth small, terminal; gill mem-

branes entirely united be-
low; accesssory branchial

organ present Suborder CHANOIDEI

Family Chanidae
Genus Chanos
(C. chanos )

78. Mouth large, not terminal; gill

membranes entirely sepa-
rate below; accessory bran-

chial organ absent Suborder CLUPEOIDEI , 79

79. Abdomen smooth, non-keeled 81

80. Abdomen serrated or keeled or

both . Superfamily Clupeoidae, 87

81. Gular plate present Superfamily Elopoidae, 85

82. Gular plate absent 83

A FIELD KEY

385

83. Eyes moderate with well develop-

ed adipose lids (pelagic) Superfamily Albuloidae

Family Albulidae
Genus Albula
(A. vulpes )

84. Eyes large, with adipose lids (ba-

thypelagic or abyssal) Superfamily Alepocephaloi-

dae, 225

85. Scales small L. 1. above 90; anal

short, less than 20 rays Family Elopidae

Genus Elops
(E. saurus )

86 .

87.

88 .

89.

90.

91.

92.

93.

94.

95.

96.

97.

98.

99.

Scales large (L. 1. below 50); anal

moderate (more than 20 rays) Family Megalopidae

Genus Megalops
(M. cyprinoides )

Upper jaw prominent, project-
ing over lower jaw; maxilla-
ries much elongated

Upper jaw not prominent, not
projecting over lower jaw;
maxillaries not much elon-
gated

Abdomen serrated

Abdomen non-serrated

Edentulous

Toothed

Dorsal origin nearer caudal ori-
gin than snout end

Dorsal origin nearer snout end
than caudal origin

Lateral line scales less than 40
(35—38); enlarged scales at
base of caudal

Lateral line scales more than 39
(40—56); no enlarged scales
at base of caudal

Lateral line scales 40—42; depth
of body 5—5-1/4 times in
total length

Lateral line scales 52—56; depth
of body 5-3/4—6-1/4 times
in total length

Pelvic origin behind dorsal origin;
L. 1. scales 40—45; eye 4 -0-
4*5 in head

Family Engraulidae, 175

Family Clupeidae, 89

91

Subfamily Dussumieriiní, 93
Subfamily Dorosomatin/, 165
Subfamily Clupeini, 101

95

Genus Stolephorus, 99

Genus Ehirava
(E. fluviatilis)

Genus Dussumieria, 97
D. acuta

D. hasselti

S. japonica

386

TELEOSTOMI

100.

Pelvic origin slightly before dor-
sal origin; L. 1. scales 38;
eye 3 *3 in head

S. malabaricus

101.

Anal one, continuous

103

102.

Anal two, divided (second de-
tached as two enlarged con-
nected rays)

Genus Corlca
(C. soborna)

103.

Anal moderate (14-22 rays); jaws
equal or subequàl; pelvic
well developed

105

104.

Anal long (36—95 rays); lower
jaw prominent; pelvics small
or absent

113

105.

Lateral line scales less than 50
(39—49)

107

106.

Lateral line scales more than 79
(80—110)

Genus Gudusia, 143

107.

Dorsal origin before pelvic ori-
gin

109

108.

Dorsal origin opposite pelvic
origin

Genus Kowala
(K. coval)

109.

Upper jaw without median no-
tch

111

110.

Upper jaw with median notch

Genus Macrura, 139

111.

Last 2 anal rays enlarged

Genus Sardínella, 121

112.

Last 2 anal rays not enlarged

Genus Harengula, 119

113.

Pelvics absent

115

114.

Pelvics present

117

115.

116.

Dorsal fin present

Dorsal fin absent

Genus Opisthopterus
(O. tardoore )

Genus Raconda
(R. russellìana)

117.

Occipital ridges converging be-
hind; oral edge of upper jaw
with a toòthed bone between
maxillary and premaxillary

Genus Pelìona, 163

118.

Occipital ridges subparallel be-
hind; oral edge of upper jaw
with a ligament between ma-
xillary and premaxillary

Genus Ilisha, 145

119.

L. 1. scales 38—41; post ventral
scutes 11—13; anal as long
as dorsal

H. vittata

A FIELD KEY

387

120. L. 1. scales 42—45; post ventral

scutes 13—14; anal shorter
than dorsal

121. Ventral scutes sharp, keeled and

exposed

122. Ventral scutes little evident, less

exposed

123. Maxillary reaching eye; 18 pre~

ventral and 16 post ventral
scutes; L. 1. scales 47

124. Maxillary not reaching eye; 16

preventral and 13—14 post-
ventral scutes; L. 1. scales
40

125. Lower gill-rakers 130—250

126. Lower gill-rakers 31—80

127. Depth of body 3 -8 in total length;

eye 3 *7—4 *0 in head; lower
gill-rakers 130

128. Depth of body 5 -0 in total len-

gth; eye 4-5 in head; lower
gill-rakers 180—250

129. Lower gill rakers 35—38; abdo-

minal scutes 26

130. Lower gill rakers 58—80;abdo-

minal scutes 27—33

131. Depth of body 4 -5—5 0

132. Depth of body 3 -3—4-1

133. ^Anal base longer than dorsal

base; depth of body 4*1 in
total length

134. Anal base equal to or smaller

than dorsal base; depth of
body 3 -3—3 -9 in totallen-
gth

135. Pelvic origin nearer tò anal ori-

gin than to pectoral base;
lower gill rakers 80

136. Pelvic origín nearer to pectoral

base than to anal origin;
lower gill-rakers 58—65

137. Depth of body 3 -3—3 -5 in total

length; anal base equal to
dorsal base

138. Depth of body 3 -9 in total length;

anal base slightly smaller
than dorsal base

H. ovalis

125

123

S. clupeoides

S. sirm

127

129

S. dayi

S. ìongiceps
S. melanura
131

S. sindensis
133

S. jussieu

135

S. ftmbriata

137

S. albella

S. perforata

388

TELEOSTOMI

139.

L. tr. scales less than 16; 16—18
preventral and 11—13 post-
ventral scutes

141

140.

L. tr. scales more than 16 (17-19);
16—17 preventral and 14—15
postventral scutes

M. ilisha

141.

Parietal ridges expanded and
striated; length of head 4-1/2
times in total length

M. kelee

142.

Parietal ridges narròw and co-
vered with smooth skin;
length of head 5-5 -5 times in
total length

M. sinensis

143.

Anal fin longer, 24—26 rays;
caudal equal to head, lobes
subequal; cross bars on sides

G. variegata

144.

Anal fin shorter, 21—24 rays; ca-
udal longer than head, lower
lobe longer; no cross bars on
sides

G. chapra

145.

L. 1. scales 70

I. leschenauíti

146.

L. 1. scales 40—53

147

147.

Dorsal entirely over anal, origin
opposite anal origin; depth
of body 5 ‘2 to 5 -5 in total
length

I. sladeni

148.

Dorsal not entirely over anal, ori-
gin before anal origin; depth
of body 3 -2 to 4 -7 in total
length

149

149.

Dorsal origin nearer to caudal
origin than to snout end

I. novacula

150.

Dorsal origin nearer to snout end
than to caudal origin or mid-
way between them

151

151.

Anal origin clearly behind pos-
terior end of dorsal base

153

152.

Anal origin not behind posterior
end of dorsal base.

155

153.

Lower gill-rakers 20—24; anal
rays 40-41; depth of body

4 -0—4 '2 in total length

I. motius

154.

Lower gill-rakers 16; anal rays
46—51; depth of body 3 -2
to 3 -5 in total Iength

/. brachysoma

155.

Depth of body 3 -2 to 3 -7 in total
Iength

157

A FIELD KEY

389 *

156. Depth ofbody4*2 to4*7in total

length 159

157. Anal rays 46—50; lower gill-ra-

kers 18-19; pelvic origin nearer

to pectoral base than to anal

origin I. filìgera

158. Anal rays 39-40; lower gill-rakers

22—24; pelvic origin midway
between pectoral base and
anal origin /. indica

159. Dorsal origin midway between

snout end and caudal origin;
anal origin just below poste-
rior end of dorsal base or a
little before it /. elongata

160. Dorsal origin nearer to snout

end than to caudal origin;
anal origin below middle of
dorsal base 161

161. Depth of body 4.3 in total length;

pelvic origin nearer to pec-
toral base than to anal ori-
gin /. melastoma

162. Depth of body 4 *7 in total length;

pelvic origin midway bet-
ween pectoral base and anal
origin I. kampeni

163. Preventral abdominal scutes 23 P. ditchela

164. Preventral abdominal scutes 13 P. hoevenii

165. Last dorsal ray prolonged into a

fìlament 167

166. Last dorsal ray not prolonged

into a filament 169

167. Dentary edge reflected outward

in front of maxillary end; L.

1. scales 44—50; L. tr. scales

14—21 Genus Nematalosa

(N. nasus)

168. Dentary edge not reflected out-

ward in front of maxillary
end; L. 1. scales 48—58; L.

tr. scales 20—23 Genus Clupanodon, 171

169 Pelvic origin behind dorsal ori-
gin; L. 1. scales 40—42; L.
tr. scales 12—15 Genus Anodontostoma

(A. chacunda)

27— 1341ZSI/71

390

TELEOSTOMI

170. Pelvic origin a little before or

behind dorsal origin; L. 1.
scales 55—65; L. tr. scales
16—25 Genus Gonialosa, 173

171. L. 1. sclaes 48; height of body

2 -7 to 3 *2 in standard lengtb C. thrissa

172. L. 1. scales 53—58; height of

body 3 -1 to 3 -4 in standard

length C. punctatus

173. L. 1. scales 45—47; L. tr. scales

16—18 G. modestus

174. L. 1. scales 55—65; L. tr. scales

21—25 G. manmina

175. Caudal forked, not united with

anal; upper pectoral ray pro-
duced or not produced 177

176. Caudal pointed, united with anal;

upper pectoral rays always

produced Genus Coilia , 187

177. Upper pectoral ray produced Genus Setipinna , 183

178. Upper pectoral ray not pro-

duced .179

179. Abdominal scutes restricted

only between pectorals and
pelvics; a lateral silvery

band; analshort Genus Anchoviella , 197

180. Abdominal scutes not restricted

between pectorals and pel-
vics; notlateral silvery band:
anallong . 181

181. Teeth in jaws partly canine Genus Xenengraulis

( X . spinidens )

182. Teeth in jaws minute, uniform Genus Thrissocles, 203

183. Anal origin in front of dorsal

origin; lower gill-rakers 13-
18; anal rays 60-80. 185

184. Anal origin behind dorsal origin;

lower gill-rakers 15-16; anaí

rays 51-60 S. taty

185. Anal rays 70-80;lower gill rakers

18; L. 1. scales 52 S. phasa

186. Anal rays 60-68; lower gill-

rakers 12-13; L.l. scales

54-56 S. breviceps

187. Maxillary extending beyond

head

189

A FIELD KEY

391

188.

Maxillary not extending beyond
head

191

189.

5-6 free pectoral filaments; anal
rays 105

C. dussumìeri

190.

12-14 free pectoral filaments;
anal rays 82-87

C. borneensis

191.

12 free pectoral filaments

C. reynaldi

192.

6 free pectoral filaments

193

193.

Anal rays 95-110

C. ramcaratì

194.

Anal rays 35-75

195

195.

Depth of body 4}j*n total length;

anal rays 35-42 ..

C. quadragesimális

196.

Depth of body 6J in total length;
analrays 75

C. cantoris

197.

Anal origin behind dorsal
origin

A. heterolobus

198.

Anal origin below dorsal base

199

199.

Abdominal scutes between

pectorals andpelvics 6-8

A. commersonii

200.

Abdominal scutes between pec-
torals and pelvics 4-5

201

201.

Maxillary reaching front border
of preopercle

A. indica

202.

Maxillary reaching gill opening

A . tri

203.

Keeled scutes on abdominal
edge behind pectoral base

205

204.

Keeled scutes on abdominal edge
beginning behind pectoral
base

T. baelama

205.

MaxiIIary much produced
reaching pelvic base or

beyond .

207

206.

Maxillary not much produced,
not reaching pelvic base or
beyond .

209

207.

Pelvic origin nearer to pec-
toral base than to anal
origin; anal base 4 in total
length; lower gill-rakers
16-20

T. dussumieri

208.

Pelvic origin midway between
pectoral base and anal
origin; anal base 3.6 in
total length; lower gill-
rakers 12 .. T. setirostris

392

TELEOSTOMI

209. Maxillary reaching pectoral base

or beyond .. .. 211

210. Maxillary not reaching pectoral

base or beyond .. .. 217

211. Anal base 4 -1-4 -8 in total length;

dorsal origin nearer to

caudal origin than to

snoutend 213

212. Anal base 3 *0-3 -3 in total

length; dorsal orígin ńearer
to snout end than to caudal
orígin . 215

213. Maxillary reaching beyond pec-

toral base; abdpminal scutes
23 . T. valenciennesv

214. Maxillary reaching pectoral

base; abdominal scutes

25-27 T. mystax

215. Lower gill-rakers 16-17; pre-

dorsal scales 20-22; dorsal
profileconvex T. purava

216. Lower gill-rakers 11; predorsal

scales 25; dorsal profile

nearly straight . T. annandaleí

217. Abdominal scutes 22-23 219

218. Abdominal scutes 26-29 . 223

219. Anal base 3 *0 in total length T. rambhae

220. Anal base 3 *5-3 -8 in total

length . 221

221. Lower gill-rakers 27;pelvic origin

midway between pectoral
base and anal origin; scales
in lateral series 35-38 T. kammalensis

222. Lower gill rakers 10; pelvic

origin nearer to pectoral base
than to anal origin; scales
in lateral series 45 T. kempi

223. Pelvic origin midway between

pectoral base and anal
origin; scales in lateral series
39-40; lower gill-rakers 21-25 T. malabaricus

224. Pelvic origin nearer to pectoral

base than to anal origin;
scales in lateral series 44-47;
lower gill-rakers 12-16 T. hamiltonir

A FIELD KEY

393

225. Anterior portion of head pro-

duced into a long tube
terminating in a narrow
mouth; gill openings narrow,
not surpassing level of

pectorals Family Douchopterygidab

Genus Aulastomatomorpha
(A. phospherops)

226. Anterior portion of head not

produced into a long tube
terminating in a narrow
mouth; gill openings wide,

surpassing level of pectorals Family Alepocephalidae, 227

227. Shoulder organ present

228. Shoulder organ absent

229. Pelvics present

230. Pelvics absent ..

231. Trunk scaly

232. Trunk naked

229

231

Genus Platytroctegen
(P. mirus)

Genus Platytroctes
(P. apus)

233

233

Genus Alepocephalus , 239
235

Genus Bathytroctes, 249

Genus Narcetes
(N. erimelas)

Genus Xenodermichthys, 255

Genus Leptoderma
(L. ajfinis)

241

A. edentulus
243

233. B ranchi °stegals 6; teeth in

jaws uniserial; no teeth on
maxilla

234. Branchiostegals 7; teeth in jaws

uniserial or pluriserial; teeth
on maxilla

235. A single s^ries of teeth in pre-

maxilla and maxilla

236. Several series of teeth in pre-

maxilla and maxilla

237. Dorsal and anal fins short;

body moderately elongate

238. Dorsal and anal fins very long;

body exceedingly elongate

239, Doi sal origin well behind middle

of body (measured with
caudal); 2supramaxillaries.

240, Anal origin exactly in middle of

body (measured with caudal);
1 supramaxillary

24 I. Maxilla long, extending beyond
anterior border of orbit

394

TELEOSTOMI

242. Maxilla short, not extending

beyond anterior border of
orbit

243. Dorsal origin before anal origin

244. Dorsal origin opposite to or

a little behind anal origin

245. Head long, 2J times in standard

length; anal origin opposite
to dorsal origin

246. Head short, 3 times in standard

length; anal origin a little
behind dorsal origin

247. Dorsal and anal equal, with

their origins opposite

248. Dorsal shorter than anal, with

its origin behind anal origin

249. Maxilla extending to level of

midorbit only

250. Maxilla extending beyond

level of midorbit

251. L.l. scales 50: maxilla reaching

just behind postorbit

252. L.l. scales 70-100; maxilla

reaching postorbital level or
beyond midorbit

253. L.l. scales 98-100; maxilla

reaching postorbital level

254. L.l. scales 70; maxilla not

reaching post orbital level

255. Lateral line inconspicuous,

without scales

256. Lateral line conspicuous, with

underlying scales

257. Maxilla extending beyond

midorbit; gill rakers 7+16-
18; gill rakers twice gill fila-
ments

258. MaxiIIa not extending beyond

midorbit; gill rakers 3 + 11-14;
gill rakers shorter than gill
filaments

259. Mouth wide, oblique; opisthotic

present; freshwater, ana-
dromous

. 247

A. bicolor

245

A , macrops

A. blanfordii
A. longiceps

A. macrolepis

B. macrolepis
251

B. squamosus
253

B. rostratus

B. microlepis
X. guentheri

X. squamilaterus

C. nudus

C. dorab

Family Salmonidae

Subfamily SALMONINf
Genus Salmo, 263

A FIELD KEY

395

260.

261.

262.

263.

264.

265.

266.

267.

268.

269.

270.

271.

272.

273.

274.

275.

276.

Mouth small, terminal; opis-
thotic absent; marìne, bathy-
pelagic

L. 1. scales 115-145; spotted
below lateral line, colour
greenish or brownish; no
lateral band

L.l. scales 127-160; not spotted
below, coloursteel blue;aflesh
coloured lateral band

Colour brownish; L. l.scales
115-130

Colour greenish; L.l. scales
120-130

Tail markedíy short in relation
to length of trunk; body
always naked

Tail not markedly short in re-
lation to length of trunk;
body naked or scaly

Gill rakers rudimentary or
absent; body elongate

Gill rakers present; body
elongate or elevated

Body elongate, low; gape of
mouth oblique

Body short, elevated; gape of
mouth vertical

Dorsal origin in advance of
anal origin

Dorsal origin opposite to or
behind anal origin

No additional serial photophores
on sides of body; anal rays
14-32

Additional serial photophores on
sides of body; anal rays
57-61

Anal rays 23-32

Anal rays 14-15

Family Macrostomidae
Genus Nansenia
(N. graenlandicus)

263

S. gairdnerii gairdnehi
S. trutta fario
S. levenensis

Superfamily Astronesthoidae,
315 ( Gymnophotodermi)

267

Superfamily Stomiatoidae,

307 (Lepidophotodermi)

Superfamily Gonostomoidae,
271 ( Heterophotodermi)

Family Gonostomidae, 273

Family Sternoptychldae, 295

273

277

275

Genus Triplophos
(T. hemingi)

Genus Yarrella
(Y. corythaeolum)

Genus Vinciguerria, 29Ì

396

teleostomi

.277. Serial photophores on body
more or less distinctly
divided into groups, each
grouponblack background;

pseudobranchiae present Genus Valenciennellus

( V. stellatus )

278. Serial photophores on body

arranged in continuous
longitudinal rows; pseudo-
branchiae absent 279

279. Premaxillary toothed; eye

moderate; anal rays 22-31 Genus Gonostoma

(G. eìongaturri)

280. Premaxillary not toothed; eye

small; analrays 16-20 Genus Cyclothone, 281

281. Photophores clearly visible

along s/des of body .. 283

282. Photophores hidden along sides

of body C. obscura

283. Ground colour pinkish; scales

absent .. .. 285

284. Ground colour dark; scales

present . 287

285. 7 photophores in lateral row;

4 photophores between
pelvic and anal in ventral
row; no photophores bet-
ween last anal ray and

caudal origin C. signata signata

286. 6 photophores in lateral row;

3 photophores between pel-
vic and anal in ventral row;
one photophore between
last anal ray and caudal
origin C. signata alba

287. Pectoral almost reaching pelvic

base; distance between
pelvic and anal origins
equal to distance between
pelvic and pectoral origins C. acclinidens

288. Pectorals not reaching pelvic

base; distance between pelvic
and anal origins contained
twice in the distance between
pelvic and pectoral origins 289

289. Length of head 4 times in

standard length; area bet-
ween pelvic and anal fins
unpigmented C. microdon pallida

A FIELD KEY

397

290. Length of head 5 times in

standard length; area bet-
ween pelvic and anal fins

pigmented C. microdon mìcrodon

291. 9 photophores between pelvics

and anal in the lateral series ;
an adipose dorsal V. lucetius

292. 11 photophores between pelvics

and anal in the lateral series;

no adipose dorsal V. nimbarius

293. Dorsal fin preceded by a large

triangular transparent plate;
an abrupt ventral constric-
tion between trunk and
tail 295

294. Dorsal fin preceded by a forked

spine; no abrupt ventral
constriction between trunk
and tail Genus Polyipmis

(P. spinosus )

295. Eye normal; anal undivided;

ventral constriction between
trunk and tail with integu-
mentary plate * Genus Sternoptyx

(S. diaphana )

Genus Argyropelecus , 297
A. affinis

299

A. hemigymnus
301

A. aculeatus

303

A. olfersiì
A. sladeni

Family Stomiatidae , 307

296. Eye telescopic; anal divided;

ventral constriction between
trunk and tail without in-
tegumentary plate

297. Photophores forming a nearly

continuous series

298. Photophores forming groups

(preanal, supraanal and
caudal)

299. A single serrated abdominal

spine

300. A pair of smooth abdominal

spines

301. Posterior abdominal spine

longer than anterior; double
series of spineson lower edge
of caudal peduncle

302. Posterior abdominal spine

subequal or shorter; no spine
on caudal peduncle

303. A single preopercular spine

304. Two preopercular spines

305. Adipose fin absent

398

TELEOSTOMI

306.

307.

308.

309.

310.

311.

312.

313.

314.

315.

316.

317.

318.

319.

320.

Adipose fin present

Pectorals present; dorsal origin
behind anal origin

Pectorals absent; dorsal origin
opposite anal origin

Photophores between pectoral
and pelvic bases 42-46 in the
ventral series; caudal
pointed; depth of body 16 in
total length

Photophores between pectoral
and pelvic bases 34-38 in the
ventral series; caudal forked;
depth ofbody 12 in total
length

Luminous organs very promi-
nent, those between pelvics
and anal 23-26; preanal
adipose ventral present

Luminous organs Iess promi-
nent, those between pelvics
and anal 20-21; preanal
adipose ventral absent

Dorsal and anal very long;
their rays with lateral
spines at base

Dorsal and anal short; their
rays without lateral spines
at base

Adipose dorsal present; dorsal
fin not confined to tail

Adipose dorsal absent: dorsal
fin confined to tail

Family Chauliodontidae, 311
Genus Stomlns, 309

Genus Photostomias
(P. guernei)

S. affinis

S. nebulosus

C. sloani

C. pammelas

Family Idiacànthidae
Genus Idiacanthus
(/. fasciola)

315

Family Astronesthidae, 317

Family Melanostomiatidae,
321

A well developed mental barbel;
a conspicuous suborbital

organ Genus Astronesthes, 319

No mental barbel; no con-

spicuous suborbital organ Genus Bathylychnus

( B. cyaneus )

Dorsal fin terminating in

advance of anal origin A. martensii

Dorsal fìn not terminating

in advance of anal origin A. indicus

A FIELD KEY

399

321. Chin with barbel; distance

between pelvic and anal
origins about 3 times in the
distance between pelvics

and pectoral Genus Melanostcmias

(M. melanops)

322. Chin without barbel; distance

between pelvic and anal
origins about times in the
distance between pelvic and
pectoral

323. Maxilla extending far beyond

hind edge of orbit; oper-
cular scales not larger than
those on body N. chitala

324. Maxilla not extending beyond

hind edge of orbit: oper-
cular scales much larger than
those on body N. notopterus

325. Photophores present (except

in genus Scopelengys) Family Scopelidae , 355

326. Photophores absent 327

327. Body totally naked (inclusive

of lateral line) Family Evermannellidae

Genus Evermannella
(E. atratus)

328. Body not totally naked 329

Genus Malacosteus
(M. niger)

329. Eye telescopic Family Scopelarchidae

Genus Scopelarchus
(S. guentheri)

330. Eyes normal 331

331. Cleft of mouth very oblique

and wide, extending upto
operculum; teeth prominent,

eye moderate Family Synodidae, 333

332. Cleft of mouth neither oblique

nor very wide (except in
genus Bathypterois) with
cleft of mouth horizontal ;
teeth not prominent; eyes
Iarge (except in genus
Bathypterois with poorly
developed eyes) Family

333. Caudal fin trilobed : pelvic

origin almost opposite to
dorsal origin Genus

Sudidae , 347
Harpodon, 339

400

TELEOSTOMI

334. Caudal fin bilobed ; pelvic

origin clearly in front of
dorsal 335

335. Inner rays of pelvics much

longer than outer ones; a
single band of teeth on
each side of palate 337

336. Inner rays of pelvics not much

longer than outer ones ; a

double band of teeth on each

side of palate Genus Saurida , 341

337. Snout pointed, longer than eye

diameter ; vent nearer to
base of caudal than to base
pelvics Genus Synodus, 345

338. Snout blunt, shorter than eye

diameter ; vent a little
nearer to base of pelvics

than to base of caudal Genus Trachinocephalus

(T. myops)

339. Pectorals long, reaching to

below middle of dorsal fin ;
pelvics long, reaching anal
fin H. nehereus

340. Pectorals short, not reaching

to below dorsal origin;
pelvics short, not reaching
anal fin H. squamosus

341. Pectoral rays 12-13; axillary

scale short broad ; back

and sides mottled and

blotched S. gracilis

342. Pectoral rays 14-16; axillary

scale long, pointed ; back
and sides of uniform co-
louration or with rather
indistinct darker markings. 343

343. Outer bands of palatine teeth

in 3 rows anteriorly S. tumhil

344. Outer bands of palatine teeth

in 2 rows anteriorly S. undosquamis

345. L.l. scales 60-64, scales between

middle of dorsal fin and

lateral line 5^—6^ (rarely 4J) S. japonicus

346. L.l. scales 55-57, scales between

middle of dorsal fin and

lateral line 3J S. indicus

A FIELD KEY

401

347. Eyes well developed; pelvic,

pectoral and caudal rays
normal; head compressed. 349

348. Eyes vestigial or absent; some

of the pelvic, pectoral and
caudal rays unusually pro-

longed Subfamily Bathypteroini,355

Genus Bathypterois

349. Tail (when measured from vent

to hypural) shorter than
trunk; dorsal and pelvic
origins nearer to caudal end
than to snout end ; adipose
dorsal ; anal longer than

dorsal .. Subfamily Paralepidini, 353

350. Tail (when measured from

vent to hypural) not shorter
than trunk but equal to
trunk (when measured in
total length); dorsal and
pelvic origins much nearer
to snout end than to caudal
end; adipose dorsal present :

anal not longer than dorsal Subfamily Chlorophthal

MINI

Genus Chlorophthalmus

(C. agassizi)

351. Teeth on each gill-raker in single

row ; nostrils distinctly
behind hind end of maxil-
lary ; body very elongate; a
single patch of teeth on

pharyngobranchials Genus Stemonosudis

(S. elongaíus)

352. Teeth on each gill-raker in 2 or

3 rows; nostrils distinctly

before hind end of maxillary;

body not very elohgate ; two

separate large patches of

teeth on pharyngobranchials Genus Paralepis

(P. elongatus)

353. Pectoral of 3 distinct portions ;

an upper of 2 long, detached,
rigid fìlaments, the middle
of 6 short, branched rays
connected together by stout
interradial membrane and
the lower of 5 free Iong,

simple rays .. Subgenus Hemipterois

( B . (Hemipterois) guentherty

402

TELEOSTOMI

354.

355.

356.

357.

358.

359.

360.

361.

362.

363.

364.

365.

366.

367.

368.

Pectoral of 2 distinct portions ;
an upper of 2 long, basally
coherent rays and a lower of
12-13 long, free, rigid rays

Ventral outline of tail notched
at base of lower caudal
rays

Ventral outline of tail not
notched

Photophores present

Photophores absent

Photophores restricted to definite
and separate series

Photophores not restricted to
definite and separate series,
but one photophore to each
scale on entire body or
photophores only on the
ventral part of body

Subgenus Bathypterois, 355

B. (Bathypterois ) atricolor

B. (Bathypterois ) insularum
359

Subfamily Scopelengini
Genus Scopelengys
(S. tristis )

Subfamily Myctophini , 361

Subfamily Neoscopelini
Genus Neoscopelus
(N. macrolepidotus )

Anal base longer than rayed

dorsal base 2; Prc 363

Anal base equal to or slightly
shorter than rayed dorsal
base (except genus Lam-
panyctus where slightly
longer); Prc 2,3,or 4 371

PLO above pectorai base 365

PLO not above pectoral base Genus Gonichthys

(C. coccoi)

2 Pol; VO level; PVO oblique
in a straight line with fìrst
PO : second Prc elevated Genus Hygophum

(H. reinhardti)

1 Pol : second VO elevated or
level ; PVO not in a straight
line with first PO or PVO
oblique in straight line with
first PO 367

Second VO elevated ; PVO
horizontal ; anal origin
before last dorsal ray 369

Second VO level ; PVO oblique;
anal origin opposite or
behind last dorsal ray Ge^us Myet

A FIELD KEY

403

369. Teeth cardiform; second Prc

much elevated Genus Benthosema , 375

370. Teeth flattened lanceolate ;

second Prc level Genus Diogenichthys , 377

371. Procurrent caudal rays spine-

like ; superior or upper (jo)
antorbital absent ; inferior
or lower (ia) antorbital

normal ; Prc 3 or 4 Genus Lampanyctus ,381

372. Procurrent caudal rays soft;

superior or upper (stz)
antorbital well develop^d
or not; inferior or lower (ia)
antorbital in 2 or 3 separate
or confluent parts or
absent; 2 or 4 Prc ; fourth
PO elevated or third and
fourth PO much elevated;
lateral line prominent or
obsolete ; photophores
above or below lateral line. 373

373. Superior or upper antorbital

(sa) well developed ; in-

ferior or lower antorbital
(ia) in 2 or 3 separate or
confluent parts ; 4 Prc in
ascending series ; lateral
line prominent ; Photo-
phores below lateral line Genus Diaphus ,387

374. Superior or upper antorbital

(sa) not well developed; in-
ferior or lower antorbital
(ia) absent ; 2 Prc in verti-
cal line ; lateral line obso-
lete ; photophores above

lateral line Genus Notolychnus

(N. valdiviae)

375. PO level: second Prc well below

lateral line ; PLO nearer
lateral line than to pectoral
base B. fibulatum

376. Last PO elevated ; second Prc

near lateral line ; PLO
midway between lateral line
and pectoral base B. pterotus

377. MaxiIIa extending beyond post

orbit ; dorsal origin behind
pelvic origin ; VLO nearer
to pelvics than to lateral
line; first SAO above fourth
VO D . laternatum

404

TELEOSTOMI

378. Maxilla extending to post

orbit; dorsal origin
opposite pelvic origin;

VLO midway between la-
teral line and pelvics; íìrst
SAO above and a little
behind VO D. panurgus

379. Scales cycloid; anal origin

slightly behind middle of

dorsal base M. indicus

380. Scales ctenoid; anal origin just

behind last dorsal ray M. spinosum

381. Luminous glands at dorsal,

pelvic and anal bases; 5-6
VO, the second VO ele-

vated ; Prc 3-4 Subgenus Lepidophanes , 383

382. Luminous glands at dorsal,

pelvic and anal bases absent;

4 VO level or second ele-

vated. Subgenus Lampanyctus , 385

383. Lateral Iine scales 29 : adipose

dorsal origin behind last

anal ray; AO 4+3 L. (Lepidophanes)

pyrsobolus

384. Lateral Iine scales 35-36 ; adipose

dorsal origin opposite lOth
branched ray of anal; AO
4-6+3-5 L. (Lepidophanes)

longipes

385. Prc nòt continuous with AOp;

AO 6-7+8-10; lateral line

scales 35 L. (Lampanyctus)

macropterum

386. Prc continuous with AOp ;

AO 5-7+6-8; lateral line

scales 38 L. (Lampanyctus)

crocodilus

387. A single inferior or lower

antorbital (ia) 389

388. Two inferior or lower antorbital

(ia) confluent or extending

beyond mid-orbit Subgenus Diaphus , 395

389. Inferior or lower antorbital (ia)

and superior or upper antor-
bital ( sa ) separated by nasal

organ Subgenus Pantophos

(Diaphus (Pantophos)
dumeriii)

A FIELD KEY

405

390. Inferior or iower antorbital

(ifl) and superior or upper
antorbital (sa) touching or
confluent behind nasal
organ not extending beyond

mid orbit Subgenus Lamprossa , 391

391. Upper SAO (supraanal organs),

Pol (posterio-lateral organ)
and superior most pre-
caudal touching lateral line. 393

392. Upper SAO, Pol and superior

most Prc far below lateral
line ; pectoral reaching

pelvic origin Diaphus ( Lamprossa )

coeruleus

393. VLO midway between lateral

line and pelvic base; pelvic

origin before dorsal origin Diaphus (Lamprossa)

garmani

394. VLO nearer lateral line than to

pelvic base ; pelvic origin

opposite dorsal origin Diaphus ( Lamprossa)

splendidum

395. Anal origin 1/3 eye diameter

behind last dorsal ray;VLO
midway between pelvic base
and lateral line ; 2 inferior
or lower antorbitals (ia)

separate .. .. .. Diaphus (Diaphus) rafinesquii

396. Anal origin before last dorsal

ray; VLO nearer lateral line
than to pelvic base; 2 in-
ferior or lower antorbitals

(ia) confluent . .. Diaphus (Diaphns) lutkenl

23 —1341 ZSl/71

REFERENCES

Alcock, A. 1899. A descriptive catalogue of the Indian
deep-sea fishes in the Indian Museum; being a
revised account of the deep-sea fishes collected by
the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship “Investigator”
Calcutta, pp. iii+211+viii, 1 chart (map).

Anon. 1955. Marine Fishes of Karachi and the Coast of
Sind and Makran , Karachi, pp. i-xii, 1—80, 113
figs.

Beebe, W. & Pyl, M. Vander. 1944. Eastern Pacific
Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society.
XXXIII. Pacific Myctophidae. (Fishes).— Zooìogica ,
N.Y., 29 , pp. 59—95, text-figs. 1—25.

Bolin, R.L. 1946. Lantern fishes from “Investigator”
Station 670, Indian Ocean.— Stanford Ichth. Bull .,
3, pp. 137—152.

Boulenger, G.A. 1904. Fishes (Systematic account of
Teleostei). Cambridge nat. Hist. London, 7, pp.
541—727, figs. 325—440.

Brauer, A. 1908. Die Tiefsee—Fische. 1. Syst. Teil. —
Wiss. Erg. D. Tiefsee Exped. “ Valdiviaf Jena, 15,
pp. 1—432, pls. 1—18, figs. 1—176.

Bridge, T.W. 1904. Fishes (exclusive of the systematic
account of Teleostei). Cambridge nat . Hist ., London,
7, pp. 141—540, figs. 91—324.

Briggs, J.C. 1958. A list of Florida fishes and their
distribution. Bull. Florida State Mus. Biol. Sci. Univ.
Florida , Gainsville, 2 , pp. 223—318, figs. 1—3.

Briggs, J.C. 1960. Fishes of worldwide (circumtropical)
distribution. Copeia , 3, pp. 177—180.

Chaudhuri, B.L. 1915. Fauna of the Chilka Lake. Fish.
Part I. Mem. Indian Mus ., Calcutta, 5, pp. 403—439
text-figs. 1—11.

406

REFERENCES

407

Chu, Y Y 1931. Index Piscium Sinensium.— Biot. Bull.
St. John's Univ. 9 Shanghai, 1, pp. 1—290.

Cuvier, G.L. 1817. Le regne animal distribue d apres son
organisation.—Tome, 2, pp. 1—xiii-j-1—532, Deter-
ville, Paris.

Cuvjer, G. L. 1829. Le regne animal distribute d apres
son organisation. — Tome, 2, pp 1—xv+1—406—
Detervilla, Paris.

Day, F. 1875-88. The Fishes of India ; being a natural
history of the fìshes of India, Burma and Ceyìon .
text including Plates. London, 1, pp. i—xx, 1—

816; 2, 197 pls.

Day, F. 1880—1884. The Fishes of the Great Britain and
Ireland. London, 2 Vols., 1, pp. 1—388, pls. 1—179.

Day, F. 1889. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon
and Burma. —Fishes, London, 1, pp. i—xviii, 1—548,
164 figs.

Deraniyagala, P.E.P. 1929. Ceylon Sardines.— Ceylon
J. Sci. (C), London, 15, pp. 31—47, pls. 13—18.

Ege, V 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae
and Stromiatidae.— Dansk. Naturlist. For. Kjoben
havn, Vidensk. Medd., 94 , pp. 223—236.

Eigenmann, C.H. 1924. The freshwater fishes of Chile.—
Mem. nat. Acad. Sci. 22, pp. 48—49.

Farquharson, W. I. 1936. Topography with an appendex
on magnetic observations.— Sci. Rep. John Murray
Exped., (1933—34), London, 1, pp. 43—61, pls.
1—6, charts 1—6.

Fowler, H.W. 1928. The Fishes of Oceania.— Mem.
B.P. Bishop Mus., Honolulu, 10 , pp. 1—540, 49 pls.,
82 figs.

Fowler, H.W. 1938. A list of the Fishes known from
Malaya.— Fish. Bull., Singapòre, 1, pp. 1—268,
i—lvi.

Fowler, H.W. 1941. Còntributions to the biology of
Philippine archipelago and and adjacet regions. The
fishes of the groups Isospondyli and Ostariophiysi

408

references

obtained by the United States Bureau of Fisheries
Steamer “Albatross” in 1907 to 1910, chiefly in the
Philippine islands and adjacent seas.— Bull. U.S.
nat. Mus., Washington D.C., (100) 13, pp. i—x,
510—879.

Fraser-Brunner, A. 1948-49. A classification of the
fishes of the family Myctophidae.— Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 118 , pp. 1019—1106, pl. 1.

Garman, S. 1899. Reports on an exploration off the
west coasts of Mexico, Central and south America,
and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander
Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
“Albatross” during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z.L.
Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. XXVI. The Fishes.—
Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., 24 , pp. 1—431,
pls. 1—97.

Gosline, W.A. 1960. Contributions towards a classifica-
tion of modern isospondylous fishes. Bull. Brit. Mus.
nat. Hist., Zool., London, 6 (6), pp. 325—365, text-
figs. 1—15.

Grey, M. 1955. Notes on a Collection of Bermuda deep-sea
fishes. Fieldiana. Zool., Chicago nat Hist. Mus.,
37, pp. 265—302.

Gììnther, A. 1864. Catalogue of the fishes of the British
Museum, London, 5, Physostomi containing the
families Siluridae, Characinidae, Haplochitonidae,
Sternoptychidae, Scopelidae, Stomiatidae.—pp.
i—vi, 1—455.

Gììnther, A. 1866. Catalogue of the fishes of the British
Museum, London, 6. Physostomi containing the
families Salmonidae, Percopsidae, Galaxidae,
Mormyridae, Gymnarchidae, Esocidae, Umbridae,

Scombresocidae, Cyprinodontidae.—pp. i—xv,
1—368.

Gunther, A. 1868. Catalogue of the ftshes of the British
Museum, London, 7, Physostomi containing the
families Heteropygii. Cyprinidae, Gonorhynchidae,
Hyodontidae, Osteoglossidae, Clupeidae, Chiro-
centridae, Alepocephalidae, Notopteridae, Halo-
sauridae., pp. i—xx, 1—512.

REFERENCES

409

Gunther, A. 1887. Report on the deep-sea fishes tòllec-
ted by H.M.S. “Challenger” dùring the years 1873—
1876. Report on the scientific results of the Voyage
of H.M.S. “Challenger ” during the years 1873—1876
under the command of Captain George S. Nares,
R.N., F.R.S., and the late Captain Frank Tourle
Thompson, R.N., 22, Zoology, London, pp. lxv-f
335, pls. 1—73.

Hamilton, F. 1822. An account of the fishes found
in the river Ganges and its branches. pp. viii+405,
pls. 1—39, Edinburgh and London.

Harry, R. R. 1953. Studies on the bathypelagic
fìshes of the family Paralepidae. I. Survey of the
Genera. Pacific Sci., 7 (2), pp. 219—249, figs.

1 — 22 .

Herre, A. W. 1953. Check ìist of Philippine fishes. Fish
and Wild Life Service, U.S. Dept. of the Interior,
Washington, D.C., Rep., 20, pp. 54—977.

Hora, S.L. and Mukerji, D.D. 1938. Table of Identi-
fication of Indian freshwater fishes, with descriptions
of certain families and observations on the relative
utility of the probable larvivorous fishes of India.—
Health Bull., 12 , Malaria Bureau, 4 , 2nd ed., Delhi,
pp. 1—47, pl. 1—7.

Jordan, D. S. 1919-20. The Genera of fishes. — Stanford
Univ.Publ. California, Part II, pp. i—ix+163—284+
i—xiii (1919); Part III, pp. 285—410+i—xv (1919);
Part IV, 411—576+i—xviii (1920).

Jordan, D. S. 1923. A classifìcation of fishes including
families and genera so far known.— Stanford Univ.
Publ. California, 3, (2), pp. 77—243+i—x.

Jordan, D. S. and Evermann, B. W. 1896. The
fishes of North and Middle America: A descriptive
catalogue of the species of fish-like vertebrates found
in the waters of North America, north of the isthmus
of Panama. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., 47 , pts. 1—4,
pp. lx+3313, pls. 1—392. Washington.

410

REFERENCES

Jordan, D. S. and Evermann, B. W. 1917. The Genera of
fishes.— Stanford Univ. Publ. California, Part I,

pp. 1—161.

Lloyd, R. E. 1905. Illustrations of the Zoology of the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship Investigator.
Calcutta, pl. 36, fig. 2.

Lloyd. R. E. 1908. Ulustrations of the Zoology of the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship Investigator.
Calcutta. pl. 42, figs. 1, la.

Lloyd, R. E. 1909. Illustrations ofthe Zoology of H. M.
Indian Marine Surveying Steamer “Investigator”,
Calcutta, pl. 44.

Lloyd, R. E. 1909. A description of the deep-sea fish
caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship “Investigator” since
the year 1900 with the supposed evidence of mutation
in Malthopsis. Mem. lndian Mus., Calcutta, 2
(3), pp. 145—151, pls. 44, figs. 2, 3, 4.

Mc Oulloch, A. R. 1929-30. A check list of the Fishes
recorded from Australia. Mem. Austral. Mus.,
Sydney, 5 , pp. 1—x, 1—534.

Mead, G. W. 1959. Ichthyology. Three new species of
archibenthic iniomous fishes from the western North
Atlantic, J. Washington Acad. Sci. 9 48 (11), pp.
362—372, figs. 1—4.

Mead, G. W. & Bohlke, J. 1953. Leptoderma springeri ,
a new Alepocephalid fish from the Gulf of Mexico.
Texas J. Sci. 5 (2), pp. 265—267.

Mead, G. W. & Taylor, F. H. C. 1953. A collection of
oceanic fishes from north eastern Japan. J. Fish .
Res. Bd. Canada , (8) 10 , pp. 560^-582, figs. 1 —8.

Menon, M. A. S. 1960. On a third collection of fish from
Iraq. Rec. Indian Mus ., Delhi, 54 , pp. 139—157,
pl. 1, text-figs. 1, 2.

Misra, K. S. 1949. A check list of the Fishes of India,
Burma and Ceylon. II. Clupeiformes, Bathyclupei-
formes, Galaxiiformes, Scopeliformes and Ateleopi-
formes. Rec. Indian Mus. t Delhi, 45 , pp.
377—431.

REFERENCES

411

Misra, K. S. 1953. An Aid to the Identification of the
Fishes of India, Burma and Ceylon. II. Clupei-
formes, Bathyclupeiformes, Scopeliformes and Ate-
leopiformes. Rec. Indian Mus ., Delhi, 50, pp.
367-422, 30 text-figs.

Mori, T 1952. Check list of the Fishes of Korea.—
Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric ., Sasayama, Japan, 1, pp.
1—228.

Munro, Ian S. R. 1955. The Marine and Freshwater
Fishes of Ceylon. Canberra, pp. 1-xvi, 1—349, 56
pls., 19 figs.

Myers, G. S. 1949. Salt-tolerence of fresh-water fish
groups in relation to zoogeographical problemSi
Bijdr . tot de Dierk ., 28, pp. 315—322.

Norman, J.R. 1930. Oceanic fishes and flat fishes col-
lected in 1925-1927. Discovery Rep., Cambridge,.
2, pp. 261—370.

Norman, J. R. 1937. Fishes.— Sci. Rept. John Murray
Exped., Londou, 7 , pp. 1—116, text-figs. 1—41.

Parr, A. E. 1927. Scientific results of the third oceano-
graphic Expedition of the “Pawnee” 1927. The
stomiatoid fishes of the suborder Gymnophotodermi
(Astronesthidae, Melanostomiatidae, Idiacanthidae)
with a complete review of the species. Bull. Bingham.
Ocean. Coll., New Haven, U.S.A., (2) 3, pp. 1—123,
figs. 1—62.

Parr. A.E. 1951. Preliminary revision of the Alepoce-
phalidae with the introduction of a new family,
Searsidae. Amer. Mus. Novitates, New York,
151, pp. 1—21.

Parr, A. E. 1928. Deep sea fishes of the order Iniomi
from the waters around the Bahamas and Bermuda
Islands with annolated keys to the Sudidae* Mycto-
phidae, Scopeíarchidae, Evermannellidae, Omosudi-
dae, Cetomionidae and Ronoleletidae of the world.
Buìl. Bingham Ocean. ColL, New Haven, (3) 3,.
pp. 1—193, figs. 1—43.

Parr, A. E. 1960. The fishes of the family Searsidae.
Dana Report, Copenhagen, 51, pp. 1—108,.

text-figs. 1—75.

412

REFERENCES

Parr, A. E. 1952. Revision of the species currently
referred to Alepocephalus, Halisauriceps , Bathytroctes
and Bajacalifornia with introduction of two .new
genera. Bull. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge,
Mass, U.S.A., 107 (4), pp. 255—269.

Pillay, S. N. 1929. A list of fishes taken in Travancore
from 1901—1915. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc .

Bombay, 33 , pp. 347—379.

Prashad, B. and Mukerji, D. D. 1929. The fish of the
Indawgyi lake and the streams of the Myitkyina
District (Upper Burma). Rec. Indian Mus. Calcutta,
31 , pp. 161—223, 4 pls., 8 text-fìgs.

Regan, C. T 1909. A revision of the fishes of the genus
Elops. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. London,(8) 3 , pp. 37—40.

Regan, C. T 1913. The Antarctic fishes òf the Scottish
National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. roy. Soc.
Edinburgh , 49 , pp. 229—292, pl. 1—11, figs. 1—6.

Regan, C. T. 1916. The British fishes of the subfamily
Clupeinae and related species in other seas. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist. London, (8) 18 , pp. 1—19, pls. 1—3.

Regan, C. T. 1917a. A revision of the clupeoid fishes of
the genera Pomolobus , Brevoortìa and Dorosoma
and their allies. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. London,
( 8 ) 19 , pp. 297—316.

Regan, C. T. 1917b. A revision of the clupeoid fishes
of the genera Sardinella, Harengula, etc. Ann. Mag .
nat. Hist. London, (8) 19 , pp. 377—395.

Regan, C. T. 1929. Fishes— Encycl. Britanica , London,
9 , I4th ed., pp. 305—328.

Regan, C. T. and Trewavas, E. 1929. The fishes of the
r families Astronesthidae, Cauliodontidae. The Danish
“Dana” Expedition. (1920—22) in the North Atlan-
tic and the Gulf of Panama. Oceanogr. Rep ., Copen-
hagen, 5 , pp. 1—39, pl. 1—7, 1—25 text-figs.

Regan, C. T. and Trewavas, E. 1930. The fishes of the
families Stomiatidae and Malacosteidae. The
Danish “Dana” Expedition, (1920—22) in the North

REFERENCES

413

Atlantic and the Gulf of Panama. Oceanogr. Repts .,
Copenhagen, 6, pp. 1—143, pls. 1—14, text-figs.
1—139.

Richardson, J. 184 4 —1848. Fishes. The Zoology ofthè
Voyage of H.M.S. “Erebus” and “Terror” under
the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross,
during the years 1839 to 1943, pp. 1—139, pls.

1—60, London.

Russell, P. 1803. Descriptions and figures of two hundred
fishes collected at Vizagapatam on the coast of
Coromandel. London, 1, pp. i—viii, 1—78, Systematic
index to volume, pp. 1—4, pls. 1—100.

Schenk, E.T. and Mc Masters, J. H. 1936. Procedure in
Taxonomy. —Stanford and London, revised ed.,
1948, by A. Myre Keen and Siemon William Muller,
pp. 1—93.

Scott, E.O.G. 1936. Observations on fishes of the
family Galaxiidae. Part I.,— Pap & Proc. roy. Soc.
Tasmania, pp. 85—112, text-figs. 1—4 (1935).

Sewell, R.B.S. 1935. Introduction and list of stations.—
Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. (1933—34), London,
1, pp. 1—41, 1 pl., 1 chart.

Shaw, G.E. and Shebbeare, E.O. 1938. The Fishes
of Northern Bengal. J. roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Sci. Calcutta, 3, pp. 1—137, 6 pls., 130 text-figs.

Smith, H.M. 1945. The Fresh water Fishes of Siam, or
Thailand. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus., Washington,
188, pp. i—xi, 1—622, 107 fìgs.

Smith, J.L.B. 1953. The Sea Fishes of Southern Africa.
Grahamsatown, revised and enlarged ed., pp. i—xii,
1—564, 107 pls., 1252 figs.

Sorley, H.T. 1953. The marine fisheries of the Bombay
Presidency. Bombay, pp. 1—174, figs. 1—10, 1 map.

Suvatti, C. 1936. Index to the Fishes of Siam., Bureau
of Fisheries. Bangkok, pp. A—F, 1—226.

Tanaka, S. 1931. On the distribution of Fishes in Japanese
waters. J. Facul. Sci. imp. Univ., Tokyo, 3, pp. 1—99,
3 pls.

414

references

Taning, A.W. 1928. Synopsis of the scopelids in the
North Atlantic. Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk. Naturh.
Foren ., 86, pp. 49—69.

Vinciguerra, D. 1890. Pesci Birmenìa. Genova, pp. 1—234,
1—234, pls. 7—11, 1 map.

Weber, M. & de Beaufort, L. F. 1913. The Fishes of the
lndo-Australian Archipelago, 2, Leiden. Malacop-

terygii, Myctophoidea, Ostariophysi: I Siluroidea.,
pp. i—xx, 1—404, figs. 1—151.

Whitley, G.P. 1956. The story of Galaxias. Austral.
Mus. Mag., 12 (1) pp. 30—34.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF VERNACULAR NAMES

Ahirva, 26
Alisa, 81

Ambatanwahlah, 279
Ambatta, 89
Ambattike, 89
Arranna, 295
Asbokka, 77
Ata lagga, 141
Badarkati, 134
Badasha, 91
Bareya, 288
Berza, 66
Bhing, 60
Bhitgi, 66
Bilee lagga, 130
Bing, 60
Bodimottah, 295
Bombil, 288
Bummaloh, 288
But, 279
Chalai, 48
Chala mathi,42
Chalar, 279
Chambaree, 279
Charee addee, 42
Charlay, 22,46
Chirya, 10
Chital, 277
Chitala, 277
Chonos, 10
Choodai, 44
Chorbombil, 295
Chota wahlah, 279
Cocomottah, 288
Conethol, 125
Coori, 62
Cucah sawahri ,288
Cu) mahmacunda, 295
Cunnay, 14

Currudden toaddy, 38
Cuttary charlay, 42
Cut waal alisa, 68
Dadi manangu, 145
Ditchalle, 85
Ditchellee, 85
Ditchoee, 77
Doungdanna, 60
Ehalamura, 33
Ehirava, 26
Galhurulla, 39
Gan ahirava, 26
Gan ehirava, 26
Gobir, 103
Gobri, 62
God-haee, 68
Got-salaya, 42
Gudua, 62
Gundun, 277
Hadalla, 38
Haid, 48

Halmassa, 125,141
Hilsa, 56
Humeen, 187
Hurulla, 52
Ilisha, 56
Illeya, 14
Jallugu, 10
Jangarloo, 80
Jinnagow, 10
Jirai, 51
Kanat, 22,33,51
Kan-doo-lee, 279
Kannangi, 14
Karlau, 38
Kasi nethali, 122
Kati, 141

Kati manangu, 141
Katti, 89

415

416

INDEX OF VERNACULAR NAMES

Katti chapulu, 89
Kattu massa, 58
Katu goiya, 100
Keeri charley, 48
Kelee, 58
Kerli, 182
Khebowk thyn, 74
Khoira, 96
Kich-uklowar, 42
Kinarhal, 10
Kirimeen chalai, 52
Kiru-vahlah, 182
Koi meen, 100
Koiya, 58
Kola koyan, 24
Koli meen, 58
Kolla, 121
Kollaku vallai, 182
Kome, 100
Koor, 89,134
Kore-paig-dah, 103
Korrumburua, 33
Kowal, 42
Kunda, 182
Kundinga, 14
Kuru vallai, 182
Kutthavoo, 142
Leegur, 46
Lonar, 46
Luttia muchee, 288
Mackundi, 96
Madakandai, 24
Madhu balla, 295
Maisthre lagga, 89
Manangu, 141
Mandeli, 114
Manna, 10
Mannava, 10
Mannethi, 24
Mareva, 14
Marrawa, 22
Marua, 14
Matthi, 72,74

Mittoo, 66
Miya, 18
Moh, 279
Mohi, 277

Monangoo, 139
Mooloo-alJay, 182
Moran kendai, 14
Muddeeru, 103
Muddu candai, 100
Mulla vallai, 182
Murava, 24
Nadu manangu, 132
Naliarm, 14
Nai meen puna, 295
Nalla mathi, 46
Nanchil, 14
Natto, 124
Neela manangu, 132
Nethali netholi, 121
Netholi, 125, 130
Nettholi netholi, 121
Nettellee, 125
Nga buh, 142
Nga huat, 288
Ngakoonya, 14

Nga pya, 74, 108
Nga-tamyouet, 14
Nga-tannet, 108
Nga-tey-mee, 103
Nga-thalouk, 56
Nga-thendooug, 91
Nga-thyngye, 74
Nga-out-pha, 108
Niv, 103
Noonah, 100
Nur hilisha, 60
Oolooway, 295
Ooium, 56,60
Oorialli, 114
Opul dah, 22
Palasah,

ÌNDEX OF VERNACULAR NAMES

417

Palla, 56,60
Paili, 103
Palmeen, 187
Palo, 56
Palpedi, 60
Pana thondon, 22
Pananjaulay, 100
Pania, kai, 14
Pann katuvalJa, 182
Panniki Jagga, 89
Pat katuvalla, 182
Patulda, 38,91
Pay-chalay, 46
Pechalaí, 46
Peddah-poorawah, 142
Pedi, 42,38
Pedwa, 42
Pesatai, 46
Pesalaya, 46
Phansa, 108
Phasa, 108,141
Pholi, 279
Phuli, 279
Phulo, 279
Podì katuvalla, 182
Pojah bontah, 187
PoJJi, 48
Pol-meen, 187
Poona-nadah, 77
Poonduoringa, 22
Poonduringa, 42
Poor-reJen, 139
Poorwa, 139
Poorwah, 139
Poovalai, 89
Pothu lagga, 136
Pulla, 56
Pufli, 279

Pu-meen, 187
Punnikowa, 14
Purasa, 121
Purri, 279
Pussat, 142

Pussant, 182
Puvalaya,74
Puvali, 74
Raconda, 91
Ram gasha, 74
Ranava, 10
RavaJ Iagga, 145
Salai, 48
Salaya, 48
Seetal, 277
Seriya, 58
Shawk-a-thin, 142
Shonas, 10
Silinda, 33, 66
Sudaya, 38,66
Sudu, 66
Suthara koiya, 100
Tambil, 295
Tampara, 108
Tarli multhi, 46
Thondaya, 22
Thondon, 24
Thota, 89
Thottawa, 89
Tolkati, 141
Trinethali, 126
Tulu, 187
Tulu canduí, 187
Tuppu vallai, 182
Ulla, 60
UJIahli, 10
Ullan, 60
Ursi, 81
Vala, 182
Vatta kanni, 51
Vauva, 18
Velathan, 14
Vella nethali, 121
Vellai schudai, 66
Venganawa, 77
Voikka, 187
Vorsa, 14
Wahlah, 184
Wallak cattah, 279
Wanah monah, 288
Washi, 42

Yeka-poorawah, 145
Zoo-roo-cart dah, 125

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

abnormis, Ilisha, 69,72
acanthurus, Sternoptyx, 230
acclinidens,Cyclothone,202,202,396
acquoreus, Nerophis, 1
Actinopterygii, 1,2,380
aculeatus, Argyropelecus230,331,397
acuta, Dussumieria, 20,21,22,365
adelae, Trichosoma, 132
aestuarius, Gilchristella, 27
Spratelloides, 27
Aethoprora, 357

affiinis, Argyropelecus, 230,232,
233,397
Clupea, 72
Leptoderma, 171,393
Stomias, 245,246,398
africana, Yarrella, 221
africanus, Platygaster, 69
agassizi, Chlorophthalmus, 310,311,
401

Alausa kanagurta, 57

melanura, 31,34
microlepis, 61
palasah, 54
toli, 69

alba, Cyclothone singnata, 203,
213, 396

albella, Clupea, 37
Kowala, 37
Sardinella, 37,38,387
Albula, 15,385

conorhynchus, 15,16,17
erythrocheilos, 17
forsteri, 17
neoguinaica, 17
parrae, 17
rostrata, 17
seminuda, 17
virgata, 17
vulpes, 17,18,385

Albulidae, 15,385
Albuloidae, 7,15,385
-alcocki, Neoscopelus, 372

Alepocephalidae, 148,149,393
Alepocephaloidae, 6,7,148,384,385
Alepocephalus, 149,150
bairdii, 149
bicolor, 150,151,394
blanfordii, 150
blanfordii, 152,153,394
edentulus, 150,154,393
longiceps, 149,150,155,156,394
macrops, 150,157,394
microlepis, 158,394
rostratus, 149
Aleposomus, 167
copei, 167
Alosa elongata, 72
malayana, 57
reevesii, 53
Alysia, 336

loricata, 336,337
loricatus, 336,337
amabilis,, Argyropelecus, 230
Sternoptychides, 230
Amblygaster, 39
clupeoides, 39
Ammodytoidei, 2,5
anale, Dissomma, 304
Anchovia evermanni, 130
indica, 124
mystax, 140

Anchoviella, 119,105,122,390
baelama, 130

commerconii, 119,120,121,391
hamiltoni, 134
heteroloba, 122
heterolobus, 119,122,391
indica, 120,123,391
mystax, 140,141
tri, 120,125,391
I Anguilliformes, 2,3,381
I anna-carolina, Mugilomorus, 6
418

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

419

annandalei, Engraulis, 127
Thrissocles, 128, 129,392
Anodontostoma, 92, 101, 389
chacunda, 101,102,103,389
hasseltii, 101,102
nasus, 100

antorbitalis, Diaphus, 357
apalike, Elops, 12
Apterygia, 90
hamiltoni, 90
ramcarate, 90

apus, Platytroctes, 173, 174,393
aquosus, Chatoessus, 93
arabica Harengula, 32
arabicus, Chanos, 185, 186
argenteus, Esox, 16
Argentina, 3, 6,181
bonak, 16
glossodonta, 15,16
machnata, 9

Argyropelecus, 225,229, 230
aculeatus, 230, 231,397
affinis, 230, 232, 233,397
amabilis, 230

hemigymnus, 229, 230, 234, 397
olfersii, 230, 236,397
sladeni, 230,238, 397
argyrotaenia, Rogenia, 65
argyrotaeniata, Clupea, 27
asperum, Myctophum, 345
Astronesthes, 259,260, 398
cyaneus, 264
indicus, 260, 398
martensi, 398
martensii, 260, 262
niger, 259

Astronesthidae, 258, 259,398
Astronesthoidae, 196,257, 258
Ateleopiformes, 2, 377, 380
Ateleopus, 377,380
indicus, 378, 379, 380
japonicus, 377
Atelopus, 377,380
Atherina browni, 119

japonica, 27

atlanticum, Myctophum later-
natum, 333

atlanticus, Megalops, 12
Atopichthys, 16
esunculus, 16

atrata, Evermannella, 307, 399
atratus, Evermannella, 307, 399
Odontostomus, 307
atricauda, Clupea, 47
Clupea (Harengula), 47
atricolor, Bathypterois, 319, 320
Bathypterois (Bathypterois),

319,320,402

atrox, Photostomias, 249,250
Thaumostomias, 249
attenuatus, Maurolicus, 214
Aulastomatomorpha, 177, 393
phospherops, 177, 178, 393
auratus, Engraulis, 131,132
aurita, Sardinella, 35
aurora, Idiacanthus, 272
australis, EIops, 9
badgee, Mystus, 278
badi, Saurus, 294
badimottah, Saurus, 294
baelama, Anchoviella, 130
Clupea, 127, 130
Engraulis, 130
Thrissina, 130
Thrissocles, 127, 130, 390
bairdii, Alepocephalus, 149
balinensis, ~ Engraulis, 123
bananus, Butyrinus 15, 16
Bathyclupea 281, 381
hoskynii 281, 282, 381
Bathyclupeidae 280, 381
Bathyclupeiformes, 3,270,380,381
Bathygophis ferox, 272
Bathylychnus, 259,263, 398
cyaneus, 263,264, 398
Bathymacrops, 194
macrolepis, 194, 195
bathyphilus, Neostoma, 198
Bathypteroini, 309,317, 401

420

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Bathypterois, 318, 319, 401, 402
atricolor, 318, 320, 402
(Bathypterois) atricolor, 319
capensis, 9

guentheri, 318, 322, 323
(Hemipterois) guentheri, 401
guntheri, 322
insularum, 312, 321, 402
(Bathypterois) insularum, 322
longifilis, 318
quadrifilií, 318
Bathysudis, 313
Bathytroctes, 149, 159, 160, 393
grimaldi, 159
macrolepis, 160, 394
microlepis, 159, 160, 161, 162
rostratus, 160, 162, 163
squamosus, 159, 160, 164, 394
Batrachoidiformes, 5, 383
Beloniformes, 2, 383
Belonopterois, 318
viridensis, 318
Benthosema, 326, 327, 403
fibulata, 227, 328, 403
fibulatum, 327, 328, 403
Pterota, 330
Peterotus, 327, 328, 403
Beryciformes, 4, 382
bicolor, Alepocephal us, 150,151,394
Lloydiella, 150

biguttatus, Stethochaetus, 105,106
bipunctata, Harengula, 32
blackfordi, Yarrclla, 220
blanfordi, Alepocephalus, 394
bìanfordii, Alepocephalus,

150, 152, 153
blochii, Clupeonia, 57

Hilsa, 57
boa, Esox, 244
bonapartii, Nyctopus, 349
bontianus, Notopterus, 278
bonuk Argentina, 16
borneensis, Coìla, 112,113
Coilia, 391
Borostomias, 259

braueri, 259

brachysoma, Clupea, 37
Clupea (Harengula), 37, 71
IJisha, 70, 71, 388
Pellona, 69, 71
Sardinella, 37, 38
brasiliensis, Clupea, 16
braueri, Borostomias, 259
| breviceps, Engraulis, 105,106
Setipinna, 105, 106, 390
brevifilis, Engraulis, 107
Brisbania, 12
Staigeri, 12, 13
browni, Atherina, 119
brownii, Engraulis, 123
buchanani, Notopterus, 276
bulan, Clupalosa, 31
Buterinus madraspatensis, 186
Butirinus, 16
Buturinus, 16
Butyrinus, 15
bananus, 15, 16
vulpes, 16

caeruleus, Myctophum, 362
Callionymoidei, 5, 383
cantoris, Coilia, 391
capcnsis, EIops, 9
Bathypterois, 9
Cavelampus, 357
Cepolidae, 5

chacunda, Anodontos toma,

101, 102, 103, 389
Chatoessus, 102
Clupanodon, 101
Dorosoma, 102

chalybeius, Hyphalonedrus, 310
champil, Clupea, 61
Chanidae, 185,384
Chanoidei, 7, 184, 185, 384
Chanos, 185, 384
arabicus, 185,186
chanos, 186, 187, 384
chloropterus, 186

cyrinella, 186
gardineri, 187

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

42 ì

lubina, 186
mento, 186
mossambicus, 186
nuchalis, 186
pala, 186

salmoneus, 186, 187
chanos, Mugil, 186
chapra, Clupanodon, 61
Clupea, 61, 62
Gudusia, 61, 62, 388
Chatoessus, altus, 99
aquosus, 93
chacunda, 102
chrysopterus, 94
maculatus, 94
manminna, 96
modestus, 95, 97
nasus, 99, 100
punctatus, 92, 93
Selangkat, 102
triza, 94

Chaudhuriformes, 4, 382
Chauliodontidae, 251,398
Chauliodus, 243, 252, 253
pammelas, 253, 398
sloanei, 252, 253, 255, 256
sloani, 256, 398
sloani, sloani, 256
sloanii, 255

chinensis, Pristigaster, 69, 73
Chirocentridae, 180, 384
Chirocentroidei, 6, 179, 384
Chirocentrus, 180, 384
dorab, 180,181, 183, 394
hypselosoma, 183
nudus, 180, 183, 394

Chitala, 275

chitala, Mytus, 275, 276
Notopterus, 276, 277

Chlorophthalminr, 309, 401
Chlorophthalmus, 310, 401
agassizi, 310, 311,401
corniger, 311
productus, 311

29—1341 ZSI/71

punctatus ,311
truculentus, 310
chloropterus, Chanos, 186
Choetomus, 111
playfairii, 111

chrysopterus, Chatoessus, 94
chrysostigma, Leptonurus, 111
Cirrhitidae, 4
Clupalosa, 31
bulan, 31

Clupanodon,92, 93, 389
chacunda, 101
chapra, 61
cortius, 96
ilisha, 54
jussieu, 35, 43
maculatuS; 94
manmina, 95, 96
motius, 81
nasica, 99
nasus, 100
punctata, 93, 390
punctatus, 93
thrissa, 94, 95, 390
Clupea affinis, 73
albella, 37
argyrotaeniata, 27
atricauda, 47

(Harengula) atricauda, 47
baelama, 127, 130
brachysoma, 37

(Harengula) brachyscma, 37, 7L

brasilienisis, 16

champil, 61

chapra, 61, 62

(Amblygaster) clupeoides, 39

coval, 65

cyprinoides, 12

dentex, 181

durbanensis 57

fimbriata, 41,43

(Harengula) fimbriata, 41, 43

gibbosa, 43

(Harengula) gibbosa, 44

422

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

gracilis, 27
ilisha, 55
(Alosa) ilisha, 55
indica, 61
kanagurta, 57
(Alosa)-kanagurata, 57
kelee, 53, 57
Kowal, 65

(Harengula) kowal, 65
kunzei, 32
leiogaster, 52

(Amblygaster) leiogaster, 52
íile, 65, 66
longiceps, 45, 46
(Harengula) longiceps, 45
(Harengus) longiceps, 45
macrocephala, 15, 16
macrophthalma, A
Malabarica, 138
malabaricus, 138
melanura, 31

(Alausa) melanura, 34, 47

(Harengula) melanura, 47

melastoma, 80

moluccensis, 32

(Harengula) moluccensis, 32

motius, 81

mystax , 140

mystus, 111

nasus, 99

ogura, 47

okinawensis, 39

ovalis, 32

palasah, 54

perforata, 49

(Harengula) perforata, 49 £
phasa, 105, 107
pinguis, 52
punctata, 32
purava, 142
quadrimaculatus, 32
scombrina, 45

setirostris, 127, 144
sindensis, 50

sinensis, 59
sirm, 52
suhia, 62

| (Harengula) sundaica, 47
| synura, 278
telara, 105, 107
I tembang, 43

i (Herengula) thoracta, 66
thrissa, 92, 94
I toli, 59

(Alosa) toli, 59
variegata, 63
vittargentea, 119
Clupeichthys, 67
j goniognathus, 69
; Clupeidae, 385
Clupeiformes, 2, 3, 6, 380, 381
Clupeini, 19, 30, 395
Clupeiodae, 6, 19, 384

CJupeoidei 7, 384
clupeoides, Amblygaster, 39
Clupea (Amblygaster), 39
Mystus, 111
Sardinella, 36, 39, 387

Clupeoides, 65
I borneensis, 65
! lile, 66
j Clupeonia, 35
I blochii, 57

i

j commersoni, 47
I fasciata, 43
perforata, 49
(Harengula) perforata, 49
vittata, 34
cobitis japonicus, 299
coccoi, Gonichthys, 337
Myctophum, 337, 338
j Myctophum (Myctophum), 337
Scopelus, 336, 337

I Coelacanthiformes, 1
! coerueum, Myctophum (Dia-
í phus), 362

; coeruleus, Diaphus, 362

Diaphus (Lamprossa), 361, 362

INDEX OF SCIENTIFiC NAMES

423

Lamprossa, 362
Scopelus, 361

Coila borneensis, 111,112
Coiiia, 104, 111,390
borneensis, 111, 112, 391
cantoris, 112,113,391
dussumieri, 111, 114, 115, 391
hamiltonii, 111
marc;aritifera, 116
quadragesimalis, 111,112,115,
116, 391
quadrifilis, 114
ramcirati, 111, 112, 117, 391
reynaMi, 111, 118, 391
(Coilia) reyanaldi, 118
Collettia, 357
nocturna, 359
Collia, 111

commersoni, Clupeonia, 47
Stolephorus, 120
commersonianus, Engraulis, 120

commersonii, Anchoviella, 119,
120,121,391

Engraulis, 120
Stolephorus, 120
Conorhynchos, 16
conorhynchus, Albula, 16,17
conorychus, Albula, 15
copei, Aleposomus, 167
corego noides, Paralepis, 313
Corica, 30, 67, 386
guborni, 68
soborna, 67, 68, 386

corniger, Chlorophthalmus, 311
crotius, Clupanodon, 96
coruscaus, Myctophum, 337
Coryphaenidae, 5
corythaeolam Yarrella, 221
corythaeolum Diplophos, 221
Yarrella, 395, 221
corythaeolus, Photichthys, 221
coval, Clupea, 65
Kowala, 65,62, 386
corocodilus, Lampanyctus (Lam-
panyctus) ,354,404
Gastorpelecus, 349, 354

Crossopterygii, 1,380
cundinga, Cyprinodon, 12
cuvieri, ,Thryssa, 138
cyaneus, Astronesthes, 264
Bathylychnus, 263, 264, 398
Cyclothone, 198, 201, 396

acclinidens, 202, 203, 396
elongata, 199
lusca, 201, 205
microdon, 205,206

microdon mircrodon, 203, 205, 397
microdon pallida, 203,207, 208,
396 ’

obscura 202, 209, 210, 396
pallida, 207, 200
rhodadenia, 199
signata, 396

signata, alba, 203, 213, 396
signata signata, 202, 211, 396
cyprinella, Chanos, 186
Cypriniformes, 3, 381
Cyprinodon cundinga, 12
Cyprinodontiformes, 6, 383
cyprinoides, Megalops, 13, 14, 385
Cyprinus pala, 186
tolo, 186

Dactylopteriformes, 4
Dasycopelus, 345
spinosus, 347

dayi, Sardinelia, 36, 40, 387
Demicoilia, 111

dentex, Clupea, 181
denudatum, Gonostoma, 198
j dermatogenys, Synodus, 300
I diaphana, Sternoptix, 225, 226, 227
diaphana, Sternoptyx, 225, 226,
227, 397

Diaphus, 326, 357, 367, 403
antorbitalis, 357
coeruleus, 362

(Lamprossa) coreruleus, 361, 362
dumeriíi, 359

(Pantophos) dumerilí, 359, 404
garmani, 363, 364
1 (Lamprossa) garmani, 361, 363

1 glandulifer, 357

424

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

luetheni, 367
lutkeni, 367

(Diaphus) lutkeni, 367,405
nunus, 369
rafinesquei, 369,405
(Diaphus) frafinesquei, 367,369
splendidum, 365
(Lamprossa) splendidum, 361,
365

splendidus, 365
(Lamprossa) splendidus, 365
theta, 357
watasei 362
Dicrolene, 4,382
Diodontidae, 5

Diogenichthys, 326,331,322,403
laternatum, 332,333,403
panurgus, 332,335,404
Diplophos corythaeolum, 221
dispar, Scoplengys, 375
dispilonotus, Harengula, 31
Dissomma, 304
anale, 304

dichela, Neosteus, 85
Pellona, 84,85,389
ditchoa, Ilisha, 77
pellona, 76,77
Ditchoee 76

Dolichopterygidae, 177,148,393
dorab, Chirocentrus, 180,181,183
Clupea, 180,181
Dorosoma, chacunda, 102
indicus, 102
nasus, 99,100
Dorosomatini 19,92,385
dumerili, Diaphus 359
Diaphus (Pathophos), 359
Diaphus (Patophos), 404
Myctopum, 359
Scopelus 359
durbanensis, Clupea, 57
Paralosa, 53

dussumieri, Coilia, 111,114,115,
139

Engraulis, 132

Pellona, 80

Thrissocles, 128,131,132, 39k
Dussumieria 20,25,385
acuta, 20,21,22,385
eloposides, 21,23
hasselti, 23,24,385
hasseltiii, 20,23,24
Dussumieriini, 19,20,385
Echeneiformes, 3,380
edentulus, Alepocephalus, 150,154,.
393

Torictus, 154
Ehirava 20,25,385
fluviatilis, 25,26,385
elongata, Alosa, 72
Cyclothone, 199
Ilisha, 70,72,73,74,79,82,389
Paralepis, 314
Pellona, 73

elongatum, Gonostoma,!99,200,396
Triplophos, 223,224
elongatus, Macroparalepis, 316
Omosudis, 314,315
Paralepis, 314,402
Stemonosudis, 316,401
Stomias, 245
Triplophos, 223
Elopoidae, 7,8,384
Elopidae, 385

Elophs, 8, 385
apdlike, 12
australis, 9
capensis, 9
hawaiensis, 9,10
indicus, 9 lo
machnata, 9,10

purdrascens, 9

saurus, 8,9,10,385
elopsoides, Dussumieria, 21,23
encrasicholoides, Engrauli, 130 1
Encrasicholus, 119
Engraulidae, 19,104,385
Engraulis albus, 123
annandalei, 129

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

425

auratus, 131,132
baelama, 130
balinensis, 123
breviceps, 105,106
brevifilis, 107
brownii, 123
commersonianus, 120
commersonii, 120
dussumieri, 131,132
•encrasicholoides, 130
grayi, 130
hamiltonii, 133,134
<Coilia) hamiltonii, 117
heterolobus, 122
hornelli, 142
indica, 123,124
indicus, 123,124
kammalensis, 135
kempi, 137
malabaricus, 138
mystacoides, 140
mystax, 140
perfasciatus, 119
pfeifferi, 106
phasa, 107
purava, 142
rambhae, 143
rhinorhynchos, 135
rhinorhynchus, 135
russellii, 123
setirostris, 144,145
taty, 109
telara, 107
telaroides, 109
tenuifilis, 109
tri 125,126
valenciennesi, 146
<engraulis, Scopelus, 361
erimelas, Narcetes, 165,166
enythrocheilos, Albula, 17
Esox argenteus, 16
boa, 244
synodus, 297
truttaceus, 283
vulpes, 15,16

esunculus, Atopichthys, 16

Euplatygaster, 69
indica, 77
Euproserpa, 194
Evermannella, 306,390
atrata, 307,399
atratus, 307,399
Evermnnellidae, 285,399
evermanni, Anchovia , 130
fario, Salmo trutta, 190,193,395
fasciata, Clupeonia, 43
Sardinella, 43

fasciola, Idiacanthus, 271,272,
273, 398

ferox, Bathygophis, 272
idiacanthus, 272
Saurus, 292

fibulata, B, enthosema, 227,228,403
fìbulatum,Benthosema, 327,328,403
Myctophum, 328
fijiensis, Harengula, 31
filamenthosus, Megalops, 12
filigera, Ilisha, 70,75,389
Pellona, 75

fimbriata, Clupea, 41,43
Clupea (Harengula), 41,43
Sardinella, 37,41,387
Spratella, 41

fiuviatilis, Ehirava, 25,26,385
forskalli, Glossodus, 16
forsteri, Albula, 17
Gadiiformes, 5,383
gairdnerii, Salmo, 190
j Salmo gairdnerii, 191,192,395
Galaxias, 283,381
indicus, 284,381
Galaxiidae, 283, 381
Galaxiiformes, 3,280, 380, 381
gardineri, Chanos, 187
garmani, Diaphus, 363, 364
Diaphus (Lamprossa), 361, 363
Gasteropelecus crocodil, 45,349,354
humboldti, 345
Gasterosteiformesus, 5,383

426

INDEX OF SCIENTÍFIC NAMES

gemmifer, Lampanyctus, 354
Myctophum (Lampanyctus), 354
gibbosa, Clupea, 43
Clupea (Harengula), 44
Sardinella, 43,44
gilberti, Septipinna, 109
Gilchristella, 27
aesturius, 27
glacialis, Scpelus, 327
gladiator, Nematostomias, 266
glandulifer, Diaphus, 357
glossodonta* Argentina, 15,16
Glossodus, 15
forskalli, 16
Gobiesciformes, 3, 380
Gonialosa, 92,95,96,390
manmina, 96,390
manminna, 96
modesta, 97
modestus, 96,97,98,390

Gonichthys, 326,336,402
coccoi, 337,402

goniognathus, Chupeichthys, 67
Gonostoma, 198,316
denudatum, 198
elongatum, 199,200,396
javanicum, 102
microdon, 205
polyphos, 199
Gonostomidae, 197,395
Gonostomoidae, 196,197,395
Goodella, 301
hypozona, 301
gracile, Myctophum, 33
gracilis, Clupea, 27
Saurida, 292,293,400
Saurus, 292
Scopelus, 327,337
Spratelloides, 27,28
Stolephorus, 28
graenlandica, Nansenia, 195
graenlandicum, Microstoma, 195
graenlandicus, Microstoma, 194,
195

Microstomus, 195
Nansenia, 195,395
grandisquamis, Saurida, 296
grayana, Pellona, 73
grayi, Engraulis, 134
grimaldi, Bathytroctes, 159*
Grimatroctes, 159
microlepis, 161
guborni, Corica, 68
Gudusia, 30,386
chapra, 61,62,388
variegata, 61,63,64,388
guentheri, Bathyperois, 318,322,323"
Bathypterois (Hemipterois),
322,401

Lampanyctus, 349
Rouleina, 168
Scopelarchus, 304,305,399
Xenodermichthys, 168,394
guernei, Photostomias,249,250,398-
guntheri, Bathypterois, 223
Scopelarchus, 39
Gymnophotodermi, 116,
Gymnotus notopterus, 275,278
Halisauriceps, 149
longiceps, 157
Halosauriformes, 5
hamiltoni Anchoviella, 134
Apterygia, 90
Scutengraulis, 134
Trichosoma, 134
hamiltonii, Coilia, 111
Engraulis, 117,133,134
Engraulis (Coilia), 117
Thrissa, 127

Thrissocles, 129,133,134,392:
Harengula, 30,31,386
arabica, 32
bipunctata, 32
dispilonotus, 31
fijiensis, 31
hypselosoma, 37
latulus, 31
kanagurta, 57
(Spratella) kowala, 49

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC 'NAMES

427

kunzei, 32
melanura, 34
moluccensis, 32
ovalis, 31,32,33,386,387
punctata, 32,33
spilura, 32
vittata, 31,34,386
Harpodon, 286,287,399
nehereus, 287,288,400
squamosus, 287,290,400
hasselti, Anodontostoma, 101,102
Dussumeriria, 385
hasseltii, Dussumeiria, 20,23,24
hawaiensis, Elops, 9,10
hemigymnus, Argyropelecus, 229,
239,234,235

hemingi, Photichthys, 223
Triplophos, 223,395
Hemipterois, 40,319,322,318
Herklotsella, 31
heteroloba, Anchoviella, 122
heterolobus, Anchovielía, 119,122,
391

Engraulis, 122
Stolephorus, 122
Heterophotodermi, 395
Heterothrissa, 105
hianus, Myctophum, 337
Hilsa, 53
blochii, 57
ilisha, 55
kanagurta, 57
sinensis, 59
toli, 59

hispidus, Monochirus, 381
hoeveni, Ilisha, 86
pelloina, 86

hoevenil, Pellona, 84,86,386
hornelli, Engraulis, 142
hoskynii, Bathyclupea, 281,282,381
humboldti, Gasteropelecus, 345
hyalinus, Odondostomus, 306
hygomi, Scopelus, 339
Hygophum, 326,339,402
reinhardti, 340,402

Hyphalonedrus, 310
chalybeius, 310
hypozona, Goodella, 301
hypselonotus, Notopterus, 276
hypselosoma, Chirocentrus, 183
Harengula, 37
Idiaranthidae, 258,271,392
Idiacanthus, 271,398
aurora, 272

fasciola, 271,272,273,398
! ferox, 272

i Ilisha, 30,69,70,386
abnormis, 69,72
brachysoma, 70,71,388
ditchoa, 77

elongata, 70,72,73,74,79,82,389
filigera, 70,75,389
hoeveni, 86
indica, 70,76,77,81,389
kampeni, 71,78,389
leschenaulti, 70,79,388
megaloptera, 80
melastoma, 71,80,389
motius, 70,81,388
novacula, 70,82,388
sladeni, 70,83,84,388
ilisha, Clupanodon, 54
Clupea, 54
Clupea (Alosa), 55
Hilsa, 55

Macrura, 54,55,388
Tenuatosa, 55

illustris, Polymetme, 220, 221
Indialcsa, 95
indica, Anchovia, 124
Anchoviella, 120,123,391
Clupea, 61
Engraulis, 123,124
Euplatygaster, 77
Ilisha, 70,76,77,81,389
Lutodeira, 185,186
Pellona, 76,77

indicus, Astronesthes, 260,398

428

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Ateleopus, 378,379,380
Dorosoma, 102
Elops, 9,10
Engraulis, 123
Oalaxias, 284,381
Malacosteus, 268,269
Megalops, 12
Myctophum, 346,404
Opisthopterus, 88
Platygaster, 76
Podateles, 377
Saurus, 298
Scopelus, 346
Stolephorus, 124
Synodus, 298

insularum, Bathypterois, 321
Bathypterois ÍBathypterois), 319,
321,402

Stolephorus, 124

intermedia, Stemonosudis, 316
irideus, Salmo, 190
Salmo (Oncorhynchus, 190

Japonica, Atherina, 27
Saurida, 299,400
Stolephorus, 27,385
japonicus, Ateleopus, 377
Cobitis, 299
Synodus, 298,299,300
javanicum, Gonostoma, 102
jordani, ampanyctus, 349
jussieu, Clupanodon, 35,43
( Sardinella, 37,43,44,387
kammalensis, Engraulis, 135
Thrissocles, 128,135,136,392
kampeni, Uisha, 71,389
pellona, 78

kanagurta, Alausa, 57 |

Clupea, 57
Clupea (Alosa), 57
Harengnla, 57
Hilsa, 57

kapirat. Mystus, 278
Noíoptsrus, 228,279

kelle, Clupea, 53,57
Macrura, 54,57,58,388
kempi, Engraulis, 137
I Thrissocles, 128,137,392
I Konoshirus, 92
Konosirus, 92
KowaJa, 30,51,386
albella, 37
coval, 65,66,386
lauta, 41
thoracata, 65,66

kowala, Clupea (Harengula), 65
Harengula (Spratella), 49
kundinga, Megalops, 12
kunzei, Clupea, 38
Harengula, 32
lacerta, Lampanyctus, 359
Lampanyctus, 326,349,350
(Lampanyctus) crocodilus,354,404
gemmifer, 354
guentheri, 349
I jordani, 349
lacerta, 359
lougipes, 351

(Lepidophanes) Iongipes, 350

351.404

macropterum, 356
; (Lampanyctus) macropterum, 404
j macropterus, 356

(Lampanyctus) macropterus,
354,355

j pyrsobolus, 352

pyrsobolus pyrsobolus, 352
(Lepidophanes) pyrosbolus,

350.352.404
Lampidiformes, 4,382
Lamprossa, 357

{ Iaternatum, Diogenichthys, 332,

I 333,403

| Myctophum (Myctophum) 333,
laternatus, Myctophum, 331,333
Iatulus, Harengula, 31
lauta, Kowala, 41
Iavenensis, Salmo, 191,192,199,395
leiogaster, Clupea, 52
Clupea (Amblvgaster), 52
Sardinelìa, 52
leiogasteroides, Sardinella, 52

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC' NAMES

429

Liemniscatus, Osmerus, 302
Lepidophanes, 349
longipes, 404
pyrsobolus, 350,352,404
Lepidophotodermi, 395
Lepidotrigla, 4,382
Lepogenys, 159
Leptoderma, 171,149,393
affinis, 171,393
macrops, 171
Lcptodes, 252
Leptonurus, 111
chrysostigma, 111
Leptostomias, 266
macronema, 266
leschenaulti, Ilisha, 70,79,388
Pellona, 79

Leschenaultii, Pellona, 79

Lestidium (Bathysudis) speciosum
313,314

Leuciscus zeylonicus, 186
leucosparum, Stenobrachius 349
levenensi, Salmo, 190,191,192,395
Salmo, fario, 192
Lile, 65,66
lile, Clupea, 65
Clupeoides 66
limbatus, Saurus, 302
Trachinocephalus, 302
lineolata, Sardinella, 32
Lloydiella, 150
bicolor, 150

longiceps, Alepocephalus 150,155,
156,394

Clupea, 45,46
Clupea (Harengula), 45
Clupea (Harengus), 45
Halisauriceps 1
Sardinella, 36,45,46,387
Longifìlis, Bathypterois 318
Longipes, Lampanyctus 351
Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes),
351,

Lepidophanes 404
Mctophum (Lampanyctus) 351
Lophiiformes 5,383

i Lopis, Notopterus, 276
! loricata, Alysia, 336,337
! loricatus, Alysia, 336,337
lubina, Chanos, 186,
j lucetia, Vinciguerria, 215
lucetius, Marualicus, 215
Vinciguerria, 215,395
lucius, Saurus, 299
1 luetkeni, Diaphus, 367
' lusca, Cyclothone, 201,205
lutkeni, Diaphus, 367
Diaphus, (Diaphus) 367,405
Myctophum, (Diaphus; 367
Myctophum, (Myctophum) 367
Lutodeira, 185
indica, 185,186
Lutodira, 185
machnata, Argent na, 9
Elops, 9,10

macrocephala, Clupea, 15,16
macrognathos, Thryssa, 144
1 macrognathus, Opisthopterus, 88
! macrolepidotus, Neoscopelus, 371,

| 372,373,402

I macrolepis, Bathymacrops 194,195
j Bathytroctes, 160,394
j macronema, Leptostomias, 266
Macroparalepis, elongatus, 316
macrophthalma ,Clupea, 31
macrophthalmus, Megalops, 12
macrops Alepocephalus, 150,157,
394

! Leptoderma, 171
i macropterum, Lampanyctus, 356
Lampanyctus, (Lampanyctus)
354,355,404

Myctophum, (Lampanyctus)
355,356

macropterus, Lampanyctus, 356
Lampanyctus, (Lampanyctus) 356
Megalops, 13
Macroura, 53
Macrourus, 53
Macru a, 30,53,54,386
ilisha, 54,55,56,388
kelee, 54,57,58,388
''inensis 54,59,60,388

430

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Macruriformes, 5,383
Macrurus, 53
maculatus, Clupanodon, 94
Chatoessus, 94
Notopterus, 276
malabarica, Clupea, 138
Thrissocles, 137,143
malabaricus, Clupea, 138
Engraulis, 138,139
Spratelloides, 29
Stolephorus, 27,29,386
Thrissocles, 128,138,139,392
Malacosteus, 266,268
Choristodactylus, 268, 269
indicus, 268,269
niger, 268,269,399
malayana, Alsoa, 57

manmna, Clupanodon, 95,96
Gonialosa, 96,390
manminna, Chatoessus, 96
Gonialosa, 96

margaritifera, Coilia, 116
martensi, Astronesthes, 260, 262
martensii, Astronesthes, 398
Mastacembeliformes, 382
Maurolicus, attenuatus, 214
tripunctulatus, 219
Megalopidae, 8,11,12,385
Megalops, 12,385
atlanticus, 12
cyprinoides, 13,14,385
fìlamentosus, 12
indicus, 12
kundinga, 12
macrophthalmus, 12
macropterus, 13
setipinnis, 12
megaloptera, Ilisha, 80
Pellona, 80
Platygaster, 80
megalura, Setipinna, 105
megastoma, Thryssa, 142

melanops, Melanostomias, 266.267,
399

Melanostomiatidae, 266,399 -
Melanops, 266,267,399
Melanostomias, 258,265,266,39S
melanura, Alausa, 31,34
Clupea, 31,47
Clupea (Alausa), 34
Clupea (Harengula), 34,47
Harengula, 34
Sardinella, 36,47,48,387
melastoma, Clupea, 50
Ilisha, 71,80,389
Meletta, obtusirostris, 32

venenosa, 32
Menidia, 119
mento, Chanos, 186
metopoclampus, Nyctophus, 357
microdon, Cyclothone, 205,20 6 y
396

Cỳclothone, microdon, 203,205,.
395

Gonostoma 205
microlepis, Alausa, 61
Alepocephalus, 158,394
Bathtroctes, 159,160,
Grimtroctes, 161
microps, Salmo, 286,287
Salmo, (Harpodon) 286,287

micropterus, Myctophum, (Lamp-
anyctus), 349
micropus, Pellona, 80
Microstoma, graenlandicum
i graenlandicus, 194,195
Microstomidae, 189,194
Microstomus graenlandicus, 195
mirus, Platytroctegen, 115,176,39?
Mitchillina, 149
modesto, Gonialosa, 97
modestus, Chatoessus, 95,97
Gonalosa, 96,97,98,390
Molidae, 5

moluccensis, Clupea, 32
Clupea (Harengula ), 32
Harengula, 32
Monochirus, hispidus, 381
mossambicus, Chanos, 187

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

431

motius, Clupanodon, 81
Clupea, 81
Ilisha 81,388
Pellona, 81

mueJleri, ScopeJus, 327
Mugil chanos, 186
saímoneus, 185,186
Mugiliformes, 5,383

Mugilomorus, 8
anna-carolina, 8

Myctophidae, 285,324
Myctophini, 325,402

Myctophuni, 326,402
asperum, 345
atratum, 340
benoiti reinhardti, 340
(Dtaphus) caeruleum, 362
caeruleus, 362
coccoi, 337,338
(Myctophum) coccoi, 337
coruscaus, 337
dumerili, 359
fibulatum, 328

(Lampanyctus) gemmifer, 354
gracile, 337
gracilis, 337
hianus, 337
indicus, 346,404
(Diaphus) lacerta, 359
laternatum, 335
(Myctophum) laternatum, 333
laternatum atlanticum, 333
laternatus, 331,333
(Lampanyctus) longipes, 351
(Myctophum) Jutkeni, 367
(Diaphus) lutkeni, 367
(Lampanyctus) micropterus 349
noctornum, 359
pterotum, 328,329
(Myctophum ) pterotum, 329
pterotus, 330
punctatum, 345
rafinesquei, 357

(Diaphus) rafinesquei,369
reinhardti, 340,341
spinosum, 346,347,404
(Myctophum) spinosum, 347
splendidum, 345
(Diaphus) splendidum, 365
(Nyctophys) splendidum ,365
tenuiculum, 337
valdiviae, 342,343
(Myctophum) valdiviae, 343
myops, Salmo., 301,302
Saurus, 302

Trachinocephalus, 302,303,400
mystacides, Engraulis, 340
mystax, Anchovia, 140,141
Anchoviella, 140,141
Clupea, 140
Engraulis, 140
Scutengraulis, 140
Thrissocles, 128,140
Thryssa, 140,146

Mystus, 111
badgee, 278
chitala, 275,276
clupeoides, 111
kapirat, 278
ramcarati, 111
mystus, Clupea, 111
Nannobrachium, 349
nigrum, 349
Nansenia, 194,395
graenlandica, 195
graenlandicus, 195,395
Narcetes, 149,165,393
erimelas, 165,166,393
nasica, Clupanodon, 99
nasus, Anodontostoma, 10D
Chatoessus, 99,100
Clupanodon, 100
Clupea, 99
Dorosoma, 99,100
Nematalosa, 99,100,289

432

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Nealosa, 92

nebulosa, Saurida, 292
nebulosus, Stomias, 245,247,398
nehereus, Harpodon, 287,400
Osmerus, 286,287
Nematalosa, 92,99,389
nasus, 99,100,389
Nematostomias, 266
gladiator, 266
neoguinaica, Albula, 7
neohowii, Sardinella, 45
NeoscopeIini,325,371,402
Neoscopelus 371,402
alcocki. 372

macrolepidotus, 372,402
Neosteus, 84
ditchela, 84
Neostoma, 198
bathyphilus, 198
quadrioculatum, 205
Neosudis, 180
vorax, 180,181
Nerophis acquoreus, 1
niger, Astronesthes, 259
Malacosteus, 268,269,379
nigrum, Nannobranchium, 349
nimbaria, Vinciguerria, 217
nimbarius, Vinciguerria,215,217,395
Zalarges, 214,217
nocturna, Colletia, 359
nocturnum, Myctophum,359

nodulosus, Xenodermichthys,167
Notacanthiformes, 5,383
Notolychnus, 327,342,402
valdiviae, 343,403
Notopteridae, 275
Notopteroidei, 7,274,275,384
Notopterus, 275,276,384
bontianus, 278
buchanani, 276
chitala, 276,277,399
hypselonot us, 376
kapirat. 278,279

lopis, 276
maculatus, 276

! notopterus, 216,278,279,399
ornatus,276
osmani, 279
pallasii, 278

notopterus, Gymnotus, 275,278
Notopterus, 276,278,279
novacula, Pellona, 82
Ilisha, 70,82,388
nuchalis, Chanos, 186
nudus, Chirocentrus, 180,183,304

nunus, Diaphus, 369
Stolephorus indicus, 124

Nyctomaster, 349
Nyctophus bonapartii, 349
metopoclampus, 357
rafinesquei 369

obscura, Cyclothone, 202,209,210,
396

i

obtusirostris, Meletta, 32
Odondostomus, 306
atratus, 307
hyalinus, 306
Ogura, Clupea, 47
Okinawensis, Clupea 39
olfersii, Argyropelecus, 397
Sternoptyx, 236
Omosudis elongatus, 314,315
Ophidiidae, 4
Ophidioidei, 5
Ophiocephaliformes, 4,381
Ophiodon, Saurus, 287
Opisthoproctus, 6,381
Opisthopterus, 30,87,386
indicus, 88
macrognathus, 88
tardoore, 88,89,386
tartoor, 89

orbignyana, Pellona, 84
ornatus, Notopterus, 276
ormani, Notopterus, 279
osmerus, lemniscatus, 302
nehereus, 286,287

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

433

Ostraciidae, 5
ovalis, Clupea, 32
Harehgula, 31,32,387,397
pala, Chanos, 187
Cyprinus, 186
palasah, Alausa, 54
Clupea, 54

pallasii, Notopterus, 278
pallida, Cyclothone, 207,205
Cyclothone microdon,205,206,396
pammelas, Chauliodus, 253,398

Pantophos, 357,359
dumerili, 404

panurgus, Diogenichtys,3 32,3 35,404

paradoxus, Stylopthalmus, 271,273
Paralepidini, 308,313,401
Paralepis, 313,401
coregonoides, 313
elongata, 314
elongatus, 314 401
Paralosa, 31,53'}
durbanensis, 53
Parasudis, 310
parrae, Albula, 17
Pegasiformes, 3,380

Pellona,33,84,386
brachysoma, 69,71
ditchela,84,85,389
ditchoa, 76,77
dussumieri, 80
elongata, 73
filigera, 75
grayana, 73
hoeveri,86
hoevenii, 84,389
indica, 76,77
kampeni, 78
leschenaulti, 79
Ieschenaultii, 79
metaloptera, 80
micropus, 80
novacula, 82
orbignyana, 84

russellii, 80
schlegelii, 73
sladeni, 83
vimbella, 73
Perciformes, 3,4.5,383
perfasciatus, Engraulis, 119
perforata,CIupea, 49
Clupea (Harengula) 49
Clupeonia, 49
Sardinella, 37,387
pfeifferi, Engraulis, 106
Phaenodon, 259
ringens, 259

phasa, Clupea, 105,107
Engraulis, 107

Setipinna,105,107,108,391
Phospherops, Aulastomatomorpha
177,178,393

Photichthys hemingi, 223
Photichthys, Corythaeoíus, 221
Photostomias,244,249,398

atrox, 249,250
guernei, 249,250,398
pinguis, Clupea, 52
Platygaster, 69
africanus, 69
indicus, 76
megaloptera, 80
platytroctegen, 175,176,393
mirus, 393

Platytroctes, 173,393
apus, 173,174,393
Platytroctinae, 173
playfairii, Choetomus, 111
Pleuronectiformes, 381
Podateles, 377
indicus,378

Polyipnus, 225,240,397
spinosus, 240,241,397
i tridentifer, 241
Polymetme, 220
illustris, 220,221
Polynemiformes, 4,382
polyphos, Gonostoma, 199

434

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Pristigaster chiaensis, 69,73
macrognathus, 88
russellianus, 90
(Pristigaster), sinensis, 73
tardoore, 88
tartoor, 87,88
Pristogaster indicus, 88
productus, Chlorophthalmus, 311
pseudohispanica, Sardinia, 35
pseudopterus, Spratella, 68
pterota, Benthosoma, 330
pterotum, Myctophum, 328,329
Myctophum (Myctophum)329
pterotum,Benthosema, 327,330,403
Myctophum, 329,330
Scopelus, 329

Scopelus (Myctophum) , 329
ptycholepis, 185
punctata, Clupea, 32
Harengula 32,33,
punctatum, Chlorophthalmus, 311
Myctophum, 345
punctatus, Chatoessus 92,93
Clupanodon, 93,390
purava, Clupea, 142
Engraulis, 142
Thrissocles, 128,142,392
purpurascens, Elops, 91
pyrsobolus, Lampany ctus, 352
Lampanyctus (Lepidophanes),
350, 352,404

Lampanyctus pyrsobolus, 352
Scopelus 352

quadragesimalis, Coilia,l 11,112,115
5, 391

quadrifilis, Bathypterois 318
Coilia 114

quadrimaculatus, Clupea, 32
quadrioculatum, Neostoma, 205
Raconda 3,30,90,381,386
russelliana 90,91,386
rafinesquei, Diaphus, 369
Dìaphus (Diaphus), 367,369,405
Myctophum, 357
Myctophum (Diaphus), 369

Nyctophus, 369
Scopelus, 369
rambhae, Engraulis, 143
Thrissocles, 128,143,144,392
ramcarate, Apterygia, 90
Coilia, 111,112,117,391
| ramcarati, Mystus, 117
reevesii, Alosa 53
reinhardti, Hygophum, 402
Myctophum, 340,341
Myctophum benoiti, 340
Scopelus, 340
I rex, Stolephorus, 126
í reynaldi, Coilia 111,118,390
Coilia (Coilia), 118
rhinorhynchos, Engrauiis, 135
rhinorhynchus, Engraulis, 135

rhodadenia, Cyclothone, 199
ringens, Phaenodon, 259
Rogenia argyrotaenia, 65
rostratus, Alepocephalus, 149
Bathytroctes, 160,162,163
Rouleina guentheri, 168
russelliana, Raconda, 90,91,386
russellianus, Pristigaster, 90
russellii, Engraulis, 123
Pellona, 80
salar, Salmo, 189
Salmo, 189,190,394
fario, 190,193
fario levenensis, 192
gairdnerii, 190

gairdnerii gairdneriil91,192,395
iridens, 190

(Oncorhynchus) iridens, 190
levenensis, 190,191,192,395
microps 286,287
(Harpodon) microps 286,287
myops, 301,302
salar, 189
saurus, 297
trutta, 395

trutta, fario 190,193,395
tumbiI2, 91,299

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

435,

varicgatus, 299
varius, 299

salmoneus, Chanos, 187
Mugil, 185,186
Salmonidae, 189,394
Salmonini, 189,394
Salmonqidei, 6,186,384

Sardinella, 30,35,36,65,386
albella, 37,38,387
atricauda, 47
aurita, 35
brachysoma, 37,38
clupeoides, 36,39,387
dayi, 36,40,387
fasciata, 43

fimbriata, 37,41,42,387
gibbosa, 43,44
jussieu, 37,43,44,38
leiogaster, 52
leiogastroides, 52
lineolata, 32
longiceps, 45,46,387
melanura, 36,47,48,387
neohowiì, 45
perforata, 37,49,387
sindensis, 37,50,51,387
sirm, 36,52,387
Saidinia, 35
pseudohispanica, 35
Saurida, 286,291,292,400
gracilis, 292,293,400
grandisquamis, 296
japonica, 299,400
nebulosa, 292
tumbil, 292,294,295,400
undosquamis, 297
Saurus, 294
badi, 294
badimottah, 294
ferox., 292
gracilis, 292
indicus, 298, 400
limbatus, 302

lucius, 299
rryops, 302
| ophiodon, 287

| trachinus, 3C2

I variegatus, 3C0
; saurus, Elops, 8, 9, 10, 385
Salmo, 297
schlegelii, Pellona, 73
schmit7i, Scopelus, 359
scombrina, Clupea., 45
Scopelarchidae, 285, 304, 399
Scopelarchus, 304, 399
guentheri, 304, 305,399
guntheri, 335

Scopelengini, 325, 374, 402

Scopelengys, 285, 374, 381,402
dispar, 375

j tristis, 374, 375, 376
Scopelidae, 399
Scopeliformes, 3, 285, 380, 381
Scope Ius, 345
coccoi, 336, 337
coeruleus, 361
dumerili, 359
engraulis, 361
glacialis, 327
gracilis, 337
hygomi, 339
indicus, 346
j muelleri, 327
pterotus, 329

(Myctophum) pterotus, 329
pyrsobolus, 352
reinhardti, 340, 369
schmit7i, 359

i 7

| spinosus, 347

j Scutengraulis, 127
i hamiltoni, 134

I

! hamiltonii, 134

f

j kammalensis, 135
j mystax, 140

Searsidae, 148,172

í

^ selangkat, Chatoessus, 102

436

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

seminuda, Albula 17
Serpa, 349
Setipinna, 105,390
breviceps, 105,106,390
gilberti, 109
megalura, 105
phasa, 105,107,108,390
taty, 105,109-110,390
telara, 108
truncata, 107
setipinnis, Megalops, 12
setirostris, Clupea, 127,144
Engraulis, 144,145
Thrissocles, 128,144,145,391
sharpi, Synodus, 292
Sigmops, 198
stigmaticus, 198,199

signata, Cyclothone signata, 202,
211,396

sindensis, Clupea, 50
Sardineila, 35,50,57
sinensis, Clupea, 59
Hilsa, 59

Macrura, 54,59,60,388
Pristigaster (Pristigaster), 73
Tenualosa, 59
sirm, Clupea, 52
Sardinella, 36,52,387
sladeni, Argyropelecus, 230,397
Ilisha, 70,83,84,238,388
Pellona, 83

sloanei, Chauliodus, 255

sloani, Chauliodus, 252,253 255
256,398

Chauliodus sloani, 256
sloanii, Chauliodus, 255
soborna, Corica, 67, 68, 386

speciosum, Lestidium (Bathy-
sudis), 313

spilura, Harengula, 32
spinidens, Xenengraulis, 14,390
spinosum, Myctophum 346 347
404

Myctophum (Myctophum), 347
spinosus, Dasyscopelus, 347
Polyipnus, 240,241,397
Scopelus, 347
splendium, Diaphus, 365
Diaphus (Lamprossa), 361,365
Myctophum, 365
Myctophum (Diaphus), 365
splendidus, Diaphus, 365
Diaphus, (Lamprossa), 361,365
Spratella fimbriata, 41
pseudopterus, 68
! tembang, 43
i Spratelloides, 27
aesturius, 27
gracilis, 27,28
japonicus, 27,28
malabaricus, 29

squamilaterus, Xenodermichthys,

168.170.394

squamosus, Bathytroctes, 159,160,

164.394

Harpodon, 287,290,400
staigeri, Brisbania, 12,13
stellatus, Valenciennellus, 219 t 396
Stemonosudis, 313,316,401
elongata, 401
elongatus, 316
intermedia 316
Stenobrachius, 340
leucosparum, 349
Sternoptix diaphana, 397
Sternoptychidae, 197,225,395
Sternoptychides amabiiis, 230
Sternoptyx, 225
acanthurus, 230
diaphana, 225,226,227
olfersii, 236
Stethochaetus, 105
biguttatus, 105,106
stigmaticus , Signops, 199
Stolephorus, 20,27,119,122,385
1 commersoni, 120
Cmmersonii, 120
gracilis. 28

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

437

heterolobus, 122
indicus, 124
indicus indicus, 124
indicus nunus, 124
insularum, 124
japonica, 27,385
japonicus, 28
malabaricus,27,29,385,386
rex, 126
tri, 126

(Tryssa) vaíenciennesi, 146
Stomias, 244,245,398
affinis, 245 ,246,398
elongatus, 245
nebulosus, 245,247,398
valdiviae, 245
Stomiatidae, 243,244,397
Stomiatoidae, 196,243,384,395
Stomiatoidei, 2,3,6
Stylophthalmus, 271
paradoxus, 271,273
subspinosa, Thrysssa, 133
Sudidae, 285,308,309,399
suhia, Clupea, 62
sundaica, Clupea (Harengula),42
Symbranchiformes, 3,380
Synapteretmus, 318
Syngnathiformes, 4,382
Synodidae, 285,286,399
Synodus 286,297,298,400
dermatogenys, 300
indicus, 298
sharpi, 292
variegatus, 300
synodus, Esox, 297

synura,Clupea, 278
tardoore, Opisthopterus, 88,89,386
Pristigaster,88
Tarpon,l2

tartoor, Opisthopterus, 88,89
Pristigaster, 87,88
taty, Engraulis, 109

Stipinna, 105,109,110,390
30—1341ZSI/71

Telara, 105
telara, 108

telara, Clupea, 105,107
Engraulis, 107
Setipinna,108
Telara, 108

telaroides, Engraulis, 109
Teleostomi, 1
tembong, Clupea, 43
Spratella, 43
Tenualosa, 62
ilisha, 55
sinensis, 59

tenuiculum, Myctophum, 337
tenuifilish, Engraulis, 109
Tetrodontidae, 5
Thaumostomias tarox, 249
theta, Diaphus, 357
thoracata, Clupea (Harengula), 66
Kowala, 65,66
Thrissa, 92,127
hamiltonii, 127

thrissa, Clupanodon, 94,95,390
Clupea, 92,94
Thrissina, 127,130
baelama, 130
Thrissocles, 107,127,390
annandalei, 128,129,392
baelama, 127,130,391
dussumieri, 128,131,132,391
hamiltonii, 123,133,134,392
kamma lensis,128,135,136,392
kempi,128,137,392
malabarica, 137,143,392
malabaricus, 129,130,139
mystax, 128,140,392
purava, 128,142,392
rambhae 128,143,392
setirostris, 128,144,145,391
valenciennesi, 128,146
Thryssa, 127
cuvieri, 138
macrognathos, 144
megastoma, 142

438

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

mystax, 140,146
subspinosa,133
Thryssus, 127
Thunniformes, 4,382
toli Alausa, 59
Clupea, 59
Clupea (Alosa), 59
Hilsa, 59

tolo, Cyprinus, 186
Torictus, 150
edentulus, 154

Trachinocephalus, 286,301,400
limbatus, 302
myops, 302,303,400
trachinus, Saurus, 302
tri, Anchoviella, 120,125,391
Engraulis, 215,126
Stolephorus, 126
Trichiuroidei, 5
Trichonotus, 8
Trichosoma, 127
adelae, 131
hamiltoni, 134
tridentifer, Polyipnus, 241
Triglidae, 4
Triodentidae, 5
Triphoturus, 349
Triplophos, 198,223,395
eiongatum, 223,224
elongatus, 223
hemingi, 223,395
tripunctulatus, Maurolicus, 219
tristis, Scopelengys, 374,375,376
triza, Chatoessus, 94
truculentus, Chlorophthalmus, 310
truncata, Stipinna, 107
trutta, Salmo., 395
truttaceus, Esox, 283
tumbil, Saurida, 292,294,295,400
Salmo, 291,294

undosquamis, Saurida,292,296,400
valdiviae, Myctophum, 342
Myctophum, (Myctophum), 343
Notolychnus, 343,403
Stomias, 245

Valeuciennellus, 198,219
Stellatus, 219,396
valenciennesi, Engraulis, 146
Stolephorus (Thryssa), 146
Thrissocles, 128,146,392
variegata, Clupea, 63
Gudusia, 61,63,64,388
variegatus, Samo, 299
Saurus, 300
Synodus, 300
varius, Salmo, 299
venenosa, Meletta, 32
Vestula, 340
vimbella, Pellona, 73
Vinciguerria, 198,214,215,395
Lucetia, 215
lucetius, 215,397
nimbaria, 217
nimbarius, 215,217,397
viridensis, Belonopterois, 318
vittargentea Clupea, 119
vittata, Clupeonia, 34
Horengula, 31,34,396
vorax, Neosudis, 180,181
vulpes, Albula, 15,17,18,385
Butyrinus, 16
Esox, 15,16
watasei, Diaphus, 362
Wilkesina, 31

Xenengraulismn 105,147,390'
spinidens, 147,390
Xenodermichthys, 14,167,393
guentheri, 168,394
nodulosus, 167
squamilaterus, 188,170,394
Yarrella, 198,220,395
africana, 221
blackfordi, 220
corythaeola, 221
corythaeolum, 221,395
Zalarges, 214
nimbarius, 214,217
Zeiformes, 5,383
zeylonicus, Leuciscus, 186
) Zunasia, 69

PLATE I

Eig. 1. Photograph of the iljustration of the type spe-
cimen of Sardinella sindensis (Day) (After
F. Day)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of EIops saurus L.
(After F. Day)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of Sardinella
albella (V.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of Megalops
cyprinoides (Brouss.) (After F. Day)

L\V*>W'V.
»*»•% ✓ ... •

wMM

SvXvi

V*tr

PLATE II

Lateral view of T/irissocles annandalei (ChaudViuri)
íAfter B.L, Chaudhuri)

Pi -Atb h

Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4

PLATE III

. Photograph of the illustration of Thrissoclez
dussumieri (Val.) (After F. Day)

. Photograph of the illustration of Anodontostoma
chacunda (Ham.) (After F. Day)

. Photograph of the illustration of Anchoriella
commersonii (Lac.) (Afcer F. Day)

. Photograph of the illustration of Gonialosa
manmina (Ham.) (After F. Day)

PLATE IV

'FiG. 1. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepocephalus bìcolor Alc. (After A.
Alcock)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepocephalus blarífordi Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepocephaìus edeutulus Alc. (After A.
Alcock)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepocephalus ìongiceps Lloyd (After
R.E. Lloyd)

Fig. 5. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepocephalus microlepis Lloyd (After
R.E. Lloyd)

Fig. 6. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Alepoceplialus macrops Lloyd (After
R.E. Lloyd)

Fig. 7. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Bathytroctes squamosus Alc. (After A.
Alcock)

PLATE IV

7

PLATE V

Fig. 1. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Narcetes erimelas Alc. (After A. Alcock)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of the type

specimen of Xenodermichthys guentheri Alc.
(After A. Alcock)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of the type
specimen of Xenodermichthys squamilaterus Alc.
(After A. Alcock),

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of the type
specimen of Leptoderma affinìs Alc. (AEer
A. Alcock)

Fig. 5. Photograph of the illustration of the type

specimen of Aulostomatomorpha phosphorops
Alc. (After A. Alcock)

Fig. 6. Photograph of the illustration of the type

specimen of Photostomias atrox Alc. ( =P ..

guernei Collett) (After A. Alcock)

PLATE V

y *

ÌMaWNif^r^’*" *s~

PLATE VI

Photograph of the illustration of Astronesthes sp.
indicus Br. (After A. Alcock: delineation
defective as the dorsal and ventral adipose
fìns are not shown)

PLATE VI

PLATE VI l

Fig. 1. Photograph of the illustration of Trachinoce -

phaìus myops (Schn.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of Thrissocles

maìabaricus (Bl.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of Notopterus

notopterus (Pallas) (After F. Day)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of Notopterus

chitala (Ham.) (After F. Day)

PLATE VIII

Fig. 1. Photograph of the illustration of Chanos chanos
(Forsk.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of Harpodon
nehereus (Ham.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of Chirocentrus
dorab (Forsk.) (After F. Day)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Synodus indicus (Day ) (After F. Day)

Fig. 5. Photograph of the illustration of Salmo levenen -
sis Walker (After F. Day)

PLATE IX

Fig. 1. Photograph of the illustration of the type

specimen of Chauliodus pammeìas Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of the type

specimen of Bathyclupea hoskynii Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

Fig. 3. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Harpodon squamosus Alc. (After A.
Alcock)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Scopeìarchus guentheri Alc. (After
A. Alcock)

Fig. 5. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Evermanneila atratus (Alc.) (After
A. Alcock)

PLATE IX

5

PLATE X

Lateral view of Bathypterois ( Hemipterois ) guentheri Alcock

(After A. Alcock)

PLATE XI

Fig. 1. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Bathypterois (Bathypterois ) atricolor
Alc. (After A. Alcock)

Fig. 2. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Bathypterois (Bathypterois) insularum
Alc. (After A. Alcock)

FiG. 3. Photograph of the illustration of the type speci-
men of Ateleopus indicus Alc. (After A. Alcock)

Fig. 4. Photograph of the illustration of Malacos -

teus indicus (nec. Gunther) \_—M. niger Ayres]
(After A. Brauer)

Fig. 5. Photograph of the illustration of Idiacanthus
fasciola Ptrs. (After A. Brauer)

Fig. 6. Photograph of the illustration of the dorsal
base of Idiacanthus fasciola Ptrs. showing short,
curved, spine-like processes.

PLATE XI

1341 ZSI/71—.-1,000—11-3-76—GIPF.